Nammiaca 000051

C F M

56-5B

__________
HIGHLIGHTS
REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08
Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHAPTER 72
__________
L.E.P. 1- 9 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
9, 11
72-00-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 101-199, 901-999,
727- 728 REVISED FIG. ENGINE CLEANING (WASHING WITH
PURE WATER).

641 CORRECTED VALUES FOR 2 A CHECKS: 1500 CYCLES
72-42-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601, 605- CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 101-199, 901-999,
638 REVISED ILLUSTRATION
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED 101-199, 901-999,

601, 610, REVISED FIG. HPT BLADE CRACKS
613, 616, (APPLICABLE /P AND /3 ENGINES).
620- 622, TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED 101-199, 901-999,
624, 627,
630, 635,
638, 640,
643, 645,
649
72-54-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601, 615, LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED 101-199, 901-999,
621, 624, TOOL DESIGNATION(S) DATA UPDATED 101-199, 901-999,
630, 633,
637- 690
72-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 1
REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE
RECORD 72-00-00 208 Feb01/07 72-00-00 318 Aug01/07

OF TEMP. 72-00-00 209 Feb01/07 72-00-00 319 Feb01/07
REVISION 72-00-00 210 Feb01/07 72-00-00 320 Aug01/07
72-00-00 211 Feb01/07 72-00-00 321 Feb01/07
L.E.P. R 1- 9 May01/08 72-00-00 212 Feb01/07 72-00-00 322 Feb01/07
T. of C. 1 Feb01/07 72-00-00 213 Feb01/07 72-00-00 323 Feb01/07
T. of C. 2 Nov01/07 72-00-00 214 Feb01/07 72-00-00 324 Aug01/07
T. of C. 3 Aug01/07 72-00-00 215 Nov01/07 72-00-00 325 Feb01/07
T. of C. 4 Feb01/08 72-00-00 216 Nov01/07 72-00-00 326 Feb01/07
T. of C. 5 Nov01/07 72-00-00 217 Feb01/07 72-00-00 327 Feb01/07
T. of C. 6 Nov01/07 72-00-00 218 Nov01/07 72-00-00 328 Feb01/07
T. of C. 7 Feb01/07 72-00-00 219 Feb01/07 72-00-00 329 Feb01/07
T. of C. 8 Feb01/07 72-00-00 220 Nov01/07 72-00-00 330 Feb01/07
T. of C. R 9 May01/08 72-00-00 221 Nov01/07 72-00-00 601 Feb01/07
T. of C. 10 Feb01/07 72-00-00 222 Feb01/07 72-00-00 602 Feb01/07
T. of C. R 11 May01/08 72-00-00 223 Nov01/07 72-00-00 603 Feb01/07
T. of C. 12 Nov01/07 72-00-00 224 Feb01/07 72-00-00 604 Feb01/07
T. of C. 13 Nov01/07 72-00-00 225 Nov01/07 72-00-00 605 Feb01/07
T. of C. 14 Nov01/07 72-00-00 226 Nov01/07 72-00-00 606 Feb01/07
72-00-00 227 Feb01/07 72-00-00 607 Feb01/07
72-00-00 1 Feb01/07 72-00-00 228 Feb01/07 72-00-00 608 Feb01/07
72-00-00 2 Feb01/07 72-00-00 229 Feb01/07 72-00-00 609 Feb01/07
72-00-00 3 Feb01/07 72-00-00 230 Feb01/07 72-00-00 610 Feb01/07
72-00-00 4 Feb01/07 72-00-00 231 Nov01/07 72-00-00 611 Feb01/07
72-00-00 5 Feb01/07 72-00-00 232 Nov01/07 72-00-00 612 Feb01/07
72-00-00 6 Feb01/07 72-00-00 301 Feb01/07 72-00-00 613 Feb01/07
72-00-00 7 Feb01/07 72-00-00 302 Feb01/07 72-00-00 614 Feb01/07
72-00-00 8 Feb01/07 72-00-00 303 Feb01/07 72-00-00 615 Feb01/07
72-00-00 9 Feb01/07 72-00-00 304 Aug01/07 72-00-00 616 Feb01/07
72-00-00 10 Feb01/07 72-00-00 305 Feb01/07 72-00-00 617 Nov01/07
72-00-00 11 Feb01/07 72-00-00 306 Aug01/07 72-00-00 618 Feb01/07
72-00-00 12 Feb01/07 72-00-00 307 Aug01/07 72-00-00 619 Nov01/07
72-00-00 13 Feb01/07 72-00-00 308 Feb01/07 72-00-00 620 Nov01/07
72-00-00 14 Feb01/07 72-00-00 309 Feb01/07 72-00-00 621 Nov01/07
72-00-00 15 Feb01/07 72-00-00 310 Feb01/07 72-00-00 622 Feb01/07
72-00-00 201 Feb01/07 72-00-00 311 Aug01/07 72-00-00 623 Nov01/07
72-00-00 202 Feb01/07 72-00-00 312 Feb01/07 72-00-00 624 Feb01/07
72-00-00 203 Feb01/07 72-00-00 313 Feb01/07 72-00-00 625 Feb01/07
72-00-00 204 Feb01/07 72-00-00 314 Feb01/07 72-00-00 626 Feb01/07
72-00-00 205 Feb01/07 72-00-00 315 Feb01/07 72-00-00 627 Feb01/07
72-00-00 206 Feb01/07 72-00-00 316 Feb01/07 72-00-00 628 Feb01/07
72-00-00 207 Feb01/07 72-00-00 317 Feb01/07 72-00-00 629 Feb01/07
72-L.E.P. Page 1
May 01/08
IAC

C F M

56-5B

72-00-00 630 Feb01/07 72-00-00 681 May01/07 72-00-00 720 Feb01/07

72-00-00 631 Feb01/07 72-00-00 682 May01/07 72-00-00 721 Feb01/07
72-00-00 632 Feb01/07 72-00-00 683 May01/07 72-00-00 722 Feb01/07
72-00-00 633 Nov01/07 72-00-00 684 May01/07 72-00-00 723 Aug01/07
72-00-00 634 Nov01/07 72-00-00 685 May01/07 72-00-00 724 Feb01/07
72-00-00 635 Feb01/07 72-00-00 686 May01/07 72-00-00 725 Aug01/07
72-00-00 636 Feb01/08 72-00-00 687 May01/07 72-00-00 726 Aug01/07
72-00-00 637 Feb01/07 72-00-00 688 May01/07 72-00-00 R 727 May01/08
72-00-00 638 Feb01/07 72-00-00 689 May01/07 72-00-00 R 728 May01/08
72-00-00 639 Feb01/07 72-00-00 690 May01/07 72-00-00 729 Nov01/07
72-00-00 640 Feb01/07 72-00-00 691 May01/07 72-00-00 730 Nov01/07
72-00-00 641 Feb01/07 72-00-00 692 May01/07 72-00-00 731 Feb01/07
72-00-00 642 Feb01/07 72-00-00 693 May01/07 72-00-00 732 Feb01/07
72-00-00 643 Feb01/07 72-00-00 694 May01/07 72-00-00 733 Aug01/07
72-00-00 644 Feb01/07 72-00-00 695 May01/07 72-00-00 734 Aug01/07
72-00-00 645 Feb01/07 72-00-00 696 May01/07 72-00-00 735 Aug01/07
72-00-00 646 May01/07 72-00-00 697 May01/07 72-00-00 736 Aug01/07
72-00-00 647 Feb01/07 72-00-00 698 May01/07 72-00-00 737 Aug01/07
72-00-00 648 Feb01/07 72-00-00 699 May01/07 72-00-00 738 Aug01/07
72-00-00 649 Feb01/07 72-00-00 A600 May01/07 72-00-00 739 Aug01/07
72-00-00 650 Feb01/07 72-00-00 A601 May01/07 72-00-00 740 Aug01/07
72-00-00 651 Feb01/07 72-00-00 A602 May01/07 72-00-00 741 Nov01/07
72-00-00 652 Feb01/07 72-00-00 A603 May01/07 72-00-00 742 Nov01/07
72-00-00 653 May01/07 72-00-00 A604 May01/07 72-00-00 743 Feb01/07
72-00-00 654 May01/07 72-00-00 A605 May01/07 72-00-00 744 Feb01/07
72-00-00 655 May01/07 72-00-00 A606 May01/07 72-00-00 745 Feb01/07
72-00-00 656 May01/07 72-00-00 A607 May01/07 72-00-00 746 Feb01/07
72-00-00 657 May01/07 72-00-00 A608 Nov01/07 72-00-00 747 Feb01/07
72-00-00 658 May01/07 72-00-00 A609 May01/07
72-00-00 659 May01/07 72-00-00 A610 May01/07 72-21-00 1 Feb01/07
72-00-00 660 May01/07 72-00-00 A611 May01/07 72-21-00 2 Feb01/07
72-00-00 661 May01/07 72-00-00 A612 May01/07 72-21-00 3 Feb01/07
72-00-00 662 May01/07 72-00-00 701 Aug01/07 72-21-00 4 Feb01/07
72-00-00 663 May01/07 72-00-00 702 Feb01/07 72-21-00 5 Feb01/07
72-00-00 664 May01/07 72-00-00 703 Aug01/07 72-21-00 6 Feb01/07
72-00-00 665 May01/07 72-00-00 704 Aug01/07 72-21-00 401 Feb01/07
72-00-00 666 May01/07 72-00-00 705 Aug01/07 72-21-00 402 Feb01/07
72-00-00 667 May01/07 72-00-00 706 Feb01/07 72-21-00 403 Feb01/07
72-00-00 668 May01/07 72-00-00 707 Feb01/07 72-21-00 404 Aug01/07
72-00-00 669 May01/07 72-00-00 708 Feb01/07 72-21-00 405 Aug01/07
72-00-00 670 May01/07 72-00-00 709 Feb01/07 72-21-00 406 Feb01/07
72-00-00 671 May01/07 72-00-00 710 Feb01/07 72-21-00 407 Feb01/07
72-00-00 672 May01/07 72-00-00 711 Aug01/07 72-21-00 408 Feb01/07
72-00-00 673 May01/07 72-00-00 712 Aug01/07 72-21-00 409 Aug01/07
72-00-00 674 May01/07 72-00-00 713 Feb01/07 72-21-00 410 Aug01/07
72-00-00 675 May01/07 72-00-00 714 Feb01/07 72-21-00 411 Feb01/07
72-00-00 676 May01/07 72-00-00 715 Feb01/07 72-21-00 412 Aug01/07
72-00-00 677 May01/07 72-00-00 716 Feb01/07 72-21-00 413 Feb01/07
72-00-00 678 May01/07 72-00-00 717 Feb01/07 72-21-00 414 Aug01/07
72-00-00 679 May01/07 72-00-00 718 Feb01/07 72-21-00 415 Feb01/07
72-00-00 680 May01/07 72-00-00 719 Feb01/07 72-21-00 416 Feb01/07
72-L.E.P. Page 2
May 01/08
IAC

C F M

56-5B

72-21-00 417 Aug01/07 72-21-00 612 Feb01/07 72-21-00 804 Feb01/07

72-21-00 418 Feb01/07 72-21-00 613 Feb01/07 72-21-00 805 Feb01/07
72-21-00 419 Feb01/07 72-21-00 614 Aug01/07 72-21-00 806 Feb01/07
72-21-00 420 Aug01/07 72-21-00 615 Feb01/07 72-21-00 807 Feb01/07
72-21-00 421 Aug01/07 72-21-00 616 Feb01/07 72-21-00 808 Feb01/07
72-21-00 422 Feb01/07 72-21-00 617 Nov01/07 72-21-00 809 Feb01/07
72-21-00 423 Feb01/07 72-21-00 618 Nov01/07 72-21-00 810 May01/07
72-21-00 424 Feb01/07 72-21-00 619 Feb01/08 72-21-00 811 May01/07
72-21-00 425 Feb01/07 72-21-00 620 Feb01/07 72-21-00 812 Feb01/07
72-21-00 426 Aug01/07 72-21-00 621 Feb01/07 72-21-00 813 Feb01/07
72-21-00 427 Aug01/07 72-21-00 622 Feb01/07 72-21-00 814 Feb01/07
72-21-00 428 Aug01/07 72-21-00 623 May01/06 72-21-00 815 Feb01/07
72-21-00 429 Aug01/07 72-21-00 624 May01/07 72-21-00 816 Feb01/07
72-21-00 430 Feb01/07 72-21-00 625 May01/07 72-21-00 817 Feb01/07
72-21-00 431 Feb01/07 72-21-00 626 May01/07 72-21-00 818 Feb01/07
72-21-00 432 Feb01/07 72-21-00 627 May01/07 72-21-00 819 Feb01/07
72-21-00 433 May01/06 72-21-00 628 Feb01/08 72-21-00 820 Feb01/07
72-21-00 434 Feb01/07 72-21-00 629 Feb01/08 72-21-00 821 Feb01/07
72-21-00 435 Feb01/07 72-21-00 630 Feb01/08 72-21-00 822 Feb01/07
72-21-00 436 Feb01/07 72-21-00 631 May01/07 72-21-00 823 May01/07
72-21-00 437 Feb01/07 72-21-00 632 May01/07 72-21-00 824 May01/07
72-21-00 438 Feb01/07 72-21-00 633 Nov01/07 72-21-00 825 Feb01/07
72-21-00 439 Feb01/07 72-21-00 634 Nov01/07 72-21-00 826 Feb01/07
72-21-00 440 Aug01/07 72-21-00 635 May01/07 72-21-00 827 Feb01/07
72-21-00 441 Aug01/07 72-21-00 636 May01/07 72-21-00 828 Feb01/07
72-21-00 442 Aug01/07 72-21-00 637 Nov01/07 72-21-00 829 Feb01/07
72-21-00 443 Aug01/07 72-21-00 638 Nov01/07 72-21-00 830 Feb01/07
72-21-00 444 Aug01/07 72-21-00 639 May01/07 72-21-00 831 Feb01/07
72-21-00 445 Aug01/07 72-21-00 640 May01/07
72-21-00 446 Aug01/07 72-21-00 R 641 May01/08 72-22-00 1 Feb01/07
72-21-00 447 Feb01/07 72-21-00 642 Aug01/07 72-22-00 2 Feb01/07
72-21-00 448 Feb01/07 72-21-00 643 May01/07 72-22-00 3 Feb01/07
72-21-00 449 Feb01/07 72-21-00 644 Feb01/08 72-22-00 4 Feb01/07
72-21-00 450 Feb01/07 72-21-00 645 May01/07 72-22-00 5 Feb01/07
72-21-00 451 Feb01/07 72-21-00 646 Aug01/07 72-22-00 6 Feb01/07
72-21-00 452 Feb01/07 72-21-00 647 May01/07 72-22-00 7 Feb01/07
72-21-00 453 Feb01/07 72-21-00 648 Feb01/07 72-22-00 8 Feb01/07
72-21-00 454 Feb01/07 72-21-00 649 Feb01/07
72-21-00 455 Feb01/07 72-21-00 650 Feb01/07 72-23-00 1 Feb01/07
72-21-00 456 Feb01/07 72-21-00 651 Feb01/07 72-23-00 2 Feb01/07
72-21-00 601 Feb01/07 72-21-00 652 Feb01/08 72-23-00 3 Feb01/07
72-21-00 602 Feb01/08 72-21-00 653 Feb01/08 72-23-00 4 Feb01/07
72-21-00 603 May01/07 72-21-00 654 Feb01/08 72-23-00 5 Feb01/07
72-21-00 604 Feb01/07 72-21-00 655 Feb01/08 72-23-00 6 Feb01/07
72-21-00 605 Feb01/07 72-21-00 656 Feb01/08 72-23-00 7 Feb01/07
72-21-00 606 Aug01/07 72-21-00 657 Feb01/08 72-23-00 401 Feb01/07
72-21-00 607 Feb01/07 72-21-00 658 Feb01/08 72-23-00 402 Feb01/07
72-21-00 608 Aug01/07 72-21-00 659 Feb01/08 72-23-00 403 Feb01/07
72-21-00 609 Feb01/07 72-21-00 801 Feb01/07 72-23-00 404 Feb01/07
72-21-00 610 Feb01/07 72-21-00 802 Feb01/07 72-23-00 405 Feb01/07
72-21-00 611 Feb01/07 72-21-00 803 Feb01/07 72-23-00 406 Feb01/07
72-L.E.P. Page 3
May 01/08
IAC

C F M

56-5B

72-23-00 407 Feb01/07 72-23-00 458 Feb01/07 72-23-00 630 May01/07

72-23-00 408 Feb01/07 72-23-00 459 Nov01/07 72-23-00 631 May01/07
72-23-00 409 Feb01/07 72-23-00 460 Feb01/07 72-23-00 632 May01/07
72-23-00 410 Feb01/07 72-23-00 461 Feb01/07 72-23-00 633 May01/07
72-23-00 411 Feb01/07 72-23-00 462 Feb01/07 72-23-00 634 May01/07
72-23-00 412 Feb01/07 72-23-00 463 Feb01/07 72-23-00 635 Nov01/07
72-23-00 413 Feb01/07 72-23-00 464 Feb01/07 72-23-00 636 May01/07
72-23-00 414 Feb01/07 72-23-00 465 Feb01/07 72-23-00 637 May01/07
72-23-00 415 Feb01/07 72-23-00 466 Nov01/07 72-23-00 638 May01/07
72-23-00 416 Feb01/07 72-23-00 467 Nov01/07 72-23-00 639 May01/07
72-23-00 417 Feb01/07 72-23-00 468 Nov01/07 72-23-00 640 Nov01/07
72-23-00 418 Feb01/07 72-23-00 469 Nov01/07 72-23-00 641 Nov01/07
72-23-00 419 Feb01/07 72-23-00 470 Nov01/07 72-23-00 642 Nov01/07
72-23-00 420 Feb01/07 72-23-00 471 Nov01/07 72-23-00 643 Nov01/07
72-23-00 421 Feb01/07 72-23-00 472 Nov01/07 72-23-00 644 Nov01/07
72-23-00 422 Feb01/07 72-23-00 473 Nov01/07 72-23-00 645 Nov01/07
72-23-00 423 Feb01/07 72-23-00 474 Nov01/07 72-23-00 646 Nov01/07
72-23-00 424 Feb01/07 72-23-00 475 Nov01/07 72-23-00 647 Nov01/07
72-23-00 425 Feb01/07 72-23-00 476 Nov01/07 72-23-00 648 Nov01/07
72-23-00 426 Feb01/07 72-23-00 477 Nov01/07 72-23-00 649 Nov01/07
72-23-00 427 Feb01/07 72-23-00 478 Nov01/07 72-23-00 650 Nov01/07
72-23-00 428 Feb01/07 72-23-00 479 Nov01/07 72-23-00 651 Nov01/07
72-23-00 429 Feb01/07 72-23-00 601 Feb01/07 72-23-00 652 Nov01/07
72-23-00 430 Feb01/07 72-23-00 602 Feb01/07 72-23-00 653 Nov01/07
72-23-00 431 Feb01/07 72-23-00 603 Feb01/07 72-23-00 654 Nov01/07
72-23-00 432 Feb01/07 72-23-00 604 Feb01/07 72-23-00 655 Nov01/07
72-23-00 433 Feb01/07 72-23-00 605 Feb01/07 72-23-00 656 Nov01/07
72-23-00 434 Feb01/07 72-23-00 606 Feb01/07 72-23-00 657 Nov01/07
72-23-00 435 Feb01/07 72-23-00 607 Feb01/07 72-23-00 658 Nov01/07
72-23-00 436 Feb01/07 72-23-00 608 Feb01/07 72-23-00 659 Nov01/07
72-23-00 437 Feb01/07 72-23-00 609 Feb01/07 72-23-00 660 Feb01/08
72-23-00 438 Feb01/07 72-23-00 610 Feb01/07 72-23-00 661 Nov01/07
72-23-00 439 Feb01/07 72-23-00 611 Feb01/07 72-23-00 662 Nov01/07
72-23-00 440 Feb01/07 72-23-00 612 Feb01/07 72-23-00 801 Feb01/07
72-23-00 441 Feb01/07 72-23-00 613 Feb01/07 72-23-00 802 Feb01/07
72-23-00 442 Feb01/07 72-23-00 614 Feb01/07 72-23-00 803 Feb01/07
72-23-00 443 Feb01/07 72-23-00 615 Feb01/08 72-23-00 804 Feb01/07
72-23-00 444 Feb01/07 72-23-00 616 Nov01/07 72-23-00 805 Feb01/07
72-23-00 445 Feb01/07 72-23-00 617 May01/07 72-23-00 806 Feb01/07
72-23-00 446 Feb01/07 72-23-00 618 Feb01/08 72-23-00 807 Feb01/07
72-23-00 447 Feb01/07 72-23-00 619 Feb01/08 72-23-00 808 Feb01/07
72-23-00 448 Feb01/07 72-23-00 620 Feb01/08 72-23-00 809 Feb01/07
72-23-00 449 Feb01/07 72-23-00 621 May01/07 72-23-00 810 Feb01/07
72-23-00 450 Feb01/07 72-23-00 622 May01/07 72-23-00 811 Feb01/07
72-23-00 451 Feb01/07 72-23-00 623 May01/07 72-23-00 812 Feb01/07
72-23-00 452 Feb01/07 72-23-00 624 May01/07 72-23-00 813 Feb01/07
72-23-00 453 Feb01/07 72-23-00 625 May01/07 72-23-00 814 Feb01/07
72-23-00 454 Feb01/07 72-23-00 626 May01/07 72-23-00 815 Feb01/07
72-23-00 455 Feb01/07 72-23-00 627 May01/07 72-23-00 816 Feb01/07
72-23-00 456 Feb01/07 72-23-00 628 May01/07 72-23-00 817 Feb01/07
72-23-00 457 Feb01/07 72-23-00 629 May01/07 72-23-00 818 Feb01/07
72-L.E.P. Page 4
May 01/08
IAC

C F M

56-5B

72-23-00 819 May01/07 72-31-00 622 Nov01/07 72-32-00 804 Feb01/07

72-23-00 820 Feb01/07 72-31-00 623 Nov01/07 72-32-00 805 Nov01/07
72-23-00 821 Feb01/07 72-31-00 624 Nov01/07 72-32-00 806 Nov01/07
72-23-00 822 May01/07 72-31-00 625 Nov01/07 72-32-00 807 Feb01/07
72-23-00 823 May01/07 72-31-00 626 Nov01/07 72-32-00 808 Nov01/07
72-23-00 824 May01/07 72-31-00 627 Nov01/07 72-32-00 809 Feb01/07
72-23-00 825 Feb01/07 72-31-00 628 Nov01/07 72-32-00 810 Feb01/07
72-23-00 826 Feb01/07 72-31-00 629 Nov01/07 72-32-00 811 Feb01/07
72-23-00 827 Feb01/07 72-31-00 630 Nov01/07 72-32-00 812 Feb01/07
72-23-00 828 Feb01/07 72-31-00 801 Feb01/07 72-32-00 813 Feb01/07
72-23-00 829 Feb01/07 72-31-00 802 Feb01/07 72-32-00 814 Feb01/07
72-23-00 830 Feb01/07 72-31-00 803 Feb01/07 72-32-00 815 Feb01/07
72-23-00 831 May01/07 72-31-00 804 Feb01/07 72-32-00 816 Feb01/07
72-23-00 832 May01/07 72-31-00 805 Feb01/07 72-32-00 817 Feb01/07
72-23-00 833 May01/07 72-31-00 806 Feb01/07 72-32-00 818 Feb01/07
72-23-00 834 Feb01/07 72-31-00 807 Feb01/07 72-32-00 819 Nov01/07
72-23-00 835 May01/06 72-31-00 808 Feb01/07 72-32-00 820 Nov01/07
72-23-00 836 Feb01/07 72-31-00 809 Feb01/07 72-32-00 821 Nov01/07
72-23-00 837 Feb01/07 72-31-00 810 Feb01/07 72-32-00 822 Feb01/07
72-23-00 838 Feb01/07 72-31-00 811 Feb01/07 72-32-00 823 Nov01/07
72-23-00 839 May01/07 72-31-00 812 Feb01/07
72-31-00 813 Feb01/07 72-33-00 1 Feb01/07
72-30-00 1 Feb01/07 72-31-00 814 Feb01/07 72-33-00 2 Feb01/07
72-30-00 2 Feb01/07 72-31-00 815 Feb01/07
72-30-00 401 Feb01/07 72-31-00 816 Feb01/07 72-40-00 1 Feb01/07
72-30-00 402 Feb01/07 72-31-00 817 Feb01/07 72-40-00 2 Feb01/07
72-31-00 818 Feb01/07
72-31-00 1 Feb01/07 72-31-00 819 Feb01/07 72-41-00 1 Feb01/07
72-31-00 2 Feb01/07 72-31-00 820 Feb01/07 72-41-00 2 Feb01/07
72-31-00 3 Feb01/07 72-31-00 821 Feb01/07 72-41-00 601 Feb01/07
72-31-00 601 Aug01/07 72-31-00 822 Feb01/07 72-41-00 602 Feb01/07
72-31-00 602 Nov01/07 72-31-00 823 Feb01/07 72-41-00 603 Feb01/07
72-31-00 603 Feb01/07 72-31-00 824 Feb01/07 72-41-00 604 Feb01/07
72-31-00 604 Feb01/07 72-41-00 605 Feb01/07
72-31-00 605 Feb01/07 72-32-00 1 Feb01/07 72-41-00 606 Feb01/07
72-31-00 606 Feb01/07 72-32-00 2 Feb01/07 72-41-00 607 Feb01/07
72-31-00 607 Feb01/07 72-32-00 3 Feb01/07 72-41-00 608 Feb01/07
72-31-00 608 Feb01/07 72-32-00 601 Feb01/07 72-41-00 609 Feb01/07
72-31-00 609 Feb01/07 72-32-00 602 Feb01/07 72-41-00 801 Feb01/07
72-31-00 610 Feb01/07 72-32-00 603 Feb01/07 72-41-00 802 Feb01/07
72-31-00 611 May01/06 72-32-00 604 Feb01/07 72-41-00 803 Feb01/07
72-31-00 612 Feb01/07 72-32-00 605 May01/06 72-41-00 804 Feb01/07
72-31-00 613 Feb01/07 72-32-00 606 Feb01/07
72-31-00 614 Feb01/07 72-32-00 607 Feb01/07 72-42-00 1 Feb01/07
72-31-00 615 Feb01/08 72-32-00 608 Feb01/07 72-42-00 2 Feb01/07
72-31-00 616 Feb01/08 72-32-00 609 Feb01/07 72-42-00 3 Feb01/07
72-31-00 617 Aug01/07 72-32-00 610 Nov01/07 72-42-00 R 601 May01/08
72-31-00 618 Feb01/07 72-32-00 611 Feb01/07 72-42-00 602 Feb01/07
72-31-00 619 Feb01/07 72-32-00 801 Nov01/07 72-42-00 603 Feb01/07
72-31-00 620 Nov01/07 72-32-00 802 Nov01/07 72-42-00 604 Nov01/07
72-31-00 621 Nov01/07 72-32-00 803 Feb01/07 72-42-00 R 605 May01/08
72-L.E.P. Page 5
May 01/08
IAC

C F M

56-5B

72-42-00 R 606 May01/08 72-51-00 610 Feb01/07 72-52-00 637 Feb01/07

72-42-00 R 607 May01/08 72-51-00 611 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 638 May01/08
72-42-00 R 608 May01/08 72-51-00 612 Feb01/07 72-52-00 639 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 609 May01/08 72-51-00 613 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 640 May01/08
72-42-00 R 610 May01/08 72-51-00 614 Feb01/07 72-52-00 641 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 611 May01/08 72-51-00 615 Feb01/07 72-52-00 642 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 612 May01/08 72-51-00 616 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 643 May01/08
72-42-00 R 613 May01/08 72-51-00 617 Feb01/07 72-52-00 644 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 614 May01/08 72-51-00 618 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 645 May01/08
72-42-00 R 615 May01/08 72-51-00 619 Feb01/07 72-52-00 646 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 616 May01/08 72-51-00 620 Feb01/07 72-52-00 647 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 617 May01/08 72-52-00 648 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 618 May01/08 72-52-00 1 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 649 May01/08
72-42-00 R 619 May01/08 72-52-00 2 Feb01/07 72-52-00 650 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 620 May01/08 72-52-00 3 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 621 May01/08 72-52-00 R 601 May01/08 72-53-00 1 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 622 May01/08 72-52-00 602 Feb01/07 72-53-00 2 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 623 May01/08 72-52-00 603 Feb01/07 72-53-00 3 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 624 May01/08 72-52-00 604 Feb01/07 72-53-00 601 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 625 May01/08 72-52-00 605 Feb01/07 72-53-00 602 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 626 May01/08 72-52-00 606 Feb01/07 72-53-00 603 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 627 May01/08 72-52-00 607 Feb01/07 72-53-00 604 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 628 May01/08 72-52-00 608 Feb01/07 72-53-00 605 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 629 May01/08 72-52-00 609 Feb01/07 72-53-00 606 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 630 May01/08 72-52-00 R 610 May01/08 72-53-00 607 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 631 May01/08 72-52-00 611 Feb01/07 72-53-00 608 Feb01/07
72-42-00 R 632 May01/08 72-52-00 612 Feb01/07 72-53-00 609 Feb01/07
72-42-00 N 633 May01/08 72-52-00 R 613 May01/08 72-53-00 610 Feb01/07
72-42-00 N 634 May01/08 72-52-00 614 Feb01/07 72-53-00 611 Feb01/07
72-42-00 N 635 May01/08 72-52-00 615 Feb01/07 72-53-00 612 Feb01/07
72-42-00 N 636 May01/08 72-52-00 R 616 May01/08 72-53-00 613 Feb01/07
72-42-00 N 637 May01/08 72-52-00 617 Feb01/07 72-53-00 614 Feb01/07
72-42-00 N 638 May01/08 72-52-00 618 Feb01/07 72-53-00 615 Feb01/07
72-52-00 619 Feb01/07 72-53-00 616 Feb01/07
72-50-00 1 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 620 May01/08
72-50-00 2 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 621 May01/08 72-54-00 1 Feb01/07
72-50-00 3 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 622 May01/08 72-54-00 2 Feb01/07
72-50-00 401 Feb01/07 72-52-00 623 Feb01/07 72-54-00 3 Feb01/07
72-52-00 R 624 May01/08 72-54-00 4 Feb01/07
72-51-00 1 Feb01/07 72-52-00 625 Feb01/07 72-54-00 5 Feb01/07
72-51-00 2 Feb01/07 72-52-00 626 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 601 May01/08
72-51-00 3 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 627 May01/08 72-54-00 602 Feb01/07
72-51-00 601 Feb01/07 72-52-00 628 Feb01/07 72-54-00 603 Feb01/07
72-51-00 602 Feb01/07 72-52-00 629 Feb01/07 72-54-00 604 Feb01/07
72-51-00 603 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 630 May01/08 72-54-00 605 Feb01/07
72-51-00 604 Feb01/07 72-52-00 631 Feb01/07 72-54-00 606 Feb01/07
72-51-00 605 Feb01/07 72-52-00 632 Feb01/07 72-54-00 607 Feb01/07
72-51-00 606 Feb01/07 72-52-00 633 Feb01/07 72-54-00 608 Feb01/07
72-51-00 607 Feb01/07 72-52-00 634 Feb01/07 72-54-00 609 Feb01/07
72-51-00 608 Feb01/07 72-52-00 R 635 May01/08 72-54-00 610 Feb01/07
72-51-00 609 Feb01/07 72-52-00 636 Feb01/07 72-54-00 611 May01/06
72-L.E.P. Page 6
May 01/08
IAC

C F M

56-5B

72-54-00 612 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 663 May01/08 72-55-00 207 Nov01/07

72-54-00 613 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 664 May01/08 72-55-00 208 Feb01/07
72-54-00 614 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 665 May01/08 72-55-00 209 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 615 May01/08 72-54-00 R 666 May01/08 72-55-00 210 Feb01/07
72-54-00 616 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 667 May01/08 72-55-00 211 Nov01/07
72-54-00 617 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 668 May01/08 72-55-00 212 Nov01/07
72-54-00 618 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 669 May01/08 72-55-00 213 Nov01/07
72-54-00 619 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 670 May01/08
72-54-00 620 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 671 May01/08 72-56-00 1 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 621 May01/08 72-54-00 R 672 May01/08 72-56-00 2 Feb01/07
72-54-00 622 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 673 May01/08 72-56-00 3 Feb01/07
72-54-00 623 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 674 May01/08 72-56-00 4 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 624 May01/08 72-54-00 R 675 May01/08 72-56-00 5 Feb01/07
72-54-00 625 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 676 May01/08 72-56-00 6 Feb01/07
72-54-00 626 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 677 May01/08 72-56-00 401 Feb01/07
72-54-00 627 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 678 May01/08 72-56-00 402 Feb01/07
72-54-00 628 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 679 May01/08 72-56-00 403 Feb01/07
72-54-00 629 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 680 May01/08 72-56-00 404 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 630 May01/08 72-54-00 R 681 May01/08 72-56-00 405 Feb01/07
72-54-00 631 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 682 May01/08 72-56-00 406 Feb01/07
72-54-00 632 Feb01/07 72-54-00 N 683 May01/08 72-56-00 407 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 633 May01/08 72-54-00 N 684 May01/08 72-56-00 408 Feb01/07
72-54-00 634 Feb01/07 72-54-00 N 685 May01/08 72-56-00 409 Feb01/07
72-54-00 635 Feb01/07 72-54-00 N 686 May01/08 72-56-00 410 Feb01/07
72-54-00 636 Feb01/07 72-54-00 N 687 May01/08 72-56-00 411 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 637 May01/08 72-54-00 N 688 May01/08 72-56-00 412 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 638 May01/08 72-54-00 N 689 May01/08 72-56-00 413 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 639 May01/08 72-54-00 N 690 May01/08 72-56-00 414 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 640 May01/08 72-54-00 801 Nov01/07 72-56-00 415 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 641 May01/08 72-54-00 802 Nov01/07 72-56-00 416 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 642 May01/08 72-54-00 803 Nov01/07 72-56-00 417 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 643 May01/08 72-54-00 804 Feb01/07 72-56-00 601 Aug01/07
72-54-00 R 644 May01/08 72-54-00 805 Feb01/07 72-56-00 602 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 645 May01/08 72-54-00 806 Feb01/07 72-56-00 603 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 646 May01/08 72-54-00 807 Feb01/07 72-56-00 604 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 647 May01/08 72-54-00 808 Feb01/07 72-56-00 605 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 648 May01/08 72-54-00 809 Feb01/07 72-56-00 606 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 649 May01/08 72-54-00 810 Nov01/07 72-56-00 607 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 650 May01/08 72-54-00 811 Nov01/07 72-56-00 608 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 651 May01/08 72-56-00 609 Aug01/07
72-54-00 R 652 May01/08 72-55-00 1 Feb01/07 72-56-00 610 Aug01/07
72-54-00 R 653 May01/08 72-55-00 2 Feb01/07 72-56-00 611 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 654 May01/08 72-55-00 3 Feb01/07 72-56-00 612 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 655 May01/08 72-55-00 4 Feb01/07 72-56-00 701 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 656 May01/08 72-55-00 5 Feb01/07 72-56-00 702 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 657 May01/08 72-55-00 201 Nov01/07 72-56-00 703 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 658 May01/08 72-55-00 202 Nov01/07 72-56-00 704 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 659 May01/08 72-55-00 203 Nov01/07 72-56-00 705 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 660 May01/08 72-55-00 204 Feb01/07 72-56-00 706 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 661 May01/08 72-55-00 205 Feb01/07 72-56-00 707 Feb01/07
72-54-00 R 662 May01/08 72-55-00 206 Nov01/07 72-56-00 708 Nov01/07
72-L.E.P. Page 7
May 01/08
IAC

C F M

56-5B

72-56-00 709 Nov01/07 72-62-00 409 Feb01/07 72-63-00 408 Feb01/07

72-56-00 710 Nov01/07 72-62-00 410 Feb01/07 72-63-00 409 Feb01/07
72-56-00 711 Nov01/07 72-62-00 411 Feb01/07 72-63-00 410 Feb01/07
72-56-00 712 Nov01/07 72-62-00 412 Feb01/07 72-63-00 411 Feb01/07
72-56-00 713 Nov01/07 72-62-00 413 Feb01/07 72-63-00 412 Nov01/07
72-56-00 714 Nov01/07 72-62-00 414 Feb01/07 72-63-00 413 Nov01/07
72-56-00 715 Nov01/07 72-62-00 415 Feb01/07 72-63-00 414 Feb01/07
72-56-00 716 Nov01/07 72-62-00 416 Feb01/07 72-63-00 415 Feb01/07
72-56-00 717 Nov01/07 72-62-00 417 Feb01/07 72-63-00 416 Feb01/07
72-56-00 718 Nov01/07 72-62-00 418 Feb01/07 72-63-00 417 Feb01/07
72-56-00 719 Nov01/07 72-62-00 419 Feb01/07 72-63-00 418 Feb01/07
72-56-00 801 Feb01/07 72-62-00 420 Feb01/07 72-63-00 419 Feb01/07
72-56-00 802 Feb01/07 72-62-00 421 Feb01/07 72-63-00 420 Feb01/07
72-56-00 803 Feb01/07 72-62-00 422 Feb01/07 72-63-00 421 Feb01/07
72-56-00 804 Feb01/07 72-62-00 423 Feb01/07 72-63-00 422 Feb01/07
72-56-00 805 Feb01/07 72-62-00 424 Feb01/07 72-63-00 423 Feb01/07
72-56-00 806 Feb01/07 72-62-00 425 Feb01/07 72-63-00 424 Feb01/07
72-56-00 807 Aug01/07 72-62-00 426 Feb01/07 72-63-00 425 Feb01/07
72-56-00 808 Feb01/07 72-62-00 427 Feb01/07 72-63-00 426 Feb01/07
72-56-00 809 Feb01/07 72-62-00 428 Feb01/07 72-63-00 427 Feb01/07
72-56-00 810 Aug01/07 72-62-00 601 Feb01/07 72-63-00 428 Feb01/07
72-56-00 811 Aug01/07 72-62-00 602 Feb01/07 72-63-00 429 Feb01/07
72-56-00 812 Aug01/07 72-62-00 603 Feb01/07 72-63-00 430 Feb01/07
72-56-00 813 Aug01/07 72-62-00 604 Feb01/07 72-63-00 431 Feb01/07
72-56-00 814 Aug01/07 72-63-00 432 Nov01/07
72-56-00 815 Aug01/07 72-63-00 1 Feb01/07 72-63-00 433 Feb01/07
72-56-00 816 Aug01/07 72-63-00 2 Feb01/07 72-63-00 434 Feb01/07
72-56-00 817 Feb01/07 72-63-00 3 Feb01/07 72-63-00 435 Feb01/07
72-56-00 818 Feb01/07 72-63-00 4 Feb01/07 72-63-00 436 Feb01/07
72-56-00 819 Feb01/07 72-63-00 5 Feb01/07 72-63-00 437 Nov01/07
72-63-00 6 Feb01/07 72-63-00 438 Nov01/07
72-60-00 1 Feb01/07 72-63-00 7 Feb01/07 72-63-00 439 Nov01/07
72-60-00 2 Feb01/07 72-63-00 8 Feb01/07 72-63-00 440 Nov01/07
72-60-00 3 Feb01/07 72-63-00 9 Feb01/07 72-63-00 441 Nov01/07
72-63-00 201 Feb01/07 72-63-00 442 Feb01/07
72-61-00 1 Feb01/07 72-63-00 202 Feb01/07 72-63-00 443 Nov01/07
72-61-00 2 Feb01/07 72-63-00 203 Feb01/07 72-63-00 444 Feb01/07
72-63-00 204 Feb01/07 72-63-00 445 Nov01/07
72-62-00 1 Feb01/07 72-63-00 205 Feb01/07 72-63-00 446 Nov01/07
72-62-00 2 Feb01/07 72-63-00 206 Feb01/07 72-63-00 447 Nov01/07
72-62-00 3 Feb01/07 72-63-00 207 Feb01/07 72-63-00 448 Feb01/07
72-62-00 4 Feb01/07 72-63-00 208 Feb01/07 72-63-00 449 Nov01/07
72-62-00 5 Feb01/07 72-63-00 209 Feb01/07 72-63-00 450 Nov01/07
72-62-00 401 Feb01/07 72-63-00 210 Feb01/07 72-63-00 451 Feb01/07
72-62-00 402 Feb01/07 72-63-00 401 Feb01/07 72-63-00 452 Feb01/07
72-62-00 403 Feb01/07 72-63-00 402 Feb01/07 72-63-00 453 Feb01/07
72-62-00 404 Feb01/07 72-63-00 403 Feb01/07 72-63-00 454 Feb01/07
72-62-00 405 Feb01/07 72-63-00 404 Feb01/07 72-63-00 455 Feb01/07
72-62-00 406 Feb01/07 72-63-00 405 Feb01/07 72-63-00 456 Feb01/07
72-62-00 407 Feb01/07 72-63-00 406 Feb01/07 72-63-00 457 Nov01/07
72-62-00 408 Feb01/07 72-63-00 407 Feb01/07 72-63-00 458 Feb01/07
72-L.E.P. Page 8
May 01/08
IAC

C F M

56-5B

72-63-00 601 Feb01/07

72-63-00 602 Feb01/07
72-63-00 603 Feb01/07
72-63-00 801 Nov01/07
72-63-00 802 Feb01/07
72-63-00 803 Nov01/07
72-63-00 804 Nov01/07
72-63-00 805 Feb01/07
72-63-00 806 Feb01/07
72-63-00 807 Nov01/07
72-63-00 808 Feb01/07
72-63-00 809 Feb01/07
72-63-00 810 Nov01/07
72-63-00 811 Nov01/07
72-63-00 812 Feb01/07
72-63-00 813 Nov01/07
72-63-00 814 Feb01/07
72-63-00 815 Nov01/07
72-63-00 816 Nov01/07
72-63-00 817 Feb01/07
72-63-00 818 Feb01/07
72-63-00 819 Feb01/07
72-63-00 820 Nov01/07
72-63-00 821 Feb01/07
72-63-00 822 Nov01/07
72-63-00 823 Feb01/07
72-63-00 824 Nov01/07
72-63-00 825 Nov01/07
72-63-00 826 Feb01/07
72-63-00 827 Feb01/07
72-63-00 828 Feb01/07
72-63-00 829 Nov01/07
72-63-00 830 Feb01/07
72-L.E.P. Page 9
May 01/08
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ENGINE - GENERAL
________________ 72-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 101-199, 901-999
General 1 101-199, 901-999
Engine Modules 1 101-199, 901-999
Fan/Booster Rotor 1 101-199, 901-999
Fan/Booster Stator 1 101-199, 901-999
Fan Frame 6 101-199, 901-999
Compressor Rotor 6 101-199, 901-999
Compressor Stator 6 101-199, 901-999
Combustor 6 101-199, 901-999
High Pressure Turbine 6 101-199, 901-999
Low Pressure Turbine 6 101-199, 901-999
Turbine Frame 7 101-199, 901-999
Accessories and Accessory Drives 7 101-199, 901-999
Bearings and Seals 7 101-199, 901-999
Bearings 7 101-199, 901-999
Oil Distribution 7 101-199, 901-999
Seals Arrangement 7 101-199, 901-999
Bearing Functions 7 101-199, 901-999
Engine Boroscope Inspection Port 11 101-199, 901-999
Provisions, Location and
Identification
On the Inner Wall (Fairing) of 11 101-199, 901-999
the Fan Bypass Duct
On the High Pressure Compressor 11 101-199, 901-999
(HPC) Front and Rear Casings
On the Combustion Case 11 101-199, 901-999
On the Low Pressure Turbine Case 15 101-199, 901-999
_________________
ENGINE - GENERAL 72-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 101-199, 901-999
Engine Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings 201 101-199, 901-999
Air Flow Check of the Forward Sump 214 101-199, 901-999
Oil Supply Circuit
Air Flow Check of the AGB/TGB Oil 219 101-199, 901-999
Supply Circuit
Air Flow Check of the Aft Sump Oil 224 101-199, 901-999
Supply Circuit
_________________
SERVICING 301 101-199, 901-999
Recommendations for Engine 301 101-199, 901-999
Preservation
Preservation for a Period of up to 304 101-199, 901-999
72-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
30 Days
Preservation for a Period of up to 308 101-199, 901-999
90 Days
Preservation for a Period of 30 to 311 101-199, 901-999
365 Days.
Preservation Renewal Requirements. 326 101-199, 901-999
Procedure for Exceeded Long Term 328 101-199, 901-999
Preservation Period.
Depreservation 329 101-199, 901-999
_________________
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 101-199, 901-999
Inspection/Check of Foreign Object 601 101-199, 901-999
Damage (FOD) (Bird Strike
Included)
Procedure After Engine Fire or Use 608 101-199, 901-999
of Fire-Extinguishing Agents
Procedure after Halogen Products 613 101-199, 901-999
Contamination
Procedure after Volcanic Ash, 617 101-199, 901-999
Dust, or Sand Ingestion
Inspection/Check After the Engine 623 101-199, 901-999
has Exceeded the Operational
Limits
Off-Schedule Vane Replacement 641 101-199, 901-999
Over-Serviceable-Limit Extensions 644 101-199, 901-999
Over-Serviceable-Limit Extensions 671 101-199, 901-999
Inspection/Check of the PS3 Line 694 101-199, 901-999
Visual Inspection of the Fan A608 101-199, 901-999
Section after Engine Operation in
Severe Icing Condition
Monitor the Engine EGT for A610 101-199, 901-999
Possible Engine Performance
Deterioration
_________________
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 101-199, 901-999
Engine Dry-out and Re lubrication 701 101-199, 901-999
Engine Washing Requirements 713 101-199, 901-999
Hand Cleaning of the Fan Gas Path 717 101-199, 901-999
and Fan Blades
Washing of the Engine Gas Path 721 101-199, 901-999
with Pure Water
Washing of the Engine Gas Path 732 101-199, 901-999
72-CONTENTS Page 2
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
with Cleaning Agent
External Cleaning 743 101-199, 901-999
FAN AND BOOSTER ASSEMBLY 72-21-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Fan and booster assembly 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Spinner Front Cone 1 101-199, 901-999
Spinner Rear Cone 1 101-199, 901-999
Fan Disk 1 101-199, 901-999
Fan Blades 5 101-199, 901-999
Booster Rotor 5 101-199, 901-999
Booster Vane Assemblies 5 101-199, 901-999

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 101-199, 901-999
Removal of the Spinner Front Cone 401 101-199, 901-999
Installation of the Spinner Front 404 101-199, 901-999
Cone
Removal of the Spinner Rear Cone 407 101-199, 901-999
Installation of the Spinner Rear 409 101-199, 901-999
Cone
Removal of the Fan Rotor Blades 414 101-199, 901-999
Installation of the Fan Rotor 420 101-199, 901-999
Blades
Replacement of Fan Rotor Blades in 426 101-199, 901-999
Pairs
Replacement of Individual Fan 442 101-199, 901-999
Blades
Discard Fan Disc and Booster Spool 447 101-199, 901-999
Discard Fan Shaft 448 101-199, 901-999
Removal of the Stage 1 Booster 449 101-199, 901-999
Vane Assembly
Installation of the Stage 1 453 101-199, 901-999
Booster Vane Assembly

Inspection/Check of the Spinner 601 101-199, 901-999
Cone
Borescope Inspection of the 606 101-199, 901-999
Booster Rotor Blades, Stages 2, 3,
4 and 5 through the Booster Inlet
72-CONTENTS Page 3
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
and Borescope Ports SO3 and SO5
Inspect Fan Rotor Blades Installed 617 101-199, 901-999
on the Fan Disk
Inspect Fan Rotor Blades Removed 633 101-199, 901-999
from the Fan Disk.
Inspection/Check of the Stage 1 644 101-199, 901-999
Booster Vane, Fan Disk, Fan Blades
Spacers and Booster Spool.
Detailed Inspection and 655 101-199, 901-999
Relubrication of Fan Blade
Dovetails, Midspan Shrouds,
Retainers, Spacers, Dampers and
Fan Disk Dovetail Slots

REPAIRS 801 101-199, 901-999
Replacement of the Crimped 801 101-199, 901-999
Self-Locking Nuts on the Spinner
Rear Cone
Correction of the Static Imbalance 804 101-199, 901-999
Blending of Fan Rotor Blades 810 101-199, 901-999
Blending of the Stage 1 Booster 825 101-199, 901-999
Vane Assembly
Angular Distribution for a 829 101-199, 901-999
Replacement of 3 to 18 Pairs of
fan Rotor Blades Manual Method
NO.1 AND NO.2 BEARING SUPPORT ASSEMBLY 72-22-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
No. 1 and no. 2 bearing support 1 101-199, 901-999
module
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
No. 1 Bearing Support 1 101-199, 901-999
No. 1 Ball Bearing 7 101-199, 901-999
No. 2 Bearing Support 7 101-199, 901-999
No. 2 Roller Bearing 7 101-199, 901-999
Oil Manifold Assembly 7 101-199, 901-999
External Piping 8 101-199, 901-999
Fan Shaft 8 101-199, 901-999
Forward Stationary Air/Oil Seal 8 101-199, 901-999
FAN FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-23-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
72-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Fonctions 1 101-199, 901-999
Fan Frame. 1 101-199, 901-999
Fan Inlet Case. 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 6 101-199, 901-999
Fan Frame Assembly 6 101-199, 901-999
Fan Inlet Case Assembly 7 101-199, 901-999

Removal of the Fan Outlet Guide 401 101-199, 901-999
Vane (OGV) Doublets
Installation of the Fan Outlet 405 101-199, 901-999
Guide Vane (OGV) Doublets
Removal of the Forward Acoustical 409 101-199, 901-999
Panels of the Fan
Installation of the Forward 412 101-199, 901-999
Acoustical Panels of the Fan
Removal of the Mid Acoustical 415 101-199, 901-999
Panels
Installation of the Mid Acoustical 418 101-199, 901-999
Panels
Removal of the Aft Acoustical 422 101-199, 901-999
Panels
Installation of the Aft Acoustical 426 101-199, 901-999
Panels
Removal of the Fan Duct Panels 432 101-199, 901-999
Installation of the Fan Duct 436 101-199, 901-999
Panels
Removal of the Splitter Fairing 440 101-199, 901-999
Installation of the Splitter 444 101-199, 901-999
Fairing
Removal of the PS13 Line 448 101-199, 901-999
Installation of the PS13 Line 453 101-199, 901-999
Removal of the PS12 Line 457 101-199, 901-999
Installation of the PS12 Line 467 101-199, 901-999
Installation of Acoustical Panels 471 101-199, 901-999
Attachment Screw/Nut Locking
Installation of Acoustical Panels 475 101-199, 901-999
Attachment Screw Locking

Visual Inspection of the Fan Frame 601 101-199, 901-999
Assembly
72-CONTENTS Page 5
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Detailed Inspection of Engine 615 101-199, 901-999
Inlet, Fan Blades, Fan Outlet and
Abradable Material
Inspection/Check of the PS13 Line 626 101-199, 901-999
Inspection/Check of the PS12 line 633 101-199, 901-999
Inspection of Forward Acoustical 643 101-199, 901-999
Panels
Inspection of Mid Acoustical 650 101-199, 901-999
Panels
Inspection of Aft Acoustical 655 101-199, 901-999
Panels
Visual Inspection of the Junction 660 101-199, 901-999
Box

REPAIRS 801 101-199, 901-999
Local Reconditioning of the 801 101-199, 901-999
Abradable Material- Defects less
than 0.12 in. (3 mm) deep and 0.50
in.2 (3.2 cm2)
Removal of Rust from the Fan Frame 806 101-199, 901-999
Casing
Repair of Fan Duct Panel 811 101-199, 901-999
Repair of the Abradable (material) 815 101-199, 901-999
Shroud with Circular Patches
Repair of Forward, Mid and Aft 825 101-199, 901-999
Acoustical Panels when Missing Cup
Replacement of the Riveted Self 831 101-199, 901-999
Locking Nuts for the Attachment of
the Forward Acoustical Panels
_____________________
HP COMPRESSOR SECTION 72-30-00
General 1 101-199, 901-999
______________________
HP COMPRESSOR SECTION 72-30-00
Discard Life Limited HP Compressor 401 101-199, 901-999
rotating parts
HPC ROTOR ASSEMBLY 72-31-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
72-CONTENTS Page 6
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Front Shaft 1 101-199, 901-999
Disk and Spools 1 101-199, 901-999
Blades 1 101-199, 901-999
Rear Seal 1 101-199, 901-999

Inspection of the High Pressure 601 101-199, 901-999
Compressor Rotor Assembly

REPAIRS 801 101-199, 901-999
Repair of Broken Borescope Plug 801 101-199, 901-999
Blend Repair of the High Pressure 808 101-199, 901-999
Compressor (HPC) Rotor Blades
Stages 1-9
HPC FRONT STATOR ASSEMBLY 72-32-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Front Stator Casing 1 101-199, 901-999
Vanes 1 101-199, 901-999
Variable Vane Actuation 1 101-199, 901-999

Inspection/Check of the HPC Front 601 101-199, 901-999
Stator Assembly

REPAIRS 801 101-199, 901-999
Removal of the Inlet Guide Vane 801 101-199, 901-999
(IGV) and Stage 3 Vane Lever Arms
or Bushings
Installation of the Inlet Guide 806 101-199, 901-999
Vane (IGV) and Stage 3 Vane Lever
Arms or Bushings
Removal of the Actuation Ring 810 101-199, 901-999
Connecting Links
Installation of the Actuation Ring 814 101-199, 901-999
Connecting Links
72-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Replacement of the Actuation Ring 819 101-199, 901-999
Flanged Bushing (Stages 1 and 2)
HPC REAR STATOR ASSEMBLY 72-33-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Casing 1 101-199, 901-999
Vanes 1 101-199, 901-999
__________________
COMBUSTION SECTION 72-40-00
General 1 101-199, 901-999
COMBUSTION CASE ASSEMBLY 72-41-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Components 1 101-199, 901-999
Ports 1 101-199, 901-999

Combustion Chamber Liners, Dome
Areas, HPT Nozzle Vanes and
Shrouds (as far as visible through
two opposite ports)
Inspection/Check of the Combustion 603 101-199, 901-999
Case Assembly

REPAIRS 801 101-199, 901-999
Repairs of the Combustion Case 801 101-199, 901-999
Assembly
COMBUSTION CHAMBER ASSEMBLY 72-42-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Dome 1 101-199, 901-999
Cowl 1 101-199, 901-999
Liners 1 101-199, 901-999
72-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
COMBUSTION CHAMBER ASSEMBLY 72-42-00

Combustion Chamber Liners and Dome
Area
Borescope Inspection of the Outer 622 101-199, 901-999
Side of the Combustion Chamber
Outer Liners
Inspection of the Combustion 627 101-199, 901-999
Chamber and HPT Nozzle Following a
Birdstrike/FOD
Borescope Inspection of the Inner 635 101-199, 901-999
Cowl Bolts of the Combustion
Chamber
_______________
TURBINE SECTION 72-50-00
General 1 101-199, 901-999
High pressure turbine module 1 101-199, 901-999
Low pressure turbine module 1 101-199, 901-999
________________
TURBINE SECTION 72-50-00
Discard Life Limited Parts of HPT 401 101-199, 901-999
and LPT
HPT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY 72-51-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Nozzle Segments 1 101-199, 901-999
Inner Support 1 101-199, 901-999
Aft Outer Support and Seal 1 101-199, 901-999
HPT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY 72-51-00

Borescope Inspection of 601 101-199, 901-999
High-Pressure Turbine Nozzle
Assembly
Borescope Inspection of 612 101-199, 901-999
High-Pressure Turbine Nozzle
Assembly
72-CONTENTS Page 9
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
HPT ROTOR ASSEMBLY 72-52-00
General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Front Shaft 1 101-199, 901-999
Disk 1 101-199, 901-999
Rear Shaft 1 101-199, 901-999
Front Outer Seal 1 101-199, 901-999
Blades 1 101-199, 901-999
HPT ROTOR ASSEMBLY 72-52-00

High-Pressure Turbine Blades (from
the rear)
High-Pressure Turbine Blades (from
the rear)
Borescope Inspection of the High 630 101-199, 901-999
Pressure Turbine Rotor Blade (from
the front)
Borescope Inspection of the High 640 101-199, 901-999
Pressure Turbine Rotor Blade (from
the front)
HPT SHROUD AND STAGE 1 LPT NOZZLE 72-53-00

ASSEMBLY
General 1 101-199, 901-999
HPT shroud and stage 1 LPT 1 101-199, 901-999
nozzle assembly
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
HPT shroud and stage 1 LPT 1 101-199, 901-999
nozzle assembly
HPT SHROUD AND STAGE 1 LPT NOZZLE 72-53-00

ASSEMBLY
Borescope/Inspection of the Stage 601 101-199, 901-999
1 Low-Pressure Turbine Nozzle
Assembly
Borescope/Inspection of the 609 101-199, 901-999
High-Pressure Turbine Shroud
72-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
LPT ROTOR/STATOR ASSEMBLY 72-54-00
General 1 101-199, 901-999
The low pressure turbine (LPT) 1 101-199, 901-999
module is a 4-stage axial-flow
turbine.
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
LPT Stator Assembly 1 101-199, 901-999
LPT Rotor Assembly 4 101-199, 901-999

Inspection of the Stage 1-3 Blades 601 101-199, 901-999
Inspection of the Stage 4 Blades 621 101-199, 901-999
Inspection of the Stage 2-4 Nozzle 630 101-199, 901-999
Segments
Inspection of the Stage 2-4 Nozzle 637 101-199, 901-999
Segments
Inspection of the Stage 1-4 651 101-199, 901-999
Stationary Air Seals
Optional Visual Inspection of the 658 101-199, 901-999
Stage 4 Blades from the Rear of
the Engine
Inspection of the Turbine Case 668 101-199, 901-999
Inspection of the Turbine Case 674 101-199, 901-999
General Visual Inspection of 680 101-199, 901-999
Piping of LPT Case Air Cooling
General Visual Inspection of 684 101-199, 901-999
Piping of LPT Case Air Cooling

REPAIRS 801 101-199, 901-999
Replacement of the Broken Studs of 801 101-199, 901-999
EGT (T49.5) Sensor Bracket Assy
LPT SHAFT 72-55-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Low pressure turbine shaft 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Low pressure Turbine Shaft 1 101-199, 901-999
No. 4 Bearing 5 101-199, 901-999
No. 5 Bearing 5 101-199, 901-999
72-CONTENTS Page 11
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
LPT SHAFT 72-55-00

Replacement of LPT Shaft Plug 201 101-199, 901-999
O-rings
TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-56-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Turbine Frame with Tangential 1 101-199, 901-999
Symetrical Section Struts
No. 5 Bearing Support for 5 101-199, 901-999
Turbine Frame with Tangential
Symetrical Section Struts

Removal of the Flame Arrestor and 401 101-199, 901-999
Flange Assembly
Installation of the Flame Arrestor 404 101-199, 901-999
and Flange Assembly
Removal of the Oil Inlet Cover 408 101-199, 901-999
Assembly
Installation of the Oil Inlet 413 101-199, 901-999
Cover Assembly

Inspection/Check of the Turbine 601 101-199, 901-999
Frame Assembly

CLEANING/PAINTING 701 101-199, 901-999
Cleaning of the Oil Inlet Cover 701 101-199, 901-999
Cleaning of the Aft Sump Oil 705 101-199, 901-999
Supply Tube
Cleaning of the Aft Sump Oil 708 101-199, 901-999
Scavenge Tube

REPAIRS 801 101-199, 901-999
72-CONTENTS Page 12
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Replacement of Defective Studs 801 101-199, 901-999
Replacement of Defective or 805 101-199, 901-999
Missing Thermal Insulation
Blankets (On Radial Struts TRF
Only)
Replacement of the Oil Supply Tube 812 101-199, 901-999
Assembly
_______________________
ACCESSORY DRIVE SECTION 72-60-00
General 1 101-199, 901-999
INLET GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-61-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Horizontal Bevel Gear 1 101-199, 901-999
Radial Bevel Gear 1 101-199, 901-999
Thrust Bearing (No. 3 Ball) 1 101-199, 901-999
Roller Bearing (No. 3 Roller) 1 101-199, 901-999
TRANSFER GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-62-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
Radial Drive Shaft Assembly 1 101-199, 901-999
TGB Assembly 1 101-199, 901-999

Removal of the Transfer Gearbox 401 101-199, 901-999
Module
Installation of the Transfer 418 101-199, 901-999
Gearbox Module

Inspection/check of the Transfer 601 101-199, 901-999
Gearbox Assembly
ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-63-00

General 1 101-199, 901-999
Description 1 101-199, 901-999
72-CONTENTS Page 13
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CHAPTER 72
__________
ENGINE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Horizontal Drive Shaft Assembly 1 101-199, 901-999
AGB Housing 1 101-199, 901-999
Gear Train 8 101-199, 901-999

Disengagement/Engagement of the 201 101-199, 901-999
Horizontal Drive Shaft

Removal of the Handcranking Drive 401 101-199, 901-999
Cover
Installation of the Handcranking 408 101-199, 901-999
Drive Cover
Removal of the Accessory Gearbox 412 101-199, 901-999
Assembly
Installation of the Accessory 441 101-199, 901-999
Gearbox Assembly

Inspection/Check of the Accessory 601 101-199, 901-999
Gearbox Assembly

REPAIRS 801 101-199, 901-999
Replacement of a Sealol Seal 801 101-199, 901-999
(Typical)
Replacement of a Magnetic Seal 813 101-199, 901-999
(Typical)
Replacement of a Magnetic Seal 822 101-199, 901-999
(IDG and Starter Drive Pads).
72-CONTENTS Page 14
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

ENGINE - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004)
The engine is a dual-rotor, variable stator, high bypass ratio turbo fan
power plant.
The 9 stage high pressure compressor is driven by 1 stage high pressure
turbine, and the integrated front fan and booster is driven by 4 stage low
pressure turbine. An annular combustor converts fuel and compressor
discharge air into energy to provide engine thrust part through primary
exhaust and to drive the turbines. The accessory drive system extracts
energy from the high pressure rotor to drive the engine accessories and the
engine mounted aircraft accessories. Reverse thrust for braking the aircraft
after landing is supplied by an integrated system which acts on the fan
discharge airflow (Ref. 78-00-00).
2. Engine
______________
Modules
The principal modules of the engine are fan and booster, high pressure
compressor, combustor chamber, high pressure turbine, low pressure turbine
and accessory drive gearbox. Detailed descriptions of the components of each
section are given in corresponding sections of this document.
The description of each engine module is as follows:
A. Fan/Booster Rotor
The fan rotor consists of one full diameter booster for the secondary
flow single stage fan and a smaller 4 Stage booster for the core engine
flow.
The fan and the booster are mounted on a common internal concentric shaft
driven by the fan pressure turbine. Two bearings support the fan assembly
in the frame.
B. Fan/Booster Stator
Fixed stator vanes are provided for both, the fan and booster rotor. The
fan casing, in which the stator is mounted has provision for blade
containment forward of and in the plan of the fan rotor. The casing is
supported by the fan frame and supports the accessory drive gearbox.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Engine LH Side
Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Engine RH Side
Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Engine Schematic
Figure 003

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Major External Dimensions

Figure 004

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

C. Fan Frame
The fan frame is one of the major structural and aerodynamic components
of the engine. Aerodynamically the fan frame forms the inner and outer
flow passage of the fan airstream as well as the core airstream.
Structurally, it carries inlet cowl loads, supports the fan casing, the
two fan bearings and the core engine forward bearing; it contains the
forward engine mount, it houses the accessory drive power take off
gearbox and radial drive shaft; it contains the variable bypass valves
between the booster and high pressure compressor; it supports the
transfer and accessory gearboxes; and provides the mounting surfaces for
fan-stream acoustic panels.
The fan frame also serves as the forward support for the compressor.
D. Compressor Rotor
The compressor is a nine stage axial flow assembly. The rotor consists of
the stage 1 and 2 discs which form a spool, a separately attached stage 3
disc and a spool containing stage 4 - 9 discs. Stage 1, 2 and 3 have
axial dovetail slots and stage 4 - 9 blades are retained in
circumferential slots. All blades are individually replaceable without
spool disassembly.
E. Compressor Stator
All 9 stages of the compressor stator are shrouded. The Inlet Guide Vanes
(IGV) and the first 3 stages of the compressor are variable. The casing
is composed of two semi cylindrical halves, permitting a quick access to
the core engine compressor.
F. Combustor
A step diffuser is incorporated upstream of the combustor for reduction
of the combustor sensitivity to the compressor velocity profile. The
combustor can be replaced without disturbing the fuel nozzles. The
combustor casing provides structural support for the combustor, the
compressor Outlet Guide Vanes (OGV) the High Pressure (HP) stator and
shrouds, and the seals for Compressor Discharge Pressure (CDP).
G. High Pressure Turbine

The High Pressure Turbine (HPT) is an air cooled single stage high energy
turbine. Rotor blades are individually replaceable without the need for
rotor disassembly or rebalancing.
H. Low Pressure Turbine

The Low Pressure Turbine (LPT) consists of 4 and half stages of blades
and vanes. The first stage nozzle vane is cooled and provides cooling air
for the high pressure and low pressure turbine discs.
The LPT drives the fan rotor through the inner concentric shaft and is
aerodynamically coupled to the high pressure system. The LPT casing is a
360 degrees design to provide structural continuity.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

J. Turbine Frame
The turbine frame is located aft the LPT. It contains the aft LPT
bearing, and supports the primary exhaust system. It contains the engine
rear mount fitting.
K. Accessories and Accessory Drives

Engine and aircraft accessories are mounted on the accessory gearbox
which is located on the outside of the lower part of the casing and
driven through a radial shaft at 6 oclock position. Power for the engine
and aircraft accessories is extracted from the HPC rotor shaft through an
inlet gearbox and the radial drive shaft. Quick Attach/Detach (QAD)
accessory mounting flanges are provided for the engine accessories.
3. Bearings
__________________
and Seals
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006, 007)
A. Bearings
The engine rotors are supported by bearings installed in the sump
cavities provided by the two frames. The forward sump is in the fan frame
and is the location of bearings No. 1, No. 2 (fan/booster shaft) and No.
3 (HP shaft forward part).
The aft sump is in the turbine rear frame where are bearings No. 4 (HP
shaft aft part) and No. 5 (LP shaft aft part).
B. Oil Distribution
The bearings must be lubricated and oil is distributed to these
components by nozzles. However, the oil must be retained within the
engine, so seals of various types are provided to confine the oil and
direct its recirculation.
C. Seals Arrangement
The arrangement of oil and air seals, the provisions for oil supply, oil
scavenge, seal pressurization, sump vent subsystems produce a system
known as a dry sump.
Engine sumps are vented to ambient pressure through the center-vent
tube which is contained in the LP shaft.
D. Bearing Functions
Bearings provide reduced rolling friction, support the rotors axially and
radially within the engine structure, and position the rotors relative to
the stators. The bearing must control the forces of gravity weight
aerodynamic loads of pumping and turbine driving and gyroscopic loads due
to aircraft maneuvers.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Forward Sump
Figure 005

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Aft Sump
Figure 006

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Sump Venting System

Figure 007

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 10
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. ________________________________________________________________________
Engine Boroscope Inspection Port Provisions, Location and Identification
(Ref. Fig. 008, 009, 010)
There is a total of 22 borescope port provisions along the engine. The most
important number of them is found on the engine right side, mostly between
the 4 and 5 oclock positions, aft looking forward.
Their location and identification are as follows:
A. On the Inner Wall (Fairing) of the Fan Bypass Duct

(Ref. Fig. 008)
There are two (8 mm dia) borescope port provisions. From front to rear,
the first port, identified S03, is just below the 3 oclock position,
between two OGVs.
The second port, identified S05, is near the 4 oclock position, just in
front of the Variable Bleed Valves (VBVs) plane.
Refer to ATA 72-21-00 for the internal parts and areas you can fully or
partially see through these two borescope port provisions.
B. On the High Pressure Compressor (HPC) Front and Rear Casings

(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
There are nine (8 and 10 mm dia) borescope port provisions, located
between the 4 and 5 oclock positions, aft looking forward. From the HPC
inlet plane IGV to the last stage (ninth) of the HPC, they are identified
as follows:
- S1, S2, S3, S4, S5, S6, S7, S8 and S9. Refer to ATA 72-31-00 for the
internal parts and airfoil areas you can see through these 9 borescope
port provisions.
C. On the Combustion Case

(Ref. Fig. 008, 009, 010)
There are six borescope port provisions around the combustion case:
- S12, S13, S14, S15, located in the same plane, at the 1, 3, 6 and 10
oclock positions respectively, and immediately in front of the fuel
manifold,
- S16 and S17, located in the same plane, at approximately the 5:30 and
8:30 oclock positions respectively, and immediately in front of the
combustion case aft flange.
The two ports which install the two spark igniters on the combustion
case can also be used as borescope port provisions. These ports are
identified as S10 and S11. They are in the same plane, at the 4 and 8
oclock positions respectively.
The S10, S11, S12, S13, S14 and S15 ports permit the borescope
inspection of the HPT rotor blades (S10 and S11), the combustion
chamber and the HPT nozzle.
The S16 and S17 ports permit the borescope inspection of the HPT
shrouds, the stage 1 LPT nozzle segments and leading edge of stage 1
LPT rotor blades.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 11
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Engine Borescope Port Provisions - Location and Identification on Left Side

Figure 008

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 12
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Engine Borescope Port Provisions - Location and Identification on Right Side

Figure 009

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 13
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Borescope Port Provisions - Location and Engine Station

Figure 010

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 14
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Refer to ATA 72-41-00, 72-42-00, 72-51-00, 72-52-00 and 72-53-00 for
the internal parts and the areas you can, fully or partially, see
through the six normal borescope port provisions of the combustion case
and the two spark igniter ports.
NOTE : The use of the spark igniter ports as borescope provisions (S10
____
and S11) necessitates the removal of the spark igniters (Refer to
ATA 74-21-30).
D. On the Low Pressure Turbine Case

(Ref. Fig. 009, 010)
There are three borescope port provisions on the LPT case. Location at
the 5 oclock position approximately. From front to rear, they are
identified S18, S19 and S20.
Refer to ATA 72-54-00 for the internal parts and areas you can, fully or
partially, see through these borescope port provisions.
NOTE : The borescope ports S16 and S17 must be used to inspect:
____
- the LPT nozzle, stage 1 (Refer to ATA 72-53-00),
- the leading edge and tip shroud of LPT rotor blades, stage 1
(Ref. to ATA 72-54-00).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 15
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

ENGINE - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________
TASK 72-00-00-917-002
Engine Tubes, Hoses, and Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This section gives the general inspection and removal/installation

instructions for engine tubes, hoses, and fittings.
NOTE : Assemblies covered by this task do not contain parts that have a
____
regular replacement or inspection schedule.
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container
No specific protective caps
No specific protective closures
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. CP2442 *

engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
vaseline (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 201
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-21-00-918-002 Seals (Preformed Packings and O-rings) and Gaskets

71-00-00-710-006 Minimum Idle Check
73-11-30-200-002 Inspection/Check of the Fuel Manifold Assembly
72-00-00-991-314 Fig. 201
72-00-00-991-315 Fig. 202
72-00-00-991-316 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-869-076
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-314, 202/TASK 72-00-00-991-315, 203/TASK

72-00-00-991-316)
Subtask 72-00-00-210-073
A. If a tube, hose, or fitting on the engine has apparent damage, do the

inspection that follows:
NOTE : The limits in this table are general and they do not replace the
____
limits on components given in this manual.
NOTE : The inspection of the fuel manifold is given in (Ref. TASK 73-11-
____
30-200-002).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 202
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Tube and Hose Seating Surfaces

Figure 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-314

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 203
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Swivel Flanged Connectors

Figure 202/TASK 72-00-00-991-315

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 204
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Hose Assembly Inspection Areas

Figure 203/TASK 72-00-00-991-316

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 205
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSPECT/CHECK MAXIMUM REMARKS
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Tubing for:
A. Splits, cracks or Not serviceable Replace tube.

kinks
B. Dents or flat Any amount when the Replace tube.

areas contour is not more than
20 percent of original
tube OD
C. Nicks or scores on Max. depth not more than Blend the nicks or scores.
drain lines, drain 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
shrouds, and after blending
scavenge lines,
does not include
aft sump oil
scavenge line
D. Nicks or scores on Max. depth not more than Blend the nicks or scores.
all other fuel, 0.005 in. (0.13 mm)
air and oil lines after blending
and aft sump oil
scavenge line
2. Seating surfaces of
the fitting for:
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK
72-00-00-991-314)
A. Scratches in Any amount to 0.005 in. Remove high metal.

circumference (0.13 mm) after removal
areas A and C of high metal
B. Scratches in Any amount not Remove high metal.

circumference area detectable using a 0.040
B in. (1.02 mm) radius
ball scribe
C. Axial scratches Any amount to 0.005 in. Remove high metal.

areas A and C (0.13 mm) after removal
of high metal

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 206
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Axial scratches Not serviceable Replace tube.
area B
E. Nicks and pits Any amount not more than Blend depressions.
area C 0.03 in. (0.8 mm) deep
after blending
F. Nicks and pits Not serviceable Replace tube.

areas A and B
G. Score marks in Any amount when score Replace tube.

circumference of mark does not go through
silver plated parent metal
seating (mating)
surfaces
H. Deformation in Any amount when nut is Replace tube.

circumference free to turn
(spreading) of
tube/ferrule
J. Deformation in Any amount when nut is Replace tube.

circumference free to turn
(spreading) of
flare nut
K. Axial deformation Any amount if depth is Replace tube.

(dishing) of constant and less than
spherical seat 0.005 (0.13 mm) to the
fitting surface initial surface
3. Tube and hose fitting

nuts for:
A. Damaged corners Any amount when the Replace tube or hose.

correct torque can be
applied
B. Damaged thread Total of one full thread Chase threads.

or one continuous thread
may be missing after
chasing threads

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 207
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Lockwire hole torn Serviceable if one hole Replace tube or hose.
out is still there
4. Swivel flange
fittings for:
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK
72-00-00-991-315)
A. Nicks or scratches Not serviceable Replace tube.

on seating surface
(surface B)
B. Nicks or scratches Any nick or scratch not Remove high metal.

on mating surfaces more than 0.020 in.
(surfaces A and C) (0.51 mm) deep after
removal of high metal
C. Cracks Not serviceable Replace tube.
D. Seating surface 0.006 in. (0.15 mm) Replace tube.

(surface B) out-of-flat
out-of-flat
E. Cracks that extend Permitted when not more Replace tube.

out from bolt than 2 bolt holes are
holes cracked
F. Weld joint cracks Not serviceable Replace tube.
5. Tube and hose

assembly for:
A. Leakage Not serviceable Replace tube or hose.
6. Hose assemblies for:

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK
72-00-00-991-316)
A. Broken hose braid 3 broken wires per plait Replace hose.

and no more than 6
broken wires per
assembly or per lineal
foot (0.3 m) of hose

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 208
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Crimps Not serviceable Replace hose.
C. Internal Not serviceable Remove obstruction or

obstructions replace hose.
D. Cuts in fire Up to 3 cuts that do not Replace hose.

sleeve areas A and cross per hose section
B if the length is not
more than 0.20 in. (5.1
mm)
NOTE : Area A is defined as follows L = 2.5 times the hose outer diameter
____
at both ends of the hose. Area B is the length between the two
Areas A
E. Tears in fire Not serviceable Replace hose.

sleeve material
area A
F. Tears in fire 1 per hose section if Replace hose.

sleeve material the depth is not more
area B than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
and total area is not
more than 0.40 in.2
(10.2 mm2)
7. Tube mechanical
joints (ferrules)
for:
A. Wear on end face Any amount when O-ring

retention flange is not
deformed.
B. Nicks, dents and Any amount when O-ring

scratches on end retention flange is not
face deformed after removal
of high metal.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 209
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-917-052
B. If necessary, replace the damaged tube as follows:
R WARNING : DO NOT LET THE FUEL TOUCH YOUR SKIN OR CLOTHES. REMOVE YOUR
_______
R CLOTHES IF THE FUEL TOUCHES THEM. FLUSH YOUR SKIN FULLY WITH
R WATER WHERE THE FUEL TOUCHED YOU. FUEL CAN BURN YOUR SKIN.
(1) Disassemble the connection.
NOTE : Tubes can have oil or fuel in them as they are removed. Drain
____
the fluid into a container.
(2) Install protective closures and protective caps on drilled passages,

fuel lines, oil lines, air lines and open engine ports when parts are
removed.
(3) Use protection on the machined surfaces to prevent damage.
(4) Remove and discard O-ring, if necessary.
(5) Remove and do an inspection of the gaskets or seals, if necessary

(Ref. TASK 70-21-00-918-002).
(6) Do an inspection of the mating and threaded surfaces for cleanliness,

contamination, scratches, dents, or other surface defects.
(7) Do an inspection of the tube for satisfactory general condition and

make sure that no damage has occurred.
(8) Remove the closures and caps used for protection immediately before
installation.
(9) Lubricate new O-rings with vaseline (Material No. CP5070).
(10) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the gaskets
and seals.
(11) Install new O-rings, or serviceable gaskets, or seals, as necessary.
(12) Install the tube but do not use force. A small elastic distortion is
permitted to engage the connections.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 210
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(13) Tightening method:
R CAUTION : USE 2 WRENCHES TO REMOVE OR INSTALL THE TUBE COUPLING NUTS:

_______
R - ONE WRENCH TO HOLD THE UNION, AND
R - ONE TO LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE COUPLING NUT.
R THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE PARTS.
(a) Tighten all end fittings and clamps with your hands. After a
system is installed, torque the clamps first, then torque the end
fittings.
(14) Do not chafe tubes when you install the clamps. Attach the tube
loosely with a clamp and position the tube to get the best clearance,
then tighten the clamps.
(15) Use the correct size clamps for the tube you install
(16) Make sure there is clearance between the tube and each adjacent part.
Correct minimum clearances are given in the table that follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MINIMUM
AFFECTED EQUIPMENT CLEARANCE REMARKS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STRUCTURE: 0.25 in. Not less than 0.06 in.

Frames, bolts, (6.4 mm) (1.5 mm) clearance in
rivets, webs, etc. 1 in. (25.4 mm) or
less of clamping
points
MECHANISM: 0.5 in. Keep the clearance

Actuators, linkages, etc. (12.7 mm) during the full
travel of the
mechanism
GROUPED TUBING: 0.19 in. Clamp lines that

Parallel runs, (4.8 mm) go across each other
intersections, to get minimum
etc. clearance of 0.12 in.
(3.0 mm)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(17) Coupling nuts must turn freely by hand.
(18) The mating surfaces of the flanges of the tube must be installed at
90 degrees to each other.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 211
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(19) Make sure that fasteners are installed correctly when tightened to
the specified value.
(20) Safety the connection with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material
No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8002).
Subtask 72-00-00-917-053
C. If necessary, replace the damaged hose as follows:
_______
R CLOTHES IF THE FUEL TOUCHES THEM. FLUSH YOUR SKIN FULLY WITH
R WATER WHERE THE FUEL TOUCHED YOU. FUEL CAN BURN YOUR SKIN.
(1) Disassemble the connection.
NOTE : Hoses can have oil or fuel in them as they are removed. Drain
____
the fluid into a container.
(2) Install protective closures and protective caps on drilled passages,

fuel lines, oil lines, air lines and open engine ports when parts are
removed.
(3) Remove and discard O-rings, if necessary.
(4) Remove and do an inspection of the gaskets or seals, if necessary

(Ref. TASK 70-21-00-918-002).
(5) Do an inspection of the mating and threaded surfaces for cleanliness,

contamination, scratches, dents or other surface defects.
(6) Do an inspection of the hose for satisfactory general condition and

make sure that no damage has occurred.
(7) Remove the protective closures and caps immediately before

installation.
(8) Lubricate new O-rings with vaseline (Material No. CP5070).
(9) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the gaskets
and seals.
(10) Install new O-rings, or serviceable gaskets, or seals, as necessary.
(11) Do not bend or try to make the preformed hoses straight.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 212
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(12) Tightening method:

_______
(a) Tighten all the end fittings and clamps with your hand. After a
system is installed, torque the clamps first, then torque the end
fittings.
(13) Do not chafe hoses when you install the clamps. Attach the tube
loosely with a clamp and position the hose to get the best clearance,
then tighten the clamps.
(14) Use the correct size clamps for the hose you install. A clamp that is
too large will cause chafing. A clamp that is too small will cause a
restriction.
(15) Make sure there is clearance between the hose and each adjacent part.
(16) Coupling nuts must turn freely by hand.
(17) The mating surfaces of the flanges of the hose must be installed at
90 degrees to each other.
(18) Make sure that fasteners are installed correctly when tightened to
the specified value.
(19) Safety the connection with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material
CP8002).
Subtask 72-00-00-710-051
D. If fuel or oil lines were disconnected, do a minimum idle leak check and
check for leaks (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-006).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 213
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-820-004
Air Flow Check of the Forward Sump Oil Supply Circuit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific container of 0.5 USgal (2 l.)

No specific test rig
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 96.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
856A3267 1 ADAPTER, TEST RIG - AIR FLOW CHECK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 214
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator
of EMCD (Electrical Master Chip Detector)
R 71-00-00-000-042 Removal of the Power Plant
R 71-00-00-400-042 Installation of the Power Plant
R 71-00-00-710-006 Minimum Idle Check
71-00-00-820-002 Oil Circuit Air Flow Check
R 71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
R 71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
72-00-00-991-317 Fig. 204
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-106
A. Safety Precautions
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-148
R B. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 215
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 72-00-00-991-317)
Subtask 72-00-00-280-070
A. Forward Sump Air Flow Check
WARNING : USE PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND BE CAREFUL WITH OIL SPLASHES WHEN YOU
_______
DISCONNECT OIL TUBES. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE DEEP BURNS.
(1) Put a container of 0.5 USgal (2 l.) under the junction of the oil
supply tube (10) and oil supply hose (20).
(2) Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the union nut of the oil
supply hose (20) to the oil supply tube (10).
(3) Disconnect the oil supply hose.
CAUTION : USE 2 WRENCHES TO REMOVE OR INSTALL THE TUBE COUPLING NUTS:

_______
- ONE WRENCH TO HOLD THE UNION, AND
- ONE TO LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE COUPLING NUT.
THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE PARTS.
(a) Disconnect the oil supply hose (20) from the oil supply tube
(10).
(4) Connect the test rig equipped with ADAPTER, TEST RIG - AIR FLOW CHECK
(856A3267G02), to the oil supply tube (10).
(5) TORQUE the union nut to between 225 and 275 lbf.in (2.54 and 3.10
m.daN).
(6) Do the check of the forward sump oil supply circuit (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-820-002).
(7) If the measured flow rate is not within the limits, replace the power
R plant (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-000-042) and (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-400-042).
(8) Disconnect the test rig from the oil supply tube (10).
(9) Connect the oil supply hose (20) to the oil supply tube (10).
m.daN).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 216
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Air Flow Check of the Forward Sump Oil Supply Circuit

Figure 204/TASK 72-00-00-991-317

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 217
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(11) Safety the union nut with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material
No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002).
Subtask 72-00-00-710-059
R B. Do an idle check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-006) and check for leaks.
Subtask 72-00-00-610-053
C. Do a check of the oil level (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-147
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
R (2) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 218
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-820-005
Air Flow Check of the AGB/TGB Oil Supply Circuit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 219
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 72-63-00-000-003 Removal of the Accessory Gearbox Assembly
R 72-63-00-400-003 Installation of the Accessory Gearbox Assembly
72-00-00-991-318 Fig. 205
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-107
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-149

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 220
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 72-00-00-991-318)
Subtask 72-00-00-280-071
A. AGB/TGB Air Flow Check
_______
(1) Remove bolt (50), outer spring clip (20), inner spring clip (40), and
plastic bushings (30), which attach the AGB/TGB oil supply tube (10)
to the AGB bracket.
(2) Put a container of 0.5 USgal (2 l.) under the junctions of the oil
supply tube (10) to the AGB and to the lubrication unit.
(3) Disconnect the oil supply tube.

_______
(a) Disconnect the oil supply tube (10) from the nipples of the AGB
and lubrication unit.
(4) Connect the test rig, equipped with ADAPTER, TEST RIG - AIR FLOW
CHECK (856A3267G02), to the AGB nipple.
m.daN).
(6) Do the check of the the AGB/TGB oil supply circuit (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-820-002).
(7) If the measured flow rate is not within the limits, replace the
R accessory gearbox module (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-000-003) and (Ref. TASK
R 72-63-00-400-003).
(8) Disconnect the test rig from the AGB nipple.
(9) Connect the AGB/TGB oil supply tube (10) to the AGB and lubrication
unit nipples. Tighten by hand.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 221
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Air Flow Check of the AGB/TGB Oil Supply Circuit

Figure 205/TASK 72-00-00-991-318

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 222
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(10) Lubricate the threads of bolt (50) with graphite grease (Material No.
CP2101).
(11) Attach the AGB/TGB oil supply tube (10) to AGB bracket with plastic
bushings (30), inner spring clip (40), outer spring clip (20) and
bolt (50).
(12) Make sure that the EGB/TGB oil supply tube (10) is not strained.
(13) TORQUE the bolt (50) to between 47 and 53 lbf.in (0.53 and 0.59
m.daN).
(14) TORQUE the union nuts to between 450 and 550 lbf.in (5.08 and 6.21
m.daN).
Subtask 72-00-00-710-060
Subtask 72-00-00-610-054
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-148
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 223
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-820-006
Air Flow Check of the Aft Sump Oil Supply Circuit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platform

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 224
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
R Maintenance
R 78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
R Maintenance
R 78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
R 78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
72-00-00-991-319 Fig. 206
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-108
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 225
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-010-150
B. Get Access
R (1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put an access platform in position.
Subtask 72-00-00-040-082
R C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-151
R D. Open the thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 72-00-00-991-319)
Subtask 72-00-00-820-051
A. Aft Sump Air Flow Check
_______
(1) Put a container of 0.5 USgal (2 l.) under the junctions of the oil
supply tube (20).
(2) Remove nuts (40) and (160), bolts (60) and (190) which attach clamps
(50) and (180) to the oil supply tube (20).
(3) Remove clamps (50), (180) and shields (70) and (170).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 226
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Remove the aft sump oil supply tube as follows:

_______
(a) Remove the bolt (110) which attaches the clamps (90) and (100) to
the bracket (80) on flange T.
(b) Remove the bolt (140) which attaches the clamps (120) and (130)
to the bracket (150) on flange S.
(c) Disconnect the oil supply tube (20) from the oil supply tube (10)
and from the aft sump oil supply tube (30).
(d) Remove oil supply tube (20).
(5) Install a fitting reducer 0.750-16 and 0.5625-18 THD (19 and 14.3 mm)
to the end of the aft sump oil supply tube (30).
(6) Connect the test rig equipped with ADAPTER, TEST RIG - AIR FLOW CHECK
(856A3267G02), to the fitting reducer.
(7) TORQUE the union nuts to between to between 225 and 275 lbf.in (2.54
and 3.10 m.daN).
(8) Do the check of the aft sump oil supply circuit (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
820-002).
(9) If the measured flow rate is not within the limits, do the cleaning
of the oil inlet cover, and do the cleaning of the aft sump oil
supply tube.
(10) Disconnect the test rig from the fitting reducer.
(11) Remove the fitting reducer from the aft sump oil supply tube (30).
(12) Install the aft sump oil supply tube (20) as follows:

_______
(a) Connect the oil supply tube (20) to the oil supply tube (10) and
to the aft sump oil supply tube (30).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 227
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


Figure 206/TASK 72-00-00-991-319- 13 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 228
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 229
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 230
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Tighten the coupling nuts by hand.
(c) Install clamps (100) and (130) on the oil supply tube (20).
(d) Lubricate threads of bolt (110) and (140) with graphite grease
(Material No. CP2101).
(e) Attach clamps (90) and (100) to the bracket (80) on flange T,
with bolt (110).
(f) Attach clamps (120) and (130) to the bracket (150) on flange S,
with bolt (140).
(g) Make sure that the oil tube (20) is not strained.
(h) TORQUE the bolt (110) and (140) to to between 45 and 50 lbf.in
(0.50 and 0.56 m.daN).
(i) TORQUE the coupling nuts of tubes (20) and (30) to to between 270
and 300 lbf.in (3.05 and 3.39 m.daN).
(j) Lubricate threads of bolt (60) and (190) with graphite grease
(k) Install shields (70) and (170) on couplings of the oil tube (20),
with clamps (50) and (180), bolts (60) and (190), and nuts (40)
and (160).
NOTE : The nut (40) must be installed on the turbine frame side.
____
(l) TORQUE the nuts (40) and (160) to to between 45 and 50 lbf.in
(0.50 and 0.56 m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-149
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 231
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-710-061
Subtask 72-00-00-610-055
Subtask 72-00-00-440-082
R D. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).
Subtask 72-00-00-410-150
E. Close-up

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(3) Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 232
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

ENGINE - GENERAL - SERVICING
____________________________
TASK 72-00-00-600-026
Recommendations for Engine Preservation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-600-006 Preservation for a Period of up to 30 Days

72-00-00-600-007 Preservation for a Period of 30 to 365 Days.
72-00-00-600-008 Preservation Renewal Requirements.
72-00-00-600-009 Procedure for Exceeded Long Term Preservation Period.
72-00-00-600-027 Depreservation
75-31-20-820-001 Set the Variable Bleed Valve Assembly to the Closed
position
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-869-073
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-620-062
A. Engine preservation
(1) The procedures that follow are recommended as the necessary minimum,
to protect the CFM56 engine against corrosion, liquid and debris
which go into the engine, and atmospheric conditions during periods
of storage, and inactivity ; or which follow an engine-out ferry, or
landing which follows an In Flight Shut Down (IFSD). These procedures
are also recommended for installed engines on an inoperative aircraft
or an engine not to be operated for more than thirty days.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 301
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(2) Preservation Tasks
The recommended procedure for preservation of the engine changes
depending upon the duration of inactivity, the type of preservation
used, and if the engine is operable or non-operable.
NOTE : Engines that can be started are considered operable. Engines

____
that for any reason cannot be started are considered
non-operable. Preservation renewal procedures are also covered
in this instruction.
(3) Select the preservation procedure and use the schedule that follows:
(a) Up to 30 days (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-006).
(b) Up to 90 days (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-025).
(c) 30 to 365 days (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-007).
(d) Preservation renewal requirements (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-008).
(e) Procedure for exceeded long term preservation (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-600-009).
(f) Depreservation (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-027).
NOTE : There is no restriction on the number of times you can do

____
the preservation procedure again, as long as it is
accomplished each year.
(4) Preservation Program

The preservation procedures in this section are recommended as a
guide to determine what precautions must be applied to give the
engine sufficient protection from the elements during periods of
storage and inactivity. Engine preservation is a flexible program
that should be implemented in such a manner as to conform with
particular weather and storage conditions. You must pay more
attention to the preservation program for inactive engines exposed to
high humidity and/or large temperature changes, especially if they
are near a salt water area. These definitely require more attention
to preservation needs than those inactive engines stored in drier
climates or less severe weather conditions.
The preservation program for spare and/or stored engines must be
scheduled before you implement the preservation renewal requirements
and monitored regularly to make sure that the necessary action is
implemented before expiration of the preservation period. Depending
upon weather conditions and the condition of the engine protection
equipment covers, the effectiveness of the preservation protection

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 302
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

must be analysed and modified in order to keep the engine in
serviceable condition.
NOTE : You cannot preserve and place engines in storage and then
____
forget them. A correct plan (as given for an engine in revenue
service) must be scheduled and then implemented.
When you use desiccants they must be changed on a regular basis,

based on the environmental conditions, to maintain the desiccant with
a good protection life.
It is recommended that the variable bleed valves (VBV) must be closed
when the engine is to be preserved and stored or when you do
maintenance in this area.
This prevents the possibility of foreign objects going into the core
engine inlet through the VBVs. For closure of the VBV doors, refer
to (Ref. TASK 75-31-20-820-001).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 303
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-600-006
Preservation for a Period of up to 30 Days
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific forklift
No specific start cart
R 856A2930 1 COVER-FITTED BARE QECD ENGINE SHIPPING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. CP2098 USA MIL-D-3464

desiccant bags (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2160 USA MIL-LP-378
vapor barrier film (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-710-003 Engine Automatic Start

71-00-00-710-028 Engine Shutdown
72-00-00-100-007 Engine Dry-out and Re lubrication
position
78-31-00-710-042 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System
80-11-00-040-045 Manually Operate the Starter Valve

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 304
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-869-070
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-620-057
A. Preservation for a Period of up to 30 days.
CAUTION : IF ENGINE WAS FERRIED OR SUBJECTED TO AN IN FLIGHT SHUTDOWN

_______
(IFSD), ENGINE MUST BE DRIED OUT AND RELUBRICATED WITHIN 24
HOURS PER DRY OUT PROCEDURE OF THIS SECTION.
CAUTION : UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL PRESERVATIVE OIL OR EQUIVALENT BE

_______
SPRAYED INTO THE ENGINE INLET, CORE COMPRESSOR OR TURBINE, OR
ENGINE EXHAUST. DIRT PARTICLES DEPOSITED ON THE WETTED BLADES
AND VANES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT ENGINE PERFORMANCE DURING
SUBSEQUENT OPERATION.
(1) Operable Engine Preservation.
(a) On-wing installed engines.
1
_ Start the engines (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-003) and let them
become stable at ground idle for 15 to 20 minutes, followed by
a thrust reverser cycle (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-042) then stop
the engines (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-028).
NOTE : You can ignore this step if it was done during the last
____
engine operation (flight cycle). Under these
conditions, consider the engine is preserved for 30
days from time of last operation.
2
_ Cover entrance to fan cowling and exit openings.
(b) Engines installed on stand.
CAUTION : OPERATION SHOULD BE CARRIED OUT IN A CONFINED SPACE

_______
WITH SUFFICIENT VENTILATION AND ON A FLAT HORIZONTAL
SURFACE.
CAUTION : MAXIMUM TOWING SPEED IS 3MPH (5KM/H).

_______

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 305
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1
_ Tow stand base (dolly) to an area with sufficient ventilation
and a flat surface.
2
_ Carefully raise stand base with a forklift.
3
_ Remove the pins, raise and stow the four caster wheels of
stand base.
4
_ Lower stand base to level surface, remove the forklift.
5
_ Attach the forward and aft caster wheels with pins.
R 6
_ Remove COVER-FITTED BARE QECD ENGINE SHIPPING (856A2930G01)
or (856A2930G02) from the engine.
7
_ Do the engine motoring procedure at max motoring speed for 4
minutes and shut down.
NOTE : When you do the engine motoring procedure on stand, you

____
can connect a start cart hose to the starter shutoff
valve with a locally manufactured adapter (Ref. TASK
80-11-00-040-045).
8
_ Make sure that VBV doors are closed (Ref. TASK 75-31-20-820-
001).
9
_ Cover VBV grills with vapor barrier film (Material No.
CP2160).
10
__ Cap or cover all strut, piping, accessory openings and
electrical connections.
11
__ Seal front and back openings/exposed areas with vapor barrier
film (Material No. CP2160). It is recommended that desiccant
bags (Material No. CP2098) be placed on either side of the
engine, but not in contact with the engine hardware.
R 12
__ Cover full engine with COVER-FITTED BARE QECD ENGINE SHIPPING
(856A2930G01) and attach tightly in place.
13
__ Raise stand base with a forklift.
14
__ Deploy, lower and pin caster wheels of stand base.
15
__ Lower stand base, remove forklift.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 306
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

16
__ Tow stand base
CAUTION : MAXIMUM TOWING SPEED IS 3MPH (5KM/H).

_______
a
_ Tow stand base (dolly) with engine to storage area.
(2) Preservation - Non-operable Engines
(a) Dry out and relubricate engine (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-007) if

engine was ferried or subjected to an IFSD.
(b) If engine is non-operable, consider the engine is preserved for

30 days from time of last operation.
(3) Make sure that VBV doors are closed (Ref. TASK 75-31-20-820-001).
(4) Cover VBV grills with vapor barrier film (Material No. CP2160).
(5) Cap or cover all strut, piping and accessory openings and electrical
connections.
(6) Seal front and back openings/exposed areas with vapor barrier film
(Material No. CP2160). It is recommended that desiccant bags
(Material No. CP2098) be placed on either side of the engine, but not
in contact with the engine hardware.
R (7) Cover full engine with COVER-FITTED BARE QECD ENGINE SHIPPING
(856A2782G01/G02), and attach tightly in place if in a trailer or
stand. If on wing, cover entrance of fan cowling and exit opening of
tailpipe.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 307
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-600-025
Preservation for a Period of up to 90 Days
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do the preservation procedure at the end of engine operation or not
earlier than one day before an engine return to shop, when the engine must
not operate for a period up to 90 days.
This procedure is only applicable to on-wing installed engines.
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lubrication system corrosion preventive oil
(Ref. 70-30-00)
corrosion preventive additive (Ref. 70-30-00)
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
78-31-00-710-042 Operational Test of the Thrust Reverser System
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-869-067
A. Not Applicable

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 308
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-620-058
A. Preservation for a Period of up to 90 days.

_______

_______
Subtask 72-00-00-620-068
B. Operable Engine Preservation - Period of Up to 90 days.
(1) Do the servicing of the oil tank with an approved mixture of engine
oil (Material No. CP2442) and at least 5 percent of lubrication
system corrosion preventive oil (Material No. CP5067) or, as an
alternative, 7 percent corrosion preventive additive (Material No.
CP5075) by volume (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
NOTE : In both cases, a minimum of 19 l (5 USgal) of oil mixture is

____
necessary for preservation motoring.
(2) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-003) and let it become
stable at ground idle for 15-20 minutes, followed by a thrust
reverser cycle (Ref. TASK 78-31-00-710-042) then stop the engine
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-028).
(3) Cover the entrance to fan inlet cowl and exit openings.
NOTE : For a period of up to 90 days, the preservation of the fuel

____
system is not necessary.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 309
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-620-069
C. Alternative Procedure. Operable Engine Preservation one Day before the

Preservation Plan-Period of Up to 90 days.
(1) Do the servicing of the oil tank with an approved mixture of engine
oil (Material No. CP2442) and at least 5 percent of lubrication
system corrosion preventive oil (Material No. CP5067) by volume
(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
NOTE : In this case a minimum of 19l (5 US gal) of oil mixture is

____
NOTE : It is not permitted to use corrosion preventive additive

____
(Material No. CP5075) for this procedure.
NOTE : In this case, it is not necessary to do the ground idle run.

____
(2) Cover the entrance to fan inlet cowl and exit openings.
NOTE : For a period of up to 90 days, the preservation of the fuel

____
system is not necessary.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 310
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-600-007
Preservation for a Period of 30 to 365 Days.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The preservation procedures are applied at the end of engine operation,

before the engine goes back to the shop, and when the engine does not
operate for a period of 30 to 365 days.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific container 26.5 USgal (100 l)
No specific container 4 US gal (16 l)
No specific oil pressurizing cart
No specific plugs
No specific soft nose pliers
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
856A1480 1 FADEC-ENGINE PRESERVATION/FALSE METERING VALVE SIGNAL
R 856A2930 1 COVER-FITTED BARE QECD ENGINE SHIPPING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. CP2098 USA MIL-D-3464

desiccant bags (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2160 USA MIL-LP-378
vapor barrier film (Ref. 70-30-00)
fuel system corrosion preventive oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
lubrication system corrosion preventive oil
(Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 311
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-003 Oil Tank Draining
12-13-79-610-004 Draining of the Accessory Drive Section
70-21-00-918-002 Seals (Preformed Packings and O-rings) and Gaskets
71-00-00-710-001 Dry Motoring Check
71-00-00-710-002 Wet Motoring Check
73-11-10-000-003 Removal of the Fuel Pump and Filter Assembly
position
72-00-00-991-310 Fig. 301
72-00-00-991-311 Fig. 302
72-00-00-991-312 Fig. 303
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-865-054
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 1000EM1
49VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT1/ENG1 1QG A08
121VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT2/ENG1 3QG M25
FOR 1000EM2
49VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT1/ENG2 2QG A09
121VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT2/ENG2 4QG M26

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 312
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________

72-00-00-991-312)
Subtask 72-00-00-620-059
A. Preservation for a Period of 30 to 365 Days.

_______

_______
(1) Operable Engine Preservation.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SILICONE BASE OILS IN THE FUEL SYSTEM. DAMAGE TO
_______
THE ENGINE CAN BE CAUSED.
(a) Drain the oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003).
(b) Do the servicing of the oil tank with a mixture of approved

engine oil (Material No. CP2442) and 7 percent (by volume)
corrosion preventive additive (Material No. CP5075) or with a
mixture of approved engine oil (Material No. CP2442) and 5
percent (by volume) lubrication system corrosion preventive oil
(Material No. CP5067) (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
A minimum of 19 l (5 USgal) of oil is necessary to do the
motoring procedure of the engine during preservation.
(c) When you do the engine motoring procedure without the accessories
installed, make sure that the items that follow are installed.
1
_ Pad covers and gaskets on pads where accessories are normally
installed.
2
_ Caps on the pad cavity drains to prevent the loss of engine
oil.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 313
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fuel Pump Inlet, PCR Port and LPTCC Fuel Supply Hose Location
Figure 301/TASK 72-00-00-991-310

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 314
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fuel Draining
Figure 302/TASK 72-00-00-991-311

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 315
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Location of Fuel Pump Discharge Pressure Ports and Lubrication Unit Filters
Drain

R EFF :

101-199, 901-999,

72-00-00 Page 316
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Location of Fuel Pump Discharge Pressure Ports and Lubrication Unit Filters
Drain

R EFF :

101-199, 901-999,

72-00-00 Page 317
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(d) Disconnect the fuel pump inlet tube.
1
_ Put a container 4 US gal (16 l) under the fuel pump inlet
tube.
2
_ Remove the 4 bolts and the 4 washers which attach the fuel
inlet tube to the fuel manifold duct. Let the fuel drain into
the container.
3
_ Keep the gasket.
(e) Install a temporary line to the fuel pump inlet tube. Use the
line to supply oil fuel system corrosion preventive oil (Material
No. CP5066) at 50 psi (3.5 bar) maximum pressure.
- The line is to be locally manufactured.
For details:
(Ref. Fig. 303/TASK 72-00-00-991-312)
(f) Disconnect:
CAUTION : USE 2 WRENCHES TO REMOVE OR INSTALL THE TUBE COUPLING

_______
NUTS:
1
_ Disconnect the line from the PCR port on the HMU.
(g) Install a temporary hose drain line 118 in. (3 m) long from the
HMU PCR port and put the hose to drain in a container 26.5 USgal
(100 l) capacity. Attach the hose to prevent spillage.
- The drain line is to be locally manufactured with a coupling
tube welding P/N J382P06 (0.5625-18 diameter UNJF-3A
Threads/material AMS 5645).
(h) Do a dry motoring check for 30 seconds (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-

001).
R
1
_ Stop the engine motoring. Let the engine coast down.
(i) Remove the temporary drain line from the PCR port on the HMU.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 318
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(j) Tighten coupling nut:
CAUTION : USE 2 WRENCHES TO REMOVE OR INSTALL THE TUBE COUPLING

_______
NUTS:
1
_ Install the PCR line to the PCR port. Torque coupling nut to
between 180 and 200 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.26 m.daN).
(k) Do a wet motoring check for 5 seconds (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-

002) or until you see sprayed preservation fluid come out of the
engine exhaust nozzle. Move the ENG MASTER control switch to OFF
and motor for 2 minutes.
NOTE : A minimum of 20 quarts (19 liters) of fuel system

____
corrosion preventive oil (Material No. CP5066) is
(l) Stop the engine motoring. Let the engine coast down.
(m) Turn the fan rotor:
WARNING : DO NOT TURN THE FAN ROTOR BY HAND UNLESS YOU ARE
_______
WEARING HEAVY PROTECTIVE GLOVES. MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT
SLIP WHEN YOU TURN THE FAN ROTOR. INJURY TO PERSONS CAN
BE CAUSED.
1
_ Pull the fan rotor through a minimum of 2 complete turns if it
did not turn during motoring.
(n) Remove the temporary oil supply line from the fuel pump inlet
tube.
(o) Make sure that the gasket is clean and serviceable (Ref. TASK 70-
21-00-918-002).
(p) Install the 4 washers and the 4 bolts which attach the fuel inlet
tube to the fuel manifold duct.
(q) TORQUE the bolts to between 65 and 85 lbf.in (0.73 and 0.96
m.daN).
(r) Make sure that VBV doors are closed (Ref. TASK 75-31-20-820-001).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 319
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(s) Install vapor barrier film (Material No. CP2160) on all open
areas.
(t) Install caps or plugs on all open engine areas, such as struts,
pipes and accessory pads.
(u) Put desiccant bags (Material No. CP2098) on either side of the
engine. Do not allow the desiccant to touch the engine surfaces.
NOTE : Replace the desiccant at regular times based on

____
atmospheric and weather conditions. Put the desiccant in
the engine so that it will give sufficient protection.
Install it so that you will have to move a minimum
quantity of engine protective covers.
R (v) Put COVER-FITTED BARE QECD ENGINE SHIPPING (856A2930G01/GO2)

over all of the engine. Make sure it is tight.
(w) Put a tag on the engine to show the engine is preserved.
(2) Non-operable Engine Preservation.
(a) Drain the fuel system as follows. Collect the fuel in a

satisfactory container.
1
_ Disconnect the filter upstream (inlet) pressure sensing tube
from the fuel filter housing (this is the lower sensing tube
connected to the fuel filter differential pressure switch at
its other end). Let the fuel drain from the disconnected port.
2
_ Disconnect the fuel supply line. Install a cap on the fuel
pump inlet tube.
3
_ Remove the fuel filter drain plug. Let the fuel drain from the
filter.
4
_ Remove the fuel pump drain plug. Let the fuel drain from the
pump.
5
_ Remove the fuel filter element. Discard the element (Ref. TASK
73-11-10-000-003).
(b) Preserve the engine as follows:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE SILICONE BASE OILS IN THE FUEL SYSTEM.

_______
DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN BE CAUSED.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 320
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1
_ Remove the PBP port plug from the fuel pump. Connect an oil
pressurizing cart that contains fuel system corrosion
preventive oil (Material No. CP5066) to the boost discharge
pressure (PBP) port on the fuel pump. TORQUE the connector to
2
_ Pump filtered (10 micron) oil into the fuel pump until it
flows out of the fuel filter inlet pressure port and filter
housing. Continue to pump the oil into the fuel pump until the
oil that flows out does not have fuel mixed with it.
3
_ Connect the tube to the fuel filter inlet pressure port.
TORQUE the coupling nut to between 45 and 55 lbf.in (0.50 and
0.62 m.daN).
4
_ Install a new fuel filter element. Install the bowl cover and
drain plug. TORQUE the drain plug to between 45 and 55 lbf.in
(0.50 and 0.62 m.daN).
5
_ Remove the fuel pump discharge (PHP) port plug.
6
_ Pump filtered (10 micron) oil into the PBP port until it flows
out of the PHP port. Continue to pump the oil into the PBP
port until the oil that flows out does not have fuel mixed
with it.
7
_ Disconnect the cart from the PBP port.
8
_ Install the PBP port plug. TORQUE the plug to between 45 and
55 lbf.in (0.50 and 0.62 m.daN).
9
_ Connect the cart to the fuel pump discharge (PHP) port. TORQUE
the connector to between 45 and 55 lbf.in (0.50 and 0.62
m.daN).
10
__ Disconnect:
CAUTION : USE 2 WRENCHES TO REMOVE OR INSTALL THE TUBE

_______
COUPLING NUTS:
a
_ Disconnect the line (hose) from the HMU PCR port.
11
__ Install a temporary line to the PCR port and let it drain into
the container.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 321
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

12
__ Disconnect the HJ8 electrical harness from the receptacle
connector identified CHANNEL B on the HMU. Use soft nose
pliers, if necessary.
13
__ Connect the FADEC-ENGINE PRESERVATION/FALSE METERING VALVE
SIGNAL (856A1480G01) to the HMU receptacle identified CHANNEL
B in order to open the Fuel Metering Valve (FMV) in the HMU
and allow the preservation oil to flow to the fuel nozzles.
14
__ Pump filtered (10 micron) oil through the PHP port until it
flows out of the PCR temporary line. Continue to pump oil
through the PHP port until the oil that flows out does not
have fuel mixed with it.
15
__ Remove TOOL FADEC-ENGINE PRESERVATION/FALSE METERING VALVE
SIGNAL (856A1480G01) from the HMU receptacle connector,
CHANNEL B.
16
__ Remove the temporary drain line from the PCR port of the HMU.
17
__ Tighten coupling nut:

_______
COUPLING NUTS:
a
_ Re-connect the PCR line to the HMU PCR port. TORQUE
coupling nut to between 180 and 200 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.26
m.daN).
18
__ Re-connect the HJ8 electrical harness to the HMU receptacle
connector identified CHANNEL B.
19
__ Disconnect:

_______
COUPLING NUTS:
a
_ Disconnect the LPTCC fuel supply hose from the HMU.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 322
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

20
__ Install a temporary line to the LPTCC port of the HMU and let
it drain into the container. Pump filtered (10 micron) oil
through the PHP port until it flows out of the LPTCC temporary
line. Continue to pump oil through the PHP port until the oil
that flows out does not have fuel mixed with it.
21
__ Disconnect the cart from the PHP port.
22
__ Re-install the PHP port plug on the fuel pump. TORQUE plug to
23
__ Tighten coupling nut:

_______
COUPLING NUTS:
a
_ Remove the temporary line. Re-connect the LPTCC fuel supply
hose to the HMU. TORQUE the coupling nut to between 180 and
200 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.26 m.daN).
24
__ Install caps on all fuel system ports. Make sure that all
lines are connected and do not leak.
(c) Close the VBV doors (Ref. TASK 75-31-20-820-001).
(d) Install vapor barrier film (Material No. CP2160) over the VBV
bleed grills.
(e) Drain the engine oil from the areas that follow:
1
_ Oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003).
2
_ Accessory gearbox (AGB) (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-004).
3
_ Transfer gearbox (TGB) (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-004)
4
_ Supply filter on lubrication unit.
5
_ The oil supply lines between the lubrication unit and the
sumps and gearboxes.
6
_ The scavenge oil lines between the sumps and gearboxes and the
lubrication unit.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 323
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

7
_ Drain the oil from the oil supply or scavenge lines that have
caps installed and that do not connect back to the lubrication
unit. Install the caps after the oil has been drained.
(f) Preserve the lubrication system as follows:
1
_ Pump a mixture of approved engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
and 7 percent (by volume) corrosion preventive additive
(Material No. CP5075) or a mixture of approved engine oil
(Material No. CP2442) and 5 percent (by volume) lubrication
system corrosion preventive oil (Material No. CP5067) into the
areas that follow. Use a cart or hand pump equipped with a
volume measuring device and pump the oil at a maximum pressure
of 50 psi (3.5 bar).
Turn the fan and core rotors by hand while you pump the oil
in. Continue to turn the rotors for 1 minute after all of the
oil is added.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| LOCATION | OIL QUANTITY |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Oil supply to the AGB | 6 qt (6 liters) |
| Oil supply to the TGB | 1 qt (1 liter) |
| Oil supply to the forward sump | 2 qt (2 liters) |
| Oil supply to the aft sump | 1 qt (1 liter) |
| Oil tank | 18 qt (17 liters) |
| Lube and scavenge pumps | Wet parts |
| (Oil supply and scavenge discharge) | |
|
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
_ Install caps on all of the lube system ports, pipes, drains,
vents, etc.
(g) Install vapor barrier film (Material No. CP2160) on all of the
open engine sections.
(h) Install a tag on each section of the engine to show that the
lubrication and fuel system is preserved.
R (i) Put COVER-FITTED BARE QECD ENGINE SHIPPING (856A2782G01/G02)

over the engine. Make sure that it is tight to keep unwanted
material out of the engine.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 324
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-865-055
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
FOR 1000EM1
1QG, 3QG
FOR 1000EM2
2QG, 4QG

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 325
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-600-008
Preservation Renewal Requirements.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-100-007 Engine Dry-out and Re lubrication

72-00-00-600-007 Preservation for a Period of 30 to 365 Days.
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-869-069
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-620-060
A. Preservation renewal requirements
(1) Period up to 30 Days- Operable Engine
(a) Two (2) renewals are allowed (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-006).
(2) Period up to 30 Days - Non-operable engine
NOTE : No renewal is allowed, the engine components should be

____
preserved (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-025) (Split engine or Engine
Modules).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 326
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Period up to 90 Days - Operable Engine
NOTE : Before represervation, it is recommended to prelubricate

____
engine sumps by hand-pumping oil through disconnected oil
supply lines at lube unit and prelubricate lube unit by
hand-pumping oil (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-007).
(a) One (1) renewal is allowed (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-025).
(4) Period 30 to 365 days - Operable Engine
(a) Repeat the full procedure. Refer to the original 30 to 365 days
preservation procedure (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-007).
1
_ Make sure that the engine is safely attached and protective
cover is correctly in place.
(5) Period 30 to 365 days. Non-operable Engine
(a) No renewal is allowed, engine must be serviced and operable.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 327
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-600-009
Procedure for Exceeded Long Term Preservation Period.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Not Applicable
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-869-071
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-620-061
A. If the engine preservation period is expired, refer to your CFMI

Representative for instruction.
NOTE : An engineering analysis must be used to analyse the situation

____
applicable to each special case. Some parameters are to be
analysed such as total time after the preservation time limit,
engine storage location and condition, humidity level, temperature
variation, dessicant replacement interval, etc...

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 328
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-600-027
Depreservation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish (Pressure Filling)
71-00-00-710-002 Wet Motoring Check
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-869-072
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-630-051
A. Depreservation
(1) Remove all moisture barrier material, seals, caps, covers, etc., as
applicable, from the engine.
(2) Connect fuel supply to the engine, and reconnect oil supply and
scavenge lines if applicable.
(3) Drain oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003).
NOTE : For an operable engine which is preserved for a period of up

____
to 90 days, this step is not necessary.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 329
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Drain accessory drive assembly (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-004).

____
to 90 days, this step is not necessary.
(5) Fill the oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-002).

____
to 90 days, do a check for oil tank level and fill the tank,
if necessary (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
(6) Do a wet motoring of the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-002).
(7) Do one or more dry motoring operations to remove the remaining fuel
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-001).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 330
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

ENGINE - GENERAL - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________
TASK 72-00-00-200-006
Inspection/Check of Foreign Object Damage (FOD) (Bird Strike Included)
WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE TASKS

_______
AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT WITH
THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH WERE
IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN THE
SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.
NOTE : In any case, operators and maintenance personnel should comply with the
____
recommendations of the local medical authorities. The requirements of
the relevant medical authority take precedence over any CFM guidelines
in these matters and their advice must always be sought.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do a visual inspection and, when applicable, a borescope inspection

when unwanted materials (foreign objects) have gone into the engine.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-710-008 Power Assurance Check

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
72-21-00-210-005 Inspection/Check of the Spinner Cone
72-21-00-210-009 Inspect Fan Rotor Blades Installed on the Fan Disk
72-21-00-290-003 Borescope Inspection of the Booster Rotor Blades,
Stages 2,3,4 and 5 through the Booster Inlet and
Borescope Ports SO3 and SO5
72-23-00-210-004 Visual Inspection of the Fan Frame Assembly
72-31-00-290-002 Inspection of the High Pressure Compressor Rotor
Assembly
72-42-00-290-005 Inspection of the Combustion Chamber and HPT Nozzle
Following a Birdstrike/FOD
72-54-00-290-006 Inspection of the Stage 4 Blades
73-21-40-210-002 Visual Inspection of the T12 Temperature Sensor
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-067

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-074
B. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-040-059
C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-079
D. Open the thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-210-062
A. Visual Inspection
NOTE : Visual inspection must be done without part removal.

____
(1) Possible damage to the spinner front and rear cones (Ref. TASK 72-21-
00-210-005).
(2) General condition of the fan rotor blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-210-
009).
(3) Wear of abradable material in fan inlet case (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-
004).
(4) Condition of acoustical panels that may have been damaged as a result
of interference with blade tip (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-004).
(5) Condition of splitter fairing and booster inlet guide vanes (IGV)
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-004) and (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-210-005).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(6) Condition of fan outlet guide vanes (OGV) and seals of fan OGV inner
shroud (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-004).
(7) Damage to T12 sensor probe (Ref. TASK 73-21-40-210-002).
(8) Condition of exhaust and stage 4 LP turbine blades (Ref. TASK 72-54-
00-290-006).
Subtask 72-00-00-280-057
R B. Gaspath Inspection
(1) FOD associated with normal engine parameters.
R NOTE : The borescope inspection may be delayed 25 hours or 10 cycles

____
R (whichever comes first) provided FOD did not result in missing
R material to the fan blades. Service extension is only
R permitted on one engine in the event of a dual engine FOD.
(a) Do the step that follows if one or more of these conditions

apply:
- FOD event has resulted in fan blade missing material/fan blade
damage beyond serviceable limits.
- FOD event struck fan blades radially inward of mid span shroud.
- Evidence of debris has entered the booster inlet, ie: damage or
debris on spinner front and rear cones, stage 1 booster vane or
splitter fairing.
1
_ Do a borescope inspection of the HPC stages 1, 3 and 8
(Ref. TASK 72-31-00-290-002).
R
2
_ If damage is found inspect the other stages (Ref. TASK 72-31-
00-290-002).
3
_ Do a borescope of the combustion chamber dome assembly after a
bird strike/ingestion event (Ref. TASK 72-42-00-290-005).
4
_ If the engine is referenced in the CFM SB 72-0391, do a
borescope inspection (use a flexible borescope) of the booster
blades stage 5 and booster vane abradable stage 5 (Refer to
CFM SB 72-0391).
R

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(2) FOD associated with abnormal engine parameters.
(a) If FOD event was associated with surge, stall or flameout, do the
steps which follow:
- Do a borescope inspection of the booster (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-
290-003).
- Do a borescope inspection of the HPC stages 1, 3 and 8
(Ref. TASK 72-31-00-290-002).
- If damage is found inspect the other stages (Ref. TASK 72-31-
00-290-002).
- Do a borescope inspection of the combustion chamber dome area
(Ref. TASK 72-42-00-290-005).
- Do a Maximum Power Assurance check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
008).
(b) If the engine is referenced in the CFM SB 72-0391, do a borescope

inspection (use a flexible borescope) of the booster blades stage
5 and booster vane abradable stage 5 (Refer to CFM SB 72-0391).
NOTE : The borescope inspection may be delayed 25 hours or 10

____
cycles (whichever comes first).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-063
C. Birdstrike Inspection
NOTE : Before this inspection, perform steps 4.A Visual Inspection and
____
4.B Gaspath Inspection.
(1) Examine the external portions of the nacelle inlet at the point of
impact and look for:
(a) Cracks.
(b) Signs of distortion.
(c) Loose or missing fasteners.
(2) Examine the inlet cowl structure for secondary damage and look for:
(a) Cracks.
(b) Signs of distortion.
(c) Delamination.
(d) Loose or missing fasteners.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Examine all open ports in the inlet and look for:
(a) Blockage.
(4) If the FOD went through the inlet cowl structure, look for:
(a) Damage to internal structure.
(b) Damage to internal equipment.
(5) If there is an indication of engine imbalance, examine the following

nacelle components for signs of damage:
(a) Inlet cowl.
(b) Exhaust nozzle.
(c) Fan cowl hinges and surrounding structure.
(d) Fan cowl latches and surrounding structure.
(e) Centerbody attachment rings and fasteners.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-073
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-440-059
B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-410-078
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-200-007
Procedure After Engine Fire or Use of Fire-Extinguishing Agents
WARNING : A LARGE NUMBER OF O-RINGS, GASKETS AND OTHER TYPES OF SEALS ARE MADE
_______
OF VITON MATERIAL.
VITON MATERIAL DECOMPOSES WHEN THE TEMPERATURE IS MORE THAN 750 DEG.F
(400 DEG.C).
ONE OF THE BY-PRODUCTS OF THIS DECOMPOSITION IS HYDROFLUORIC ACID.
THIS ACID CAN CAUSE BAD BURNS.
THUS, USE ACID-RESISTANT GLOVES IF YOU MUST REPLACE A VITON SEAL
DURING MAINTENANCE AFTER A FIRE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do this procedure when fire-extinguishing agents have been used.
NOTE : After any fire damage, the removal of the engine from the aircraft
____
for inspection is necessary.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific vacuum cleaner

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. CP2155 USA MIL-C-25779D

ardrox 6025 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-00-00-280-006 Check of the Green or Yellow Hydraulic System after

Operation in a Possible Cavitation Condition of the
Engine Pump
71-00-00-000-042 Removal of the Power Plant
Maintenance
Maintenance
ESM 720000
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-068
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-010-075

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-040-060
Subtask 72-00-00-010-080

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-280-072
A. If the crew closed the fire shut-off valve during operation of the fire
extinguishers, do the check of the hydraulic system after Operation of
the engine pumps in possible starvation or cavitation condition:
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-280-006). Check of the Green or Yellow Hydraulic
System after Operation in a Possible Cavitation Condition of the Engine
Pump.
Subtask 72-00-00-280-058
B. Fire Extinguishing Agents Applied Externally
NOTE : Do as soon as possible to avoid soak of contamination on engine

____
hardware.
(1) If the engine has been exposed to fire extinguishing agents on

external surfaces, perform the following where appropriate:
(a) Carbon dioxide (CO2) contamination:
1
_ Cold sections: parts not exposed to heat require no
maintenance action.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 610
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

2
_ Hot sections: engine parts which were at elevated temperatures
when exposed to CO2 must be removed and checked.
(b) Chemical foam contamination:
CAUTION : DO NOT ALLOW FOAM TO ENTER ANY ENGINE CAVITIES AS FOAM

_______
RESIDUES MAY CAUSE CORROSION DAMAGE.
1
_ Wash exposed areas using clean, running water.
2
_ Scrub to remove all foam agents.
(c) Dry chemical powders contamination:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE WATER. DRY AGENT COMBINES WITH WATER TO FORM
_______
AN EVEN MORE CORROSIVE COMPOUND. DO NOT ALLOW AGENT TO
ENTER ANY ENGINE CAVITIES.
RESIDUES WILL CAUSE CORROSION DAMAGE.
1
_ Remove all powder residues from engine by utilizing vacuum
cleaner and compressed air at 30-40 psi (205-275 kPa) as
required.
2
_ If powder has turned to glaze due to elevated temperatures,
scrub with ardrox 6025 (Material No. CP2155).
Subtask 72-00-00-280-059
C. Fire Extinguishing Agents Applied Internally
(1) If the engine has been exposed to fire extinguishing agents on

internal surfaces, perform the following where appropriate:
(a) Carbon dioxide (CO2) contamination: Remove parts exposed to CO2

for inspection.
(b) Chemical foam contamination.
NOTE : Do as soon as possible to avoid soak of contamination on

____
engine hardware.
1
_ Flush with clean water and motor engine (if practicable) to
remove foam residues.
2
_ Remove engine for disassembly, inspection and cleaning.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 611
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) Dry chemical powder contamination:
1
_ Remove all accessible loose powder using vacuum cleaner and
compressed air at 30-40 psi (205-275 kPa).
2
_ If powder has turned to glaze due to elevated temperatures,
rinse with ardrox 6025 (Material No. CP2155).
3
_ Dry-motor to clear and dry engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).
4
_ Remove engine for disassembly and cleaning (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-000-042) and (Ref. ESM 720000).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-074
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-440-060
Subtask 72-00-00-410-079
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 612
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-200-042
Procedure after Halogen Products Contamination
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance
Maintenance

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 613
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-132
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-172

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-040-090
Subtask 72-00-00-010-173

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 614
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-280-076
A. Halogen Products Contamination
CAUTION : THE ENGINE CONTAINS NUMEROUS TITANIUM PARTS, THEREFORE HALOGEN

_______
SUBSTANCES MUST NOT BE USED.
(1) In flight:
Use of nacelle extinguishing equipment (fire confirmed or not). No
maintenance action.
(2) On ground:
(a) Use of nacelle extinguishing equipment only:

open nacelle doors immediately to disperse halogen vapors. No
further maintenance action is required.
(b) If halogen fluids have been sprayed in the engine (in

undetermined quantity), do the following steps.
1
_ If the engine can be restarted within 30 minutes.
- Perform a ground run at Idle for 10 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-
00-00-710-003).
- Drain oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003).
- Drain accessory gearbox (AGB) (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-004).
- Reservice oil tank with new engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-
002).
2
_ If reignition and ground run cannot be performed before 30
minutes, perform as soon as possible, and within one hour, the
following:
- Start and motor the engine for 5 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-003).
- Stop motoring for 5 to 10 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
028).
- Re-start and motor engine for 5 minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-003).
- Drain oil tank (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003).
- Drain accessory gearbox (AGB) (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-004).
- Reservice oil tank with new engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-
002).
- Perform a ground run at idle for 10 minutes within 3 hours
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-003).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 615
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3
_ If motoring the engine is impossible within 3 hours, remove
and return engine to shop for disassembly, cleaning and
inspection.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-175
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-440-090
Subtask 72-00-00-410-176
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 616
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-200-043
Procedure after Volcanic Ash, Dust, or Sand Ingestion
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
R 12-13-79-610-005 Flushing of Oil System
Assembly
R 72-42-00-290-005 Inspection of the Combustion Chamber and HPT Nozzle
R Following a Birdstrike/FOD
72-51-00-290-004 Borescope Inspection of High-Pressure Turbine Nozzle
Assembly
72-52-00-290-001 Borescope Inspection of the High-Pressure Turbine
Blades (from the rear)
72-52-00-290-001 Borescope Inspection of the High-Pressure Turbine
Blades (from the rear)
72-52-00-290-004 Borescope Inspection of the High Pressure Turbine
Rotor Blade (from the front)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 617
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-21-40-210-002 Visual Inspection of the T12 Temperature Sensor
Maintenance
Maintenance
79-21-10-920-002 Remove and Discard Supply Filter
TSM 77 PB 101
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-133
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-174

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 618
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-040-091
Subtask 72-00-00-010-175

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-280-077
A. Volcanic Ash, Dust, or Sand Inspection
(1) The following requirements are subsequent to incidents of engines

flown or operated in volcanic ash, dust, or sand.
(a) Visually check engine inlet and exhaust areas for evidence of
damage or excessive erosion.
(b) Borescope inspect High Pressure Compressor and High Pressure

Turbine for evidence of the following (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-290-
R 002), (Ref. TASK 72-42-00-290-005), (Ref. TASK 72-51-00-290-004),
(Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-001) or (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-001),
(Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-004) or (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-004):
NOTE : Inspect all stages of the HPC. The aft stages of the HPC
____
will be most effected by erosion.
NOTE : Inspect the HPT nozzle vanes and the HPT blades for
____
erosion and accumulation of solidified material.
Sufficient amounts of material accumulation on the HPT
nozzle vanes can cause a reduced engine stall margin.
1
_ Excessive erosion.
2
_ Foreign object damage (FOD).
3
_ Build-up of ash, dust, or sand deposits that have solidified
on the HPT nozzle vanes and HPT blades.
a
_ If material has solidified on the HPT vanes or blades,
contact CFM.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 619
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) Oil system.
1
_ Replace scavenge oil filter (Ref. TASK 79-21-10-920-002).
2
_ Drain oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003) and (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-004).
3
_ Replace oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-002).
(d) Monitor engine operation to determine if a shift in performance

parameters has occurred. If parameters are abnormal, (Ref. TSM 77
PB 101).
(e) Check for proper cooling of ignition leads.
(f) Check condition of T12 temperature sensor (Ref. TASK 73-21-40-

210-002).
R (g) Flush accessory and transfer gearboxes (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-

R 005).
(h) Check for fouling of LPT case air cooling Scoop and precooler
Scoop on Thrust Reverser (T/R).
(2) The following requirements are subsequent to incidents of engines NOT

flown or operated in volcanic ash, dust, or sand, but have been
exposed to volcanic ash, dust, or sand on the ground.
NOTE : Do not water wash an engine that has been exposed to volcanic
____
ash, dust, or sand. Particles may accumulate in the HPT nozzle
vanes and HPT blade cooling paths. Material may accumulate in
the HPC rotor spools and cause rotor imbalance.
(a) Inspect the engine inlet and exhaust for accumulation of ash,
dust, or sand particles.
1
_ Vacuum any particles from accessible areas of the inlet and
exhaust.
2
_ Dry motor the engine for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 620
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3
_ Borescope the HPC and HPT at 6o clock positions to inpect for
ash, dust, or sand (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-290-002), (Ref. TASK
R 72-42-00-290-005), (Ref. TASK 72-51-00-290-004), (Ref. TASK
72-52-00-290-001) or (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-001), (Ref. TASK
72-52-00-290-004) or (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-004).
4
_ If loose material is still present in the engine flow path,
dry motor the engine for two more minutes.
5
_ Repeat the borescope inspection and dry motoring until all
material has been removed.
(b) Oil System.
1
_ Replace scavenge oil filter (Ref. TASK 79-21-10-920-002).
R 2
_ Drain oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003) and (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-004).
3
_ Replace oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or (Ref. TASK 12-13-
79-610-002).
(c) Monitor engine operation to determine if a shift in performance

parameters has occured. If parameters are abnormal, (Ref.TSM 77
PB 101).
(3) Do a one time repeat borescope inspection at an A-check or 400-800

cycles to ensure HPT nozzle vane and HPT blade integrity.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-177
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-440-091

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 621
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-410-178
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 622
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-200-008
Inspection/Check After the Engine has Exceeded the Operational Limits
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
If an exceedance occurs, the DMC memorizes in its memory the maximum value
reached during the last flight leg for N1, N2 and EGT.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-710-008 Power Assurance Check
72-00-00-100-008 Engine Washing Requirements
72-21-00-290-003 Borescope Inspection of the Booster Rotor Blades,
Stages 2,3,4 and 5 through the Booster Inlet and
Borescope Ports SO3 and SO5
72-23-00-210-003 Detailed Inspection of Engine Inlet, Fan Blades, Fan
Outlet and Abradable Material
Assembly
R 72-52-00-290-001 Borescope Inspection of the High-Pressure Turbine
R Blades (from the rear)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 623
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-54-00-290-005 Inspection of the Stage 1-3 Blades
72-56-00-210-002 Inspection/Check of the Turbine Frame Assembly
77-00-00-710-042 Reset of the N1, N2 and EGT Max Pointers
Maintenance
Maintenance
TSM 73-00-00-810-865 Engine 1 or 2 Stall/Surge
TSM 73-00-00-810-866 Stall of the engine 1 or 2 / Audible stall / Engine
surge
TSM 77-00-00-810-849 EGT Overlimit on Engine 1 or 2
TSM 77-00-00-810-850 N1 Overlimit on Engine 1 or 2
TSM 79-00-00-810-805 Abnormal Oil Temperature on Engine 1 or on Engine 2
TSM 79-00-00-810-818 Incorrect Oil Quantity Level on Engine 1
TSM 79-00-00-810-836 Low Oil Pressure Indication on Engine 1
TSM 79-00-00-810-837 Low Oil Pressure Indication on Engine 2
72-00-00-991-305 Fig. 601
72-00-00-991-306 Fig. 602
72-00-00-991-307 Fig. 603
72-00-00-991-323 Fig. 604
72-00-00-991-324 Fig. 605
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-069

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 624
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-076

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-040-061
Subtask 72-00-00-010-081

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________

72-00-00-991-307)
Subtask 72-00-00-290-052
A. Checks to be Done after a Hot Start
NOTE : Starting exhaust gas temperature (EGT) (T495) limits are given.
____
(1) Area A: EGT (T495) is more than 725 deg.C but less than or equal to
750 deg.C for a period of less than 30 seconds.
(a) Do the trouble shooting procedure to find and correct the cause
of the hot start before the subsequent flight (Ref. TSM TASK 77-
00-00-810-849).
(b) A maximum service extension of 5 flight cycles is permitted

before you must correct the problem.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 625
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Operational EGT (T495) Limits for Ground Starting and Sub-Idle Operation
Figure 601/TASK 72-00-00-991-305

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 626
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Operational EGT (T495) Limits Above Idle

Figure 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-306

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 627
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Oil Pressure Versus Core Speed (N2)

Figure 603/TASK 72-00-00-991-307

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 628
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(2) Area B: EGT (T495) is more than 750 deg.C but less than or equal to
800 deg.C for less than 10 seconds.
(a) Do a borescope inspection of the HPT blades and stage 1 LPT

blades (borescope ports S16 and S17) (Ref. TASK 72-54-00-290-005)
and (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-004).
(b) Do the trouble shooting procedure to find and correct the cause
00-00-810-849).
(c) A maximum service extension of one start is permitted and, if

that start is satisfactory, 1 cycle is permitted before you must
correct the problem.
(3) Area C: Stop the start and do these checks before you try to start
the engine again.
CAUTION : HPT BLADES THAT HAVE HAD ENGINE EGT MORE THAN 990 DEG.C
_______
(1814 DEG.F) CANNOT BE REPAIRED. THE ENGINE MUST BE REMOVED
AND RETURNED TO SHOP FACILITY TO EXAMINE FOR DAMAGE.

blades (borescope ports S16 and S17). (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-
004) and (Ref. TASK 72-54-00-290-005)
(b) Do the trouble shooting procedure to find and correct the cause
00-00-810-849).
(4) If EGT is more than 950 deg.C reset the EGT max pointer after you
correct the problem (Ref. TASK 77-00-00-710-042).
Subtask 72-00-00-290-053
B. Checks to be Done if an Overtemperature Condition Occurs at all Engine

Ratings other than Starting
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-306)
NOTE : There can be many causes for an EGT overtemperature condition,

____
such as:
- engine warm up before take off is not sufficient
- full rated takeoff in hot day condition
- dirty compressor airfoils, engine deterioration (low remaining
EGT margin), engine bleed selected during take off after
throttle push

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 629
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

- FOD, engine system malfunction (for example: VBV actuation), or
engine hardware malfunction (for example: airfoil failure, hot
air leak, etc.).
NOTE : Some positive EGT margin can result by doing an engine gas path
____
water wash (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-008). This makes engine
performance better but is temporary. It is not a long term repair
for high EGT or engine deterioration.
Read the DMU Exceedance Report, the DMC Max Value Report and/or
the ECU data by the Menu Mode Specific Data Report (if available)
to find the maximum EGT value that was recorded during the event,
as well as the amount of time of the overtemperature condition. If
none of these reports are available, get the data from the AIDS or
DFDR.
(1) Follow these instructions for the applicable power range where the
engine overtemperature occurred:
(a) Takeoff
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 72-00-00-991-323)
NOTE : Consider EGT indicated max value and physical max time
____
value, as printed out from PWR SETTING MAX VALUES report.
1
_ Find if there was an Area A, B or C takeoff exceedance.
(b) Climb, Cruise or Max Continuous

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-324)
NOTE : Consider EGT indicated max value and physical max time
____
value, as printed out from PWR SETTING MAX VALUES report.
NOTE : If the flight crew has logged an EGT indication above the
____
915 degrees C climb, cruise, or max continuous power
limit, maintenance personnel should be concerned with the
total time the engine was at 915 degrees C or above
regardless of the time that has elapsed since takeoff
power was reduced to climb, cruise or max continuous
power.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 630
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Operational EGT (T495) Limits at Take Off

Figure 604/TASK 72-00-00-991-323

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 631
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Operational EGT (T495) Limits at Climb, Cruise or MAX Continuous

Figure 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-324

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 632
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(2) Area A: (Unusual Operation)
(a) If the EGT overtemperature condition is identified to be caused

by not having sufficient engine warm-up before take off:
1
_ No troubleshooting is necessary.
NOTE : Warm-up time is not sufficient if engine is as follows:

____
- shut down for more than 4 hours
- operated at idle or above for less than 15 minutes
(b) If the EGT overtemperature condition is identified to be caused

by engine deterioration (low remaining EGT margin), or engine
bleed selected during take off after throttle push:
1
_ No troubleshooting is necessary.
(c) If the cause of the EGT overtemperature condition cannot be

identified by the above, or you think it could have been caused
by FOD or engine hardware failure:
1
_ Do troubleshooting for EGT OVERLIMIT . (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-
00-810-849)
2
_ Troubleshooting can be deferred for five overtemperature
conditions in Area A but can not go over 25 cycles after the
first overtemperature condition.
NOTE : There are known engine malfunctions that can lead to an

____
EGT overtemperature condition and thus a Class 1 ECAM
warning message. These malfunctions require
troubleshooting prior to engine operation. (Example:
VBV ACT, HMU , CHECK HOT AIR LEAKS, NAC TEMP
SENSOR, etc.).
(d) You can have a maximum of 20 overtemperature conditions in Area

A, before engine removal is required.
(3) Area B: (Unusual Operation)

R blades (borescope port S17) (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-001) and
(Ref. TASK 72-54-00-290-005).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 633
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Do troubleshooting for EGT OVERLIMIT (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-00-
810-849).
1
_ Troubleshooting can be deferred for 10 cycles unless the fault
repeats.
(c) You can have a maximum of 20 overtemperature conditions in Areas

A and B together or 10 overtemperature conditions in Area B
alone, before engine removal is required.
(4) Area C: (Unserviceable)
(a) Remove and return engine to a shop facility to examine damage.
(b) One non-revenue flight for fly-back is permitted before the

engine must be removed, if there is no damage above the
serviceable limits:
1
_ Do a borescope inspection of the HPT blades and stage 1 LPT
R blades (borescope port S17) (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-001) and
(Ref. TASK 72-54-00-290-005).
2
_ Do a troubleshooting for EGT OVERLIMIT (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-
00-810-849).
(5) If the maximum EGT is more than 950 deg.C, the EGT maximum pointer
must be set again after the corrective action is done (Ref. TASK 77-
00-00-710-042).
Subtask 72-00-00-280-062
C. Checks to be Performed when Abnormal Rotation Speeds are Reached
(1) Overspeed
(a) The speed limits are as follows:
1
_ Fan speed (N1): 104 percent
2
_ Core speed (N2): 105 percent
(b) Fan (N1) overspeed inspections:
1
_ If fan is operated at speeds from 104 percent to 105.8
percent, the engine must be inspected as follows:
- Review available data to understand reason for the
overspeed.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 634
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

- Correct the cause. Troubleshoot. (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-00-
810-850)
- Visually inspect the engine inlet, the fan blades, the
exhaust nozzle, and the stage 4 LPT blades.
- Check the fan rotor for freedom of rotation and shingling of
blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-210-005).
- Inspect abradable material in fan inlet case for rubbing
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-003).
- Borescope inspect the stage 5 of booster rotor blades
(borescope port S05 at 3:30 oclock location and at the rear
end of booster) (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-290-003).
- Borescope inspect stage 1 LPT blades (borescope ports S16
and S17) (Ref. TASK 72-54-00-290-005).
2
_ If fan speed exceeds 105.8 percent, remove engine and return
to shop for overspeed inspection.
3
_ If fan speed has exceeded 104 percent the N1 max pointer must
be reset after corrective action has been performed (Ref. TASK
77-00-00-710-042).
(c) Core engine (N2) overspeed inspections:
1
_ If core engine rotor is operated at speeds from 105 percent to
105.8 percent the engine must be inspected as follows:
- Inspect exhaust nozzles for particles.
- Borescope inspect stages 1, 3, and 8 HPC blades (borescope
ports S2, S4 and S9) (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-290-002).
- Borescope inspect HPT blades (borescope ports S16 and S17)
(Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-004).
2
_ If core engine rotation speed exceeds 105.8 percent, shutdown,
remove engine and return to shop for overspeed inspections.
3
_ If core engine rotation speed has exceeded 105 percent the N2
max pointer must be reset after corrective action has been
performed (Ref. TASK 77-00-00-710-042).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 635
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-210-064
D. Checks Required after Lubrication System Operation Limits are Exceeded
(1) Oil pressure
(a) The Figure gives the relation between oil pressure and N2 speed.
(b) Critical zone A, with oil pressure lower than 13 psi (0,90 bar).
1
_ If engine operation with no oil or very low pressure has
exceeded any one of the following, remove engine and return to
shop.
- Take-off power for 10 seconds.
- Cruise power for 10 seconds.
- Idle (flight or ground) for 30 seconds.
2
_ If engine not exceeding time limits per step 1_ has been
operated with no oil pressure or very low pressure, remove all
oil filters, screens, magnetic plug and chip detectors, and
check for presence of metal/debris. If no suspect metal debris
is observed, troubleshoot (Ref. TSM TASK 79-00-00-810-836) or
(Ref. TSM TASK 79-00-00-810-837).
R (c) Zones B and/or D: Troubleshoot (Ref. TSM TASK 79-00-00-810-836)

R or (Ref. TSM TASK 79-00-00-810-837).
(2) Supply Oil Temperature
(a) Maximum oil temperature for continuous engine operation is 140

deg.C (284 deg.F).
(b) Engine operation with oil between 140 deg.C (284 deg.F) and 155
deg.C (311 deg.F) is allowed for 15 minutes.
(c) Above 155 deg.C (311 deg.F) the oil system must be drained
(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003) and (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-004) and
serviced (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) and (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-
610-002). Troubleshoot (Ref. TSM TASK 79-00-00-810-805).
(d) After abnormally high oil temperature, check that the supply
filter, common scavenge filter and chip detectors of lube unit
are free of metal particles. If metal particles are present,
remove and disassemble the engine for inspection.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 636
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Oil Consumption
(a) Normal oil consumption is not expected to exceed 0.57 l.hr

(approximately 0.6 quart.hr) (0.15 USgal.hr).
(b) As soon as one of the following cases occur, Troubleshooting

(Ref. TSM TASK 79-00-00-810-818) or (Ref. TSM TASK 79-00-00-810-
818) must be performed:
- Oil consumption exceeds 0.85 l.hr (approximately 0.9 quart.hr)
(0.22 USgal.hr).
- Oil consumption substantially exceeds that of the other
operating engines.
- Oil consumption indicates a gradual increasing trend.
- Oil consumption indicates sudden step increase.
(c) The maximum serviceable oil consumption rate is limited to 1.5

l.hr (approximately 1.5 quart.hr) (0.40 USgal.hr). Consumption
monitoring.
- Troubleshooting (Ref. TSM TASK 79-00-00-810-818) or (Ref. TSM
TASK 79-00-00-810-818) must be performed as soon as the oil
consumption rate overshoots the limit.
- If the result of the troubleshooting is not conclusive and no
action can be taken to reduce the oil consumption rate, the
engine has to be replaced.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-104
E. IFSD time limitation
(1) Dry-out the engine if you can not restart within 24 hours and after
each ferry flight.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-065
F. Checks Required after Rough Landing Limits are Exceeded
(1) General
(a) The following procedure is to be used following a rough landing.
(2) Visual Inspection/Checks. Inspect the following:
(a) Wear of abradable material in fan inlet case at the 6 and 12

oclock positions (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-003).
(b) Engine mounting pads forward and aft (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-004)
and (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-210-002).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 637
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) Accessory and hardware attachments for metal fractures or
excessive distortion.
(d) Piping connections for leaks.
(e) Lines, tubing for possible interferences.
(f) Turbine frame aft flange (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-210-002).
(3) Borescope Inspection/Checks. Inspect the following:
(a) Stages 1, 3, and 8 HPC blades (borescope ports S2, S4, and S9).
(Ref. TASK 72-31-00-290-002).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-066
G. Inspection after Stall
(1) General
(a) If a stall or suspected stall has occurred, the following

inspection and troubleshooting must be done (Ref. TSM TASK 73-00-
00-810-865) or (Ref. TSM TASK 73-00-00-810-866).
(2) Visual Inspection/Checks. Inspect the following:
(a) Fan rotor and abradable material (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-210-005) and
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-003).
(3) Borescope Inspection/Checks. Inspect the following:
(a) For engine stalls in the start region, or for off-idle stalls
which result in engine rollback into sub-idle N2 range:
1
_ If the start region EGT limit of 725 deg.C was exceeded,
borescope inspect HPT blades and stage 1 LPT blades (borescope
ports S16 and S17) (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-004) and (Ref. TASK
72-54-00-290-005).
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-00-00-991-305)
2
_ If the cause of the stall is not known, borescope inspect
stages 1, 3 and 8 HPC blades (borescope ports S2, S4 and S9)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-00-290-002).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 638
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) For engine stalls at or above idle which do not result in engine
rollback into sub-idle N2:
1
_ Borescope inspect HPT blades and stage 1 LPT blades (borescope
ports S16 and S17) (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-004) and (Ref. TASK
72-54-00-290-005).
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-306)
2
_ If the cause of the stall is not known, borescope inspect
stage 5 of booster rotor blades (borescope port S05 at 3:30
oclock location and at the rear end of booster) (Ref. TASK
72-21-00-290-003) and stages 1, 3 and 8 HPC blades (borescope
ports S2, S4 and S9) (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-290-002).
Subtask 72-00-00-210-067
H. Excessive Vertical Loading Greater than the Specified Limits
(1) General
(a) Engine suspected of experiencing excessive g loading during

transportation must be given the following inspection. The
inspection consists of visual and manual checks followed by a
functional check.
(2) Check engine for obvious damage as follows:
(a) Visually inspect for buckling, deformation or cracking in engine

skin and flange areas around transportation mounts.
(b) To turn fan rotor by hand:
WARNING : USE CARE TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY WHEN YOU MANUALLY

_______
TURN THE FAN ROTOR. ASSURE SAFE FOOTING.USE HEAVY
PROTECTIVE GLOVES
1
_ Turn fan rotor by hand ; check for bearing roughness, unusual
noises and binding. Clear indications of this type of damage
require engine disassembly.
NOTE : Light rubbing of seals and shrouds is normal.

____
(c) If seal or shroud interference is found and appears minimal, the

engine can be considered serviceable after completing a
successful dry motoring check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-001) and
power assurance check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-008).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 639
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(d) After functional test run, check scavenge screens and master
magnetic chip detector for the presence of metal particles caused
by bearing damage. Return engine to shop for inspection if
unusual deposits are found.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-075
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-440-061
Subtask 72-00-00-410-080
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 640
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-200-009
Off-Schedule Vane Replacement
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-070

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 641
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-077

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-040-062
Subtask 72-00-00-010-082

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-210-070
A. Vane scheduling errors can occur if the lever arms which control the
compressor stator vanes are damaged or disassembled.
(1) When the vane scheduling errors are greater than 4 degrees, you must
replace all HPC blades on one stage forward of and 2 stages aft of
the stage which has off-schedule vanes.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 642
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-076
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-440-062
Subtask 72-00-00-410-081
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 643
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-200-025
Over-Serviceable-Limit Extensions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is applicable to NON /P engines.

It can occur that specific defects do not agree with the Maximum
Serviceable Limits, and that the maintenance facilities, at a given
location, are not sufficient to do the necessary corrective actions.
In these circumstances, limit extensions will permit to send the engine
where correction is possible, or to schedule the necessary maintenance in
the extension period.
NOTE : The limit extensions are one-time extensions only. Applicable

____
hardware action is necessary at the completion of the extended
serviceable period.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-21-00-210-006 Inspect Fan Rotor Blades Removed from the Fan Disk.
Maintenance
Maintenance
79-00-00-210-003 Visual Inspection of the Oil System

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 644
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-991-308 Fig. 606

72-00-00-991-309 Fig. 607
72-00-00-991-321 Fig. 608
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-071
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-078

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-00-00-040-063

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 645
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-010-083

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________

72-00-00-991-321)
Subtask 72-00-00-210-071
A. Over-serviceable-limit Extensions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONDITION MAX EXTENSION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fan and booster
A. Spinner front cone
(1) Damaged surface protection greater than 50 50 cycles

percent of total surface
R (2) Corrosion marks (white mushroom pattern) A continuation in

R before part removal service of 100
R cycles maximum is
R permitted
B. Spinner rear cone
(1) Oil wetting at inner of spinner cone or fan 50 cycles

disk or forward fan shaft
(2) Seal ring tear: any number if cumulated 50 cycles

length is more than 0.4 in. (10 mm)
C. Fan blade
(1) Fully missing molydag on inner faces of the 250 cycles

platforms

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 646
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Booster Rotor and Stator Damage Extended

Figure 606/TASK 72-00-00-991-308

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 647
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Extended Vanes Damage Limits


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 648
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Extended Vanes Damage Limits


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 649
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Inspection/Check of the Fan Outlet Guide Vanes (OGV)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 650
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 651
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 652
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Flaking of Cu.Ni.In coating on blade dovetail Examine blades for
pressure faces (contact areas), up to 10 serviceability.
percent if there is no indication of wear on (Ref. TASK 72-21-
base material 00-210-006) 1200
cycles after
relubrication.
Repeat extension is
permitted

pressure faces (contact areas), more than 10 serviceability.
percent and less than 50 percent if there is (Ref. TASK 72-21-
no indication of wear on base material 00-210-006) 400
cycles after
relubrication.
Repeat extension is
not permitted
(4) Shingling at mid span shrouds Turn the shingled

blades to the 12
oclock position
and unshingle with
hand force or by
using a piece of
wood. Examine
blades for
serviceability
(Ref. TASK 72-21-
00-210-009). Remove
and send the
shingled blades to
a shop for a
dimensional and an
F.P.I. inspection
in less than 50
cycles.
(5) Nicks, dents, scratches and sheared edges on 50 cycles

midspan shroud surfaces up to 0.035 in. (0.89
mm) deep if defects are not in the midspan
shroud to airfoil fillet radius

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 653
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) Missing or damaged hard coating on midspan 50 cycles
shroud pressure faces more than 20 percent
but less than 40 percent of coated area
D. Fan disk
(1) Wear greater than 50 percent of area on disk 100 cycles

dovetail pressure faces
E. Booster rotor blade for:
(1) Piece missing:
any number in area G, at leading edge and 50 cycles/75 hours

trailing edge tip corners, 0.8 in. (20 mm)
radial and 0.5 in. (12.5 mm) axial
(2) Cracks and tears in area G, 0.8 in. (20 mm) 50 cycles/75 hours
from tip: any number, less than 0.8 in. (20
mm) radial and less than 0.492 in. (12.5 mm)
axial
(3) Wear or local distortion of T/E and L/E tips 100 cycles/150
if less than 15 blades, 0.984 in. (25 mm) hours
radial and 0.59 in. (15 mm) axial
(4) Nicks, dents, scratches for area E: any 50 cycles/75 hours

number, less than 0.059 in. (1.5 mm) in
diameter, protrusion acceptable, not thru
(5) Nicks, dents, scratches for airfoil out of 50 cycles/75 hours

area E, not L/E and T/E: any number, less
than 0.236 in. (6 mm) in diameter, protrusion
acceptable
(6) Nicks, dents, scratches out of area E on L/E 50 cycles/75 hours

and T/E: maximum axial length less than 0.059
in. (1.49 mm)
(7) Distorted L/E and T/E, out of area E, maximum 50 cycles/75 hours
circumference equals 0.275 in. (6.98 mm)
radial length equals 0.708 in. (17.98 mm)
F. Booster vanes (stage 1 only) for:

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 654
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Piece missing: 50 cycles/75 hours
maximum 20 blades more than 0.256 in. (6.5
mm) axial, 0.728 in. (18.49 mm) radial, no
cracks starting from damage area allowed in
areasA and B
(2) Cracks and tears in area C, any number, more 10 cycles/15 hours
than 0.256 in. (6.5 mm) radial and 0.078 in.
(1.98 mm) axial. In areas A and B, any number
more than 0.128 in. (3.25 mm) radial and
0.039 in. (0.99 mm) axial
(3) Distortion of T/E and L/E: any number, if the 50 cycles/75 hours
length L is not more than 1 in. (25.4 mm) and
the maximum dimension X along the chord width
is not more than 0.492 in. (12.5 mm).
(4) Nicks, dents, scratches for areas A and B: 10 cycles/15 hours

any number, less than 0.157 in. (3.99 mm) in
diameter, protrusion permitted
(5) Nicks, dents, scratches for area C: any 50 cycles/75 hours

(6) Nicks, dents, scratches L/E and T/E maximum 20 cycles/30 hours
axial length less than 0.118 in. (2.99 mm) in
diameter
(7) Cracked inner shroud: 3000 hours/C

Maximum of 4 cracks extending from the L/E to check
the T/E of the inner shroud (passing through
a recess) are permitted if there is a minimum
separation of 3 non-cracked vane recesses
between 2 cracked recesses.
A sound check (see note below) done on the This extension may
vanes at, and adjacent to the cracked inner be used again
shroud area, must demonstrate no difference indefinitely in
in tonality. intervals of 3000
hours as long as
there is no further
deterioration of
these conditions.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 655
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Sound Tonality Check Recommendation
____
A sound tonality check must be done to detect if the abradable
material inside the inner shroud is still in contact with the
root of the vane. Use a smooth-ended cylindrical tool made of
steel with diameter of approximately 0.5 in. (12.6999 mm).
(For example, a ratchet wrench extension bar). Tools made of
aluminium, plastic or wood do not permit the detection of
significant variation in the sound tone from one vane to the
next. Removal of 2 or 3 fan blades gives a better
accessibility to do the check.
Be careful to not use a tool or excessive force during the

check. This would damage the vanes.
Do the check on an area including 3 or 4 vanes on each side of

the vane where the cracked inner shroud is located. Place the
tool on the leading edge mid-span of the counterclockwise most
vane. Lightly stroke the vane and subsequent vanes in the
clockwise direction using a constant speed. Note any
variations in the sound tone from one vane to the next. If
there is a difference between the vane where the recess is
cracked and the other vanes, the stage 1 vane assembly is
unserviceable.
(8) Vane leading and trailing edges 10 cycles/50 hours

- Nicks, dents and scratches on LE/TE in
areas B and C with a maximum axial length
less than 0.117 in. (2.97 mm)
- Nicks, dents and scratches on LE/TE in area 2 cycles/10 hours

A with a maximum axial length of 0.117 in.
(2.97 mm)
2. Fan frame
A. Fan frame
(1) Cracks, any number if max length of 0.16 in. 10 cycles or 25

(4.06 mm) and min. separation of 1 in. (25.4 hours
mm)
(2) Nicks and dents, any number 10 cycles or 25

hours

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 656
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Fan inlet case
(1) Cracks: any number, if max length of 0.16 in. 10 cycles or 25

mm)
(2) Nicks and scratches: any number 10 cycles or 25

hours
(3) Crater in abradable liner (length<5x width) 50 cycles or 125

and damage other than crack rub and hours
circumferential defect: if the damage is
within the maximum serviceable limit
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-003), but the fan
case parent metal is exposed and is confirmed
via visual inspection to be undamaged.
(4) Grooves in abradable liner (oriented within 0 50 cycles or 125

deg. to 80 deg. from engine axis and hours.
length>5x width: if the damage is within the
maximum serviceable limit, (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-210-003) but the fan case parent metal is
exposed and is confirmed via visual
inspection to be undamaged
(5) Circumferential defect in abradable liner 50 cycles or 125

(360 deg. or oriented within 80 deg. to 90 hours.
deg. from engine axis): For one or a
cumulated defect less than 2 in. (50.8 mm) if
the fan case parent metal remains not damaged
under visual inspection.
C. Outlet Guide Vanes (OGV) for:

(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-321)
(1) Broken vane: not serviceable, if vane is 10 cycles extension

replaced
(2) Missing vane: One doublet missing 10 cycles extension
(3) Cracks
Outer platform: cracks from or along the 50 cycles extension

airfoil are defined

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 657
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-321)
(4) Metal leading edge missing: up to 0.78 in. 100 cycles

(20 mm) in height and 0.39 in. (10 mm) extension
(5) Nicks and/or dents, on leading edge (metallic A maximum service

leading edge), if damage between 0.12 in. (3 extension of 100
mm) and 0.19 in. (5 mm) deep cycles
(6) Erosion of composite material, any amount 50 cycles or 125

hours
D. OGV inner shroud
(1) Cracks, cut or torn seal at mating with OGV, 25 cycles or 50

any amount hours
E. Fan duct panels
(1) Missing panel: Not permitted
(2) Missing lowers on panel 50 cycles with 3

missing lowers
maximum
F. Splitter fairing
(1) Cracks: any amount 10 cycles or 25

hours
3. Compressor rotor
A. Compressor rotor blades
NOTE : The depth of a defect such as a nick is measured along the axis of
____
the damage unless otherwise noted.
(1) Stages 1-4 radial cracks within 0.30 in. (7.6 10 cycles or 25
mm) of the leading and trailing edges more hours
than 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) but less than 0.40 in.
(10.2 mm) in length.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 658
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Stages 1-4 chord-wise cracks more than 0.20 10 cycles or 25
in. (5.1 mm) but less than 0.30 in. (7.6 mm) hours
in length.
(3) Stages 1-4 nicks, missing material and 10 cycles or 25

erosion on the leading and trailing edges hours
found in Dim. B more than 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
but less than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm).
(4) Stages 1-4 dents on the leading and trailing 10 cycles or 25

edges found in Dim. B more than 0.04 in. (1.0 hours
mm) but less than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm) in depth,
or less than 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) deflection
from the original contour.
(5) Stages 1-4 nicks, dents and tears on the 10 cycles or 25

leading and trailing edge in Dim. A more than hours
0.25 in. (6.4 mm) but less than 0.30 in. (7.6
mm) in depth.
(6) Stages 1-4 missing material and erosion at 10 cycles or 25

the leading and trailing edge tip corners hours
more than 0.30 in. (7.6 mm) but less than
0.40 in. (10.1 mm).
(7) Stages 1-4 nicks, dents and missing material 10 cycles or 25

on the leading and trailing edges of the hours
lower 25% of the airfoil (but not the root
radius) more than 0.03 in. (0.76 mm) but less
than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm).
(8) Nicks, dents, wear and scratches of the 10 cycles or 25

trailing edge root radius of stage 2 and hours
stage 3 of more than 0.03 in. (0.8 mm) but
less than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm).
(9) Stages 5-9 radial cracks that are no more 10 cycles or 25

than 0.20 in. (5.1 mm) from the leading or hours
trailing edge and more than 0.15 in. (3.8 mm)
but less than 0.20 in. (5.1 mm) in length.
(10) Stages 5-9 chord-wise cracks that are no more 10 cycles or 25

than 0.20 in. (5.1 mm) from the tip and are hours

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 659
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.20 in. (5.1 mm) in length.
(11) Stages 5-9 nicks, tears, missing material and 10 cycles or 25

found in Dim. B that are more than 0.04 in.
(1.0 mm) but less than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm).

edges found in Dim. B that are more than 0.04 hours
in. (1.0 mm) but less than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm)
in depth or less than 0.06 in. (1.5 mm)
deflection from the original contour.

leading and trailing edges found in Dim. A hours
that are more than 0.15 in. (3.8 mm) but than
less 0.20 in. (5.1 mm).

the leading and trailing edge tip corners if hours
the damage is more than 0.20 in. (5.1 mm) but
(15) Stages 5-9 curl on the end of the airfoil 10 cycles or 25

when the blade chord is more than 50% but hours
less than 75% of the chord maximum radial
length, 0.3 in. (7.6 mm), when it does not
engage the stationary parts during operation.

edges found in the lower 25% of the airfoil hours
(but not the root radius) more than 0.03 in.
(17) Stages 2-3 trailing edge root radius nicks, 10 cycles or 25

dents and scratches more than 0.03 in. (7.6 hours
mm) but less than 0.08 in. (2.0mm) in depth.
4. Compressor front stator
A. Casing cracks 0.17 in. (4.32 mm) max length in 10 cycles or 25

skin hours

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 660
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Casing nicks, pits, scores or scratches, any 10 cycles or 25
amount, any depth hours
C. Broken actuation ring connector, one side only, 5 cycles

if connector is replaced
D. Vane actuation ring cracks, distortion, bends, 5 cycles

twists or distress, provided ring has not
separated
E. Loose vane assemblies with metal-to-metal contact 10 cycles or 25

on up to 50 percent of vanes hours
5. Combustion case
A. Forward and aft flange radial cracks inward from 10 cycles

bolt holes
B. Midflange radial cracks 10 cycles
C. Maximum of 10 broken midflange bolts with no more 25 cycles

than 4 broken bolts in any group of 20
D. High pressure turbine (HPT) shroud cooling and 10 cycles

compressor discharge pressure (CDP) pad cracks
more than 0.06 in. (1.52 mm) from bolt holes
6. Combustion chamber
A. Dome assembly
R (1) Radial crack in spectacle plate 25 hours
R Any number up to 2.5 inches (63.5 mm) in

R length and not connected to each other
R (2) Circumferential crack in spectacle plate 25 hours
R Any number up to 3.6 inches (91 mm) in length

R separated by 4.8 inches (125 mm)
R (3) Connected cracks in spectacle plate 25 hours

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 661
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Not more than (1) radial crack 2.5 in. (50.8
R mm) long with (1) circumferential crack 3.6
R in. (91 mm) long, separated by 4.8 in. (125
R mm)
R (4) Missing material from spectacle plate 25 hours
R The damage is more then the given limits
R (5) Radial crack in deflector or sleeve 25 cycles
R Any number up to 0.6 in. (16 mm) in length
R (6) Circumferential cracks in deflector or sleeve 25 cycles
R (7) Connected cracks in deflector or sleeve 25 cycles
R Connection of any radial and circumferential

R cracks within limits of (5) and (6) above.
R Limit is exceeded when third crack connects
R (8) Missing material from overhangs on deflector 50 cycles

R or sleeve
R Any amount up to 0.240 in. (6.10 mm) maximum

R depth
R (9) Burn through holes 25 cycles
R 3 per dome 1.2 in. (30mm) x 1.2 in. (30 mm)

R maximum
R B. Inner and outer liners
R (1) Outer liner axial cracks 100 cycles
R Up to 5 cracks across more than one panel,

R and a crack can go across up to 5 panels in
R sequence
R (2) Outer liner axial cracks (from outer side 25 cycles

R borescope)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 662
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R and a crack can go across up to 5 panels. At
R least one of the cooling ribs (3, 4, 5, or 6)
R does not have cracks that extend through to
R the outer side. Rib 1 is not cracked through.
R (3) Inner liner axial cracks 100 cycles

R sequence
R (4) Circumferential cracks 25 cycles
R Any number up to 3 dilution lands in length

R separated by 3 non-cracked dilution lands
R (5) Connected cracks 100 cycles
R Connection of any axial and circumferential

R cracks up to max limits of paragraphs (1),
R (2), (3), and (4)
R (6) Burn through or missing material 100 cycles
R There are not more than 8 areas that are not

R more than 2 times the diameter of a dilution
R hole. There are not more than 2 areas that
R are not more than 3 times the diameter of a
R dilution hole. There are not more than one
R area that is not more than 4 times the size
R of a dilution hole. There are not more than 3
R areas in adjacent panels that are aligned
R axially if they have a separation of a
R minimum of 3 dilution lands that are not
R damaged.
R (7) Missing overhangs 25 cycles
Per liner: 17 areas each twice the size of a

R dilution hole, providing max axial alignment
R of distress is 3 adjacent panels

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 663
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (8) Distortion 25 cycles
Any amount within 0.7 in. (17.8 mm) of

original contour
C. Combustor inner cowl bolts
(1) Missing bolt: Maximum of 3 bolts are missing 50 cycles for next
with 4 bolts intact between 2 missing bolts. check, then repeat
All other bolts are tight with tack welds BSI every 400
intact cycles
(2) Bolt tack weld cracked but bolt is not loose: 25 cycles for first
If a maximum of 5 tack welds are cracked, no check, 50 cycles
more than two consecutive, with 4 tack welds for second check,
intact between two cracked tack welds repeat BSI check
every 100 cycles
(3) Bolt tack weld is cracked and bolt is loose: 5 cycles

If one or more bolts are loose
7. Fuel Nozzles
A. Fuel nozzles with dislodged wear sleeves or wear 5 cycles

sleeves with 4 interrupted weld designs
8. HPT nozzle
A. Leading edge missing material, from cracking or 25 cycles

burn-through, up to 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) X 0.5 in.
(12.7 mm) per vane. Maximum of 4 vanes per 90
degree arc
B. Concave surfaces of airfoil missing material, 25 cycles

from cracking or burn-through, up to 0.75 in.
(19.04 mm) diameter per vane
C. Convex side missing panel 25 cycles provided

HPT blades are
within limits
D. Inner and outer platforms missing material, from 25 cycles

cracking or burn-through, up to 0.5 in. (12.7 mm)
diameter per segment

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 664
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. Trailing edge missing material up to 0.75 in. (19 25 cycles
mm)in axial direction
F. Baffle missing material, any amount. 10 cycles
9. HPT rotor blade
A. Trailing edge cracks in Area A less than 0.2 in. 10 cycles

(5.08 mm) long
B. Trailing edge cracks and convex airfoil cracks 25 cycles

within 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) of trailing edge (10
blades maximum) in Area B less than 0.3 in. (7.62
mm) long
C. Radial tip cracks less than 0.35 in. (8.89 mm) 10 cycles
long
D. Leading edge cracks in Area A less than 0.1 in. 10 cycles

(2.54 mm) long
E. Axial nose or gill hole cracks in Area B less 10 cycles

than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) long
F. Radial nose or gill hole cracks in Area B less 10 cycles

G. Radial nose or gill hole cracks in Area C less 10 cycles

H. Leading edge missing material in areas A and B. 25 cycles

Any amount provided cavity 2 is not exposed (any
number of blades)
J. Airfoil distortion or evidence of burning or 25 cycles

melting (10 blades maximum)
10. HPT shroud and stage 1 low pressure turbine (LPT)

nozzle
A. HPT shrouds
(1) Circumferential cracks that connect and are 25 cycles

more than 1 in. (25.3999 mm) long.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 665
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Circumferential cracks more than 0.25 in. 25 cycles
(6.3499 mm) long that connect to axial cracks
in Area B.
(3) Burn through of shroud rub land 25 cycles
B. Stage 1 LPT nozzle
(1) Cracks in all areas up to 1.4 in. (35 mm) 10 cycles

long provided not more than 2 adjacent
airfoils per segment
(2) One crack permitted on each airfoil, from 100 cycles

leading edge to trailing edge, if there is no
missing material.
(3) Burns, erosion, corrosion and missing metal 5 cycles

up to 1 in.2 (645.16 mm2) per airfoil and no
cracks extending from distressed area
11. LPT Rotor
A. LPT blades (all stages)
(1) Blade pretwist
- Total gap, for stage 1, up to 0.1 in. (2.54 5 cycles

mm)
- Stages 2-4 gaps such that adjacent 5 cycles

interlocks do not contact each other
(2) 0.08 in. (2.03 mm) max. deflection over a 15 cycles

length 10 times longer max, only for stage 1
LPT blades distorted leading edges, due to
overtemperature
(3) Stages 1, 2, 3 blades
- Area E: 5 cycles or 10
Any amount of impact damage/rubbing hours
provided there is no missing material or
cracks

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 666
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Other areas: 5 cycles or 10
Any amount of impact damage such as hours
bending, nicks and/or dents is allowed
cracks exceeding 50 percent of chord width
(4) Stage 4 blades
- Any amount of tip shroud interlock wear 25 cycles or 50

allowed hours
- Blades tip shroud protrusion not to exceed 10 cycles or 25

0.04 in. (1.01 mm) hours
- Area E:
Any amount of impact damage such as nicks 5 cycles or 10

and/or dents is allowed provided there is no hours
missing material or cracks
- Other areas:
Any amount of impact damage. One complete 5 cycles or 10

airfoil and any number of tip shrouds with hours
associated airfoil tips may be missing
provided engine vibration is not excessive
- Blades tip shrouds shingled or unlatched 5 cycles or 10

provided rotor turns freely and engine hours in shingled
vibration is not excessive condition.
B. Nozzle segments
(1) Cracks 0.8 in. (20 mm) long each, 2 per vane, 10 cycles
total length of 1.6 in. (40 mm)
(2) Nicks, dents, tears, missing pieces up to 2 10 cycles

in.2 (1290.32 mm2) on nonadjacent vanes
provided there are no cracks extending from
distressed areas
C. Stage 4 shroud abradable material

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 667
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Worn, jagged or crushed sealing surface 10 cycles
exceeding 50 percent of the honeycomb height
provided sectors of the shroud abradable
material are not missing
12. LPT Casing
A. Forward and aft flanges
(1) One crack connecting 2 bolt holes without 10 cycles

penetrating pressure vessel outer skin
(2) One crack into skin 0.4 in. (10.16 mm) long 10 cycles
maximum
B. External surface of the casing
(1) One crack 0.4 in. (10.16 mm) long maximum 10 cycles
C. Cooling air tube and manifold assemblies 10 cycles
(1) One separated circumferential tube
(2) 3 in. (76.2 mm) cumulative cooling air

manifold crack
(3) One separated cooling air tube support
D. Thread ports and bosses
(1) One crack 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) maximum providing 10 cycles
there is no leakage
13. Turbine frame
A. Forward and aft flanges 10 cycles
(1) One circumferential crack connecting two bolt

holes
(2) One crack into skin 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) maximum
B. Engine mounting lug areas airframe attach points 10 cycles

only

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 668
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) One crack out of one mount lug bolt hole 0.25
in. (6.35 mm) maximum
(2) Skin crack 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) maximum.
C. Threaded parts and bosses 10 cycles
(1) One crack 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long providing

there is no fluid or air leakage
D. Stud on the aft face of the inner hub.
(1) Missing/broken/loose stud(s):
- One (1) or two (2) studs: 500hrs/500cyc
- Three (3) studs:
*If not adjacent to each other: 500hrs/500cyc
*If two (2) non-serviceable studs are 500hrs/500cyc

adjacent, but the third one is separated from
them by two (2) serviceable studs:
*If not: Replace studs
- Four (4) studs or more: Replace studs
E. Thermal insulation blankets 100 cycles
(1) Missing or protruding blankets
F. Other areas 10 cycles
(1) One crack 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) maximum
14. Accessory gearbox
A. Two opposite keylock studs missing provided there 3 cycles or 30

is no leakage at flange hours
B. Oil leakage from AGB/Starter carbon seal 10 cycles provided

(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-210-003) seal drain line is
disconnected and

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 669
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
drain cavity is
capped
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-077
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-440-063
Subtask 72-00-00-410-082
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 670
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-200-025- 01
Over-Serviceable-Limit Extensions
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is applicable to /P engines.

It can occur that specific defects do not agree with the Maximum
Serviceable Limits, and that the maintenance facilities, at a given
location, are not sufficient to do the necessary corrective actions.
In these circumstances, limit extensions will permit to send the engine
where correction is possible, or to schedule the necessary maintenance in
the extension period.
NOTE : The limit extensions are one-time extensions only. Applicable

____
hardware action is necessary at the completion of the extended
serviceable period.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 671
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-991-308 Fig. 606

72-00-00-991-309 Fig. 607
72-00-00-991-321 Fig. 608
72-00-00-991-320 Fig. 609
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-105
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-146

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-040-081

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 672
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-010-147

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________

72-00-00-991-321, 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-320)
Subtask 72-00-00-210-101
A. Over-serviceable-limit Extensions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fan and booster
A. Spinner front cone
(1) Damaged surface protection greater than 50 50 cycles

percent of total surface
R (2) Corrosion marks (white mushroom pattern) A continuation in

R before part removal service of 100
R cycles maximum is
R permitted
B. Spinner rear cone
(1) Oil wetting at inner of spinner cone or fan 50 cycles

disk or forward fan shaft
(2) Seal ring tear: any number if cumulated 50 cycles

length is more than 0.4 in. (10 mm)
C. Fan blade
(1) Fully missing molydag on inner faces of the 250 cycles

platforms

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 673
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT Blade Inspection (Only Applicable /P Engines)

Figure 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-320

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 674
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pressure faces (contact areas), up to 10 serviceability.
percent if there is no indication of wear on (Ref. TASK 72-21-
base material 00-210-006) 1200
cycles after
relubrication.
Repeat extension is
permitted

pressure faces (contact areas), more than 10 serviceability.
percent and less than 50 percent if there is (Ref. TASK 72-21-
no indication of wear on base material 00-210-006) 400
cycles after
relubrication.
Repeat extension is
not permitted
(4) Shingling at mid span shrouds Turn the shingled

blades to the 12
oclock position
and unshingle with
hand force or by
using a piece of
wood. Examine
blades for
serviceability
(Ref. TASK 72-21-
00-210-009) Remove
and send the
shingled blades to
a shop for a
dimensional and an
F.P.I. inspection
in less than 50
cycles
(5) Nicks, dents, scratches and sheared edges on 50 cycles

midspan shroud surfaces up to 0.035 in. (0.89
mm) deep if defects are not in the midspan
shroud to airfoil fillet radius

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 675
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(6) Missing or damaged hard coating on midspan 50 cycles
shroud pressure faces more than 20 percent
but less than 40 percent of coated area
D. Fan disk
(1) Wear greater than 50 percent of area on disk 100 cycles

dovetail pressure faces
E. Booster rotor blade for:
(1) Piece missing:
any number in area G, at leading edge and 50 cycles/75 hours

trailing edge tip corners, 0.8 in. (20 mm)
radial and 0.5 in. (12.5 mm) axial
(2) Cracks and tears in area G, 0.8 in. (20 mm) 50 cycles/75 hours
from tip : any number less than 0.8 in. (20
mm) radial and less than 0.492 in. (12.5 mm)
axial
(3) Wear or local distortion of T/E and L/E tips 100 cycles/150
if less than 15 blades 0.984 in. (25 mm) hours
radial and 0.59 in. (15 mm) axial
(4) Nicks, dents, scratches for area E: any 50 cycles/75 hours

diameter, protrusion acceptable, not thru
(5) Nicks, dents, scratches for airfoil out of 50 cycles/75 hours

area E, not L/E and T/E: any number, less
than 0.236 in. (6 mm) in diameter, protrusion
acceptable
(6) Nicks, dents, scratches out of area E on L/E 50 cycles/75 hours

and T/E: maximum axial length less than 0.059
in. (1.49 mm)
(7) Distorted L/E and T/E, out of area E maximum 50 cycles/75 hours
circumference equals 0.275 in. (6.98 mm)
radial length equals 0.708 in. (17.98 mm)
F. Booster vanes (stage 1 only) for:

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 676
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Piece missing: 50 cycles/75 hours
maximum 20 blades more than 0.256 in. (6.5
mm) axial, 0.728 in. (18.49 mm) radial, no
cracks starting from damage area allowed in
areas A and B
(2) Cracks and tears in area C, any number, more 10 cycles/15 hours
than 0.256 in. (6.5 mm) radial and 0.078 in.
(1.98 mm) axial. In areas A and B, any number
more than 0.128 in. (3.25 mm) radial and
0.039 in. (0.99 mm) axial
(3) Distortion of T/E and L/E: any number, if the 50 cycles/75 hours
length L is no more than 1 in. (25.4mm) and
the maximum dimension X along the chord width
is not more than 0.492 in. (12.5mm)
(4) Nicks, dents, scratches for areas A and B ; 10 cycles/15 hours

any number, less than 0.157 in. (3.99 mm) in
(5) Nicks, dents, scratches for area C: any 50 cycles/75 hours

(6) Nicks, dents, scratches L/E and T/E maximum 20 cycles/30 hours
axial length less than 0.118 in. (2.99 mm) in
diameter
(7) Cracked inner shroud: 3000 hours/C

Maximum of 4 cracks extending from the L/E to check
the T/E of the inner shroud (passing through
a recess) are permitted if there is a minimum
separation of 3 non-cracked vane recesses
between 2 cracked recesses.
A sound check (see note below) done on the This extension may
vanes at, and adjacent to the cracked inner be used again
shroud area, must demonstrate no difference indefinitely in
in tonality. intervals of 3000
hours as long as
there is no further
deterioration of
these conditions.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 677
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : Sound Tonality Check Recommendation:
____
A sound tonality check must be done to detect if the abradable
material inside the inner shroud is still in contact with the
root of the vane. Use a smooth-ended cylindrical tool made of
steel with diameter of approximately 0.5 in. (12.6999 mm).
(For example, a ratchet wrench extension bar). Tools made of
aluminium, plastic or wood do not permit the detection of
significant variation in the sound tone from one vane to the
next. Removal of 2 or 3 fan blades gives a better
accessibility to do the check.
Be careful to not use a tool or excessive force during the

check. This would damage the vanes.
Do the check on an area including 3 or 4 vanes on each side of

the vane where the cracked inner shroud is located. Place the
tool on the leading edge mid-span of the couterclockwise most
vane. Lightly stroke the vane and subsequent vanes in the
clockwise direction using a constant speed. Note any
variations in the sound tone from one vane to the next. If
there is a difference between the vane where the recess is
cracked and the other vanes, the stage 1 vane assembly is
unserviceable.
(8) Vane leading and trailing edges 10 cycles/50 hours

- Nicks, dents and scratches on LE/TE in
areas B and C with a maximum axial length
less than 0.117 in. (2.97 mm)
- Nicks, dents and scratches on LE/TE in area 2 cycles/10 hours

A with a maximum axial length of 0.117 in.
(2.97 mm)
2. Fan frame
A. Fan frame
(1) Cracks, any number if max length of 0.16 in. 10 cycles or 25

mm)
(2) Nicks and dents, any number 10 cycles or 25

hours

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 678
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Fan inlet case
(1) Cracks: any number, if max length of 0.16 in. 10 cycles or 25

mm)
(2) Nicks and scratches: any number 10 cycles or 25

hours
(3) Crater in abradable liner (length<5x width) 50 cycles or 125

and damage other than crack rub and hours
circumferential defect : If the damage is
within the maximum serviceable limit,
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-003), but the fan
case parent metal is exposed and is confirmed
via visual inspection to be undamaged.
(4) Grooves in abradable liner (oriented within 0 50 cycles or 125

deg. to 80 deg. from engine axis and hours
length>5x width : If the damage is within the
maximum serviceable limit, (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-210-003) but the fan case parent metal is
exposed and is confirmed via visual
inspection to be undamaged
(5) Circumferential defect in abradable liner 50 cycles or 125

(360 deg. or oriented within 80 deg. to 90 hours.
deg. from engine axis) : for one or a
cumulated defect less than 2 in. (50.8 mm) if
the fan case parent metal remains not damaged
under visual inspection.
C. Outlet Guide Vanes (OGV) for:

(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-321)
(1) Broken vane: Not serviceable, if vane is 10 cycles extension

replaced
(2) Missing vane: One doublet missing 10 cycles extension
(3) Crack
Outer platform: cracks from or along the 50 cycles extension

airfoil are defined

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 679
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-321)
(4) Metal leading edge missing: up to 0.78 in. 100 cycles

(20 mm) in height and 0.39 in. (10 mm) extension
(5) Nicks and/or dents, on leading edge (metallic A maximum service

leading edge), if damage between 0.12 in. (3 extension of 100
mm) and 0.19 in. (5 mm) deep cycles
(6) Erosion of composite material, any amount 50 cycles or 125

hours
D. OGV inner shroud
(1) Cracks, cut or torn seal at mating with OGV, 25 cycles or 50

any amount hours
E. Fan duct panels
(1) Missing panel: Not permitted
(2) Missing lowers on panel 50 cycles with 3

missing lowers
maximum
F. Splitter fairing
(1) Cracks: any amount 10 cycles or 25

hours
3. Compressor rotor
A. Compressor rotor blades
____
(1) Stages 1-4 radial cracks within 0.30 in. (7.6 10 cycles or 25
mm) of the leading and trailing edges more hours
than 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) but less than 0.40 in.
(10.2 mm) in length.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 680
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Stages 1-4 chord-wise cracks more than 0.20 10 cycles or 25
in. (5.1 mm) but less than 0.30 in. (7.6 mm) hours
in length.
(3) Stages 1-4 nicks, missing material and 10 cycles or 25

found in Dim. B more than 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
but less than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm).

edges found in Dim. B more than 0.04 in. (1.0 hours
mm) but less than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm) in depth,
or less than 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) deflection
from the original contour.

leading and trailing edge in Dim. A more than hours
0.25 in. (6.4 mm) but less than 0.30 in. (7.6
mm) in depth.

the leading and trailing edge tip corners hours
0.40 in. (10.1 mm).

on the leading and trailing edges of the hours
lower 25% of the airfoil (but not the root
radius) more than 0.03 in. (0.76 mm) but less
than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm).
(8) Nicks, dents, wear and scratches of the 10 cycles or 25

trailing edge root radius of stage 2 and hours
stage 3 of more than 0.03 in. (0.8 mm) but
(9) Stages 5-9 radial cracks that are no more 10 cycles or 25

than 0.20 in. (5.1 mm) from the leading or hours
trailing edge and more than 0.15 in. (3.8 mm)
but less than 0.20 in. (5.1 mm) in length.
(10) Stages 5-9 chord-wise cracks that are no more 10 cycles or 25

than 0.20 in. (5.1 mm) from the tip and are hours

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 681
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.20 in. (5.1 mm) in length.
(11) Stages 5-9 nicks, tears, missing material and 10 cycles or 25

found in Dim. B that are more than 0.04 in.

edges found in Dim. B that are more than 0.04 hours
in. (1.0 mm) but less than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm)
in depth or less than 0.06 in. (1.5 mm)
deflection from the original contour.

leading and trailing edges found in Dim. A hours
that are more than 0.15 in. (3.8 mm) but less
0.20 in. (5.1 mm).

the leading and trailing edge tip corners if hours
the damage is more than 0.20 in. (5.1 mm) but
less than 0.30 in.
Stages 5-9 curl on the end of the airfoil 10 cycles or 25

when the blade chord is more than 50% hours
(15) but less than 75% of the chord maximum radial

length, 0.3 in. (7.6 mm), when it does not
engage the stationary parts during operation.

edges found in the lower 25% of the airfoil hours
(but not the root radius) more than 0.03 in.
(17) Stages 2-3 trailing edge root radius nicks, 10 cycles or 25

dents and scratches more than 0.03 in. (7.6 hours
mm) but less than 0.08 in. (2.0 mm) in depth.
(18) Stages 4-9 blade locks with two cracks. 10 cycles or 25

hours

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 682
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(19) Stages 4-9 blade locks that are loose. 25 cycles or 100
hours
4. Compressor front stator
A. Casing cracks 0.17 in. (4.32 mm) max length in 10 cycles or 25

skin hours
B. Casing nicks, pits, scores or scratches, any 10 cycles or 25

amount, any depth hours
C. Broken actuation ring connector, one side only, 5 cycles

if connector is replaced
D. Vane actuation ring cracks, distortion, bends, 5 cycles

twists or distress, provided ring has not
separated
E. Loose vane assemblies with metal-to-metal contact 10 cycles or 25

on up to 50 percent of vanes hours
5. Combustion case
A. Forward and aft flange radial cracks inward from 10 cycles

bolt holes
B. Midflange radial cracks 10 cycles
C. Maximum of 10 broken midflange bolts with no more 25 cycles

than 4 broken bolts in any group of 20
D. High pressure turbine (HPT) shroud cooling and 10 cycles

compressor discharge pressure (CDP) pad cracks
more than 0.06 in. (1.52 mm) from bolt holes
6. Combustion chamber
A. Dome assembly
R (1) Radial crack in spectacle plate 25 hours
R Any number up to 2.5 inches (63.5 mm) in

R length and not connected to each other.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 683
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (2) Circumferential crack in spectacle plate 25 hours
R Any number up to 3.6 inches (91 mm) in length

R separated by 4.8 inches (125 mm)
R (3) Connected cracks in spectacle plate 25 hours
R Not more than (1) radial crack 2.5 in. (50.8

R mm) long with (1) circumferential crack 3.6
R in. (91 mm) long, separated by 4.8 in. (125
R mm)
R (4) Missing material from spectacle plate 25 hours
R The damage is more then the given limits
R (5) Radial crack in deflector or sleeve 25 cycles
R (6) Circumferential cracks in deflector or sleeve 25 cycles
R (7) Connected cracks in deflector or sleeve 25 cycles
R Connection of any radial and circumferential

R cracks within limits of (5) and (6) above.
R Limit is exceeded when third crack connects
R (8) Missing material from overhangs on deflector 50 cycles

R or sleeve
R Any amount up to 0.240 in. (6.10 mm) maximum

R depth
R (9) Burn through holes 25 cycles
R 3 per dome 1.2 in. (30mm) x 1.2 in. (30 mm)

R maximum.
R B. Inner and outer liners
R (1) Outer liner axial cracks 100 cycles

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 684
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R sequence
R (2) Outer liner axial cracks (from outer side 25 cycles

R borescope)

R and a crack can go across up to 5 panels. At
R least one of the cooling ribs (3, 4, 5, or 6)
R does not have cracks that extend through to
R the outer side. Rib 1 is not cracked through.
R (3) Inner liner axial cracks 100 cycles

R sequence
R (4) Circumferential cracks 25 cycles
R Any number up to 3 dilution lands in length

R separated by 3 non-cracked dilution lands
R (5) Connected cracks 100 cycles
R Connection of any axial and circumferential

R cracks up to max limits of paragraphs (1),
R (2), (3), and (4)
R (6) Burn through or missing material 100 cycles
R There are not more than 8 areas that are not

R more than 2 times the diameter of a dilution
R hole. There are not more than 2 areas that
R are not more than 3 times the diameter of a
R dilution hole. There are not more than one
R area that is not more than 4 times the size
R of a dilution hole. There are not more than 3
R areas in adjacent panels that are aligned
R axially if they have a separation of a
R minimum of 3 dilution lands that are not
R damaged.
R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 685
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (7) Missing overhangs 25 cycles
Per liner: 17 areas each twice the size of a

R dilution hole, providing max axial alignment
R of distress is 3 adjacent panels
R (8) Distortion 25 cycles
Any amount within 0.7 in. (17.8 mm) of

original contour
C. Combustor inner cowl bolts
(1) Missing bolt: Maximum of 3 bolts are missing 50 cycles for next
with 4 bolts intact between 2 missing bolts. check, then repeat
All other bolts are tight with tack welds BSI every 400
intact cycles
(2) Bolt tack weld cracked but bolt is not loose: 25 cycles for first
If a maximum of 5 tack welds are cracked, no check, 50 cycles
more than two consecutive, with 4 tack welds for second check,
intact between two cracked tack welds repeat BSI check
100 cycles
(3) Bolt tack weld is cracked and bolt is loose: 5 cycles

If one or more bolts are loose
7. HPT nozzle
A. Leading edge missing material, from cracking or 25 cycles

burn-through, up to 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) X 0.5 in.
(12.7 mm) per vane. Maximum of 4 vanes per 90
degree arc
B. Concave surfaces of airfoil missing material, 25 cycles

from cracking or burn-through, up to 0.75 in.
(19.0 mm) diameter per vane
C. Convex surfaces of airfoil missing material from 25 cycles

cracking or burn-through, up to 0.75 in. (19.0
mm) diameter per vane

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 686
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Inner and outer platforms missing material, from 25 cycles
cracking or burn-through, up to 0.5 in. (12.7 mm)
diameter per segment
E. Trailing edge missing material up to 0.75 in. (19 25 cycles if HPT

mm)in axial direction blades are within
limits
F. Baffle missing material, any amount. 10 cycles
8. HPT rotor blade

(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-320)
A. Trailing edge cracks in Area A less than 0.2 in. 40 cycles

(5.08 mm) long
B. Convex airfoil cracks within 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) of 25 cycles

trailing edge (10 blades maximum) in Area B less
C. Trailing edge cracks in Areas B and C less than 40 cycles

0.30 in. (7.62 mm) long
D. Radial tip cracks on the convex side not within 50 cycles

0.5 in. (12.7 mm) of the trailing edge, less than
0.35 in. (8.9 mm) long
E. Radial tip cracks on the concave side not within 50 cycles

0.5 in. (12.7 mm) of the trailing edge, less than
1.0 in. (25.4 mm) long
F. Leading edge cracks in Area A less than 0.1 in. 10 cycles

(2.54 mm) long
G. Axial nose or gill hole cracks in Areas B and C 10 cycles

less than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) long
H. Radial nose or gill hole cracks in Area B less 10 cycles

J. Radial nose or gill hole cracks in Area C less 10 cycles


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 687
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
K. Missing material at trailing edge tip and Area A 50 cycles
up to 0.5 in. x 0.75 in. (12.7 mm x 19 mm)
L. Leading edge missing material in areas A and B. 25 cycles

Any amount provided cavity 2 is not exposed (any
number of blades)
M. Airfoil distortion or evidence of burning or 25 cycles

melting (10 blades maximum)
N. Airfoil tip bent, curled, or missing material if 10 cycles

the missing material below the tip shelf is less
than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) in diameter
P. Airfoil convex and concave surface nicks or dents 25 cycles

in Areas A, B and C if no cracks or missing
material
9. HPT shroud and stage 1 low pressure turbine (LPT)

nozzle
A. HPT shrouds
(1) Circumferential cracks that connect and are 25 cycles

more than 1 in. (25.3999 mm) long.
(2) Circumferential cracks more than 0.25 in. 25 cycles

(6.3499 mm) long that connect to axial cracks
in Area B.
(3) Burn through of shroud rub land 25 cycles
B. Stage 1 LPT nozzle
(1) Cracks in all areas up to 1.4 in. (35 mm) 10 cycles

long provided not found on 2 adjacent airfoil
segments
(2) One crack permitted on each airfoil, from 100 cycles

leading edge to trailing edge, if there is no
missing material.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 688
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Burns, erosion, corrosion and missing metal 5 cycles
up to 1 in.2 (645.16 mm2) per airfoil and no
cracks extending from distressed area
(4) Cracks in outer and inner platforms up to 1.0 100 cycles

in. (25 mm) provided not found on 2 adjacent
airfoil segments
10. LPT Rotor
A. LPT blades (all stages)
(1) Blade pretwist
- Total gap, for stage 1, up to 0.1 in. (2.54 5 cycles

mm)
- Stage 2-4 gaps such that adjacent 5 cycles

interlocks do not contact each other
(2) 0.08 in. (2.03 mm) max. deflection over a 15 cycles

length 10 times longer max, only for stage 1
LPT blades distorted leading edges, due to
overtemperature
(3) Stage 1, 2, 3 blades
- Area E: 5 cycles or 10
Any amount of impact damage/rubbing hours
cracks
- Other areas: 5 cycles or 10

Any amount of impact damage such as hours
bending, nicks and/or dents is allowed
cracks exceeding 50 percent of chord width
(4) Stage 4 blades
- Any amount of tip shroud interlock wear 25 cycles or 50

allowed hours

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 689
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Blade tip shroud protrusion not to exceed 10 cycles or 25
0.04 in. (1.01 mm) hours
- Area E:
Any amount of impact damage such as nicks 5 cycles or 10

and/or dents is allowed provided there is no hours
missing material or cracks
- Other areas:
Any amount of impact damage. One complete 5 cycles or 10

airfoil and any number of tip shrouds with hours
associated airfoil tips may be missing
provided engine vibration is not excessive
- Blade tip shrouds shingled or unlatched 5 cycles or 10

provided rotor turns freely and engine hours in shingled
vibration is not excessive condition.
B. Nozzle segments
(1) Cracks in the leading and trailing edges for 50 cycles

stages 2 through 4.
- One crack maximum not more than 1 in.

(25.4mm) with no crack on the opposite side
of the same airfoil.
- If there are three additional airfoils with

cracks, any number not more than 0.5 in.
(12.7mm) on the same segment with no crack on
the opposite side or if there is a crack on
the opposite side, cumulative length must be
less than 0.5 in. (12.7mm).
(2) Nicks, dents, tears, missing pieces up to 2 10 cycles

in.2 (1290.32 mm2) on nonadjacent vanes
provided there are no cracks extending from
distressed areas
C. Stage 4 shroud abradable material

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 690
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Worn, jagged or crushed sealing surface 10 cycles
exceeding 50 percent of the honeycomb height
provided sectors of the shroud abradable
material are not missing
11. LPT Casing
A. Forward and aft flanges
(1) One crack connecting 2 bolt holes without 10 cycles

penetrating pressure vessel outer skin
(2) One crack into skin 0.4 in. (10.16 mm) long 10 cycles
maximum
B. External surface of the casing
(1) One crack 0.4 in. (10.16 mm) long maximum 10 cycles
C. Cooling air tube and manifold assemblies 10 cycles
(1) One separated circumferential tube
(2) 3 in. (76.2 mm) cumulative cooling air

manifold crack
(3) One separated cooling air tube support
D. Thread ports and bosses
(1) One crack 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) maximum providing 10 cycles
there is no leakage
12. Turbine frame
A. Forward and aft flanges 10 cycles
(1) One circumferential crack connecting two bolt

holes
(2) One crack into skin 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) maximum
B. Engine mounting lug areas airframe attach points 10 cycles

only

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 691
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) One crack out of one mount lug bolt hole 0.25
in. (6.35 mm) maximum
(2) Skin crack 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) maximum.
C. Threaded parts and bosses 10 cycles
(1) One crack 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) long providing

there is no fluid or air leakage
D. Stud on the aft face of the inner hub.
(1) Missing/broken/loose stud(s):
- One (1) or two (2) studs: 500hrs/500cyc
- Three (3) studs:
*If not adjacent to each other: 500hrs/500cyc
*If two (2) non-serviceable studs are 500hrs/500cyc

adjacent, but the third one is separated from
them by two (2) serviceable studs:
*If not: Replace studs
- Four (4) studs or more: Replace studs
E. Thermal insulation blankets 100 cycles
(1) Missing or protruding blankets
F. Other areas 10 cycles
(1) One crack 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) maximum
13. Accessory gearbox
A. Two opposite keylock studs missing provided there 3 cycles or 30

is no leakage at flange hours
B. Oil leakage from AGB/Starter carbon seal 10 cycles provided

(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-210-003) seal drain line is
disconnected and

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 692
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
drain cavity is
capped
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-145
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-440-081
Subtask 72-00-00-410-146
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 693
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-200-026
Inspection/Check of the PS3 Line
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific plastic wire

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
stoddart solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
mag-chem teksol (Ref. 70-30-00)
degreasol 99 R (Ref. 70-30-00)
mag-chem skysol (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 694
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36-11-49-000-044 Removal of the High Pressure Tee Duct

36-11-49-400-044 Installation of the High Pressure Tee Duct
72-00-00-991-313 Fig. 610
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-072
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 695
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-010-086

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 610/TASK 72-00-00-991-313)
CAUTION : USE 2 WRENCHES TO REMOVE/INSTALL THE TUBE UNION NUT: ONE TO HOLD
_______
THE FITTING, THE OTHER TO LOOSE/TORQUE THE NUT. OTHERWISE, DAMAGE
TO THE HARDWARE CAN OCCUR.
Subtask 72-00-00-210-068
A. Visual Inspection of the PS3 Line
(1) Inspect the PS3 line as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. The tubes for:
- cracks Not serviceable Replace the tube
- dents 4 per lineal foot,

spaced at least 1 in.
(25,4 mm) apart,
provided depht of each
dent does not exceed 20
percent of tube outer
diameter for straight
section or 10 percent of
tube outer diameter for
bend section
- flat areas Lenght shall not be

greater than 3 times the
tube outer diameter, and
contour change shall not
exceed 20 percent of

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 696
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-00-00

Page 697
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

PS3 Line

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 698
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

PS3 Line

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 699
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

PS3 Line

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A600
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

PS3 Line

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A601
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
tube outer diameter for
straight section or 10
percent of tube outer
diameter for bend
section
- nicks, scratches 0.005 in. (0,13 mm) max.

depht
The hose for:
- broken hose braid 3 broken wires per

plait, and no more than
6 broken wires per
assembly, or per lineal
12 in. (305 mm) of hose
- chafing on hose Not serviceable Replace the hose
- crimps Not serviceable Replace the hose
- cuts, tears, Any number, provided

chafing on fire maximum depth does not
sleeves exceed one-half of
sleeve thickness
Subtask 72-00-00-280-063
B. Dry out and Cleaning of the PS3 Line
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire.
(2) Disconnect the PS3 hose (20) from the ECU.
(3) Disconnect the PS3 tube from the core engine as follows:
(a) If necessary, get access to the PS3 restrictor: Remove the High
Pressure Tee Duct (Ref. TASK 36-11-49-000-044).
(b) Remove the nut (160), the bolt (190) and the clamp (180) which
attach the PS3 tube (170) to the bracket (150), on flange P, at
the 8 oclock position (Detail F).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A602
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) Cut and remove the lockwires.
(d) Disconnect the PS3 tube (170) from the restrictor (200).
(e) Remove the restrictor from the engine.
(4) Cut and remove the lockwires.
(5) Disconnect the PS3 hose (20) from the ECU and from the PS3 tube (10).
(6) Check the hose for blockage blocked hose is not serviceable: Replace
the hose (20).
(7) Blow clean dry air into the PS3 tube (10) end to remove any dirt or
water accumulation in the PS3 line.
Subtask 72-00-00-020-052
C. Removal of the PS3 Line Connections
NOTE : Do the steps which follows only if you suspect leakage.

____
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the PS3 tube (10) to the
tube bundle.
(2) Disconnect the PS3 tube (10) from the tube bundle.
(3) Remove the parts which attach the PS3 tube (10) to the engine as
follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| REMOVE FROM NOTE |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nut (70) Bracket (40) and P25 At the 6:30 oclock
Bolt (30) tube on flange G position (Detail C)
Outer spring clip (60)
Inner spring clip (50)
Plastic bushing (80)
Nut (130) Bracket (120) and P25 At the 5 oclock

Bolt (90) on flange G position (Detail C)
(4) Remove the PS3 tube (10) from the engine.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A603
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-210-069
D. Inspection of the PS3 Line Connection
(1) Inspect the connecting parts as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fitting nuts for:
- damaged corners Any amount, provided

proper torque can be
obtained
- damaged threads Any amount, provided Chase the threads

effective threads are
not reduced by more than
one after chasing
- safetywire hole Serviceable, provided

deformation and wear metal around hole is not
cracked or torn
2. Fittings and restrictor (200) seating surfaces for:
- circumferential Any amount not

scratches detectable with a 0.04
in. (1 mm) radius ball
scribe
- axial scratches Not serviceable Replace the tube or the

part
- nicks, pits Not serviceable Replace the tube or the

part
(2) If necessary, clean the parts with: stoddart solvent (Material No.
CP2011) or ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559) or turco ind 79 (Material
No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol (Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99R
(Material No. CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) or
acetone (Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
CP1041).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A604
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) If necessary, remove the dirt from the ECU nipple with a plastic
wire. Take care to not introduce dirt into the ECU.
(4) Check the tube bundle weep hole for clogging or dirt accumulation.
(5) If necessary, clean the tube bundle weep hole with stoddart solvent
(Material No. CP2011) or acetone (Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl
alcohol (Material No. CP1041) or ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559) or
turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol (Material No.
CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584) or mag-chem skysol
(Material No. CP2656) and a plastic wire.
Subtask 72-00-00-420-056
E. Installation of the PS3 Line
CAUTION : DURING INSTALLATION, MAKE SURE THAT THE PS3 LINE DOES NOT TOUCH
_______
THE LOWER STARTER DUCT OR OTHER PARTS IN THIS AREA. IF IT DOES,
CHAFING OF THE PS3 HOSE CAN OCCUR.
(1) Install the reducer (200) on the core engine.
(2) TORQUE the reducer to between 270 and 300 lbf.in (3.05 and 3.39
m.daN).
(3) Safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002).
(4) Connect the PS3 tube (170) to the reducer on core engine.
(5) TORQUE the connecting nut to between 135 and 150 lbf.in (1.52 and
1.69 m.daN).
(7) Lubricate the threads of the bolt (190) with graphite grease
(8) Install the clamp (180), the bolt (190) and the nut (160) which
secure the PS3 tube (170) to the bracket (150) on flange M, at the 8
Oclock position (Detail F).
(9) TORQUE the nut (160) to between 55 and 70 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.79
m.daN).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A605
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(10) If necessary, install the High Pressure Tee Duct (Ref. TASK 36-11-49-
400-044).
(11) Lubricate the threads of the tube bundle tube.
(12) Connect the PS3 tube (10) to the tube bundle tube nipple by hand.
(13) Install the parts which secure the PS3 tube (10) to the engine as
follows:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INSTALL ON NOTE |
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nut (70) Bracket (40) and P25 At the 6:30 Oclock
Nut (130) Bracket (120) and P25 At the 5 Oclock

(14) TORQUE the PS3 tube (10) connecting nut to the tube bundle to between
135 and 150 lbf.in (1.52 and 1.69 m.daN).
(16) TORQUE the nuts (70), (130) to between 50 and 55 lbf.in (0.56 and
0.62 m.daN).
(17) Lubricate the ECU and PS3 tube (10) nipples with engine fuel.
(18) Connect the PS3 hose (20) to the ECU and to the PS3 tube (10).
(19) TORQUE the PS3 hose connecting nuts to between 270 and 300 lbf.in
(3.05 and 3.39 m.daN).
NOTE : The PS3 and the PS12 connecting nuts are safetied together.
____

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A606
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-086
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A607
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-200-028
R Visual Inspection of the Fan Section after Engine Operation in Severe Icing
Condition
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
You must do a visual inspection of the fan section area (primarily, the
front end of the fan section) after the engines have operated in bad icing
conditions.
NOTE : This inspection can be done with the fan cowl and thrust reverser
____
cowl doors closed. If necessary, use an electric torch (flashlight)
to look rearwards through the fan rotor blades.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific electric torch (flashlight)

No specific rubber mat, or equivalent floor protection
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-073
A. Put a rubber mat, or equivalent floor protection, in the powerplant inlet

cowl before you go into it to do this inspection. If necessary, use an
electric torch (flashlight) for a better lighting aft of the fan rotor
blades.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A608
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-210-072
A. Visual Inspection
(1) Look for possible damage to the spinner front and rear cones
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-210-005).
(2) Examine the general condition of the fan rotor blades (Ref. TASK 72-
21-00-210-009).
(3) Look for possible damage to the fan forward acoustical panels
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-004).
(4) Through the fan rotor blades, look for possible damage to:
NOTE : If necessary, (dim lighting conditions) use an electric torch

____
(flashlight).
(a) The leading edge of fan outlet guide vanes (OGVs),
(b) Splitter fairing,
(c) Fan mid acoustical panels (located between the fan rotor blades
and the OGV assembly), (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-869-074
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Remove the rubber mat, or equivalent floor protection from the
powerplant inlet cowl.
(2) Make sure the inlet cowl area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A609
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-280-002
Monitor the Engine EGT for Possible Engine Performance Deterioration
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
PRE SB CFM56-5B 72-182

This TASK is applicable for /P engines.
POST SB CFM56-5B 72-182
After SB CFM56-5b 72-182 is done with the 2D stage 9 blades, this TASK is no
longer needed.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
TSM 77000081084900
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-861-054
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 72-00-00-869-085
B. Get the engine takeoff EGT data, with the use of the MCDU or DAR/QAR
data.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A610
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-280-065
A. Do this procedure to get engine EGT trend information.
(1) Takeoff EGT data must be recorded and evaluated as follows:
(a) Once each month during usual conditions.
(b) Once each week if the calculated EGT margin (see EGT Calculation
Procedure paragraph) becomes 20 deg.C (36.00 deg.F), or less.
(c) Once each day if the calculated EGT margin (see EGT Calculation
Procedure paragraph) becomes 10 deg.C (18.00 deg.F), or less.
(d) The next flight immediately after an unusual condition that can
cause engine deterioration such as:
1
_ a bird strike,
2
_ other unwanted materials that have gone into the engine,
3
_ engine vibration advisory warning.
(2) After an unusual condition, if the data shows an EGT margin more than
the 20 deg.C level, examine the data once each month. After an
unusual condition, if the data shows an EGT margin between the 10
deg.C and 20 deg.C levels, examine the data once each week.
Subtask 72-00-00-970-050
B. EGT Calculation Procedure
(1) Do the procedure that follows to calculate the EGT margin.
(a) Use the CFMI trend monitoring programs (GEM or ADEPT) and process
the recorded takeoff data.
(b) Calculate 5B/P EGTMARGIN as follows:

EGTMARGIN=EGTMAR+EGTADJ
where: EGTMAR=EGT margin output from GEM or ADEPT
and
EGTADJ=adjustment shown in Table as compared to engine rating

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A611
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Engine Model Rating
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5B1/P 5B2/P 5B3/P 5B4/P 5B5/P 5B6/P
or or or or or or
5B1/2P 5B2/2P 5B3/2P 5B4/2P 5B5/2P 5B6/2P
----------------------------------------------------------
EGTADJ⁰C -34 -20 -3 -23 -66 -48
(2) If the EGTMARGIN calculated becomes negative, do the correction

procedures that follow:
(a) Troubleshoot the engine (Ref. TSM 77000081084900).
(b) If no errors are found or a cause that can be corrected is not

found, the engine must be removed after not more than five
flights.
(c) If EGT or data systems errors are found, they must be corrected
and the EGT must continue to be monitored.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-862-054
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page A612
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

ENGINE - GENERAL - CLEANING/PAINTING
____________________________________
TASK 72-00-00-100-007
Engine Dry-out and Re lubrication
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
It is recommended to do this procedure as soon as possible after landing in

the event of:
- An In-Flight Shutdown (IFSD).
- An engine was ferried
- You can ignore this procedure if the engine is to be operated in the limit
of 24 hours after landing.
- The minimum recommended engine operation is 15 to 20 minutes at ground
idle power.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific hot air hose

No specific hot air source
R 856A2320 1 TOOL SET,DRYING AND RELUBRICATION-ENGINE SUMPS
856A2659 1 FILTER ADAPTER
R 856A2718 1 TOOL SET,R/I-DRIVE SHAFTS
856A2796 1 SAFETY PROTECTOR _ HANDCRANKING PAD
856A3810 1 ADAPTER, AIR - DRY OUT ENGINE SUMPS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lube system corrosion preventive oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 701
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-63-00-000-002 Removal of the Handcranking Drive Cover
72-63-00-400-002 Installation of the Handcranking Drive Cover
79-00-00-281-003 Check of FWD, AFT Sump, AGB, and TGB scavenge screens
72-00-00-991-300 Fig. 701
72-00-00-991-301 Fig. 702
72-00-00-991-302 Fig. 703
72-00-00-991-303 Fig. 704
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-063
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-071
B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 702
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-160-052
C. Material Requirements:
(1) Hot air source characteristics:
(a) Output: 120-130 lb/min (54-59 kg/min)
(b) Temperature: 300-325 deg. F (150-163 deg. C)
(c) Supply pressure: 30-44 psi (207-303 kPa)
(2) Air filter characteristics:
(a) Filtration : 25 microns absolute
(b) Temperature: 300-325 deg. F (150-163 deg. C)
(c) Min. flow capacity: 2 lb/sec (0.9 kg/sec)
(d) Differential pressure: 10 psi (69 kPa)
(e) Working pressure: 70 psi (5 bar)
(f) Proof pressure: 105 psi (7 bar)
(3) Air circulation:
(a) The hot air flows through the exhaust nozzle, aft and forward
sumps, TGB and AGB assemblies, engine flow path, and open
scavenge circuits of the lubrication unit.
Subtask 72-00-00-020-051
D. Preparation before the job
(1) Remove the scavenge screen plugs.
(2) If the core engine can turn, remove the handcranking drive cover
(Ref. TASK 72-63-00-000-002).
R (3) Fill the oil container of the TOOL SET,DRYING AND RELUBRICATION-
R ENGINE SUMPS (856A2320G02) as follows:
(a) When you use the lube system corrosion preventive oil (Material
No. CP5067), put 0.8 l (0.21 USgal) of oil in the container.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 703
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) When you use corrosion preventive additive (Material No. CP5075),
mix a solution of 0.4 l (0.11 USgal) of product with an equal
quantity of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) in the container.
4. Procedure
_________

72-00-00-991-302, 704/TASK 72-00-00-991-303)
Subtask 72-00-00-480-051
A. Installation of the Dry Out and Relubrication Tools
WARNING : WEAR HEAVY PROTECTIVE GLOVES TO HANDLE THE HOT AIR HOSES,
_______
FILTER AND SOURCE WHEN THEY ARE HOT.
R (1) Install the TOOL SET,DRYING AND RELUBRICATION-ENGINE SUMPS

(856A2320G02) as follows:
(a) Install the sleeves (10) in the lubrication unit.
(b) Tighten the sleeves, and make the sleeves openings face together,
as shown in
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-300)
(c) Lubricate the o-rings of the tool body and of the knurled knobs
(20) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442).
(d) Install the tool body and attach it to the sleeves (10) with the
knurled knobs (20).
(e) Tighten the knurled knobs.
(2) Install the ADAPTER, AIR - DRY OUT ENGINE SUMPS (856A3810G01) as
follows:
(a) Install the ADAPTER, AIR - DRY OUT ENGINE SUMPS (856A3810G01) in
position on the exhaust nozzle end.
(b) Attach the jaws (70) to the exhaust nozzle end with bolts (90)
and nuts (80).
(c) Tighten the nuts (80).
(d) Tighten the nuts (60).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 704
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) If the core engine can turn, install the SAFETY PROTECTOR _
HANDCRANKING PAD (856A2796G01) as follows:
(a) Put the SAFETY PROTECTOR _ HANDCRANKING PAD (856A2796G01) in

position on the AGB.
(b) Tighten the bolts.
(c) Lubricate the seal of the SAFETY PROTECTOR _ HANDCRANKING PAD

(856A2796G01) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442).
R (d) Engage the wrench, part of TOOL SET,R/I-DRIVE SHAFTS

(856A2718G02/P04) in the handcranking drive, throught the SAFETY
PROTECTOR _ HANDCRANKING PAD (856A2796G01).
(4) Connect the hot air source and the FILTER ADAPTER (856A2659G01) to
the ADAPTER, AIR - DRY OUT ENGINE SUMPS (856A3810G01).
Subtask 72-00-00-160-053
B. Dry-out of the engine
WARNING : STAY CLEAR OF THE LUBRICATION UNIT BY 20 FEET BECAUSE HOT AIR
_______
WILL BE BLOWN FROM THE TOOL SET-RELUBE ENG. SUMPS.
(1) Turn on the hot air source.
(2) Increase the air temperature slowly and continuously 150 deg.C (302
deg.F) to 163 deg.C (325 deg.F) .
(3) Blowing:
WARNING : WEAR HEAVY PROTECTIVE GLOVES TO AVOID INJURY WHEN MANUALLY

_______
TURNING THE FAN ROTOR.
(a) Blow hot air into the engine for 20 minutes.
(4) During this period, turn the fan rotor 3-4 times by hand, and if
possible, turn the core engine 3-4 times with the wrench, part of
R TOOL SET,R/I-DRIVE SHAFTS (856A2718G02/P18).
(5) Turn on the hot air source off.
(6) Disconnect the hot air hose from the ADAPTER, AIR - DRY OUT ENGINE
R SUMPS (856A3810G01) and connect it to the TOOL SET,DRYING AND
R RELUBRICATION-ENGINE SUMPS (856A2320G02).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 705
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Engine Sumps Relubrication Tool Setup


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 706
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Engine Sumps Relubrication Tool Setup


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 707
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Dry Out Air Adapter Attachment to Rear End of Exhaust Plug

Figure 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-301

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 708
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Engine Dry-out
Figure 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-302

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 709
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Engine Relubrication
Figure 704/TASK 72-00-00-991-303

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 710
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-640-051
C. Relubrication of the engine
WARNING : STAY CLEAR FROM THE EXHAUST NOZZLE NOT TO BREATHE OIL MIST.
_______
(1) Turn on the hot air source.
(2) Increase the air temperature slowly and continuously 150 deg.C (320
deg.F) 163 deg.C (325 deg.F) .
(3) Open the oil supply valve (30).
(4) Turn the fan rotor and the core engine:
WARNING : WEAR HEAVY PROTECTIVE GLOVES TO AVOID INJURY WHEN MANUALLY

_______
TURNING THE FAN ROTOR.
(a) Turn the fan rotor and the core engine (if possible)
approximately once every minute, until the oil container is empty
(5-6 minutes).
(5) Turn the hot air source off.
R (6) Disconnect the hot air hose from the TOOL SET,DRYING AND
R RELUBRICATION-ENGINE SUMPS (856A2320G02).
(7) Let the engine temperature decrease to the ambiant temperature.
Subtask 72-00-00-080-051
D. Removal of the tools
(1) Remove the ADAPTER, AIR - DRY OUT ENGINE SUMPS (856A3810G01) as
follows.
(a) Loosen the nuts (60).
(b) Loosen the nuts (80).
(c) Disengage the ADAPTER, AIR - DRY OUT ENGINE SUMPS (856A3810G01)
from the exhaust nozzle end.
R (2) Remove the TOOL SET,DRYING AND RELUBRICATION-ENGINE SUMPS

(856A2320G02) from the lubrication unit as follows:
(a) Make sure that the oil supply valve is closed.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 711
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Disconnect the oil supply and air pressure supply lines from the
oil container.
(c) Loosen the knurled knobs (20).
(d) Remove the tool body from the sleeves (10).
(e) Remove the sleeves (10) from the lubrication unit.
(3) If installed, remove the SAFETY PROTECTOR _ HANDCRANKING PAD

R (a) Disengage the wrench, part of TOOL SET,R/I-DRIVE SHAFTS

(856A2718G02/P04) from the SAFETY PROTECTOR _ HANDCRANKING PAD
(856A2796G01).
(b) Remove the SAFETY PROTECTOR _ HANDCRANKING PAD (856A2796G01) from

the AGB.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-420-054
A. Procedure after the job
(1) If necessary, install the handcranking drive cover (Ref. TASK 72-63-
00-400-002).
(2) Make sure that the scavenge screens are clean and serviceable
(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-281-003).
(3) Install the scavenge screen plugs.
Subtask 72-00-00-410-071
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040).

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 712
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-100-008
Engine Washing Requirements
CAUTION : DO NOT USE METHANOL OR ENGINE TITANIUM PARTS COULD BE DAMAGED.

_______
R CAUTION : DO NOT WASH AN ENGINE WHICH HAS BEEN EXPOSED TO DRY CHEMICAL FIRE
_______
R EXTINGUISHING AGENTS.
R CAUTION : DO NOT WASH AN ENGINE UNLESS THE EGT IS BELOW 150 DEG.F (66 DEG.C).
_______
R CAUTION : DO NOT WASH AN ENGINE AT TEMPERATURE BELOW 14 DEG.F (-10 DEG.C).

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

stoddard solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
gas path cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 713
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-100-026 Washing of the Engine Gas Path with Pure Water

72-00-00-100-028 Washing of the Engine Gas Path with Cleaning Agent
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-869-075
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-110-061
A. Engine Washing Requirements
(1) General
(a) You can wash the engine either with pure water only (Ref. TASK
72-00-00-100-026), or with a solution of gas path cleaner
(Material No. CP5060) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-028).
1
_ For EGT margin recovery, it is recommended to perform the
engine gas path water wash with pure water only (without
cleaning agent) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-026). Pure water
(without detergent) is effective in most situations depending
on the engine operating environment and the gas path cleaning
program implemented by the operator.
2
_ An engine gas path water wash using detergent (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-100-028) provides the most effective method for cleaning
the engine compressors. However, the use of detergent requires
the strict application of the engine rinsing and bleed system
cycling per AMM procedures to thus prevent fumes in the cabin
when the aircraft resumes revenue service operation.
Consideration should be given to accomplishing gas path
cleaning with detergent if any of the following conditions are
met:
- organic debris or oil deposits are observed on compressor
airfoil.
- the engine has less than 10 deg. C EGT margin left.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 714
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) In both cases, you can use isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
CP1041) or acetone (Material No. CP1039) or stoddard solvent
(Material No. CP2011) or ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559) or
turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol (Material
No. CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584) or mag-chem
skysol (Material No. CP2656) as anti-freeze agent, if necessary.
(2) Water
(a) Water properties
1
_ Do not use water with more than 100 parts per million total
solids.
2
_ Do not use water with more than 25 parts per million sodium
plus potassium (Na+K), and with a pH of 6.8-8.0 (potable water
usually meets these requirements).
3
_ Hot water 150 deg.F (66 deg.C) to 200 deg.F (93 deg.C) is more
effective for cleaning or rinsing.
(b) Water flow
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY WATER AT MORE THAN 6 US GAL (23 LITERS)

_______
R PER MINUTE. IF NOT, THEN ENGINE DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
1
_ Apply a water flow between 5 USgal (19 l) and 6 USgal (23 l)
per minute.
(c) Water temperature
1
_ For best results, increase the temperature of the water to 150
deg.F (66 deg.C) to 200 deg.F (93 deg.C).
2
_ Hot water 150 deg.F (66 deg.C) to 200 deg.F (93 deg.C) will
wash and rinse the gas path with more efficiency than cold
water.
(3) Cleaning solution (if required)
WARNING : USE RUBBER GLOVES AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN HANDLING LIQUID
_______
DETERGENT. LIQUID DETERGENT AND ANTI-FREEZE SOLVENT HAVE
LOW FLASHPOINTS.
KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT AND OPEN FLAME. PROVIDE ADEQUATE
VENTILATION. STAND AT LEAST 3 FEET (1M) AWAY FROM COWLING
INLET WHEN SPRAYING LIQUIDS INTO ENGINE TO AVOID PERSONAL
INJURY.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 715
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(a) Mix 20 to 25 percent of gas path cleaner (Material No. CP5060)
with 75 to 80 percent water.
(4) Anti-freeze mixtures
WARNING : USE RUBBER GLOVES AND EYE PROTECTION WHEN HANDLING LIQUID
_______
DETERGENT. LIQUID DETERGENT AND ANTI-FREEZE SOLVENT HAVE
LOW FLASHPOINTS.
KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT AND OPEN FLAME. PROVIDE ADEQUATE
VENTILATION. STAND AT LEAST 3 FEET (1M) AWAY FROM COWLING
INLET WHEN SPRAYING LIQUIDS INTO ENGINE TO AVOID PERSONAL
INJURY.
CAUTION : USE ONLY ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL AS AN ANTI-FREEZE MIXTURE.

_______
METHANOL CAN CAUSE CORROSION OF THE TITANIUM PARTS OF THE
ENGINE.
(a) Use anti-freeze mixtures at temperatures below 40 deg.F (5

deg.C).
(b) Prepare mixtures as follows:
1
_ For temperatures of 40 deg.F (5 deg.C) to 23 deg.F (-5 deg.C),
mix 25 percent of isopropyl alcohol (Material No. CP1041) or
acetone (Material No. CP1039) or stoddard solvent (Material
No. CP2011) or ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559) or turco ind
79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol (Material No.
CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584) or mag-chem
skysol (Material No. CP2656) to 75 percent of water.
2
_ For temperatures of 23 deg.F (-5 deg.C) to 14 deg.F (-10
deg.C), mix 35 percent of isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
CP1041) or acetone (Material No. CP1039) or stoddard solvent
turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol
(Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584)
or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) to 65 percent of
water.
(c) Do not use anti-freeze mixtures at temperatures below 14 deg.F

(-10 deg.C).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 716
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-100-025
Hand Cleaning of the Fan Gas Path and Fan Blades
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This cleaning procedure gives instructions to remove the contamination from

the fan blades, the Outlet Guide Vanes (OGV) and the acoustical panels of an
engine, by hand washing.
NOTE : It is recommended that you clean the fan blades and the gas path at
____
the same time.
R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

scotch brite type A CFS (Ref. 70-30-00)
scotch brite type S CFS (Ref. 70-30-00)
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 717
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

gas path cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-064
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 718
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-110-062
A. Hand Cleaning of the Fan Gas Path
CAUTION : DO NOT USE METHANOL OR ENGINE TITANIUM PARTS COULD BE DAMAGED.

_______
(1) Mix 20 percent of gas path cleaner (Material No. CP5060) with 80
percent of water.
(2) Spraying
CAUTION : DO NOT SPRAY CLEANING SOLUTION DIRECTLY INTO BOOSTER (LPC)

_______
INLET. IF THE CLEANING SOLUTION IS PUT INTO THE BOOSTER
INLET, THE ENGINE MUST BE OPERATED TO DRY OUT THE SOLUTION,
OR ENGINE DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
(a) Use anti-freeze mixture, if necessary (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-

008).
(b) Spray the blades, the Outlet Guide Vanes (OGV), the acoustical
panels and the fan inlet and outlet with the wash solution. Do
not spray the fan wash solution into the Low Pressure Compressor
(LPC) inlet.
NOTE : Apply the solution to the two sides of the blade at the 6
____
oclock position. This will decrease the amount of
solution that touches the blade dovetails. The solution
will remove the lubricant. If you wipe the blades, do it
in the down direction, away from the rotor.
(3) Rub the sprayed areas with a cloth.
(4) Rinse the blades with water.
Subtask 72-00-00-110-063
B. Fan Blades Cleaning
(1) If the blades stay dirty, do the procedure which follows:
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THIS SOLVENT NEAR FLAMES OR HEAT, BECAUSE THIS
_______
SOLVENT IS FLAMMABLE. DO NOT BREATHE THE GASES RELEASED
FROM SOLVENT, DO NOT LET IT TOUCH YOUR SKIN OR CLOTHING AND
MAKE SURE YOU HAVE A GOOD FLOW OF AIR, BECAUSE THIS SOLVENT
IS DANGEROUS TO YOUR SKIN, EYES AND LUNGS.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 719
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(a) Remove light deposits with soft cloth and acetone (Material No.
CP1039) or stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or ardrox 552
(Material No. CP2559) or turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or
mag-chem teksol (Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material
No. CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) or isopropyl
alcohol (Material No. CP1041).
(b) Remove heavy stubborn deposits with scotch brite type A CFS
(Material No. CP2240) or scotch brite type S CFS (Material No.
CP2279) and acetone (Material No. CP1039) or stoddard solvent
skysol (Material No. CP2656) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
CP1041).
(c) Rinse thoroughly with water.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-869-064
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 72-00-00-942-052
B. Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 720
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-100-026
Washing of the Engine Gas Path with Pure Water
R CAUTION : IF CLEANING AGENT IS USED, PROPER AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE CONFIGURATION,

_______
R ENGINE RINSING AND POST ENGINE WASH TEST MUST BE COMPLETED TO PREVENT
R THE POSSIBILITY OF FUMES IN THE CABIN WHEN AIRCRAFT RESUMES REVENUE
R FLIGHT OPERATION.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R For Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) margin recovery, it is recommended to

R perform the engine gas path water wash with pure water only.

____
R
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R Material No. CP5067 *

R lube system corrosion preventive oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
R corrosion preventive additive (Ref. 70-30-00)
R lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
R lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 721
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-13-79-610-002 Check oil level and replenish Check Pop Out Indicator
R of EMCD (Electrical Master Chip Detector)
R 21-00-00-615-003 Decontamination of the Environmental Control System
R (ECS) when the Temperature is below 24 deg.C
R (Engine/s)
R 21-00-00-615-004 Decontamination of the Environmental Control System
R (ECS) when the Temperature is above 24 deg.C
R (Engine/s)
External Power
R 72-00-00-991-325 Fig. 705
R 72-00-00-991-304 Fig. 706
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-065
R (a) Make sure that the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is
R OFF (the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton
R switch is off).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 722
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-072

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-110-057
A. Preparation of the Engine for Washing
(1) For engine washing requirements (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-008).
NOTE : The disconnection of P25 line is only available for engines

____
equipped with PMUX option.
(2) Disconnect PS3 line and P25 line (if installed) from the Electronic
Control Unit (ECU).
(3) Plug the open tubes and ports of the ECU with standard protective
covers.
(4) Disconnect the rigid anti-ice servo pressure line (25) from the
nacelle anti-ice valve (NAI).
(Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-325)
R NOTE : Let the rigid anti-ice servo pressure line free (not plugged)
____
R during the washing of the engine.
(5) Install a standard protective cover on the anti-ice servo pressure

line port of the NAI valve.
(6) Prepare an anti-freeze mixture, if necessary, as defined in engine

washing requirements (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-008).
CAUTION : CORROSION PREVENTIVE ADDITIVE SHOULD BE USED. HOWEVER, IF

_______
NONE OF THE CORROSION PREVENTIVE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED (REFER
TO CHAPTER B. CONSUMABLE MATERIALS) IS AVAILABLE, THE
ENGINE MUST RESUME REVENUE SERVICE OPERATION WITHIN 24
HOURS FOLLOWING THE POST ENGINE WASH TEST.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 723
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Rigid Anti-Ice Muscle Line

R Figure 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-325

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 724
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(7) Service the oil tank with one quart (one liter) of lube system
corrosion preventive oil (Material No. CP5067) or corrosion
preventive additive (Material No. CP5075) (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-
002).
NOTE : The oil tank must be topped off up to the window mark.
____
Subtask 72-00-00-861-051
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 72-00-00-860-051
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the ANTI ICE section of panel 25VU, make sure that the ANTI
ICE/ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch is OFF (the ON legend of the ANTI
ICE/ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch is off).
(2) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton
switch is OFF (the OFF legend of the ENG1(2) BLEED is on).
(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that PACK 1 and PACK 2
pushbutton switches are OFF (the OFF legend of the PACK 1 and the
PACK 2 pushbutton switches are on).
Subtask 72-00-00-110-058
D. Engine Washing
CAUTION : DO NOT WASH AN ENGINE WHICH HAS BEEN EXPOSED TO DRY CHEMICAL
_______
FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENTS.
CAUTION : DO NOT WASH AN ENGINE UNLESS THE EGT IS BELOW 150 DEG.F (66
_______
DEG.C).
CAUTION : DO NOT WASH AN ENGINE AT TEMPERATURE BELOW 14 DEG.F (-10

_______
DEG.C).
CAUTION : THE FUEL PUMP AND HYDRO-MECHANICAL UNIT (HMU) ARE FUEL
_______
LUBRICATED. DO NOT MOTOR, START, OR OPERATE ENGINE UNLESS A
POSITIVE FUEL INLET PRESSURE IS INDICATED ON THE LOWER ECAM
(FUEL SYSTEM PAGE). DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS MAY RESULT.
CAUTION : DO NOT EXCEED STARTER DUTY CYCLE. STARTER DAMAGE MAY RESULT.
_______

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 725
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE N1 ROTOR TURNS FREELY THROUGHOUT WASHING TO
_______
PREVENT OIL SYSTEM CONTAMINATION.
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY WATER AT MORE THAN 6 US GAL (23 LITERS) PER
_______
MINUTE. IF NOT, THEN ENGINE DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : DRY MOTOR CYCLE DURATIONS MUST NOT EXCEED 2 MINUTES (REFER TO
_______
AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001).
(1) Dry motor the engine for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-001).
(2) After 10 seconds of motoring with a positive fan rotation, inject the
R water at 1 oclock position (aft view) on the Low Pressure Compressor
R (LPC) inlet through the fan blades (or at the LP compressor inlet if
R a specific rig is used).
R (3) Stop the water injection before the end of the engine motoring.
R (4) Let the engine soak for 5 minutes.
R (5) Repeat steps (1) to (4).
R (7) Dry motor the engine again (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-001).
NOTE : Water can potentially drain out of the disconnected rigid

____
anti-ice servo pressure line. If water drains out, continue to
dry motor the engine until there is no more water draining out
of the line.
Subtask 72-00-00-420-055
E. Installation of PS3 Line and P25 Line
(1) Remove the plugs from the PS3 and P25 lines and from the ECU.
CAUTION : DO NOT BLOW COMPRESSED AIR OR NITROGEN INTO THE ECU AS

_______
DAMAGE TO THE ECU CAN OCCUR.
(2) Blow PS3 and P25 lines clear of water using compressed air or
nitrogen.
R CAUTION : DURING INSTALLATION, MAKE SURE THAT THE PS3 LINE DOES NOT
_______
R TOUCH THE LOWER STARTER DUCT OR OTHER PARTS IN THIS AREA.
R IF IT DOES, CHAFING OF THE PS3 HOSE CAN OCCUR.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 726
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Connect PS3 line to ECU, TORQUE to between 270 and 300 lbf.in (3.05
and 3.39 m.daN) and safety with lockwire (Material No. CP8001) or
lockwire (Material No. CP8002).
(4) Connect P25 line to ECU, TORQUE to between 180 and 200 lbf.in (2.03
and 2.26 m.daN) and safety with lockwire (Material No. CP8001) or
lockwire (Material No. CP8002).
(5) Remove the standard protective cover from the nacelle anti-ice line
port of the NAI valve.
(6) Connect the rigid anti-ice servo pressure line (25) to nacelle
anti-ice valve (4000 DN). TORQUE the forward hose nut to between 135
and 150 lbf.in (1.52 and 1.69 m.daN) .
Subtask 72-00-00-410-085
F. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the following engine fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-
040):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-620-063
G. Post Engine Wash Test

(Ref. Fig. 706/TASK 72-00-00-991-304)
(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that:

- The crossbleed valve selector switch is in the OPEN position.
(2) Start the engine within 2 hours (or 30 minutes in icing condition) of
the last wash cycle to purge the lube/sump system of any water
ingestion (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-003).
NOTE : APU bleed valve must be closed (the ON legend of the APU bleed
____
pushbutton switch is OFF) after engine start, to avoid the
supply of air to the wing anti-ice systems from the APU.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 727
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Engine Cleaning (Washing with Pure Water)

Figure 706/TASK 72-00-00-991-304

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 728
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

NOTE : This engine run is done to ensure that the bleed system is
____
free from contaminant. Smoke/Smell in the cabin and Starter
Air Valve (SAV) contamination can result if contaminant enters
the bleed system.
NOTE : Corrosion preventive products (refer to chapter B. Consumable

____
Materials) must be used if not done already. If none of the
corrosion preventive products specified above are available,
the engine must resume Revenue Service operation within 24
hours following this Post Wash Test.
(a) Let the engine run at idle for 5 minutes.
(b) After 5 minutes from engine start, do the following:
1
_ Press the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch to operate the
engine bleed system.
2
_ Make sure that the OFF legend of the ENG1 (2) BLEED pushbutton
switch goes off when the engine bleed system operates.
3
_ Press the ANTI ICE/WING pushbutton switch to operate the wing
anti-ice system.
NOTE : The aim is to purge water potentially trapped in High

____
Pressure (HP) bleed ducts and HP engine bleed chambers.
4
_ Make sure that the ON legend of the ANTI ICE/WING pushbutton
switch goes on when the wing anti-ice system operates.
NOTE : The Wing Anti-Ice (WAI) valves will automatically close

____
30 seconds after the Wing Anti-Ice system is selected
ON. This is to prevent wing slats overheat. However,
the ON legend remains illuminated until the switch is
deselected.
5
_ Make sure that Pressure Regulating Valve (PRV) and High
Pressure Valve (HPV) are open on ECAM BLEED page with engine
running at this speed while WAI valve is open.
6
_ Once WAI valve is closed, let the engine run at idle for 5
minutes.
NOTE : Do not actuate WAI systems before the 5-minute period

____
at idle is over in order to avoid WAI systems overheat.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 729
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

7
_ Increase and stabilize engine thrust to at least 60 percent
Fan (N1).
8
_ Press twice the ANTI ICE/WING pushbutton switch to operate the
Wing Anti-Ice system once more.
NOTE : The aim is to purge water potentially trapped in IP

____
bleed ducts and IP engine bleed chambers.
NOTE : If the Wing Anti-Ice ON legend is still on, pressing

____
twice the WAI pushbutton switch enables a second WAI
cycle of 30 seconds to be started.
NOTE : Do not perform more than two attempts with a minimum of

____
5 minutes between the two attempts, in order to avoid
WAI systems overheat.
9
_ Make sure that the ON legend of the ANTI ICE/WING pushbutton
switch comes on when the wing anti-ice system operates.
10
__ Make sure that PRV is open and HPV is closed on ECAM BLEED
page with engine running at this speed while the WAI valve is
open.
(c) Once the WAI valve is closed, pull the throttle to stabilize the
engine thrust at idle for 5 minutes.
(d) After 15 minutes from engine start, do the following:
1
_ Press the ANTI ICE/WING pushbutton switch and make sure that
the ON legend of the ANTI ICE/WING pushbutton switch goes off.
2
_ Turn the crossbleed valve selector switch to the AUTO
position.
R 3
_ Press the PACK 1 (2) pushbutton switch to operate the air
R conditioning pack.
R
R 4
_ Make sure that the OFF legend of the PACK 1 (2) pushbutton
R switch goes off.
R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 730
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 5
_ Check for evidence of anti-freeze mixture odor/smoke in the
cabin.
- If evidence is found, continue to operate the engine at idle
until no odor/smoke remains in the cabin.
- After 10 minutes engine running, if continuous odor/smoke
remains in the cabin, shut down the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-028) and decontaminate the Environmental Control
System (ECS).
R Note that APU Bleed valve must be open before engine
R shutdown
R - When Ambient Air Temperature is below 75.2 Deg F (24 Deg C)
R (Ref. TASK 21-00-00-615-003)
R - When Ambient Air Temperature is above 75.2 Deg F (24 Deg C)
R (Ref. TASK 21-00-00-615-004)
R - If no evidence is found, shut down the engine (Ref. TASK 71-
00-00-710-028).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-869-065
items.
R
Subtask 72-00-00-862-051
R B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
R Subtask 72-00-00-942-053
R C. Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 731
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-100-028
Washing of the Engine Gas Path with Cleaning Agent
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Engine washing with cleaning agent is preferred when organic debris or oil
deposits are present or remaining EGT margin is less than 5 deg. C.
R NOTE : When cleaning agent is used, proper Aircraft Maintenance

____
R Configuration, engine rinsing and post engine wash test must be
completed to prevent the possibility of fumes in the cabin when
Aircraft resumes revenue flight operation.
NOTE : The engine bleed system must be operative prior to proceeding with
____
engine washing with cleaning agent. Check that there is no failure
message on the engine bleed system.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lube system corrosion preventive oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) DIA (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) DIA (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 732
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21-00-00-615-003 Decontamination of the Environmental Control System
(ECS) when the Temperature is below 24 deg.C
(Engine/s)
21-00-00-615-004 Decontamination of the Environmental Control System
(ECS) when the Temperature is above 24 deg.C
(Engine/s)
External Power
R 72-00-00-991-325 Fig. 705
72-00-00-991-322 Fig. 707
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-101
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 733
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-010-138

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-110-079
A. Preparation of the Engine for Washing
CAUTION : CORROSION PREVENTIVE ADDITIVE SHOULD BE USED. HOWEVER, IF NONE

_______
OF THE CORROSION PREVENTIVE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED (REFER TO
CHAPTER B. CONSUMABLE MATERIALS) IS AVAILABLE, THE ENGINE MUST
RESUME REVENUE SERVICE OPERATION WITHIN 24 HOURS FOLLOWING THE
POST ENGINE WASH TEST.
(1) For engine washing requirements (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-008).
NOTE : The disconnection of the P25 line is only available for

____
engines equipped with the PMUX option.
(2) Disconnect PS3 line and P25 line (if installed) from the Electronic
Control Unit (ECU).
R (3) Plug the open tubes and ports of the ECU with standard protective
R covers.
R (4) Disconnect the rigid anti-ice servo pressure line (25) from the
R nacelle anti-ice valve (NAI).
R (Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-325)
R NOTE : Let the rigid anti-ice servo pressure line free (not plugged)
____
R during the washing of the engine.
R (5) Install a standard protective cover on the anti-ice servo pressure

R line port of the NAI valve.
R (6) Prepare an anti-freeze mixture, if necessary, as defined in engine

washing requirements (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-008).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 734
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (7) Service the oil tank with one quart (one liter) of lube system
corrosion preventive oil (Material No. CP5067) or corrosion
preventive additive (Material No. CP5075) (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-
002).
NOTE : The oil tank must be topped off up to the window mark.
____
Subtask 72-00-00-410-137
B. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-861-053
C. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 72-00-00-860-052
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the overhead control and indicating panel 25VU, make sure that the
ON legend of the ANTI-ICE/ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch is off.
(2) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that the OFF legend of the ENG
1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch is on.
(3) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that the OFF legends of the
PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are on.
Subtask 72-00-00-110-081
E. Engine Washing
CAUTION : DO NOT WASH AN ENGINE WHICH HAS BEEN EXPOSED TO DRY CHEMICAL
_______
FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENTS.
CAUTION : DO NOT WASH AN ENGINE UNLESS THE EGT IS BELOW 150 DEG.F (66
_______
DEG.C).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 735
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

CAUTION : DO NOT WASH AN ENGINE AT TEMPERATURE BELOW 14 DEG.F (-10
_______
DEG.C).
_______
_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE N1 ROTOR TURNS FREELY THROUGHOUT WASHING TO

_______
_______
(2) After 30 seconds in motoring, inject the cleaning solution at 1

oclock position on the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) inlet through
the fan blades (or at the LP compressor inlet if a specific rig is
used).
R (3) Stop the cleaning solution injection before the end of the engine
R motoring.
R (4) After two minutes in motoring, release the ENG/MAN START/1 (2)
R pushbutton switch.
R (6) Repeat steps (1) to (5) if extreme organic debris or oil deposits
R were present or if remaining EGT margin prior to the water wash was
less than 10 deg. C.
Subtask 72-00-00-110-082
F. Engine Rinsing
CAUTION : DO NOT RINSE THE ENGINE EXPOSED TO DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING

_______
AGENT.
DO NOT RINSE THE ENGINE UNLESS THE EGT IS BELOW 150 DEG.F (66
DEG.C.).
DO NOT RINSE THE ENGINE AT TEMPERATURE BELOW 14 DEG. F (-10
DEG.C.).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 736
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

_______
_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE N1 ROTOR TURNS FREELY THROUGHOUT RINSING TO
_______
_______
(2) After 10 seconds in motoring with positive fan rotation, inject the
water at 1 oclock position on the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC)
inlet through the fan blades (or at the LP compressor inlet if a
specific rig is used).
R (5) Dry motor the engine again for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).
R (6) After 10 seconds in motoring with positive fan rotation, inject the
water, at 1 oclock position on the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC)
inlet through the fan blades (or at the LP compressor inlet if a
specific rig is used).
R (9) Dry motor the engine again for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-
001).
R (10) After 10 seconds in motoring with positive fan rotation, inject the
water for 1 minute, at 1 oclock position on the Low Pressure
Compressor (LPC) inlet through the fan blades (or at the LP
R compressor inlet if a specific rig is used).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 737
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-010-139
G. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-420-064
H. Installation of PS3 Line and P25 Line
CAUTION : DO NOT BLOW COMPRESSED AIR OR NITROGEN INTO THE ECU AS DAMAGE
_______
TO THE ECU CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : DURING INSTALLATION, MAKE SURE THAT THE PS3 LINE DOES NOT TOUCH
_______
THE LOWER STARTER DUCT OR OTHER PARTS IN THIS AREA. IF IT DOES,
CHAFING OF THE PS3 HOSE CAN OCCUR.
(1) Remove the plugs from the PS3 and P25 lines and from the ECU.
(2) Blow PS3 and P25 lines clear of water with compressed air or
nitrogen.
(3) Connect PS3 line to ECU, TORQUE to between 270 and 300 lbf.in (3.05
and 3.39 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) DIA
(Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) DIA (Material
No. CP8002).
(4) Connect P25 line to ECU, TORQUE to between 180 and 200 lbf.in (2.03
and 2.26 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) DIA
(Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) DIA (Material
No. CP8002).
R (5) Remove the standard protective cover from the nacelle anti-ice port
R of the NAI valve.
R (6) Connect the rigid anti-ice servo pressure line (25) to nacelle
R anti-ice valve, torque the forward hose nut to between 135 and 150
R lbf.in (1.52 and 1.69 m.daN).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 738
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-410-138
J. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-00-00-620-065
K. Post Engine Wash Test

(Ref. Fig. 707/TASK 72-00-00-991-322)
(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, make sure that:

- The OFF legend of the PACK 1 and the PACK 2 pushbutton switches are
on prior to start the procedure.
- The cross bleed valve rotary selector is on OPEN position.
(2) Start the engine within 2 hours (or 30 minutes if icing condition) of
the last wash cycle to purge the lube/sump system of any water
ingestion (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-003).
NOTE : APU Bleed Valve must be closed (the ON legend of APU

____
pushbutton switch is off) after engine start, to avoid the
supply of the air to the Wing-Anti-ice Systems from APU.
NOTE : This engine run is done to ensure that the bleed system is
____
free from contaminant. Smoke/smell in cabin can result if
contaminant enters in the bleed system.
NOTE : Corrosion preventive products should be used. If none of the

____
corrosion preventive products specified above is available,
the aircraft must resume Revenue Service operation within 24
hours following this Post Wash Test.
(a) Let the engine run at idle for 5 minutes.
(b) After 5 minutes from engine start, do the following:
1
_ Press the ANTI-ICE/ENG 1(2) pushbutton switch to operate the
engine anti-ice system.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 739
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Engine Cleaning (Washing with Cleaning Agent)

Figure 707/TASK 72-00-00-991-322

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 740
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

2
_ Make sure that the ON legend of the ANTI-ICE/ENG 1(2)
pushbutton switch comes on when the engine anti-ice system
operates.
CAUTION : AFTER 30 MINUTES FROM ENGINES START, ANTI-ICE/ENG

_______
1(2) PUSHBUTTON SWITCH SHOULD BE PRESSED OFF TO
DEACTIVATE THE ENGINE ANTI-ICE SYSTEM. IF NOT,
DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE COULD OCCUR.
3
_ Press the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton switch to operate the
engine bleed system.
4
_ Make sure that the OFF legend of the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton
switch goes off when the engine bleed anti-ice system
operates.
5
_ Press the ANTI-ICE/WING pushbutton switch to operate the wing
anti-ice system.
6
_ Make sure that the ON legend of the ANTI-ICE/WING pushbutton
switch comes on when the wing anti-ice system operates.
7
_ Increase and stabilize engine thrust to at least 60 percent
Fan (N1) Speed until HPV is closed while PRV is open on ECAM
BLEED page.
8
_ Make sure that HPV is closed and PRV opened on ECAM BLEED page
with engine running at this speed.
(c) Let the engine run this stabilized Fan (N1) Speed for 10 minutes.
(d) Pull throttle to stabilize engine thrust at idle for 5 minutes.
(e) After 20 minutes from engine start, do the following:
1
_ Press the ANTI-ICE/ENG and ANTI-ICE/WING pushbutton switches
to turn off both anti ice systems.
2
_ Make sure that the ON legend of the ANTI-ICE/ENG and
ANTI-ICE/WING pushbutton switches goes off.
3
_ Turn the cross bleed valve rotary selector to AUTO position.
R 4
_ Press the PACK 1 (2) pushbutton switch to operate the air
R conditioning pack.
R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 741
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 5
_ Make sure that the ON legend of the pushbutton switch comes
R on.
6
_ Check for evidence of cleaning agent or anti-freeze mixture
odor/smoke in the cabin.
- if evidence is found, continue to operate the engine at idle
until no odor/smoke remains in the cabin.
- after 10 minutes engine running, if continuous odor/smoke
remains in the cabin, shut down the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-028) and decontaminate the Environmental Control
System (ECS).
. When Ambient Air Temperature is below 24 deg. C (Ref. TASK

21-00-00-615-003).
. When Ambient Air Temperature is above 24 deg. C (Ref. TASK

21-00-00-615-004).
- if no evidence is found, shut down the engine (Ref. TASK 71-

00-00-710-028).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-869-084
items.
Subtask 72-00-00-942-059
Subtask 72-00-00-862-053
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 742
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-00-00-100-027
External Cleaning
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean cloth

No specific soaked rag
No specific soft bristle brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

white spirit (Ref. 70-30-00)
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 743
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
SPM 73-21-13-160-001
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-00-00-941-066
1(2).
Subtask 72-00-00-010-084

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 744
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-00-00-040-064
Subtask 72-00-00-010-085

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-00-00-110-059
A. Engine external cleaning
(1) Hydrocarbon method
WARNING : HYDROCARBONS ARE FLAMMABLE AND TOXIC.

_______
AVOID PROLONGED CONTACT WITH THE SKIN, AND OBSERVE
PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FIRE.
CAUTION : SOME PLASTICS AND RUBBER-BASE MATERIALS ARE ATTACKED BY

_______
HYDROCARBON SOLVENTS.
- stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or acetone (Material No.

CP1039) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. CP1041) or ardrox 552
(Material No. CP2559) or turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-
chem teksol (Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No.
CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) or white spirit
(Material No. CP2010) is recommended. Light accumulations of
grease, oil, gum, and dirt may be removed with hydrocarbon solvent.
This method is not effective in removing baked-on oil deposits.
(a) Apply solvent by spraying or using soaked rag.
NOTE : A soft bristle brush may be used to remove stubborn

____
accumulations.
(b) Wipe thoroughly to remove accumulation and dry with a clean cloth
or rinse with water.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 745
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(2) Steam cleaning method
(a) Steam cleaning is a superficial cleaning process that is useful

when it is not desireable to remove paint and surface coatings.
NOTE : Do not use steam cleaning compounds.

____
(3) Cap all tube ends, manifold openings and air extraction ports to
prevent entry of any contaminants or foreign objects.
(a) Handling of the plugs:
WARNING : FIRING TIPS OF IGNITER PLUGS WITH SPECIAL HANDLING

_______
MARKINGS CONTAIN BERYLLIUM OXIDE. INHALATION OR
INGESTION OF, OR CONTACT WITH BERYLLIUM OXYDE DUST IS
HARMFUL TO YOUR HEALTH ; DO NOT GRIND, CLEAN OR
MACHINE.
HOLD PLUG BY INPUT CONNECTOR ONLY. TO AVOID PERSONAL
INJURY, DO NOT HANDLE FIRING TIP. IF FITING TIP OF PLUG
IS CONTACTED, AVOID TOUCHING OTHER AREAS OF YOUR BODY,
AND WASH HANDS WITH SOAP AND WARM WATER.
USED PLUGS SHOULD BE PLACED IN A PLASTIC ZIP LOC BAG
FOR STORAGE OF SERVICEABLE PARTS AND/OR ACCUMULATION
FOR DISPOSAL. SCRAP PLUGS MUST BE PLACED IN A SEALED
CONTAINER AND BURIED IN THE EARTH PER RECOMMENDATIONS
OF THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
HEALTH. LOCAL GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS OR LOCAL
STANDARDS (IF THEY ARE MORE RESTRICTIVE) WILL BE THE
ONLY AUTHORIZATION FOR DEVIATION FROM THESE
REQUIREMENTS.
(4) Steam clean the accessible exterior surfaces of the engine in

accordance with (Ref. SPM 73-21-13-160-001).
To prevent damage to exposed plastic parts, avoid dwelling of steam
on such parts to minimize excessive build-up of heat.
(5) Remove covers installed above.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 746
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-00-00-410-083
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-00-00-440-064
Subtask 72-00-00-410-084
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-00-00

Page 747
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

FAN AND BOOSTER ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. Fan and booster assembly
(1) The fan and booster assembly consists of a single-stage fan rotor and
a 4-stage axial booster, cantilever-mounted at the rear of the fan
disk.
(2) The fan and booster assembly consists of the following sections:
(a) The fan section. It consists of:

- spinner rear and front cones.
- fan disk.
- fan blades.
(b) The booster section. It consists of:

- booster rotor which is a spool with 4 stages of blades
- booster stator which contains 5 stages of vane assemblies.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
A. Spinner Front Cone

The spinner front cone is made of composite material. Its design
precludes the need for an engine nose anti-icing system. The front cone
is bolted to the rear cone.
B. Spinner Rear Cone

The spinner rear cone is made of aluminum alloy. Its rear flange is
bolted to the fan disk and is part of the fan blades retention system.
The outer rim of rear flange is provided with tapped holes for trim
balance bolts. The front flange provides for attachment of the spinner
front cone.
C. Fan Disk
The fan disk is a titanium alloy forging. Its inner rear flange provides
attachement for the fan shaft and its outer rear flange is bolted to the
booster rotor. The outer front flange provides attachment for the spinner
rear cone. The disk outer rim has 36 recesses designed for fan blade
retention.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan and Booster Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan and Booster Assembly

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Booster Rotor and Stator Assembly

Figure 003

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

D. Fan Blades
There are 36 titanium alloy, mid-span shrouded fan blades approximately
23 in. (0.58 m) long. Each of the blades has a dovetail base that engages
in disk rim recess.
Blades are individually retained by a spacer that limits radial movement.
A retainer lug, machined at the rear end of each blade root, engages the
forward flange of the booster spool and limits the forward and rearward
axial movements.
E. Booster Rotor
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The booster rotor consists of the booster spool and 4 stages of blades.
(1) The booster spool is forged and machined from titanium and is
cantilever-mounted on the rear of the fan disk. The inner front
flange, bolted to the fan disk, acts as a stop for the fan blade
spacers and blades. The 4-stage spool has circumferential slots that
retain the stages 2, 3, 4 and 5 rotor blades, locking lugs and
balance weights. Stage 2 has 64 blades, stage 3 and 4 have 70 blades
and stage 5 has 68 blades. Rotating air seal serrations are machined
between each stage on the outer diameter of spool. A forward rotating
air seal, integral with the front web of the booster spool, provides
(partial) sealing between the fan rotor stage and the inner shroud of
booster stator stage 1 and (partial) pressurization of the engine
forward sump.
(2) The booster blades are approximately 3.5 to 4.2 in. (89 to 107 mm)
long and serve primarily to supercharge the compressor. Blades are
held in the dovetail slots by locking lugs.
F. Booster Vane Assemblies
(1) The stacked vane assemblies are cantilever-mounted on the fan frame
front face. The entire assembly is composed of 5 stages of similar
design. Each vane assembly consists of :
(a) An outer shroud which, depending on its assembly location, is

fitted with one or 2 mounting flanges at its ends. The outer
shroud inner face of stages 1, 3, 4 and 5 vanes assemblies is
lined with an abradable material facing, respectively, the 1, 2,
3 and 4 rotor blades.
(b) An inner shroud, whose inner face is lined with abradable

material facing the seal serrations machined on the booster
spool.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) Individual vanes of the stage 1 and stage 5 vane assemblies are
welded to the outer shroud. Individual vanes of the stages 2, 3
and 4 vane assemblies are bolted to the outer shroud.
(d) Stator vanes are retained on the inner shroud by the abradable
material. Stage one vane assembly has 100 vanes, stage 2 vane
assembly has 122 vanes, stage 3 vane assembly has 122 vanes stage
4 vane assembly has 116 vanes and stage 5 vane has 96 vanes.
(2) The outer shroud rear flange of stage 5 vane assembly is bolted to
the front face of the fan frame. The inner shroud rear flange is
rabbeted to form an interference fit with a corresponding flange on
the fan frame.
(3) The outer shroud of booster stage 3 and of stage 5 vane assemblies
has an orifice at the 3:30 oclock position to permit the borescope
inspection of the booster mid and rear stages rotor blades (full
view) and of the related vane assemblies (partial view only). These
borescope orifices are designed SO3 and SO5, respectively in the
chapter which follows.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

FAN AND BOOSTER ASSEMBLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 72-21-00-000-005
Removal of the Spinner Front Cone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
856A1130 1 TOOL SET - JACK SCREW
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-21-00-991-300 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-067

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
(4) Put the access platform in position.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-21-00-991-300)
Subtask 72-21-00-020-063
A. Removal of the Spinner Front Cone:
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO LOOSE THE WASHERS WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
_______
ATTACHMENT BOLTS. NORMALLY, THEY ARE STUCK ON THE FRONT CONE.
PRE CFM SB 72-0193
(1) Remove the bolts (40) which attach the spinner front cone (50) to the
spinner rear cone (20).
END OF PRE CFM SB 72-0193
POST CFM SB 72-0193
(2) Remove the bolts (40) and the washers (35) which attach the spinner
front cone (50) to the spinner rear cone (20).
END OF POST CFM SB 72-0193
(3) Move the Spinner Front Cone:
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO LET THE SPINNER FRONT CONE FALL DOWN WHEN
_______
YOU DETACH IT FROM THE REAR CONE.
(a) Move the spinner front cone (50) apart from the spinner rear cone
(20) with the 3 jackscrews (P08) from the tool set TOOL SET -
JACK SCREW, (856A1130G02/G06)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 402
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Spinner Front and Rear Cones

Figure 401/TASK 72-21-00-991-300

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 403
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-400-005
Installation of the Spinner Front Cone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific heat gun

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R 856A3409 1 PIN,GUIDE-SPINNER REAR CONE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-21-00-991-300 Fig. 401

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 404
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-860-054
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.
(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).
(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-21-00-991-300)
Subtask 72-21-00-480-057
A. Install the guide pins as follows:
(1) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the 3
R PIN,GUIDE-SPINNER REAR CONE (856A3409G01).
(2) Install the guide pins on the flange of the spinner rear cone.
Install one of the pins in the offset hole.
Subtask 72-21-00-420-066
B. Prepare and Install the Spinner Cone:
(1) Increase the temperature of the front flange of the spinner rear cone
to approximately 80 deg.C (176 deg.F) with a heat gun.
(2) Install the Spinner Front Cone.
CAUTION : DURING INSTALLATION, MAKE SURE THERE IS A WASHER, BONDED OR

_______
NOT, UNDER EACH BOLT HEAD.
(a) Install the spinner front cone (50) on the spinner rear cone
(20). Carefully align the offset holes.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 405
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-21-00-080-053
C. Remove the guide pins.
Subtask 72-21-00-420-073
D. Attach the Spinner Front Cone.
(1) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the threads
of the 6 bolts (40).
PRE CFM SB 72-0193
(2) Attach the spinner front cone (50) to the spinner rear cone (20) with
the bolts (40).
POST CFM SB 72-0193
(3) Attach the spinner front cone (50) to the spinner rear cone (20) with
the bolts (40) and the washers (35).
(4) Tighten the bolts (40) by hand, and let the mating parts return to
the ambient temperature.
(5) TORQUE the bolts (40) to between 95 and 115 lbf.in (1.07 and 1.29
m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-869-062
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-061
B. Close Access

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 406
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-000-006
Removal of the Spinner Rear Cone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-21-00-000-005 Removal of the Spinner Front Cone

72-21-00-991-300 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-068

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 407
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-21-00-991-300)
Subtask 72-21-00-020-064
A. Remove the Spinner Rear Cone:
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO LET THE SPINNER FRONT CONE FALL DOWN WHEN YOU
_______
DETACH IT FROM THE REAR CONE.
(1) Remove spinner front cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-005)
(2) Remove the bolts (30) and the washers (10) which attach the spinner
rear cone (20) to the fan disk.
(3) Remove the spinner rear cone from the fan disk with the 6 jackscrews
from the TOOL SET - JACK SCREW (856A1130G02/G06).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 408
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-400-006
Installation of the Spinner Rear Cone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific feeler gage set

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R 856A3409 1 PIN,GUIDE-SPINNER REAR CONE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-21-00-000-006 Removal of the Spinner Rear Cone

72-21-00-400-005 Installation of the Spinner Front Cone
72-21-00-991-300 Fig. 401
72-21-00-991-301 Fig. 402

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 409
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-860-055
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-21-00-991-300, 402/TASK 72-21-00-991-301)
Subtask 72-21-00-480-058
A. Install guide pins as follows:
(1) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the 3
R PIN,GUIDE-SPINNER REAR CONE (856A3409G01).
(2) Install the 3 guide pins, equally spaced, on the forward flange of
the fan disk. Install one of the pins in the offset hole of the
flange.
Subtask 72-21-00-420-067
B. Install the spinner rear cone as follows:
(1) Apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) to the
threads of the bolts (30).
(2) Safety precautions
WARNING : USE HEAT INSULATED GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH CHILLED OR HOTS
_______
PARTS TO PREVENT INJURY
(a) Increase the temperature of the aft flange of spinner rear cone
(20) to 60 deg.C (140.00 deg.F) with a heat gun.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 410
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Post Installation checks of the Spinner Rear Cone

Figure 402/TASK 72-21-00-991-301

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 411
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Install the spinner rear cone.
CAUTION : TAKE CARE NOT TO LET THE SPINNER REAR CONE FALL WHEN YOU
_______
INSTALL IT ON THE FAN DISK. DAMAGE TO THE CONE COULD
RESULT.
(a) Install the spinner rear cone on the fan disk forward flange as
follows:
1
_ Align the offset holes
NOTE : The offset hole in the spinner rear cone is identified

____
by a spherical indentation on its rear flange.
2
_ Install three equally-spaced bolts (30) and washers (10) and
tighten them until the rear cone comes fully against the
forward flange of fan disk. While you do this, make sure that
the lip of the rear cone seal engages correctly under the
front edge of the fan blade platforms.
(4) Let the assembly return to ambient temperature. Then remove the 3
R guide pins PIN,GUIDE-SPINNER REAR CONE (856A3409G01).
(5) Install the remaining bolts (30) and washers (10).
(6) TORQUE all the bolts (30) to between 110 and 120 lbf.in (1.24 and
1.35 m.daN).
Subtask 72-21-00-220-056
C. Do a check of the spinner rear cone to fan disk for correct installation
as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-21-00-991-301)
(1) Make a check of the Gap F34 over 360 degrees with a feeler gage set.
NOTE : The gap F34 is the blueprint clearance, or gap, between the
____
aft edge of the spinner rear cone and the front edge of the
fan blade platforms after installation.
(a) The gap F34 must measure between: (0.020 in. (0.5 mm) to 0.051
in. (1.3 mm)
(b) If this gap F34 is out of limits at any location of the

circumference, remove the rear cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-006)
find the cause (see the NOTE) and correct it.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 412
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

NOTE : The cause might be a mis-installed blade on the fan disk,
____
a FOD damaged blade in the platform area, or a
out-of-shape aft flange of the spinner rear cone, for
example.
(2) Make a check of the seating of the spinner rear cone on the fan disk
flange at location A.
(a) Do this check at 6 locations at least, and radially to the flange

scallops.
(b) The seating is correct if you cannot engage a feeler gage of

0.001 in. (0.02 mm) maximum thickness between two flange scallops
at the specified 6 locations marked A.
(c) If you can engage the 0.001 in. (0.02 mm) feeler gage at two or
three consecutive locations, the seating is incorrect in the
related sector. Before to do anything else, make sure the bolts
in this sector are correctly torqued. If after this check the
seating remains incorrect, remove the spinner rear cone
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-006), find the cause and correct it.
Subtask 72-21-00-410-060
D. Install spinner front cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-005)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-869-063
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-062
B. Close Access

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 413
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-000-007
Removal of the Fan Rotor Blades
CAUTION : ALL FAN ROTOR BLADES SHALL BE MATCHMARKED OR NUMBERED FOR ASSEMBLY IN
_______
ORIGINAL ALIGNMENT AND POSITION USING ONLY APPROVED MARKING MATERIAL.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific rubber mat or foam material flooring

R 856A2631 1 STAND,STORAGE-FAN BLADES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

temporary marking (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-21-00-991-302 Fig. 403

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 414
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-069
1(2).
Subtask 72-21-00-010-058
B. Preparation for Removal of the Fan Blades:
(1) Install a rubber mat or foam material flooring in the inlet cowl
before you go into it.
(2) Remove spinner front cone. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-005)
(3) Remove spinner rear cone. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-006)
NOTE : Removal will be easier if fan blade to be removed is placed at

____
the 12 oclock position.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 415
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-21-00-991-302)
Subtask 72-21-00-020-065
A. Removal of the fan blades:
CAUTION : USE ONLY APPROVED MARKING MATERIAL TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE

_______
BLADES.
(1) Temporarily mark each blade (80) from 1 to 36 on their convex side.
Use a temporary marking (Material No. CP5061). Blade No. 1 will be
the blade immediately above the offset hole in the fan disk bolt
flange. Numbering is counter-clockwise (CCW), forward locking aft.
(2) Removal of the first and second fan blades circled 1 and 2.
NOTE : The removal of blades (80) is counterclockwise (CCW) after the

____
first blade removed.
NOTE : Put the first blade to be removed at the 12 oclock position

____
to ease the removal.
(a) Remove spacer (70) from the fan blade circled 2 located
immediately at left of the first blade circled 1 you want to
remove.
Carefully lower blade circled 2 in its dovetail recess (this
unlocks it from its engagement on the booster spool), and move it
at a slope (inclined) to the left. Do not try to remove it now.
(b) Remove spacer (70) from the first blade circled 1 to be removed.
(c) Lower blade circled 1 in its dovetail recess (this unlocks it),
and carrefully pul it forward while you move its left midspan
shroud above the right midspan shroud of the (sloped) blade
circled 2 at left. Remove blade circled 1.
(d) Remove blade.
(3) Removal of the 3rd to the 36th blades:
(a) The removal of the following blades is easier, done CCW, and as
follows for each blade:
1
_ Remove spacer (70)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 416
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

2
_ Remove blade (80).
(4) Put spacer (70) and fan blades from 1 through 36 in their related
R compartements on STAND,STORAGE-FAN BLADES (865A2631G01)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 417
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of Fan Blades


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 418
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of Fan Blades


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 419
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-400-007
Installation of the Fan Rotor Blades
CAUTION : ALL FAN ROTOR BLADES SHALL BE MATCHMARKED OR NUMBERED FOR ASSEMBLY IN
_______
ORIGINAL ALIGNMENT AND POSITION USING ONLY APPROVED MARKING MATERIAL.
CAUTION : DO NOT DISSOCIATE FAN BLADE PAIRS MATCHED DURING ORIGINAL ASSEMBLY.
_______
BLADES FROM A SAME PAIR MUST ALWAYS BE LOCATED 180 DEGREES APART.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 856A2631 1 STAND,STORAGE-FAN BLADES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

molykote g rapid (Ref. 70-30-00)
MoS2 dry film lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-21-00-400-006 Installation of the Spinner Rear Cone
72-21-00-991-303 Fig. 404
72-21-00-991-304 Fig. 405

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 420
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-860-056
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-21-00-991-303, 405/TASK 72-21-00-991-304)
Subtask 72-21-00-420-068
A. Preparation and Installation of the Fan Rotor Blades:
(1) Preparation for Installation of Fan Rotor Blades.
CAUTION : THE FAN BLADES ARE KEPT IN NUMERICAL ORDER ON THE STORAGE
_______
STAND AND MUST BE INSTALLED ACCORDINGLY ON THE FAN DISK.
BLADE N⁰1 IS INSTALLED IN FRONT OF THE OFFSET BOLT OF THE
FAN DISK. NUMBERS ARE GIVEN COUNTERCLOCKWISE, FORWARD
LOOKING AFT.
NOTE : Installation will be easier if the fan disk blade recess into
____
which the blade is to be installed is placed at the 6 Oclock
position.
R (a) Get the fan blades (80) from STAND,STORAGE-FAN BLADES

(856A2631G01).
NOTE : Put the fan disk dovetail slot, where you want to install
____
blade No. 1 at the 6 Oclock position. This will help
installation of the blades on the fan disk.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 421
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Installation of the First Fan Blade at 6 Oclock

Figure 404/TASK 72-21-00-991-303

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 422
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Installation of the 2 Last Fan Blades at 12 Oclock

Figure 405/TASK 72-21-00-991-304

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 423
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Apply lubricant MoS2 dry film lubricant (Material No. CP5062) or
molykote g rapid (Material No. CP2104) to the disk slots, the
spacers, the blade roots (dovetails), the blade platforms and
lateral surfaces of these platforms, and the midspan shroud
mating surfaces, before you install the blades.
NOTE : You must apply a large quantity of lubricant to all the

____
dovetail and slot pressure faces.
Brush application is prefered. If you use spray
application , a minimum of 4 to 6 passes is necessary to
supply all the pressure faces with sufficient lubrication.
Let the lubricant become dry to a dull opaque finish
before you install the blades in the disk slots.
(2) Installation of the Fan Rotor Blades.
(a) Position the fan blade No. 1 correctly (leading edge forward) and
engage (dovetail lug first) in the fan disk slot No. 1
immediately below the offset hole in the fan disk bolt flange.
(b) Push the blade in full position.
(c) Pull down the fan blade to engage the lug into the booster spool
recess.
(d) Install the spacer (70) between the fan blade No. 1 and the disk.
Push the spacer fully in position against the front frange of the
booster spool.
(e) Continue COUNTERCLOCKWISE, forward locking aft and use the same
procedure as for fan blade No. 1 to install blades No. 2 through
No. 34 in their related slots.
NOTE : The midspan shroud section of each blade will engage and
____
mate with the related midspan shroud sections of adjacent
blades.
(f) Install the 2 last fan blades 35 and 36 at the 12 Oclock

position, as follows:
1
_ Fully engage blade 36, in its dovetail recess. Let its
dovetail root touch the bottom of the recess. Do not install
its spacer.
2
_ Carefully engage blade 35, in its dovetail recess and install
its spacer (70).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 424
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3
_ Install the spacer (70) of blade 36.
(g) Make sure that all the blades and spacers are correctly
installed.
(h) Install the spinner rear cone. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-006)
(i) Install the spinner front cone. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-005)
(j) Remove the rubber pad or foam material flooring from the inlet
cowl.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-869-064
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-063
B. Close Access

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 425
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-300-028
Replacement of Fan Rotor Blades in Pairs
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R 856A3770 1 CFMI SOFTWARE FOR BLADE MAPPING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
temporary marking (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 426
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-710-009 Vibration Check

71-00-00-750-001 Fan Trim Balance - 1 sensor 3 speed
72-21-00-000-007 Removal of the Fan Rotor Blades
72-21-00-300-009 Correction of the Static Imbalance
72-21-00-400-007 Installation of the Fan Rotor Blades
72-21-00-991-327 Fig. 406
72-21-00-991-341 Fig. 407
72-21-00-991-342 Fig. 408
72-21-00-991-343 Fig. 409
72-21-00-991-344 Fig. 410
72-21-00-991-345 Fig. 411
R 72-21-00-991-346 Fig. 412
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-085
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 427
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________

72-21-00-991-342, 409/TASK 72-21-00-991-343, 410/TASK 72-21-00-991-344)
Subtask 72-21-00-869-079
A. Remove the fan blades before record moment weight.
CAUTION : DO NOT MIX PAIR OF BLADES PRE CFM SB 72-0057 AND POST CFM SB
_______
72-0057 ON THE SAME FAN DISK.
NOTE : The spare blades are grouped in pairs so that the difference
____
between the moment weights is not more than 80 in.g (200 cm.g).
However, you must do the checks and corrections described below
before and after blade installation to make sure the engine
imbalance is not more than the limits. This will also optimize the
engine operation. Four conditions can exist, refer to the logic
diagram.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-21-00-991-327)
NOTE : In all replacement cases: 1,2,3.....N pairs of fan blades and for
____
individual fan blade replacement, a vibration survey can be
performed (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-009). Results from the vibration
survey will determine if a trim balance is necessary. In this last
case, do a trim balance operation (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-750-001) if
the aircraft is at the main base or as soon as the aircraft
returns to the base.
(1) Put a rubber mat in the air intake cowl.
(2) Remove the spinner front cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-005).
(3) Remove the spinner rear cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-006).
(4) Record location of each blade to be replaced and of each blade

opposite.
(5) Remove fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 428
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Diagram for Fan Blade Change

Figure 406/TASK 72-21-00-991-327

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 429
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Blade Replacement

Figure 407/TASK 72-21-00-991-341

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 430
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Replacement of Several Pairs of Fan Blades

Figure 408/TASK 72-21-00-991-342

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 431
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Blades, Balance Screw Location Chart and Vectorial Diagram

Figure 409/TASK 72-21-00-991-343

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 432
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

72-21-00

Page 433
May 01/06

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Various Balance Screw Arrangements for Given Moment Weights


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 434
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Various Balance Screw Arrangements for Given Moment Weights


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 435
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(6) Write moment weight on base of blades that you remove using temporary
marking (Material No. CP5061).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-21-00-991-341)
NOTE : Grease deposits can mask the moment weight indication. If

____
necessary, clean blade base with isopropyl alcohol (Material
No. CP1041) or acetone (Material No. CP1039) or stoddard
solvent (Material No. CP2011) or ardrox 552 (Material No.
CP2559) or turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem
teksol (Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No.
CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656).
Subtask 72-21-00-420-081
B. Record moment weight on base of spare blades.
CAUTION : FOR EACH PAIR OF FAN BLADES, INSTALL THE HEAVIER SPARE BLADE AT
_______
THE POSITION OF THE HEAVIER BLADE TO BE REMOVED.
(1) Write the moment weight on base of the spare blades with temporary
marking (Material No. CP5061).
(2) Install spare blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-007).
Subtask 72-21-00-820-053
C. Determine the balance screws to be installed.
(1) Determine the resultant vector length and direction, then select
balance screws to provide a correction returning the fan to its
initial balance condition as follows.
NOTE : It is advisable to limit the number of balance screws on the

____
spinner due the complexity and the risk of confusion when
performing further corrections, and to install only one set of
balance screws. This requires the construction of a vector
diagram for determining the sum of the corrections. An example
is given in (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-009).
(a) Assume the following blades with the moment weights indicated are
to be removed:
No. 01: 164832 cm.g (64894 in.g)
No. 36: 163245 cm.g (64270 in.g)
No. 03: 162510 cm.g (63980 in.g)
No. 35: 164185 cm.g (64640 in.g)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 436
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Assume the moment weights of the opposite blades are as follows:
No. 19: 164647 cm.g (64823 in.g)
No. 18: 163405 cm.g (64333 in.g)
No. 21: 162650 cm.g (64035 in.g)
No. 17: 164160 cm.g (64630 in.g)
(c) Calculate differences between moment weights as below:

D1: (No. 01/19) = 164832 - 164647 = 185 cm.g (73 in.g)
D2: (No. 18/36) = 163405 - 163245 = 160 cm.g (63 in.g)
D3: (No. 21/03) = 162650 - 162510 = 140 cm.g (55 in.g)
D4: (No. 35/17) = 164185 - 164160 = 025 cm.g (10 in.g)
(d) Calculate moment weight differences corresponding to spare fan

blades as below:
D1: (No. 01/19) = 162905 - 162730 = 175 cm.g (69 in.g)
D2: (No. 18/36) = 161205 - 161185 = 020 cm.g (08 in.g)
D3: (No. 21/03) = 164570 - 164545 = 025 cm.g (10 in.g)
D4: (No. 35/17) = 163825 - 163630 = 195 cm.g (77 in.g)
(e) Calculate differences between removed blades and spare blades as

below:
D1 - D1 = 185 - 175 = 010 cm.g (04 in.g) = F1
D2 - D2 = 160 - 020 = 140 cm.g (55 in.g) = F2
D3 - D3 = 140 - 025 = 115 cm.g (45 in.g) = F3
D4 - D4 = 195 - 025 = 170 cm.g (67 in.g) = F4
(f) Determine the direction of corrections as follows:
NOTE : When D is greater than D the balance weight should be

____
added close to the heavier blade. When D is lighter than
D the balance weight should be added close to the lighter
blade.
1
_ For blades No. 1 and 19, D1 is greater than D1 and the
balance weight should therefore be added close to the heavier
blade: No. 1.
2
blade: No. 18.
3
blade: No. 21.
4
_ For blades No. 35 and 17, D4 is less than D4 and the balance
weight should ore be added close to the lighter blade: No. 17.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 437
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(g) Construct vectorial diagram as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-21-00-991-342, 409/TASK 72-21-00-991-343)
1
_ On a polar diagram draw vectors corresponding to moment weight
difference calculated in (e) and orientated as in (f).
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-21-00-991-343)
2
_ Draw the resultant Fr representing the correction required
from F1, F2, F3 and F4.
NOTE : In this example, Fr is approximately 405 cm.g (159

____
in.g) and orientated close to the balance screw No. 18.
NOTE : When resultant imbalance direction is between 2 holes,

____
the screw given in fifth column of referenced figures
must be placed in the nearest hole.
(h) Select balance screws as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-21-00-991-344)
1
_ Find in the tables the values of the resultant Fr calculated
in paragraph (g). This indicates which balance screw must be
installed. The screw in the fifth column of the table must be
installed at location calculated in paragraph (g).
NOTE : In this example, for a resultant Fr of 405 cm.g (159

____
in.g), one centered screw P01 installed in hole No. 18
and two lateral screw P02 installed in holes No. 17 and
No. 19 provide a correction returning the fan to its
initial balance condition.
NOTE : Balance screws are identified by a number corresponding

____
to their moment weight (P01-P02-P03-P04-P05-P06-P07)
engraved on screw head. As it may be difficult to read
the numbers due to erosion and pollution, the
relationship between the screw reference and screw
length is shown in.
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-21-00-991-345)
(2) Install balance screws. TORQUE the screws to between 65 and 75 lbf.in
(0.73 and 0.84 m.daN).
(3) Install the spinner rear cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-006).
(4) Install the spinner front cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-005).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 438
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Balance Screws
Figure 411/TASK 72-21-00-991-345

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 439
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(5) Remove the rubber mat from the air intake cowl.
R
R (6) Do a vibration check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-009) if resultant is

R greater than 400 cm.g (157.5 in.g).
R (Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-21-00-991-346)
R (a) If the vibration level is out of the limits, do a trim balance

R (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-750-001) with CFMI SOFTWARE FOR BLADE
R MAPPING.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-869-080
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-078

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 440
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Diagram for Fan Blade Change in Individual

Figure 412/TASK 72-21-00-991-346

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 441
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-300-029
Replacement of Individual Fan Blades
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 0.5 m (1 ft. 8 in.)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R 856A3770 1 CFMI SOFTWARE FOR BLADE MAPPING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-21-00-991-341 Fig. 407
72-21-00-991-344 Fig. 410

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 442
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-21-00-991-345 Fig. 411

72-21-00-991-346 Fig. 412
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-086
1(2).
4. Procedure
_________

72-21-00-991-345, 412/TASK 72-21-00-991-346)
Subtask 72-21-00-020-076
A. Record moment weight of blades.
CAUTION : DO NOT MIX PAIR OF BLADES PRE CFM SB 72-0057 AND POST CFM SB
_______
72-0057 ON THE SAME FAN DISK.
NOTE : If pairs of fan blades are not available as spare, you can replace
____
R one blade individually. However the inspections and corrections
R given below must be done before and after the fan blade
installation to make sure the engine imbalance is not more than

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 443
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

the limits. This will also optimize the engine operation. Two
R conditions can exist, refer to the logic dynamic.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-21-00-991-346)
NOTE : In all cases of individual blade replacement, remove its opposite

____
to record the moment weight of the opposite blade.
(1) Put a rubber mat in the air intake cowl.
(4) Record moment weight of removed blade.
(5) Remove fan blade (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007)
(6) Record moment weight of blade to be installed.
Subtask 72-21-00-420-082
B. Install fan blade (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-007)
Subtask 72-21-00-750-055
C. Calculate difference between moment weights of both blades.
R (1) If difference between moment weights D is greater than 200 cm.g (80
R in.g), correct the imbalance as in the example which follows:
NOTE : If you change only one fan blade and if the moment weight with
____
the opposite blade is less than 200 cm.g (80 in.g), no
correction is necessary.
NOTE : If you change more than one fan blade, a vectoriel diagram
____
must be done in order to identify the resultant imbalance.
Apply the procedure as shown in the following example.
(2) Assume a blade with moment weight of 162750 cm.g (64075 in.g) is to
be replaced in any position.
(3) A spare blade is provided with moment weight of 163296 cm.g (64290
in.g).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 444
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Calculate the difference between the moment weights as below:
163296 - 162750 = 546 cm.g (215 in.g).
(5) Select balance screws as follows:
(a) To determine the solutions closest to above difference of 546

cm.g (215 in.g). One centered screw P05 and 2 lateral screws P01
= 541 cm.g (213 in.g). This solution permits a satisfactory
correction for returning the fan close to its initial balance
condition.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-21-00-991-344)
(6) Locate balance screws as follows:
(a) As the new blade is heavier than the removed blade, install
balance screws close to the opposite blade.
NOTE : If the new blade is lighter than the removed blade,

____
install balance screw close to the removed blade.
(7) Install balance screws lightly coated with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101). TORQUE screws to between 65 and 75 lbf.in (0.73 and 0.84
m.daN).
NOTE : Balance screws are identified by a number corresponding to

____
their moment weight (P01-P02-P03-P04-P05-P06-P07) engraved on
screw head. As it may be difficult to read the numbers due to
erosion and pollution, the relationship between the screw
reference and screw length is shown in.
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-21-00-991-345)
(10) Remove the rubber mat from the inlet cowl.
R (11) Do a vibration-check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-009) if resultant is

R greater than 400 cm.g (157.5 in.g).
R
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-21-00-991-346)
R (a) If the vibration level is out of the limits, do a trim balance

R (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-750-001) with CFMI SOFTWARE FOR BLADE MAPPING
R .

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 445
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-869-081
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-079
B. Close Access

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 446
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-920-001
Discard Fan Disc and Booster Spool
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 722100-C1
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-400-042 Installation of the Power Plant
ESM 72-21-00
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-010-062
A. Remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-000-042).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-21-00-020-077
A. Remove and discard fan disk and booster spool (Ref. ESM 72-21-00).
Subtask 72-21-00-420-083
B. Install new fan disc and booster spool (Ref. ESM 72-21-00).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-410-064
A. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-400-042).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 447
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-920-002
Discard Fan Shaft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ESM 72-22-00
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-010-063
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-21-00-020-078
A. Remove and discard fan shaft (Ref. ESM 72-22-00).
Subtask 72-21-00-420-084
B. Install fan shaft (Ref. ESM 72-22-00).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-410-065

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 448
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-000-008
Removal of the Stage 1 Booster Vane Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-000-028 Removal of the Splitter Fairing
72-21-00-991-305 Fig. 413
72-21-00-991-306 Fig. 414
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-070

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 449
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-21-00-991-305, 414/TASK 72-21-00-991-306)
Subtask 72-21-00-020-071
A. Preparation for Removal of the Stage 1 Booster Vane Assembly:
(3) Remove all the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).
(4) Remove the splitter fairing (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-028).
Subtask 72-21-00-020-066
B. Removal of the Stage 1 Booster Vane Assembly:
(1) Remove the 24 bolts that secure the stage 1 vane assembly to the
stage 2 vane
(2) Move apart stage 1 vane assembly from the stage 2 vane assembly,
using jackscrews, P13, from the TOOL SET - JACK SCREW
(856A1130G02/G06), on the equally spaced threaded holes located on
the rear flange of the stage 1 vane assembly.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 450
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Stage 1 Booster Vane Assembly

Figure 413/TASK 72-21-00-991-305

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 451
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Installation of Stage 1 Booster Vane Assembly

Figure 414/TASK 72-21-00-991-306

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 452
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-400-008
Installation of the Stage 1 Booster Vane Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
856A2916 1 GUIDE PINS - BOOSTER VANE ASSY
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 453
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-400-028 Installation of the Splitter Fairing
72-21-00-991-305 Fig. 413
72-21-00-991-306 Fig. 414
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-860-057
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-21-00-991-305, 414/TASK 72-21-00-991-306)
Subtask 72-21-00-480-059
A. Install the 3 guide pins, GUIDE PINS - BOOSTER VANE ASSY (856A2916G01),
equally spaced on vane assembly, stage 2.
Subtask 72-21-00-110-053
B. Clean the Making Faces:
WARNING : CLEANING SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE, VOLATILE, TOXIC. THEY SHOULD

_______
BE USED WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. AVOID PROLONGED BREATHING OF
VAPORS AND REPEATED OR PROLONGED CONTACT WITH THE SKIN, OR
CLOTHING.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 454
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(1) Thoroughly clean the mating faces of the stage 1 and stage 2 vanes
assemblies with acetone (Material No. CP1039) or stoddard solvent
(Material No. CP2011) or ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559) or turco
ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol (Material No. CP2566)
or degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material
No. CP2656) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. CP1041).
Subtask 72-21-00-420-069
C. Preparation and Installation of the Stage 1 Vane Assembly:
(1) Increase the temperature of the forward flange of stage 2 vane

assembly to between 75 deg.C (167.00 deg.F) and 85 deg.C (185.00
deg.F) with a heat gun.
(2) Install the stage 1 vane assembly
WARNING : WEAR THERMAL INSULATED GLOVES WHEN HANDLING HEATED OR

_______
CHILLED PARTS TO PREVENT INJURY TO HANDS.
(a) Align the offset holes and use the 3 guide pins, to install the
stage 1 vane assembly on the booster assembly.
Subtask 72-21-00-080-054
D. Remove the guide pins, GUIDE PINS - BOOSTER VANE ASSY (856A2916G01),
apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) on the
threads of bolts and seat the stage 1 vane assembly with 24 bolts.
Subtask 72-21-00-220-053
E. Do a check of the seating of the stage 1 vane assembly on the stage 2

vane assembly with 0.001 in. (0.02 mm) feeler gage.
Subtask 72-21-00-420-074
F. Install the Fan Components:
(1) Let the parts return to ambient temperature and TORQUE the bolts to
between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24 m.daN)
(2) Install the splitter fairing (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-028).
(3) Install all the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-007).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 455
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-869-065
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-064

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 456
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

FAN AND BOOSTER ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________
TASK 72-21-00-210-005
Inspection/Check of the Spinner Cone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : to 4 lbf.in (0.04 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loctite 496 (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-00-00-200-025 Over-Serviceable-Limit Extensions

72-21-00-300-001 Replacement of the Crimped Self-Locking Nuts on the
Spinner Rear Cone
72-55-00-960-002 Replacement of LPT Shaft Plug O-rings

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-078
R (1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
1(2).
Subtask 72-21-00-020-072
B. Remove the Spinner Cone.
(1) Remove the spinner front cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-005)
(2) Remove the spinner rear cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-006)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-21-00-210-055
A. Inspection of the spinner cone
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Spinner front cone

for:
A. Cracks Not serviceable. Install a new or

serviceable spinner front
cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-
400-005).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 602
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Nicks, dents and No limited quantity
scratches
R C. Damaged or missing No limit if not greater If more than 50 percent of

R surface protection than 50 percent of total total surface, install a
R for aluminium surface new or serviceable spinner
R spinner front front cone (Ref. TASK 72-
R cone. 21-00-400-005)
D. Loose or missing Not serviceable. Reinstall washer using

bonded washer. Loctite 496 (Material No.
CP2216) and hold it in
pressure
E. Tip erosion. No limit if radius is Do blending procedure to

not greater than 0.28 maximum serviceable limits
in. (7.1 mm) after or install a new
blending. serviceable spinner front
400-005).
F. Missing Any amount is permitted.

anti-erosion
paint.
R G. Corrosion marks These corrosion marks Refer to over serviceable

R (white mushroom are not serviceable. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
pattern) before 025).
part removal.
2. Spinner rear cone

for:
A. Cracks Not serviceable Install a new or

serviceable spinner rear
400-006).
B. Dents No limited quantity
C. Damaged surface No limit if not greater If more than 10 percent of

protection. than 10 percent of total total surface, install a
surface new or serviceable spinner

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 603
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rear cone (Ref. TASK 72-
21-00-400-006).
D. Missing Not serviceable Replace nuts (Ref. TASK

self-locking nuts 72-21-00-300-001) or
install a new or
400-006).
E. Self-locking nuts Not serviceable if Replace nuts (Ref. TASK

with loss of running torque is less 72-21-00-300-001) or
self-locking than to 4 lbf.in (0.04 install a new or
quality m.daN) serviceable spinner rear
400-006).
F. Self-locking nuts Not more than 0.008 in. Crimp again (no crack
with axial (0.2 mm) permitted) or replace nuts
looseness (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
001)
G. Self-locking nuts Not more than 0.008 in. Replace nuts (Ref. TASK
with lateral (0.2 mm) 72-21-00-300-001) or
looseness install a new or
400-006).
H. Oil wetting at None permitted Refer to limit extensions

inner of spinner (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
cone or fan disk 025) or (Ref. TASK 72-00-
or forward fan 00-200-025). Replace
shaft O-rings on the LPT shaft
plug (Ref. TASK 72-55-00-
960-002).
J. Seal ring tears Maximum cumulated length Refer to limit extensions

0.4 in. (10 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025) or (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-200-025). Install a new
or serviceable spinner

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rear cone (Ref. TASK 72-
21-00-400-006).
NOTE : Whenever serviceable limits for the following are exceeded, refer
____
to the over-serviceable limit extension if necessary (Ref. TASK
72-00-00-200-025) or (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-025) .
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-420-076
A. Install the Spinner Cone.
Subtask 72-21-00-869-073
B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-072
C. Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-290-003
Borescope Inspection of the Booster Rotor Blades, Stages 2,3,4 and 5 through
the Booster Inlet and Borescope Ports SO3 and SO5
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 856A1320 1 BORESCOPE-KIT
R 856A1322 1 BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
72-21-00-991-307 Fig. 601
72-21-00-991-308 Fig. 602
72-21-00-991-309 Fig. 603
72-21-00-991-310 Fig. 604
72-21-00-991-313 Fig. 605

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 606
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-079
1(2).
Subtask 72-21-00-010-059
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-21-00-040-052
Subtask 72-21-00-010-060
D. Open the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________

72-21-00-991-309, 604/TASK 72-21-00-991-310, 605/TASK 72-21-00-991-313)
Subtask 72-21-00-290-053
A. Borescope Inspection Methods
(1) Inspection of booster rotor blades through the borescope ports SO3
and SO5 and booster inlet.
(a) There are 2 borescope ports (SO3 and SO5) located (approximately)
at the 3.30 oclock position at the periphery of the booster
section and almost radially in line with the stages 3 and 4 of
the booster stator. Through these ports, you can see the leading
and trailing edges of the booster stage 3, 4 and 5 rotor blades.
Through the booster inlet, you can get a borescope view of the
booster rotor blades, stage 2.
(b) To do the inspection of the booster stages 2, 3, 4 and 5 rotor

blades:
R 1
_ Use BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320P04/P05) (field of view 60 deg.,
angle of vision 90 deg.) with a long right angle extension.
R 2
_ Use BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P02/P03/P04/P07/P08)
NOTE : It is necessary to index and turn the fan rotor. You

____
can turn the fan and booster rotor assembly by hand
from the engine inlet.
Subtask 72-21-00-480-060
B. Installation of the borescope.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE INPUT VOLTAGE OF THE BORESCOPE LIGHT SOURCE
_______
SET CORRESPONDS TO THAT OF THE POWER SUPPLY.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT :

_______
THE ON-OFF SWITCH IS IN THE OFF POSITION.
THE LIGHT INTENSITY CONTROL IS SET TO THE MINIMUM BEFORE YOU
CONNECT THE BOROSCOPE LIGHT-SOURCE SET TO THE POWER SUPPLY.
MAKE SURE THAT THE LIGHT SOURCE AND THE POWER SUPPLY ARE
CORRECTLY GROUNDED.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 608
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Booster Borescope Ports

Figure 601/TASK 72-21-00-991-307

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Borescope Inspection of the Stage 2 Booster Blades

Figure 602/TASK 72-21-00-991-308

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 610
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Borescope Inspection of the Stage 3 and 4 Booster Blades

Figure 603/TASK 72-21-00-991-309

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 611
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Borescope Inspection of the Stage 4 Booster Blades

Figure 604/TASK 72-21-00-991-310

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 612
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Booster Rotor Blades Damage Inspection (All stages)

Figure 605/TASK 72-21-00-991-313

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 613
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (1) Connect the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P02/P03/P04/P07/P08)
to a grounded power supply.
R (a) Connect the fiber light cable to the BORESCOPE-KIT

R (856A1320P04/P05) and to the port on the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE
R SET (856A1322P02/P03/P04/P07/P08).
(b) Turn the light source on. Engage the borescope and the long
right-angle extension, and set it as necessary for inspection.
Subtask 72-21-00-290-054
C. Borescope Inspection of the booster blades.
WARNING : USE CARE TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY WHEN YOU MANUALLY TURN THE
_______
FAN ROTOR. ASSURE SAFE FOOTING.USE HEAVY PROTECTIVE GLOVES
NOTE : Any amount of erosion/flaking of abradable lining material on the

____
outer shroud is permitted on booster vane stages 3,4 & 5.
(1) Do an borescope inspection of the booster blades while you turn the
fan rotor clockwise (aft looking forward) to complete the procedure.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Booster rotor blades

(all stages) for:
A. Missing piece on Axial or radial depth

tip corner 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) max.
B. Cracks Not serviceable
C. Wear or local Axial depth 0.5 in.

deformation (blade (12.7 mm) and 0.8 in.
tip corner on (20.32 mm) radial max.
leading and/or
trailing edges
D. Nicks, dents on No limited quantity if

concave and/or not deeper than 0.01 in.
convex sides (0.25 mm)
located in area E

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 614
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. Nicks, dents on No limited quantity if
concave and/or not deeper than 0.04 in.
convex sides not (1.02 mm)
located in area E
F. Nicks, dents, on Axial depth 0.02 in.

leading and/or mex (0.5 mm) max.
trailing edges
NOTE : If any damage is found, do a borescope inspection of all booster

____
downstream stages and compressor.
G. Distorted leading Circumferential

and/or trailing displacement 0.2 in. (5
edges not located mm) maximum
in area E
NOTE : Whenever
____
serviceable
limits for the
following are
exceeded, refer
to the
over-serviceable
limit extension
if necessary
(Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-200-025).
(2) When the inspection is completed, turn the switch off. Leave the main
light source blower on for a while to cool the lamp and the housing.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 615
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-410-061
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-21-00-440-052
Subtask 72-21-00-410-062
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 616
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-210-009
Inspect Fan Rotor Blades Installed on the Fan Disk
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70-51-00-230-002 Fluorescent-Penetrant Inspection-Portable-Water

Washable
72-21-00-300-028 Replacement of Fan Rotor Blades in Pairs
72-21-00-300-029 Replacement of Individual Fan Blades
72-21-00-320-003 Blending of Fan Rotor Blades
72-21-00-991-314 Fig. 606
72-21-00-991-315 Fig. 607
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-087

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 617
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
R (c) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-00-991-314, 607/TASK 72-21-00-991-315)
Subtask 72-21-00-210-059
A. Inspection of the fan blades (in situ, installed on the fan disk)
NOTE : If pairs of fan blades are not available as spare for replacement
____
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-028), you can replace one blade
individually (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-029), when the difference
between the moment weight of the blade removed and its opposite is
not more than 800 cm.g (315 in.g). However, you must do the
inspections and corrections given in the replacement procedure
R with the conditions of the referenced procedure, thus, to make
R sure the engine vibration is not more than the limits. This also
R optimizes the operation of the engine.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fan rotor blades for: Not serviceable. Replace pair of matched
A. Cracks or Tears. blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-
(1) Operational 00-300-028).

cracks.
(2) FOD caused Not serviceable Replace blade (Ref. TASK

cracks or 72-21-00-000-007) and
tears. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
007), or blend the defects

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 618
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-21-00

Page 619
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Rotor Blades - Blend Limits


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 620
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 621
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 622
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

72-21-00

Page 623
May 01/06

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Fan Rotor Blades - Local Distortions


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 624
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 625
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 626
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 627
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
003) if damage is within
the blending limit of
figure.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)
You must repair blended
fan blades following ESM
72-21-01 Rep 01 at first
shop visit opportunity.
B. Nicks, dents and No limited quantity, if Replace blade (Ref. TASK

scratches on not deeper than 0.003 72-21-00-000-007) and
contour surfaces in.(0.08 mm) after (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
of root area, and removal of high metal. 007) or blend the defects
full airfoil out if damage is within the
of midspan shroud blending limit of figure
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)
critical area. You must repair blended
C. Nicks, dents and No limited quantity, if Do blending procedure

scratches on not deeper than 0.006 (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
leading edge of in.(0.15 mm) 003)
root area, Area A.
D. Nicks, dents and No limited quantity, if Replace blade (Ref. TASK

trailing edge, in. (0.15 mm). (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
Area D 007) or blend the defects
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
figure.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 628
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. Nicks, dents and No limited quantity, if Replace blade (Ref. TASK
scratches on not deeper than 0.03 in. 72-21-00-000-007) and
leading edge in (0.76 mm), with 0.40 in. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
Area B. (10.16 mm) max length 007) or blend the defectts
for scratches after (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
removal of high metal. 003) if damage is within
figure.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)
F. Localized Not serviceable. Replace blade (Ref. TASK

distortion on 72-21-00-000-007) and
leading and (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
trailing edges of 007).
root area, Area A.
G. Leading and Two areas may be Do a spot

trailing edges distorted up to 0.34 in. fluorescent-penetrant
distortion in (8.64 mm) out of contour inspection (Ref. TASK 70-
Areas B and D (out provided there are no 51-00-230-002).
of root area sharp corners and the
trailing edge). minimum length L is six
times the depth of the
distortion.
H. Blade tip (Area C) Tip curl must not extend Replace pair of blades if
for: more than dimension not in the limits
(1) Leading edge X1=0.5 in. (13 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
tip curl across the blade tip and 028)
not more than dimension No continued in-service
X=0.5 in. (13 mm), along extension is permitted.
the leading edge.
Maximum deflection from
original contour is
dimension Y=0.25 in.
(6.35 mm).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 629
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A maximum of 6 blades
can have tip curl up to
dimension X1=1.3 in. (33
mm) across the blade tip
and dimension X=2 in.
(51 mm) along the
leading edge with
maximum deflection from
original contour
dimension Y=0.6 in. (15
mm). Not more than 3
blades to these
increased limits can be
adjacent.
In all cases, deflection

tip angle must not be
more than 60 degrees
from original airfoil.
(2) Trailing edge Tip curl must not extend Replace pair of blades if
tip curl. more than dimension not in the limits
Z1=0.5 in. (13 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
across the blade tip and 028).
not more than dimension No continued in-service
Z=0.5 in. (13 mm) along extention is permitted.
the trailing edge, with
original contour
dimension Y1=0.25 in.
(6.35 mm). A maximum of
5 blades can have tip
curl up to dimension
Z1=1 in. (25.4 mm)
across the blade tip and
up to dimension Z=1
in.(25.4mm) along the
trailing edge with
original contour
dimension Y1=0.3 in.
(7.62 mm).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 630
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No more than 3 blades to
these increased limits
can be adjacent.
(3) Nicks and No limited quantity if Replace blade (Ref. TASK

dents. not deeper than 0.04 in. 72-21-00-000-007) and
(1.02 mm) and not longer (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm). 007) or blend the defects
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
limit of figure.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)
J. Nicks, dents and For scratches: Do blending procedure

scratches on no limited quantity, if (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
surface of blade not deeper than 0.02 in. 003).
platform (0.5 mm) and not longer
(excluding fillet than 0.40 in. (10.16
and recess area). mm).
For nicks and dents, no
limit on diameter after
removal of high metal.
R K. Pits No limited quantity if Replace pair of blades if

R not deeper than 0.005 not in the limits
R in. (0.13 mm). No limits (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
R as regards diameter or 028).
R spacing.
R L. Wear due to Any amount up to 0.005 Replace pair of blades if

shingling on in. (0.13 mm) deep. not in the limits
midspan shroud. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
028).
R M. High metal caused Any amount after

by shingling on smoothing of high metal.
midspan shroud.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 631
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R N. Shingled midspan Not serviceable. Refer to over serviceable
shrouds. limit extensions
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
R P. Fan blade(s) tip Not serviceable. Release the blade(s) with

seizure in fan hand force to move the
case abradable seized blade(s) tip
shroud forward and
circumferentially.
Then, do an inspection of
the blade(s) as told in
this procedure and
abradable shroud
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-
003) for serviceability.
Make sure that there is
free rotation of N1 rotor
system.
Subtask 72-21-00-010-064
B. If necessary, remove the fan blades for full inspection (Ref. TASK 72-21-
00-000-007)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-410-066
A. Close access.
items.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 632
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-210-006
Inspect Fan Rotor Blades Removed from the Fan Disk.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT)
856A5817 1 TOOL,CHECK-FAN BLADE SHANK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Washable
72-21-00-210-004 Detailed Inspection and Relubrication of Fan Blade
Dovetails, Midspan Shrouds, Retainers, Spacers,
Dampers and Fan Disk Dovetail Slots
72-21-00-300-028 Replacement of Fan Rotor Blades in Pairs
72-21-00-300-029 Replacement of Individual Fan Blades
72-21-00-991-314 Fig. 606
72-21-00-991-315 Fig. 607

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 633
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-080
1(2).
R (c) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M(3 FT) in position.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-00-991-314, 607/TASK 72-21-00-991-315)
Subtask 72-21-00-210-056
A. Full inspection of the fan blades (removed from fan disk)

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-00-991-314, 607/TASK 72-21-00-991-315)
CAUTION : DO NOT CLEAN TITANIUM PARTS WITH COMPOUNDS WHICH CONTAIN

_______
HALOGEN. HALOGEN DECREASES THE STRENGTH OF TITANIUM.
NOTE : The removal of the fan blades is necessary to do a full inspection

____
of those blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).
NOTE : If pairs of fan blades are not available as spare for replacement
____
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-028), you can replace one blade
individually (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-029), when the difference
between the moment weight of the blade removed and its opposite is
not more than 800 cm.g (315 in.g). However, you must do the
inspections and corrections given in the replacement procedure
R with the conditions of the referenced procedure, thus, to make
R sure the engine vibration is not more than the limits. This also
R optimizes the operation of the engine.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 634
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fan rotor blades for:
A. Cracks or tears.
(1) Operational Not serviceable. Replace pair of matched

cracks. blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-
00-300-028).
(2) FOD caused Not serviceable. Replace blade (Ref. TASK

cracks or 72-21-00-000-007) and
tears. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
007), or blend the defects
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
figure.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)
B. Nicks, dents and No limited quantity if Replace blade (Ref. TASK

scratches on no deeper than 0.003 in. 72-21-00-000-007) and
contour surfaces (0.08 mm) after removal (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
of root area, and of high metal. 007), or blend the defects
full airfoil out (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
of midspan shroud 003) if damage is within
critical area. the blending limit of
figure.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)
C. Nicks, dents and No limited quantity if Do blending procedure

scratches on not deeper than 0.006 (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
leading edge of in. (0.15 mm). 003).
root area, Area A.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 635
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Nicks, dents and No limited quantity if Replace blade (Ref. TASK
trailing edge, in. (0.15 mm). (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
Area D. 007), or blend the defects
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
figure.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)
E. Nicks, dents and No limited quantity if Replace blade (Ref. TASK

scratches on not deeper than 0.03 in. 72-21-00-000-007) and
leading edge in (0.76 mm), with 0.40 in. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
Area B. (10.16 mm) max length 007), or blend the defects
for scratches after (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
removal of high metal. 003) if damage is within
figure.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)
F. Localized Not serviceable. Replace blade (Ref. TASK

distortion on 72-21-00-000-007) and
leading and (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
trailing edges of 007).
root area, Area A.
R G. Leading and Two areas may be Do a spot fluorescent

R trailing edges distorted up to 0.34 in. penetrant inspection
R distortion in (8.64 mm) out of contour (Ref. TASK 70-51-00-230-
Areas B and D (out provided there are no 002).
R of root area sharp corners and the
trailing edge). minimum length L is six

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 636
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
times the depth of the
distortion.
H. Blade tip (Area C)

for:
(1) Leading edge Tip curl must not extend Replace pair of blades if
tip curl. more than dimension X1 = not in the limits
0.5 in. (13 mm) across (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
the blade tip and not 028). No continued
more than dimension X = in-service extension is
0.5 in. (13 mm) along permitted.
the leading edge, with
original contour
dimension X1 = 0.25 in.
(6.35 mm).
R A maximum of 6 blades Replace pair of blades if

R can have tip curl up to not in the limits
R dimension X1 = 1.3 in. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
R (33 mm) across the blade 028). No continue
tip and dimension X = 2 in-service extension is
in. (51 mm) along the permitted.
leading edge with
original contour
dimension Y = 0.6 in.
(15 mm). No more than 3
blades to these
increased limits can be
adjacent. In all cases,
deflection tip angle
must not be more than 60
degrees from original
airfoil.
(2) Trailing edge Tip curl must not extend Replace pair of blades if
tip curl. more than dimension Z1 = not in the limits
0.5 in. (13 mm) across (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
the blade tip and not 028). No continued
more than dimension Z = in-service extension is
0.5 in. (13 mm) along permitted.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 637
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the trailing edge, with
original contour
dimension Y1= 0.25 in.
(6.35 mm).
R A maximum of 5 blades Replace pair of blades if

R can have tip curl up to not in the limits
R dimension Z1 = 1 in. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
R (25.4 mm) across the 028). No continued
blade tip and up to in-service extension is
dimension Z = 1 in. permitted.
(25.4 mm) along the
trailing edge with
original contour
dimension Y1= 0.3 in.
(7.62 mm).
No more than 3 blades to
these increased limits
can be adjacent.
(3) Nicks and No limited quantity if Replace blade (Ref. TASK

dents. not deeper than 0.03 in. 72-21-00-000-007) and
(0.76 mm) and no longer (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm). 007), or blend the defects
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
figure.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)
J. Nicks, dents and For scratches: Do blending procedure

scratches on no limited quantity,if (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
surface of blade not deeper than 0.02 in. 003).
platform (0.5 mm) and, not longer
(excluding fillet than 0.40 in. (10.16
and recess area). mm).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 638
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For nicks and dents, no
limit on diameter after
K. Missing Molydag Missing Molydag coating

coating on is permitted on 100
dovetail pressure percent of the surface
faces. if parent material is
not damaged.
(1) Worn or Any amount if parent

missing material is not damaged.
Cu.Ni.In
coating in the
non-contact
area (Area 1).
(2) Worn or Flaking of Cu.Ni.In up See over serviceable limit

missing to 10 percent is extension (Ref. TASK 72-
Cu.Ni.In permitted if coating 00-00-200-025) and examine
coating in the adherence is correct in blades for serviceability.
contact area adjacent areas and if Make sure that MoS2 dry
(Area 2) of there is no evidence of film lubricant is applied
the dovetail wear on base material. to disk slots, the blade
pressure face. roots (dovetails), the
blade platforms and
lateral surfaces of those
platforms, and the midspan
shroud mating surfaces
before blade installation
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-210-
004).
Flaking of Cu.Ni.In over See over serviceable limit

10 percent and less than extension (Ref. TASK 72-
50 percent is permitted 00-00-200-025) and examine
if coating adherence is blades for serviceability.
correct in adjacent Make sure that MoS2 dry
areas and if there is no film lubricant is applied
evidence of wear on base to disk slots, the blade
material. roots (dovetails), the
blade platforms and

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 639
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-210-
004) .
L. Missing coating on Any amount.

inner faces of
platform.
M. Fretting on Not serviceable. Replace pair of blades if

dovetail pressure not in the limits
faces. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
028).
N. Nicks, dents and Not serviceable. Replace pair of blades if

scratches in not in the limits
dovetail fillet (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
radius. 028).
P. Pits. No limited quantity if Replace pair of blades if

not deeper than 0.005 not in the limits
in. (0.13 mm). No limits (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
as regards diameter or 028).
spacing.
Q. Nicks, dents and No limited quantity if Replace blade (Ref. TASK

midspan shroud. in. (0.25 mm). No (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
limited length for 007), or blend the defects
scratches, and 0.5 in. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-320-
(12.7 mm) diameter for 003) if damage is within
dents. None permitted in the blending limit of
midspan shroud critical figure.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-21-
00-991-314)
area. You must repair blended
R. Missing hard Flaking of hard coating

coating from is permitted if coating

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 640
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
midspan shroud not adherence is correct in
exceeding 10 adjacent areas.
percent of the
midspan shroud
mating face.
R Missing hard Flaking of hard coating Monitor at every 2 A

R coating from is permitted if coating checks (1500 cycles).
R midspan shroud adherence is correct in Remove and examine blades
R exceeding 10 adjacent areas. for serviceability
percent but less (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-
than 20 percent of 007). Make sure that MoS2
the midspan shroud dry film lubricant is
mating face. applied to disk slots, the
blade roots (dovetails),
the blade platforms and
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-
007).
Missing hard coat Not serviceable. See over serviceable limit

from midspan extensions (Ref. TASK 72-
shroud exceeding 00-00-200-025).
20 percent of the
midspan shroud
mating face.
S. Wear due to Any amount up to 0.005 Replace pair of blades if

shingling on in. (0.13 mm) deep. not in the limits
midspan shroud. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
028).
T. High metal caused Any amount after

by shingling on smoothing of high metal.
midspan shroud.
U. Fretting on:

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 641
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WARNING : YOU MUST
_______
CLEAN
THE FAN
BLADE
SHANKS
WITH
ISOPROPY
ALCOHOL
(MATERIA
No.
CP1041)
BEFORE
YOU DO
THE
INSPECTI
NOTE : It is
____
necessary
to do the
wear depth
measurement
on all fan
blade
shanks with
the tool
R TOOL,CHECK-
R FAN BLADE
R SHANK.
(1) Aft side of No limit if not deeper Replace pair of blades if

shank. than 0.003 in. (0.08 not in the limits
mm). (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
028).
(2) Lateral sides No limit if not deeper Replace pair of blades if

of shank than 0.012 in. (0.30 mm) not in the limits
(concave side) and 0.008 (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
in. (0.20 mm) (convex 028).
side) on the area
referenced by X for
length and Y for width.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 642
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Forward face No limit if not deeper Replace pair of blades if
of dovetail. than 0.003 in. (0.08 not in the limits
mm). (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
028).
(4) Slide edges of No limit if not deeper Replace pair of blades if

platform. than 0.013 in. (0.33 not in the limits
mm). (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-300-
028).
V. Shingled midspan Not serviceable. See over serviceable limit

shrouds. extensions (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-025).
W. Fan blade(s) tip Not serviceable. Release the blade(s) with

seizure in fan hand force to move the
case abradable seized blade(s) tip
shroud. forward and
circumferentially. Then,
do an inspection of the
blade(s) and abradable
shroud for serviceability.
Make sure that there is
free N1 rotation.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-942-075
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
items.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 643
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-210-007
R Inspection/Check of the Stage 1 Booster Vane, Fan Disk, Fan Blades Spacers and
R Booster Spool.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-21-00-000-008 Removal of the Stage 1 Booster Vane Assembly
72-21-00-400-008 Installation of the Stage 1 Booster Vane Assembly
72-21-00-991-317 Fig. 608
72-21-00-991-318 Fig. 609
72-21-00-991-319 Fig. 610
R 72-21-00-991-336 Fig. 611
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-081

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 644
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-21-00-020-073
B. Remove the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).
4. Procedure
_________

72-21-00-991-319)
Subtask 72-21-00-210-057
A. Do this visual inspection:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Stage 1 booster vanes

for:
(Ref. Fig. 610/TASK
72-21-00-991-319)
A. Piece missing: Maximum number 20 blades Refer to maximum

up to 0.25 in. (6.5 mm) serviceable limits
axial, 0.73 in. (18.5 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
mm) radial on all 025)
airfoil surfaces, except
top/bottom 0.4 in. (10
mm).
B. Broken vane: Not serviceable Replace stage 1 booster

vane (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-
000-008) and (Ref. TASK
72-21-00-400-008)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 645
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Inspection of Fan Disk

Figure 608/TASK 72-21-00-991-317

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 646
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Blades Spacer

Figure 609/TASK 72-21-00-991-318

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 647
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Stage 1 Booster Vane Damage Limits


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 648
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Stage 1 Booster Vane Damage Limits


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 649
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Disengagement from Not serviceable Replace stage 1 booster
inner shroud: vane (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-
000-008) and (Ref. TASK
72-21-00-400-008)
D. Cracks and tears: In area C, any number, Refer to maximum

less than 0.25 in. (6.5 serviceable limits
mm) radial less than (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
0.08 in. (2 mm) axial. 025)
E. Distortion of Any number, if the Refer to maximum

trailing edge and length L is not more serviceable limits
leading edge: than 0.709 in. (18 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
and the maximum 025)
dimension X along the
chord width is not more
than 0.256 in. (6.5 mm)
F. Nicks, dents, Any number, less than Refer to maximum

scratches for 0.09 in. (2.29 mm) in serviceable limits
areas A and B: diameter protrusion. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
G. Nicks, dents, Any number, less than Refer to maximum

scratches for area 0.197 in. (5 mm) in serviceable limits
C: diameter protrusion (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
acceptable, not through 025)
H. Nicks, dents, Maximum axial length Refer to maximum

scratches on less than 0.08 in. (2 serviceable limits
leading edge and mm) in diameter (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
trailing edge protrusion acceptable, 025)
not thru.
J. Deposits and Any amount. Refer to maximum

erosion: serviceable limits
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
K. Cracked inner Not serviceable. Refer to maximum

shroud serviceable limits
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 650
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
L. Erosion of Any amount.
abradable lining
on outer shroud
M. Flaking of Any number, maximum

abradable lining surface affected less
on outer shroud than 52.70 sq.in (340
cm2) for CFM56-5B/P &
CFM56-5B/2P engines.
Any number, maximum
surface affected less
than 15.50 sq.in (100
cm2) for CFM56-5B
engine.
2. Fan disk for:

(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK
72-21-00-991-317)
A. Cracks Not serviceable.
B. Wear on dovetail No limit, if less than See limit extensions

slot pressure 50 percent of area is (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
faces. damaged. If the maximum 025)
affected surface, even
only on one side of one
slot, is greater than or
equal to 50%, any amount
if less than 0.152 mm
(0.0059 in.) deep.
C. Nicks and No limited quantity, if

scratches. not deeper than 0.01 in.
(0.25 mm) after removal
of high metal. None
permitted within 0.5 in.
(12.7 mm) of dovetail
slots disk bore and aft
surface of web.
3. Fan blade spacer for:

(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK
72-21-00-991-318)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 651
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Cracks Not serviceable. Replace blade spacer
B. Fretting No limit, if the damage Replace blade spacer

is not more than 0.005
in. (0.125 mm) deep.
C. Corrosion, pitting No limit for the damage Replace blade spacer

less than 0.0098 in.
(0.25 mm) deep, if the
surface protection is
not damaged.
D. Damaged Surface No limit for the damage Replace blade spacer

protection less than 20 percent of
total surface if parent
material is found
without corrosion
pitting in the damaged
area.
E. Scratches No limit for the damage Replace blade spacer

0.005 in. (0,125 mm)
deep maximum after the
R 4. Booster spool for:

R (Ref. Fig. 611/TASK
72-21-00-991-336)
R A. Wear on front No limit if not deeper

R flange than 0.001 in. (0.0254
R mm) for wear due to
R contact with the rear
R surface of the fan blade
R shank.
R B. Dents, nicks and Any amount if less than

R scratches on front 0.003 in. (0.08 mm)
R surface of seal deep.
R tooth

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 652
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Booster Spool
R Figure 611/TASK 72-21-00-991-336

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 653
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R C. Plugs on surface A A maximum of 8 plug See limit extensions
R missing is permitted. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-420-077
A. Install the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-007).
Subtask 72-21-00-869-075
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-073
C. Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 654
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-210-004
Detailed Inspection and Relubrication of Fan Blade Dovetails, Midspan Shrouds,

Retainers, Spacers, Dampers and Fan Disk Dovetail Slots
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific soft bristle brush

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

molykote G rapid (Ref. 70-30-00)
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
MoS2 dry film lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 655
Feb 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-21-00-210-007 Inspection/Check of the Stage 1 Booster Vane, Fan
R Disk, Fan Blades Spacers and Booster Spool.
R 72-21-00-991-335 Fig. 612
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-089
1(2).
Subtask 72-21-00-020-079
B. Remove the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).
Subtask 72-21-00-110-056
C. CLean the fan blade dovetails.

_______
CLOTHING.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 656
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(1) Clean the fan blade dovetails and midspan shrouds, the fan blade
spacers and the fan disk dovetail slots with isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. CP1041) or acetone (Material No. CP1039) or stoddard
solvent (Material No. CP2011) or ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559) or
turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol (Material No.
CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584) or mag-chem skysol
(Material No. CP2656). Use a soft bristle brush if necessary, to
remove dirt build-ups.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 612/TASK 72-21-00-991-335)
Subtask 72-21-00-210-061
A. Do an inspection/check of the items which follow:
(1) Fan blade airfoils, midspan shrouds and dovetails (Ref. TASK 72-21-
00-210-006).
(2) Fan blade spacers and fan dovetails slots (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-210-
007).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-640-052
A. Apply MoS2 dry film lubricant (Material No. CP5062) or molykote G rapid
(Material No. CP2104):
- the fan disk dovetail slots,
- the blade spacers,
- the blade dovetails,
- the blade midspan shrouds,
before the re-installion of the blades. Lubricant should be applied
liberally to all dovetail and slot pressure faces. Brush application is
preferred. Allow the lubricant to dry to a dull opaque finish before
installation of blades in disk slots.
Subtask 72-21-00-420-085
B. Install fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-007).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 657
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Blade, Blade Spacer and Disk Areas to Be Inspected after Cleaning for
Removal of Lubricant from Pressure Faces
R Figure 612/TASK 72-21-00-991-335

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,

72-21-00 Page 658
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-21-00-942-080
C. Close Access
items.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 659
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

FAN AND BOOSTER ASSEMBLY - REPAIRS
__________________________________
TASK 72-21-00-300-001
Replacement of the Crimped Self-Locking Nuts on the Spinner Rear Cone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SPM 704251350018
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-071

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 801
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-21-00-020-067
A. Removal of the defective cimpred Nut(s).
(1) Remove the spinner front cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-005)
(2) If necessary, remove the spinner rear cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-
006)
(3) Remove the defective crimped self-locking nut(s) from the spinner
rear cone. (Ref. SPM 704251350018)
Subtask 72-21-00-420-070
B. Crimping of the New Self-Locking Nuts.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AROUND

_______
THE NUTS DURING NUT INSTALLATION.
(1) Crimp the new self-locking nut(s). (Ref. SPM 704251350018)
NOTE : No radial or end play is permitted in the installation of the

____
crimped self-locking nuts type B.
(2) Install the spinner front cone. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-005)
(3) Install the spinner rear cone. (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-006)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 802
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-942-065
A. Close Access

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 803
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-300-009
Correction of the Static Imbalance
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-21-00-991-324 Fig. 801
72-21-00-991-328 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-074

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 804
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2). 1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-21-00-991-324, 802/TASK 72-21-00-991-328)
Subtask 72-21-00-750-053
A. Example of static imbalance correction on a spinner still equipped with

balance screws other than P07.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-21-00-991-328)
(1) Assume a balance weight Fc = 480 cm.g (189 in.g) orientated toward
balance screw No. 24, is to be installed on the spinner which is
still equipped with balance screws P02 in screw positions No. 18 and
19, and P05 in screw position No. 22.
(2) Both screws P02 have a total moment weight F1 of 327 cm.g (129 in.g)
acting along an axis between both screws.
(3) Screw P05, installed in position No. 22, has a moment weight F2 of
375 cm.g (148 in.g) acting along an axis going through the screw
location.
(4) Vectorial sum corresponding to the 3 balance screws has a resultant

F3 of approximately 656 cm.g (258 in.g).
(5) Fc and F3 have a vectorial sum Ft of 1072 cm.g (422 in.g) acting
along an axis close to balance screw No. 22.
(6) Shows that 1 centered screw P04 and 2 lateral screws P05 provide a
total moment weight of 1048 cm.g (413 in.g).
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-21-00-991-324)
(7) One balance screw P04 must be installed in position 22 and 2 lateral
screws P04 must be installed in position 21 and 23, instead of screws
previously installed.
NOTE : As vectorial sum Ft defined in paragraph A(5) is greater than

____
400 cm.g (157 in.g), static correction must be followed by a
trim balance operation (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-750-001).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 805
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Various Balance Screw Arrangements For Given Moment Weights


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 806
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Various Balance Screw Arrangements For Given Moment Weights


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 807
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Static Imbalance Correction

Figure 802/TASK 72-21-00-991-328

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 808
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

NOTE : you can do a vibration check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-009) when
____
you replace the fan blade(s) or when you install the same fan
blade set again. The results of the the survey will show if it
is necessary to do a fan trim balance or if the installation
is correct (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-750-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-869-069
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-068
B. Close Access

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 809
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-320-003
Blending of Fan Rotor Blades
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific magnifying glass power 10x to 20x

No specific soft file
No specific Light source - white
R 856A2682G01 1 EDDY CURRENT INSTRUMENT
856A2949 1 TEMPLATE, CHECKING - FAN BLADE LEADING EDGE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

durite G422 (Ref. 70-30-00)
durite G421 (Ref. 70-30-00)
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 810
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Washable
R 70-52-00-250-002 Eddy Current Inspection of the Fan Blade Leading Edge
SPM 704111
SPM 704112
72-21-00-991-329 Fig. 803
72-21-00-991-333 Fig. 804
72-21-00-991-334 Fig. 805
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-075
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 811
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________

72-21-00-991-334)
Subtask 72-21-00-020-069
A. Remove the damaged fan blades, if necessary (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).
Subtask 72-21-00-220-054
B. Examine the fan blades.
(1) Leading edge and trailing edge in the critical root area.
(a) Find the critical root area.
1
_ The root area longitudinal dimension is 2.32 in. (60 mm).
(2) Mid span shroud area.
(a) Find the critical area for the mid span shroud.
1
_ The critical areas are at 1.57 in. (40 mm) from the leading
edge and at 1.18 in. (30 mm) on each side of the mid span
shroud.
2
_ The critical areas are at 0.63 in. (16 mm) from the bottom of
the mid span shroud and at 0.39 in. (10 mm) from the mid span
shroud trailing edge.
(3) Leading edge and trailing edge repair in non critical areas.
(a) The leading edge dimensions.
1
_ Taper the blend repair for area A and area B as follows:
a
_ In area A the blend repair is not more than 0.08 in. (2
mm).
b
_ In area B the blend repair is not more than 0.339 in. (8.6
mm).
c
_ When the distance (Dim. O) between two blend repairs is
less than or equal to five times the depth of the smallest
of these blends, tangentially blend out the bottom of the
two blends.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 812
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Blend Repair of the Fan Rotor Blade Airfoil

Figure 803/TASK 72-21-00-991-329

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 813
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Blade Blending Repair limits


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 814
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 815
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 816
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Typical Examples of Unacceptable Leading Edges Contours

Figure 805/TASK 72-21-00-991-334

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 817
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

d
_ The total length of blend repairs permitted on the leading
edge is equal to 2.76 in. (70 mm) per blade.
(b) The leading edge (area A and B) blend repairs are permitted with
these limits.
1
_ Make sure that after you do the blending repair, the edge
thickness is not less than the initial thickness.
2
_ The longitudinal direction of the repair for area A must be
equal to or more than ten times the depth (Dim. P) of the
damage.
3
_ The longitudinal direction of the repair for area B must be
equal to or more than eight times the depth (Dim. P) of the
damage.
4
_ The minimum radius R4 is equal to or more than fifteen times
of depth (Dim. P) for area A.
5
_ The minimum radius R4 is equal to or more than ten times of
depth (Dim. P) for area B.
6
_ The radius R3 for the blend repair on either side of the
initial damage is a minimum radius blend of 0.2 in. (5 mm) and
a maximum radius blend of 0.31 in. (8 mm).
7
_ If the distance (Dim. O1) between the blend repair and the
blade tip is not more than two times the depth (Dim. P) of the
repair, do the step:
a
_ Blend the bottom area of the repair tangentially from the
depth of the area to the blade tip and blend the tip to the
blending tip radius R1 with a minimum radius blend of 0.02
in. (0.5 mm) and a maximum radius blend of 0.67 in. (17 mm)
at R1 minimum possible value.
(c) The trailing edge dimensions.
1
_ Taper the blend repair as follows:
a
_ The blend repair is not more than 0.059 in. (1.5 mm).
b
_ When the distance (Dim. O) between two blend repairs is
less than or equal to five times the depth of the smaller
repair area, blend the two repairs together to a depth of a
line which tangentially connects the bottom areas.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 818
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

c
_ The total length of blend repairs permitted on the trailing
edge is equal to 1.77 in. (45 mm) per blade.
(d) Trailing edge blend repairs are permitted with these limits.
1
_ Make sure that after you do the blending repair, the edge
thickness is not less than the initial thickness.
2
_ The longitudinal direction of the repair must be equal to or
more than ten times the depth (Dim. P) of the damage.
3
_ The minimum radius R4 is equal to or more than fifteen times
the depth (Dim. P).
4
_ The radius R3 for the blend repair on either side of the
initial damage is a minimum radius blend of 0.2 in. (5 mm) and
a maximum radius blend of 0.31 in. (8 mm).
5
_ If the distance (Dim. O1) between the blend repair and the
blade tip is not more than two times the depth (Dim. P) of the
repair, do this step:
a
_ Blend the bottom area of the repair tangentially from the
depth of the area to the blade tip and blend the tip to the
blending tip radius R2 with a minimum radius blend of 0.02
in. (0.5 mm) and a maximum radius blend of 0.43 in. (11 mm)
at R2 minimum possible value.
(4) Leading edge and trailing edge repair in critical areas.
(a) The leading edge and trailing edge dimensions.
1
a
_ The blend repair for the leading edge is not more than 0.04
in. (1 mm).
b
_ The blend repair for the trailing edge is not more than
0.059 in. (1.5 mm).
(b) The leading edge and trailing edge blend repairs are permitted
with these limits.
1
a
_ The longitudinal direction of the repair must be equal to
or more than twenty times the depth (Dim. P) of the damage.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 819
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

b
_ The minimum radius R4 is equal to or more than thirty times
the depth (Dim P).
(5) Blade tip repair (area C).
(a) The blend repair does not extend more than 0.04 in. (1 mm).
(b) The chordal direction of the repair must be equal to or more than
eight times the depth (Dim. P) of the damage.
(c) The minimum radius R4 is equal to or more than ten times the
depth (Dim. P) of the damage.
(d) The radius R3 for the blend repair on either side of the initial
damage is a minimum radius blend of 0.2 in. (5 mm) and a maximum
radius blend of 0.31 in. (8 mm).
(e) The radius R1 blend repair between the leading edge and the tip
is not less than 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) and not more than 0.67 in. (17
mm).
(f) The radius R2 blend repair between the trailing edge and the tip
is not less than 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) and not more than 0.43 in. (11
mm).
(g) When the distance (Dim. O) between two blend repairs is less than
or equal to five times the depth (Dim. P) of the repair, blend
the two repairs together to a line which tangentially connects
the bottom areas.
(h) If the distance (Dim. O1) between the blend tip repair and the
blade leading edge is less than two times the depth (Dim. P) of
the repair, do this step:
1
_ Blend the bottom of the repair tangentially across to the
blade leading edge and blend the tip to the blending tip
radius R1 minimum possible value.
(i) If the distance (Dim. O1) between the blend tip repair and the
blade trailing edge is less than two times the depth (Dim. P) of
the repair, do this step:
1
_ Blend the bottom of the repair tangentially across to the
blade trailing edge and blend the tip to the blending tip
radius R2 minimum possible value.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 820
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(j) The total chordal length of the blend repairs permitted on the
blade tip is equal to 0.8 in. (20 mm) per blade.
(6) Fan blade airfoil blend repairs.
(a) The convex or concave blend repair.
1
_ Repairs are permitted on the surface with this limit:
a
_ Do not repair inside the blade critical areas.
2
_ If the distance (Dim. U) is not less than 0.079 in. (2 mm), do
this step:
a
_ The convex or concave blend repair depth becomes not more
than 0.024 in. (0.6 mm).
3
_ The concave or convex blend repair minimum radius R5 is not
less than five times the depth (Dim. K).
4
_ The concave or convex blend repair area length is the sum of
dimensions (Dim. S) and (Dim. T).
a
_ The total length of (Dim. S) and (Dim. T) for a blend
repair is not more than 0.425 in. (10.8 mm).
b
_ The chordal length (Dim. S) for a blade is six times the
repair length (Dim. K).
c
_ The maximun longitudinal length (Dim. T) is two times the
length (Dim. S).
d
_ The distance (Dim. O2) between two blend repairs must be
more than the blend repair length (Dim. S) + (Dim. T) of
the largest blend.
e
_ The total length (Dim. S) + (Dim. T) of all blend repairs
on the convex side must not be more than 1.3 in. (33 mm).
f
_ The total length (Dim. S) + (Dim. T) of all blend repairs
on the concave side must not be more than 1.3 in. (33 mm).
(7) Mid span shroud blend repair.
(a) The distance (Dim. D) between two blend repairs must be more than
five times the two defects largest blend.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 821
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) The distance (Dim. V) for a blend repair is not more than 0.02
in. (0.5 mm).
(c) The longitudinal direction (Dim. W) for a blend repair must be

equal to or more than eight times the depth (Dim. V).
(d) The minimum radius R6 is equal to or more than ten times the
depth (Dim. V).
(e) The radius R3 for the blend repair on either side of the damage
is a minimum radius blend of 0.2 in. (5 mm) and a maximum radius
blend of 0.31 in. (8 mm).
(f) The minimum distance (Dim. M) is equal to or more than six times
the depth (Dim. V).
(g) The maximum distance (Dim. N) is two times the length (Dim. M).
(h) The total length of (Dim. M) and (Dim. N) for a blend repair is
not more than 0.35 in. (9 mm).
(i) The distance (Dim. X) between two blend repairs, located either
on the same or opposite sides, must be more than 0.177 in. (4.5
mm).
(j) The total length (Dim. W) of all blend repairs must not be more
than 0.16 in. (4 mm).
Subtask 72-21-00-320-052
C. Do the blending operation as follows:
CAUTION : EXCESSIVE HEAT CREATED DURING BLENDING CAN WEAKEN BLADE. TO

_______
AVOID EXCESSIVE HEAT WHEN POWER GRINDING OR BLENDING TOOLS ARE
USED, CHECK FOR HEAT BUILDING BY TOUCHING OCCASIONALLY WITH
BARE HAND. IF BLADE BECOMES TOO HOT TO TOUCH, ALLOW MATERIAL TO
COOL BEFORE CONTINUING REPAIR.
NOTE : If five or more fan blades have been subject to this blending
____
repair, perform trim balance operation. It is recommended that
location of repaired blades be recorded to perform trim balance
operation.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 822
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(1) Remove the surface damage from the blade airfoil per (Ref. SPM
704111) using a soft file or strips of durite G422 (Material No.
CP2189) or durite G421 (Material No. CP2191) grade 150 or 180, used
dry. The blended areas must make a smooth transition into the
surrounding areas.
NOTE : To prevent axial scratches, always do the blending in a

____
longitudinal direction, parallel with the length of the blade.
(2) Complete the blending with strips of durite G422 (Material No.
CP2189) grade 400 or 800, used dry. The surface finish (roughness) on
blended areas must be as close as pratical to the original finish.
(3) If a large or deep blend is required, a low speed power tool equipped
with an appropriate titanium grinding tool may be used to shorten the
time required to remove the metal per (Ref. SPM 704112) but you must
complete with hand blending as told above.
NOTE : Reworked contour must conform to original contour.

____
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-21-00-991-334)
Subtask 72-21-00-110-054
D. Clean the blade:
CAUTION : TITANIUM PARTS REQUIRE THE USE OF NON-HALOGENATED SOLVENTS.

_______
(1) Clean blade using isopropyl alcohol (Material No. CP1041) or acetone
(Material No. CP1039) or stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or
ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559) or turco ind 79 (Material No.
CP2560) or mag-chem teksol (Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99 R
(Material No. CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) .
Subtask 72-21-00-230-052
R E. Do an Inspection of Blended Area:
R (1) Do a fluorescent inspection (Ref. TASK 70-51-00-230-002) or an eddy

R current inspection with EDDY CURRENT INSTRUMENT (856A2682G01)
R (Ref. TASK 70-52-00-250-002) of blended area for cracks. No crack is
R permitted.
NOTE : If you did the blending operation on the leading edge in area
____
B, you can delay the fluorescent-penetrant inspection by 10
flight cycles or 25 flight hours.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 823
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

In this case, you must do a visual inspection with a
magnifying glass power 10x to 20x under Light source - white,
to make sure sure that the damage is fully removed.
(a) If necessary, repeat blending and inspection until no crack is

R detected. Refer paragraph A. to paragraph E. (1).
(2) If you have a template, TEMPLATE, CHECKING - FAN BLADE LEADING EDGE
(856A2949G01), use it after the blending of the leading edge as
follows:
(a) Put it on the leading edge of the blade on concave side so that
the tabs touch the leading edge and the midspan shroud fillet
radius with airfoil.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-869-070
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-069
B. Close Access

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 824
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-320-004
Blending of the Stage 1 Booster Vane Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific soft file

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

durite G422 (Ref. 70-30-00)
durite G421 (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Washable
72-21-00-991-330 Fig. 806

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 825
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-076
1(2). 1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-21-00-991-330)
Subtask 72-21-00-020-074
A. Remove the Fan rotor blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).
Subtask 72-21-00-220-055
B. Check for dimensions and location of defects on edge and compare with
repair limits.
(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-21-00-991-330)
Subtask 72-21-00-320-053
C. Perform blending of defects using a soft file or strips of durite G422

(Material No. CP2189) or durite G421 (Material No. CP2191), used dry.
(1) Remove a minimum of 0.01 in. (0.25 mm) of base metal in addition to
depth of defect.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 826
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Blending of a Stage 1 Vane Assembly Leading Edge

Figure 806/TASK 72-21-00-991-330

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 827
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-21-00-230-053
D. Fluorescent penetrant inspect reworked area (Ref. TASK 70-51-00-230-002).

No crack is allowed.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-420-078
A. Install the fan rotor blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-007).
Subtask 72-21-00-869-071
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-070
C. Close Access

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 828
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-21-00-300-025
Angular Distribution for a Replacement of 3 to 18 Pairs of fan Rotor Blades

Manual Method
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-21-00-991-331 Fig. 807
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-21-00-941-077

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 829
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-21-00-991-331)
Subtask 72-21-00-350-051
A. Manual Distribution Method.
(1) Put the blades in decreasing order of moment weights. The moment
weight of each blade is marked under the blade root.
(2) Temporarily give numbers to the blades from 1 to 36, blade No. 1 is
the haviest, blade No. 36 is the lightest.
(3) Make the angular distribution of blades as shown in table of

referenced figure.
(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-21-00-991-331)
(4) Calculate the resulting (static) moment of the imbalance of the

blades.
(5) Decrease the calculated resultant to the lowest possible amount. To

do this, change the location of the blades as necessary.
NOTE : The moment weight difference between 2 blades 180-degree apart

____
must be kept within 200 g.cm. The resultant moment of
imbalance must be less than 80 g.cm.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-21-00-869-072
items.
Subtask 72-21-00-942-071
B. Close Access

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 830
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Angular Distribution and Installation of Blades on Fan Disk

Figure 807/TASK 72-21-00-991-331

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-21-00

Page 831
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

NO.1 AND NO.2 BEARING SUPPORT ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. No. 1 and no. 2 bearing support module
(1) The No. 1 and No. 2 bearing support module is bolted to the fan frame
front face and supports both the fan and booster rotor assemblies.
(2) The bearing support consists of the following major parts :
(a) No. 1 bearing support.
(b) No. 1 ball bearing.
(c) No. 2 bearing support.
(d) No. 2 roller bearing.
(e) Oil manifold assembly.
(f) External piping.
(g) Fan shaft.
(h) Forward stationary air/oil seal.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004, 005)
A. No. 1 Bearing Support

(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The No. 1 bearing support is a titanium weldment. The rear outer flange
of the support is bolted to the fan frame. The front flange of the
support carries the No. 1 ball bearing housing. The rear inner flange
carries the No. 2 bearing support. The outer casing is provided with a
flange onto which is attached the No. 1 bearing stationary air/oil seal.
The bottom rear of the casing has an orifice providing for oil draining
through the fan frame hub. The forward casing has holes for oil and air
venting into the No. 1 bearing air/oil seal and from there, to the front
engine sump via a vent tube.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-22-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

No.1 and No.2 Bearing Support Module

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-22-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

No.1 and No.2 Bearing Support and Oil Manifold Assembly

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-22-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

No.1 Bearing Support Assembly

Figure 003

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-22-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

No.2 Bearing Support Assembly

Figure 004

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-22-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

No.1 and No.2 Bearing Support External Piping

Figure 005

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-22-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

B. No. 1 Ball Bearing
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The No. 1 ball bearing is a thrust bearing which carries the axial loads
generated by the low pressure rotor system. Its one-piece outer race is
located in the bearing housing. Its inner race has 2 halves attached by a
nut to the No. 1 bearing sleeve which is installed on the fan shaft. The
bearing sleeve is provided with an oil baffle upstream of No. 1 bearing.
The bearing sleeve has provisions for locking the No. 1 bearing, locating
the oil baffle forward of the No. 1 bearing, and integral with the
sleeve, the No. 1 bearing rotating air/oil seal.
C. No. 2 Bearing Support

(Ref. Fig. 002, 004)
The No. 2 bearing support is a steel alloy assembly. Its front flange is
bolted to the No. 1 bearing support. Its rear flange accommodates the No.
2 roller bearing outer race. Holes are provided in this support for
internal pressure equalization purposes in the forward oil sump. It also
has an integral sleeve, at the 4 oclock position, providing for N1 speed
sensor installation. There are holes at the 9 oclock position for oil
supply to the oil manifold assembly and for installing the No. 2 bearing
oil nozzle.
D. No. 2 Roller Bearing

(Ref. Fig. 002, 004)
The No. 2 roller bearing takes the radial loads from the fan and booster
rotor. Its inner race is mounted on the fan shaft and the outer race is
bolted to the No. 2 bearing support. The N1 speed sensor ring, mounted on
the fan shaft, will take up the radial loads in case of No. 2 bearing
failure and, in addition, acts as a pulse generating rotor for the N1
speed sensor. The rear rotating air/oil seal is mounted at the rear of
the fan shaft and provides for sealing of the engine forward sump.
E. Oil Manifold Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The oil manifold is installed inside of the No. 1 bearing support. It has
one tube assembly which supplies oil to the dual oil nozzle at the No. 1
bearing and another tube assembly which supplies oil to the single oil
nozzle at the No. 2 bearing. The manifold is connected to the oil supply
line of fan frame through an oil coupling connection located at the 9
oclock position of the bearing support.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-22-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

F. External Piping
(Ref. Fig. 002, 005)
The external piping consists of 5 tubes mounted externally relative to
the No. 1 bearing support. These tubes connect the forward stationary
air/oil seal rear face to the fan frame front face.
There are 3 air pressurization tubes for the No. 1 bearing dual
stationary air/oil seal at the 3:30, 8:30, and 11:30 oclock positions.
There is one oil scavenge tube at 6 oclock position from the forward oil
sump and one oil drain tube at 5 oclock position, in case of failure of
the dual stationary air/oil seal.
G. Fan Shaft
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The fan shaft is a steel alloy forging. It is supported by the No. 1 and
No. 2 bearings. Its front flange provides for attachment with the fan
disk. Mechanical coupling with the low pressure turbine (LPT) shaft is
provided by inner drive splines and an inner shoulder for axial
retention.
The shaft is fitted with a rotating air/oil separator, mounted between
the No. 1 and No. 2 bearings, which removes oil particles from the
forward sump air vented overboard.
H. Forward Stationary Air/Oil Seal

(Ref. Fig. 003)
The stationary air/oil seal is a composite material assembly. It limits
the engine forward sump at its front end, and is used to duct
pressurization air to labyrinths provided on the No. 1 bearing sleeve.
Space located between the seal inner and outer skin is divided into
independent compartments for pressurization, drainage and oil scavenge.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-22-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

FAN FRAME ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003)
The fan frame module provides front handling mounts and is the main forward
support for mounting the engine to the aircraft. Its purpose is to support
the fan, booster and high pressure compressor (HPC) rotors, and to provide
ducting for primary and secondary airflows.
The fan frame module consists of the following major assemblies:
- Fan frame assembly.
- Fan Inlet Case assembly.
2. _________
Fonctions
The Fan Frame and Fan Inlet Case perform the following primary functions:
A. Fan Frame.
(1) An inlet airflow path to the core engine.
(2) A support for loads of the fan stator, fan rotor and fan reverser.
(3) Containment of accessory drive power take off gears (inlet gearbox)
and radial drive shaft arrangement.
(4) A variable bypass bleed valve system.
(5) Housing for the oil pressure, scavenge, drain lines and
venting/pressurisation/sealing system associated with the bearings
and gears located in the engine forward sump.
B. Fan Inlet Case.
(1) Provides for attachment of the engine inlet cowl and the support and
transmission of attachment loads from this point to the fan frame.
(2) Provides fan blade containment.
(3) Provides attachment points for acoustical panels, and fan OGV.
(4) Provides an abradable lining for fan blade tips.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Frame Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Frame Assembly

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Frame Assembly

Figure 003 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Frame Assembly


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. Description
___________
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
A. Fan Frame Assembly

The fan frame assembly is a fabricated structural weldment made of
concentric rings connected by radial struts. It consists of the basic fan
frame structure and the fan inlet case assembly.
(1) The basic fan frame structure is made of steel alloy. It consists of
a hub, mid box structure and outer casing interconnected through 4
thick and 8 thin radial struts.
(a) Structural strength for the fan frame is obtained from the 12
struts. The struts are hollow and provide passage for the
following equipment :
1
_ No. 1 bearing vibration sensor cable (No. 4 strut).
2
_ N1 speed sensor and drain cavity (No. 6 strut).
3
_ Transfer gearbox (TGB) radial drive shaft and scavenge tube
(No. 7 strut).
4
_ Forward sump oil supply tube (No. 10 strut).
(b) The hub front face supports the No. 1 and No. 2 bearing support.
The rear face supports, from front to rear, the IGB and No. 3
bearing module and the rear stationary air/oil seal together with
its pressurization air supply ring. The hub outer surface, which
is also the inner wall of the primary airflow annulus, has
orifices for bleed air requirements.
(c) The mid box structure is located radially between the primary and
secondary airflows. It houses the 11 variable bleed valve (VBV)
ballscrew actuators and the VBV master ballscrew actuator , and
air scoops for the LPT active clearance control system (LPTACC).
The front flange of the structure supports the rear outer flanges
of the stage 5 booster vane assembly, and the fan OGV inner
shroud. The structure rear flange supports the HPC forward case,
the VBV hydraulic fuel gear motor and provides for engine
mounting.
(d) The outercasing makes up the outer wall of the secondary airflow.
Located on the outer surface of the casing are the 2 ground
handling mounts and the TGB mounting pad. The fan inlet case
mounts to the outer casing front flange, and the fan discharge
duct mounts to the outer casing rear face.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(e) An adapter ring, with a V-groove, is bolted to the outer casing
rear flange to adapt the outer cowl of the engine (fan) thrust
reverser (Ref. 78-30-00).
4. Fan
_______________________
Inlet Case Assembly
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The fan inlet case assembly is composed of the 2 parts which follows:
- The upstream fan case
- The downstream fan case
The upstream fan case is a structural weldment made of alloy steel. The
outer rear flange is bolted to the downstream fan case outer front flange.
The downstream fan case is made of aluminium. The outer rear flange is
bolted to the outer front flange of the fan frame.
The outer surface of the fan inlet case assembly has flanges and ribs to
provide additional strength to the case during engine operation. It also
has 2 hoisting points for engine ground handling purposes (2 and 10
oclock positions), 2 accessory gearbox (AGB) mounts and various other
mounting provisions for engine equipment. The inner surface houses an
abradable shroud located radially in line with the fan rotor blades, 6 fan
forward acoustical panels, 6 fan mid acoustical panels, the fan OGV
assembly and 12 aft acoustical panels. The engine air inlet cowl is
attached to the front flange of the fan inlet case.
The fan outlet guide vanes (OGV) are made of composite material. The fan
OGV inner shroud rear flange is bolted to the fan frame. Its forward outer
surface contains 35 apertures to allow passage of the vane inner platforms
and two borescope inspection ports. The fan splitter fairing is attached
to the forward end of the fan OGV inner shroud. The fan OGV assembly has
35 twin vanes (or vane doublets). The vane inner platform are axially
retained by the inner face of the fan (OGV) inner shroud. The vane outer
platforms are bolted to the fan inlet case.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

FAN FRAME ASSEMBLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________
TASK 72-23-00-000-008
Removal of the Fan Outlet Guide Vane (OGV) Doublets
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-000-026 Removal of the Aft Acoustical Panels
Maintenance
72-23-00-991-300 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-071

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-083
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-061
Subtask 72-23-00-010-094

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-23-00-991-300)
Subtask 72-23-00-020-059
A. Removal of the Fan Outlet Guide Vane (OGV) Doublets (Rearward)
(1) Remove the aft acoustical panels (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-026)
(2) Remove the sealant which covers the three bolts (20) and (30) in the
outer platform recesses. If necessary only.
(3) Remove the three bolts (20) and (30) which attach the OGV doublet
(10) platform.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 402
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal and Installation of the Fan Outlet Guide Vane Doublets

Figure 401/TASK 72-23-00-991-300

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 403
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Lower the OGV doublet (10) inner platform down into the OGV inner
shroud.
(5) Move the OGV doublet (10) outer platform rearward at the necessary
angle to disengage the inner platform from its recess.
(6) Remove the OGV doublet (10).
(7) Remove the sealant which remains on the acoustical panels.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 404
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-400-008
Installation of the Fan Outlet Guide Vane (OGV) Doublets
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RTV 732 (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-400-026 Installation of the Aft Acoustical Panels
Maintenance
Maintenance

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 405
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPM 706612
72-23-00-991-300 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-860-058
engine.
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) is off. Make sure that a warning notice
is in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-093
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-36-
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-065
C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
481-041).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 406
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-23-00-991-300)
Subtask 72-23-00-420-059
A. Installation of the Fan Outlet Guide Vane (OGV) Doublets (Rearward)
(1) Engage the OGV inner platform into the OGV inner shroud recess.
(2) Push the OGV outer platform forward between the adjacent OGV doublets
and up against the inner diameter of the fan case.
threads of the three bolts (20) and (30), and attach the OGV doublet
with the 3 bolts.
NOTE : You must install the longer bolt (20) to the aft end of the
____
OGV outer platform.
(4) TORQUE the bolts to between 110 and 120 lbf.in (1.24 and 1.35 m.daN).
(5) Apply RTV 732 (Material No. CP2242) all around the OGV(s) outer(s)
platform(s) recesses.
(6) Fill the sealant per (Ref. SPM 706612) to smooth the fan duct outer
wall.
(7) Install the aft acoustical panels (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-026).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-077
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 407
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-440-058
Subtask 72-23-00-410-087
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 408
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-000-009
Removal of the Forward Acoustical Panels of the Fan
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-23-00-991-301 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-072
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 409
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
(5) Put an access platform in position at the front of the engine.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-23-00-991-301)
Subtask 72-23-00-020-060
A. Remove the fan forward acoustical panels (70) as follows:
CAUTION : DO NOT EXCEED THE SPEED OF 200 RPM TO UNTORQUE AND LOOSEN ALL
_______
ACOUSTICAL PANEL SCREWS BY USING PNEUMATIC OR ELECTRICAL SCREW
DRIVERS.
(1) Remove the screws (80) which attach the forward panel (70) located in
fan case.
NOTE : If one screw is found untorqued, it must be discarded and

____
replaced for re-installation.
(2) Disengage and remove the panel (70) from the case.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 410
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Forward Acoustical Panel

Figure 402/TASK 72-23-00-991-301

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 411
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-400-009
Installation of the Forward Acoustical Panels of the Fan
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-23-00-280-005 Inspection of Forward Acoustical Panels

72-23-00-300-045 Replacement of the Riveted Self Locking Nuts for the
Attachment of the Forward Acoustical Panels
72-23-00-400-043 Installation of Acoustical Panels Attachment
Screw/Nut Locking
72-23-00-400-044 Installation of Acoustical Panels Attachment Screw
Locking

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 412
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-860-061
engine.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-23-00-420-060
A. Install the fan forward acoustical panels as follows:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PS12 INSTRUMENTATION NIPPLE WHICH COMES OUT
_______
OF THE FAN INLET CASE IS CORRECTLY ENGAGED IN THE PANEL.
CAUTION : COATING SCREWS IS MANDATORY.

_______
(1) Apply a layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) to the threads
of all the screws that attach the acoustical panels and to the
contact faces below the screw heads.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the forward acoustical panel cup (Ref. TASK
72-23-00-280-005)
(3) If panel cup is found pierced (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-044).
(4) Install the panel assy on the forward case, and attach it with 6
screws (80).
CAUTION : DO NOT EXCEED THE SPEED OF 200 RPM TO TORQUE ALL ACOUSTICAL
_______
PANEL SCREWS BY USING PNEUMATIC OR ELECTRICAL SCREW
DRIVERS.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 413
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(5) Measure the self locking nut torque of each nut when you start to
tighten the screw.
_______
DRIVERS.
NOTE : Whenever possible, start the torque with the screws in the
____
center of the acoustical panels.
NOTE : Make sure that the screws are not damaged, replace them if
____
necessary.
(a) If the self locking nut torque is less than 4.5 lbf.in (0.05
m.daN), (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-043).
(b) If the self locking nut torque is more than 4.5 lbf.in (0.05
m.daN), but less than 31 lbf.in (0.35 m.daN), TORQUE the screws
to between 84 and 93 lbf.in (0.94 and 1.05 m.daN).
(c) If the self locking nut torque is more than 31 lbf.in (0.35
at the running torque value and add 44 lbf.in (0.5 m.da).
(d) If the self locking nut torque is more than 49 lbf.in (0.55
m.daN) replace the self locking nut (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-300-045).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-090
A. Close Access
items.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 414
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-000-025
Removal of the Mid Acoustical Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-991-302 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-073

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 415
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-084
B. Get Access
(4) Temporarily mark each fan blade from 1 to 36.
(5) Remove 3 consecutive fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).

To compensate for imbalance caused by the removal of 3 blades, it is
recommended to remove 3 blades 180 degrees opposed to those
previously removed.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-23-00-991-302)
Subtask 72-23-00-020-061
A. Remove the Mid Acoustical Panels as follows:
_______
DRIVERS.
(1) Remove the short screws (100) and the long screws (101) which attach
the mid acoustical panels (110).

____
(2) Disengage panels from case and remove.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 416
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Mid Acoustical Panel

Figure 403/TASK 72-23-00-991-302

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 417
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-400-025
Installation of the Mid Acoustical Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-280-006 Inspection of Mid Acoustical Panels
Screw/Nut Locking
Locking
ESM 722302300008
72-23-00-991-302 Fig. 403

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 418
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-860-062
engine.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-23-00-991-302)
Subtask 72-23-00-420-061
A. Install the Mid Acoustical Panels as follows:

_______
(1) Coat with graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) screw threads and
contact faces under screw heads.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the mid acoustical panel cup (Ref. TASK 72-
23-00-280-006).
(4) Install the panel assy on the forward case, and attach it with 3
short screws (100) and 3 long screws (101).
CAUTION : DO NOT EXCEED THE SPEED OF 200 RPM TO APPROACH ALL

_______
ACOUSTICAL PANEL SCREWS BY USING PNEUMATIC OR ELECTRICAL
SCREW DRIVERS.
NOTE : The longest screws have to be re-installed at the aft end of

____
panel.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 419
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

tighten the screw.
_______
DRIVERS.
NOTE : Whenever possible, start to torque with the screws in the

____
center of the acoustical panels.
____
necessary.
m.daN), (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-043).
(b) If the self locking nut torque is within 4.5 lbf.in (0.05 m.daN)
and 31 lbf.in (0.35 m.daN), torque the screws to between 84 and
93 lbf.in (0.94 and 1.05 m.daN)
m.daN) but less than 49 lbf.in (0.55 m.daN), torque the screws at
the running torque value and add 44 lbf.in (0.5 m.daN).
(d) If the self locking torque is more than 49 lbf.in (0.55 m.daN),
remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-000-042) and do the engine
shop repair procedure to replace the self locking nut (Ref. ESM
722302300008).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-078
A. Close Access
(1) Install the fan rotor blades at the locations recorded at the removal
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-007).
items.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 420
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 421
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-000-026
Removal of the Aft Acoustical Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
72-23-00-991-303 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-074

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 422
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-085
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-062
Subtask 72-23-00-010-095

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-23-00-991-303)
Subtask 72-23-00-020-062
A. Remove the Aft Acoustical Panels as follows (typical, any panel):
_______
DRIVERS.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 423
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Aft Acoustical Panel (Configuration 1 and Configuration 2)

Figure 404/TASK 72-23-00-991-303

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 424
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(1) Remove the screws (130) that attach the aft acoustical panel (140).

____
PRE SB 72-071 (Configuration One)
(2) Disengage panel (140) from case and T/R adapter ring. Remove the
panel (140) which comes with its two lateral bonded seals.
POST SB 72-071 (Conguration Two)
(3) Disengage panel (140) from case and T/R adapter ring. Remove the
panel (140). This panel will come without its U-shaped seal (145).
Let the seal (145) squeezed between the two struts and adjacent aft
acoustical panels that frame the panel you remove. Remove the seal
(145) and thus, the two adjacent panels, only if this seal is badly
damaged.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 425
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-400-026
Installation of the Aft Acoustical Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-280-007 Inspection of Aft Acoustical Panels
Screw/Nut Locking
Locking
Maintenance

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 426
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
ESM 722302300008
72-23-00-991-303 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-860-059
engine.
Subtask 72-23-00-010-099
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open (Ref. TASK 78-36-
00-010-040):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 427
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-040-068
481-041).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-23-00-991-303)
Subtask 72-23-00-420-062
A. Install the Aft Acoustical Panels as follows (typical, any panel):

_______
NOTE : The 12 aft acoustical panels are attached both to the fan inlet
____
case and to the T/R adapter ring, at their aft end.
of all the screws that attach the acoustical panels and to contact
faces below the screw heads.
PRE SB 72-071
(2) Visually inspect the aft acoustical panel cup (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-
280-007).
(4) Install the panel assy on the forward case, an attach it with seven
screws (130).
(5) Before the installation, do a visual inspection of the panel (140)

(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-004). Make sure that the two lateral bonded
seals are in position. Although it is not at this time mandatory to
obey the inspection criterion related to these bonded seals, we
recommended they are in position, in good condition and fully bonded
to the panel.
(6) Put the panel (140), with its two bonded seals, on the fan case and
the T/R adapter ring. Attach it loosely with the seven screws (130).

_______
SCREW DRIVERS.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 428
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

NOTE : You must install the 3 longest screws (130) at the aft of the
____
panel.
tighten the screw.

_______
SCREW DRIVERS.
NOTE : Whenever possible, start to torque with the screws in the

____
center ot the acoustical panels.
____
necessary.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-043).
and 31 lbf (0.35 m.daN), TORQUE the screws to between 66 and 75
lbf.in (0.74 and 0.84 m.daN).
m.daN) but less than 49 lbf.in (0.55 m.daN), TORQUE the screws at
722302300008).
END OF SB 72-071
POST SB 72-071
(8) Before the installation, do a visual inspection of the panel (140)

(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-210-004). Make sure that the two U-shaped seals
(145) that are in stand-by on the two (non-removed and adjacent) fan
aft acoustical panels are in good condition. If not, remove the
panel(s) which hold the damaged seal(s) and install a new seal. See
note below.
NOTE : Refer to the PPIPC (72-23-00) when it is necessary to replace

____
a seal (145). Because of the different strut sizes and clock
positions, the seals (145) do not all have the same pre-formed
shapes and can thus have different part numbers.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 429
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(9) Put the panel (140) in its approximate position on the fan case and
the T/R adapter ring. Engage one seal (145) first, against one of the
panel edges, then engage the other seal (145) against the opposite
panel edge. Make sure that the seals (145) are correctly compressed
between the panel and the adjacent struts around the panel.
NOTE : It is not easy to get access to some (panel) clock locations.

____
External aid will possibly be necessary to install the seal
(145) correctly between the panel and the related struss.
(10) Push and hold the panel (140) against the fan case and attach it
loosely with the seven srews (130).

_______
SCREW DRIVERS.
NOTE : You must install the 3 longest screws (130) at the aft of the
____
panel.
tighten the screw.

_______
SCREW DRIVERS.
NOTE : When possible, start the torque with the screws in the center
____
of the acoustical panels.
____
necessary.
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-043).
and 31 lbf (0.35 m.daN), TORQUE the screws to between 66 and 75
lbf.in (0.74 and 0.84 m.daN)
m.daN) but less than 49 lbf.in (0.55 m.daN), TORQUE the screws at

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 430
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

722302300008).
END OF SB 72-071
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-079
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-23-00-440-059
Subtask 72-23-00-410-088
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 431
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-000-027
Removal of the Fan Duct Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
72-23-00-991-305 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-075

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 432
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-086
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-063
Subtask 72-23-00-010-096
D. Open the thrust reverser cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-23-00-991-305)
Subtask 72-23-00-020-063
A. Removal of the fan duct panels.
CAUTION : DURING REMOVAL OF FAN DUCT PANELS, DO NOT FULLY REMOVE CAPTIVE
_______
SCREWS FROM PANEL. THESE SCREWS ARE HELD IN PLACE BY A
RETAINING BUSHING ON THE BACK SIDE OF THE PANELS WHICH MAY FALL
INTO THE VBV CAVITY IF SCREWS ARE FULLY REMOVED. AFTER REMOVAL
OF EACH PANEL, IT MUST BE VERIFIED THAT BUSHINGS ARE STILL WITH
PANEL AND NOT IN VBV CAVITY.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 433
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Duct Panel

Figure 405/TASK 72-23-00-991-305

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 434
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(1) Loosen the captive screws (150), and remove the panel (160).
(2) Unscrew and remove the retaining bushings (170) from the screws
(150).
(3) Remove the washers (180) from the screws (150).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 435
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-400-027
Installation of the Fan Duct Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 436
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
72-23-00-991-305 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-860-060
engine.
Subtask 72-23-00-010-100
B. Get Access
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 437
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-069
481-041).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-23-00-991-305)
Subtask 72-23-00-420-063
A. Installation of the fan duct panels.
(1) Clean the fan frame cavity and the fan duct panels with acetone
(Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. CP1041) or
stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or ardrox 552 (Material No.
CP2559) or turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol
(Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584) or mag-
chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) at the RTV contact area between the
fan frame /fan duct panel.
(2) Install the captive screw (150) the washers (180) and the retaining
bushings (170) on the fan duct panel (160).
threads of the screws (150), and install the new panel (160).
(4) Install the panel on the bleed valve cavity and attach it with
captive screws.
(5) TORQUE screws to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 438
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-080
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser door: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-23-00-440-060
Subtask 72-23-00-410-089
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 439
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-000-028
Removal of the Splitter Fairing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific rubber mat

No specific slide hammer
856A2663 1 ADAPTER, PULLER - SPLITTER FAIRING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-991-306 Fig. 406
72-23-00-991-307 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-076

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 440
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-087
B. Removal of the Spinner Cone, the Spinner Rear Cone and the Fan Blades.
(3) Remove the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-23-00-991-306, 407/TASK 72-23-00-991-307)
Subtask 72-23-00-020-064
A. Removal of the Splitter Fairing.
CAUTION : INSTALL A RUBBER MAT IN THE FAN INLET CASE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
THE ACOUSTICAL PANELS.
(1) Install a rubber mat in the fan inlet case.
(2) Remove the countersunk head screws (20) which attach the splitter
fairing (10) to the inner shroud of the fan outlet guide vane (OGV)
assembly.
(3) Pull out the splitter fairing (10) with a slide hammer (856A2663G01)
attached to the ADAPTER, PULLER - SPLITTER FAIRING.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-23-00-991-307)
alternatively positioned in each splitter fairing extraction slot.
Remove the splitter fairing (10).
(4) Remove the rubber mat from the fan inlet case.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 441
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Splitter Fairing
Figure 406/TASK 72-23-00-991-306

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 442
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of the Splitter Fairing

Figure 407/TASK 72-23-00-991-307

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 443
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-400-028
Installation of the Splitter Fairing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific rubber mat
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 444
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-991-306 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-860-063
engine.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-23-00-991-306)
Subtask 72-23-00-420-064
A. Installation of the splitter fairing
CAUTION : INSTALL A RUBBER MAT IN THE FAN INLET CASE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
_______
THE ACOUSTICAL PANELS.
(1) Install a rubber mat in the fan inlet case.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 445
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(2) Clean the mating surfaces:
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(a) Fully clean the mating surfaces of the splitter fairing front
flange with acetone (Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. CP1041) or stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011)
or ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559) or turco ind 79 (Material No.
CP2560) or mag-chem teksol (Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99R
(Material No. CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656).
(3) Put the splitter fairing (10) on the inner shroud of the fan outlet
guide vane (OGV) assembly and on the outer shroud of the stage 1 vane
assembly.
(4) Heat the front flange of the splitter fairing with a heat gun to
approximately 140 deg.F (60 deg.C) until it can be fully engaged in
the OGV inner shroud rabbet diameter.
(5) Lubricate the threads of the countersunk head screws (20) with
graphite grease (Material No. CP2101).
(6) Install screws (20). TORQUE to between 40 and 45 lbf.in (0.45 and
0.50 m.daN).
(7) Remove the rubber mat from the fan inlet case.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-081
A. Close Access
(1) Installation of the Fan Blades, the Spinner Rear Cone and the Spinner
Front Cone.
(2) Install the fan rotor blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-007).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 446
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

items.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 447
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-000-029
Removal of the PS13 Line
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-991-315 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-086

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 448
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-103
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-23-00-991-315)
Subtask 72-23-00-020-065
A. Removal of the PS13 Line
CAUTION : USE 2 WRENCHES TO REMOVE/INSTALL THE TUBE UNION NUT: ONE TO

_______
HOLD THE FITTING, THE OTHER TO LOOSE/TORQUE THE NUT. OTHERWISE,
DAMAGE TO THE HARDWARE CAN OCCUR.
(2) Disconnect the PS13 line from the PS13 boss on the fan frame.
(4) Disconnect the PS13 line from the ECU.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 449
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal/Installation of the PS13 Line


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 450
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 451
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(5) Remove the parts which attach the PS13 line to the fan frame as
follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REMOVE FROM NOTE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nut (10) Bracket (20) on flange F At the 4:45 oclock
Bolt (40) position (Detail B)

Bolt (50) position (Detail C)
Clamp (70)
Nut (120) Bracket (110) on flange F At the 4 oclock

Bolt (90) position (Detail D)
Clamp (100)

Bolt (130) position (Detail E)
Clamp (160)
Nuts (200) Brackets (180) on flange G At the 3 oclock,

Bolts (170) 2 oclock and 1:30 oclock
Clamps (190) positions (3 locations)
(Detail F)
Nut (240) Bracket (220) on flange G At the 2:30 oclock

Bolt (210) position (Detail G)
Clamp (230)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 452
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-400-029
Installation of the PS13 Line
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-991-315 Fig. 408

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 453
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-860-064
engine.
Subtask 72-23-00-010-105
B. Get Access
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-23-00-991-315)
Subtask 72-23-00-420-065
A. Installation of the PS13 Line

_______
(1) Lubricate the ECU and the fan frame boss nipples with engine fuel.
(2) Connect the PS13 line to the ECU and to the fan frame boss by hand.
(3) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (40), (50), (90), (130), (170),
(210) with graphite grease (Material No. CP2101).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 454
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Install the parts which attach the PS13 line as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSTALL ON NOTE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bolt (40) position (Detail B)

Clamp (70)
Nut (120) Bracket (110) on flange F At the 4 oclock

Clamp (100)

Clamp (160)
Nuts (200) Brackets (180) on flange G At the 3 oclock,

Bolts (170) 2 oclock and 1:30 oclock
Clamps (190) positions (3 locations)
(Detail F)
Nut (240) Bracket (220) on flange G At the 2:30 oclock

Bolt (210) position (Detail G)
Clamp (230)
(5) TORQUE the PS13 connection to the ECU to between 180 and 200 lbf.in
(2.03 and 2.26 m.daN).
(7) TORQUE the PS13 connection to the fan frame boss to between 135 and
150 lbf.in (1.52 and 1.69 m.daN).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 455
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-095
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 456
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-000-040
Removal of the PS12 Line
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-991-316 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-083

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 457
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-106
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-23-00-991-316)
Subtask 72-23-00-020-066
A. Removal of the PS12 Line

_______
(2) Disconnect the PS12 line from the ECU.
(3) Cut and remove the lockwires.
(4) Disconnect the PS12 line from the 3 fan frame bosses.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 458
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-23-00

Page 459
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 460
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 461
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 462
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 463
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 464
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 465
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(5) Remove the parts which attach the PS12 Line as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REMOVE FROM NOTE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nut (30) Bracket (40) on flange G At the 5 oclock
Nut (70) Bracket (80) on flange E At the 4:45 oclock

Clamp (60)
Nut (110) Bracket (120) on flange C At the 4:30 oclock

Clamp (100)
Nut (150) Bracket (140) on flange C At the 4 oclock

Bolt (130) position (Detail F)
Nuts (180) Brackets (170) on flange C From the 3:30 oclock

Bolts (190) to the 1:45 Oclock
Clamps (160) positions (Detail G)
(5 locations)
Nut (230) Bracket (220) on flange C From the 1 oclock

Bolt (200) to the 8:15 oclock
Clamp (210) positions (Detail H)
(12 locations)
Nut (260) Bracket (250) on flange C At the 11:45 oclock

Bolt (240) position (Detail J)
Nut (290) Bracket (280) on flange C At the 8 oclock

Bolt (270) position (Detail K)
(6) remove the PS12 line (20) from the Engine.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 466
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-400-040
Installation of the PS12 Line
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-991-316 Fig. 409

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 467
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-860-065
engine.
Subtask 72-23-00-010-104
B. Get Access
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-23-00-991-316)
Subtask 72-23-00-420-066
A. Installation of the PS12 Line

_______
(1) Install the PS12 line (20) in position on the engine.
(2) Lubricate the threads of the fan frame bosses and ECU nipples with
engine fuel.
(3) Connect the PS12 line to the 3 fan frame bosses and to the ECU.
(4) Tighten the connecting nuts by hand.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 468
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(5) Lubricate the threads of the bolts with graphite grease (Material No.
CP2101).
(6) Install the parts which attach the PS12 line as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSTALL ON NOTE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bolt (10) Bracket (40) on flange G At the 5 oclock
Nut (30) position (Detail C)
Clamp (60) Bracket (80) on flange E At the 4:45 oclock

Nut (70)
Clamp (100) Bracket (120) on flange C At the 4:30 oclock

Nut (110)
Bolt (130) Bracket (140) on flange C At the 4 oclock

Nut (150) position (Detail F)
Clamps (160) Brackets (170) on flange C From the 3:30 oclock

Bolts (190) to the 1:45 oclock
Nuts (180) positions (Detail G)
(5 locations)
Clamps (210) Bracket (220) on flange C From the 1 oclock

Bolts (200) to the 8:15 oclock
Nuts (230) positions (Detail H)
(12 locations)
Bolt (240) Bracket (250) on flange C At the 11:45 oclock

Nut (260) position (Detail J)
Bolt (270) Bracket (280) on flange C At the 8 oclock

Nut (290) position (Detail K)
(7) Distribute the slack all along the line.
(8) TORQUE the nuts (30), (70), (110), (150), (180), (230), (260), (290)
to to between 47 and 53 lbf.in (0.53 and 0.59 m.daN).
(9) TORQUE the fan frame bosses and ECU connections to to between 135 and
150 lbf.in (1.52 and 1.69 m.daN).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 469
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

NOTE : The PS3 and the PS12 connecting nuts are safetied together.
____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-096
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 470
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-400-043
Installation of Acoustical Panels Attachment Screw/Nut Locking
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure gives task to lock acoustical panel screws when the
corresponding self locking nut torque is smaller than the AMM limits. This
procedure applies to any acoustical panel screws: fwd, mid and aft. Any
screws and corresponding riveted self locking nuts locked per this procedure
will have to be changed at first shop visit opportunity.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2242 USA MIL-A-46106A
RTV (Ref. 70-30-00)
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 471
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Maintenance
R Maintenance
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-093
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 472
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-010-116
B. Get Access
R (1) Open the fan cowls: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-071
Subtask 72-23-00-010-117
R D. Open the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-23-00-420-069
A. Locking of Acoustical Panels.
(1) Remove the screws if the torque of the related self locking nut is
less than the AMM limits.
(2) Clean the screws and the nuts with acetone (Material No. CP1039) or
chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
CP1041).
(3) Apply RTV (Material No. CP2242) or equivalent on screw threads and
below the screw heads.
CAUTION : DO NOT EXCEED THE SPEED OF 200 RPM TO APPROACH AND TORQUE
_______
ALL ACOUSTICAL PANEL SCREWS BY USING PNEUMATIC OR
ELECTRICAL SCREW DRIVERS.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 473
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Re-install the acoustical panels and screws.
(a) TORQUE the screws of the forward and mid panels to between 84 and
93 lbf.in (0.94 and 1.05 m.daN)
(b) TORQUE the screws of the aft panels to between 66 and 75 lbf.in
(0.74 and 0.84 m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-107
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-23-00-440-065
R B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)
Subtask 72-23-00-410-108
C. Close Access
R (1) Close the fan cowls: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 474
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-400-044
Installation of Acoustical Panels Attachment Screw Locking
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This procedure tells you how to lock acoustical panel screws when the panel
cup examined has a hole caused by the screw head. This procedure applies to
all acoustical panel screws: fwd, mid and aft. It is necessary to replace
panels with damaged cups re-installed by this procedure at the subsequent
shop visit.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RTV 732 (Ref. 70-30-00)
RTV 102 (Ref. 70-30-00)
RTV 730 (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 475
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-300-045 Replacement of the Riveted Self Locking Nuts for the
Attachment of the Forward Acoustical Panels
Screw/Nut Locking
R Maintenance
R Maintenance
ESM 722302300008
SPM 70-21-11
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-094
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 476
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-010-118
B. Get Access
R (1) Open the fan cowls: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-072
Subtask 72-23-00-010-119

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-23-00-420-070
A. Locking of Acoustical Panels

_______
(1) If panel cup(s) found pierced, do the procedure that follows:

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a) Remove the bolt.
(b) Clean all damaged cups (Ref. SPM 70-21-11).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 477
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) Fill all damaged cups with RTV 732 (Material No. CP2242) or RTV
102 (Material No. CP2266) or RTV 730 (Material No. CP2431)
NOTE : You must install the screw, with only a light layer of
____
graphite grease (Material No. CP2101), a short time after
you apply the RTV (before polymerisation).
of all the screws that attach the acoustical panels.
(3) Re-install the acoustical panels and screws.

_______
SCREW DRIVERS.
tighten the screw.
____
necessary.
m.daN), (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-043).
(b) If the self locking nut torque is more than 4.5 lbf.in (0.05
of fwd and mid panels to between 84 and 93 lbf.in (0.94 and 1.05
m.daN) and TORQUE screws of the aft panels to between 66 and 75
m.daN), but less than 49 lbf.in (0.55 m.daN), TORQUE screws at
(d) If the self locking nut torque is more than 49 lbf.in (0.55
m.daN):
- replace the self locking nut of the fwd panels (Ref. TASK 72-
23-00-300-045).
- remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-000-042) and do the
engine shop repair procedure (Ref. ESM 722302300008) to replace
the self locking of the mid and aft panels.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 478
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-109
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-23-00-440-066
R B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)
Subtask 72-23-00-410-110
C. Close Access
R (1) Close the fan cowls: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 479
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

FAN FRAME ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 72-23-00-210-004
Visual Inspection of the Fan Frame Assembly
CAUTION : TITANIUM PARTS REQUIRE THE USE OF NON-HALOGENATED SOLVENTS.

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-000-027 Removal of the Fan Duct Panels
72-23-00-000-028 Removal of the Splitter Fairing
72-23-00-280-005 Inspection of Forward Acoustical Panels
72-23-00-280-006 Inspection of Mid Acoustical Panels
72-23-00-280-007 Inspection of Aft Acoustical Panels
72-23-00-300-042 Repair of Fan Duct Panel
72-23-00-350-002 Removal of Rust from the Fan Frame Casing
72-23-00-400-027 Installation of the Fan Duct Panels
Maintenance
Maintenance

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-991-308 Fig. 601
72-23-00-991-309 Fig. 602
72-23-00-991-328 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-077
1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-088

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-066

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-010-101

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-23-00-991-308, 602/TASK 72-23-00-991-309)
Subtask 72-23-00-210-057
A. Visual inspection of the fan Frame Assembly
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fan frame casing for:
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-23-00-991-308)
A. Cracks No limits in quantity if

0.08 in. (2,03 mm) max.
length and a minimum of
1 in. (25,40 mm) apart.
B. Dents or nicks on No limits in quantity

struts if, 0.08 in. (2.03 mm)
max. depth
C. Corrosion No limits in quantity At the first opportunity

(discoloration) remove rust (Ref. TASK 72-
23-00-350-002)
D. Scaling or pitting Not serviceable
2. Inlet case on B1 and

B3 upstream bracket
location for:
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK
72-23-00-991-308)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Frame Casing, Fan Inlet Case and Abradable Cartridge - Inspection/Check

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Duct Panels

Figure 602/TASK 72-23-00-991-309

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Wear of flanges If 0.315 in. (8 mm) max. Remove the inlet case.
holes oversized width and 0.6 in. (15
mm) max. length.
B. Wear, fretting, If 0.008 in. (0,20 mm) 10 cycles serviceable

chafing of flange max. depth or extension is allowed.
holes. If 0.02 in. (0,5 mm)
max. depth and 0.155
sq.in. (100 sq.mm) max.
surface.
C. Wear, fretting, If 0.02 in. (0,5 mm) 10 cycles serviceable

chafing on the top max. width and 0.8 in. extension is allowed.
of flange holes. (20 mm) max. length.
D. Washer impression If 0.032 in. (0,81 mm) 10 cycles serviceable

around flange max. depth and 0.60 in. extension is allowed. Do
holes (15,25 mm) max. blending (Ref. TASK 72-21-
diameter. 00-320-003) until high
metal is removed.
3. Fan inlet case on B1

upstream bracket
location
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK
72-23-00-991-328)
A. Wear on B1 flange
radius.
R
R |____X____|____A__
R | 0.02 in.| 0.08
R in. |
R | 0.04 in.| 0.07
R in. |
R | 0.06 in.| 0.07
R in. |
R | 0.08 in.| 0.07
R in. |
R | 0.10 in.| 0.07
R in. |
R | 0.12 in.| 0.06
R in. |

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 610
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Inlet Case on B1 upstream bracket location

Figure 603/TASK 72-23-00-991-328

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 611
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 0.14 in.| 0.06
R in. |
R | 0.16 in.| 0.05
R in. |
R | 0.18 in.| 0.05
R in. |
R | 0.20 in.| 0.04
R in. |
R | 0.22 in.| 0.04
R in. |
R | 0.24 in.| 0.03
R in. |
R | 0.26 in.| 0.03
R in. |
R | 0.28 in.| 0.02
R in. |
R | 0.30 in.| 0.02
R in. |
R | 0.31 in.| 0.02
R in. |
R | 0.33 in.| 0.01
R in. |
R | 0.35 in.| 0.01
R in. |
R | 0.37 in.| 0.008
R in.|
R | 0.39 in.| 0.006
R in.|
R | 0.41 in.| 0.004
R in.|
R | 0.43 in.| 0.004
R in.|
R | 0.45 in.| 0.004
R in.|
R | 0.47 in.| 0.004
R in.|
4. Fan FWD acoustical

panel (Ref. TASK 72-
23-00-280-005)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 612
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Fan MID acoustical
panel (Ref. TASK 72-
23-00-280-006)
6. Fan aft acoustical

panels (Ref. TASK 72-
23-00-280-007)
7. Splitter fairing for
A. Cracks Not serviceable Replace the fairing

(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
028) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-028)
B. Damaged protective No limits in quantity

coating
C. Erosion No limits in quantity
8. Fan duct panels for:

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK
72-23-00-991-309)
A. Missing louver 1 missing louver Replace panel (Ref. TASK

permitted per panel if 72-23-00-000-027) and
no more than 4 panels (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-
have this damage 027).
B. Nicks, dents or No limits

scratches
C. Loose bolts Not serviceable Make sure that washers are

installed and torque bolts
to between 85 and 95
lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07
m.daN)
D. Cracks in screw One for each screw hole Replace panel (Ref. TASK
hole area max length 0.25 in. 72-23-00-000-027) and
(6,35 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-
027)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 613
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. Cracks in flanged Not serviceable Repair panel (Ref. TASK
edges 72-23-00-300-042)
F. Cracks on louver 2 cracks permitted on Repair panel (Ref. TASK

and area adjacent the same panel 72-23-00-300-042)
to louver
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-082
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-23-00-440-061
Subtask 72-23-00-410-093
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 614
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-210-003
Detailed Inspection of Engine Inlet, Fan Blades, Fan Outlet and Abradable
Material
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MPD TASK: 722000-C1
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-000-008 Removal of the Fan Outlet Guide Vane (OGV) Doublets
72-23-00-300-040 Local Reconditioning of the Abradable Material-
Defects less than 0.12 in. (3 mm) deep and 0.50 in.2
(3.2 cm2)
72-23-00-300-043 Repair of the Abradable (material) Shroud with
Circular Patches
72-23-00-400-008 Installation of the Fan Outlet Guide Vane (OGV)
Doublets
Maintenance
Maintenance
72-23-00-991-308 Fig. 601
72-23-00-991-310 Fig. 604

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 615
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-080
1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-090

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-067
Subtask 72-23-00-010-102
D. Open the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 616
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-23-00-991-308, 604/TASK 72-23-00-991-310)
Subtask 72-23-00-210-058
A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Engine Inlet, Fan Blades, Fan Outlet
and Abradable Material
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Inlet case for:

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK
72-23-00-991-308)
A. Cracks Not permitted.
B. Cracks or crazing Any amount.

in the rubber of
AGB mount
C. Nicks On area A, if 0.012 in. 50 cycles serviceable

(0,30 mm) max. depth and extension is allowed.
0.046 sq.in. (30 sq.mm)
max. surface.
On area B, if 0.008 in.
(0,20 mm) max. depth and
0.046 sq.in. (30 sq.mm)
max. surface.
On area C, if 0.012 in.
0.077 sq.in. (50 sq.mm)
max. surface
D. Scratches 0.008 in. (0,20 mm) max. 50 cycles serviceable

depth and 1.968 in. (50 extension is allowed.
mm) max. length
E. Dents On area A, if 0.002 in. 50 cycles serviceable

(0,5 mm) max. depth and extension is allowed.
0.124 sq.in. (80 sq.mm)
max. surface.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 617
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Inspection/Check of the Fan-Outlet Guide Vanes (OGV)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 618
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 619
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 620
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On area B, if 0.008 in.
0.124 sq.in. (80 sq.mm)
max. surface.
0.155 sq.in. (100 sq.mm)
max. surface.
F. Wear On area A and B, if 50 cycles serviceable

0.004 in. (0,10 mm) max. extension is allowed.
depth and 0.465 sq.in.
(300 sq.mm) max.
surface.
0.62 sq.in. (400 sq.mm)
max. surface.
R 2. Fan rotor blades:

R (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-
R 210-009)
R 3. Abradable for:
R
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK
72-23-00-991-308)
A. Cracks Any amount
B. Rubs Any amount
C. Crater (length<5x Cumulated damage more For defect above those

width) and damage than 160 in.2 (1032,25 limits :
other than crack cm2) with no one area local reconditioning :
rub and larger than 30 in.2 (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-300-
circumferential (193,54 cm2) and : 040)
defect a) The maximum axial circular patch :
width (parallel to (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-300-
engine axis) is less 043)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 621
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
than 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) refer to limits :
b) The minimum distance (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
between the areas is 025)
equal to the maximum
dimension of the nearest
damaged area.
c) The fan case parent
metal does not show
through.
D. Grooves All damage is permitted For defect above those

(orientated within if : limits :
0 deg. and 80 deg. a) The maximum width of local reconditioning :
from engine axis one groove is not more (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-300-
and length>5x than 0.32 in. (8.12 mm). 040)
width) b) A maximum of total refer to limits :
width of 1.25 in. (31.75 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
mm) of groove is with a 025)
minimum separation of
0.1 in. (2.54 mm).
c) The fan case parent
metal does not show
through.
E. Circumferential All damage is permitted For defect above those

defect (360 deg. if : limits :
or orientated a) The maximum axial local reconditioning :
within 80 deg. to width (parallel to (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-300-
90 deg. from engine axis) of one or 040)
engine axis cumulated defect is less refer to limits :
than 1.5 in. (38.1 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
b) Fan case parent metal 025)
does not show through.
4. Outlet Guide Vanes

(OGV) for:
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK
72-23-00-991-310)
A. Broken vane Not serviceable Replace the vane doublet

(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
008) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-008).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 622
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Missing vane One doublet missing 10 cycles extension
allowed with one doublet
missing. Complete set
inspection required when
new doublet fitted.
Replace the vane doublet
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
008) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-008).
C. Cracks
airfoil Not serviceable Replace the vane doublet

(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
008) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-008).
outer platform Cracks from or along the 50 cycles extension

airfoil are defined on allowed if cracks are
fig.604 found out of tolerance.
Replace the vane doublet
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
008) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-008).
D. Delamination Not serviceable Replace the vane doublet

(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
008) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-008).
E. Eroded surface 50 percent of airfoil Replace the vane doublet

(glass film) (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
008) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-008).
F. Unbonding of metal Up to 0.31 sqare in. Replace the vane doublet

leading edge (200 square mm) (Ref. AMM TASK
serviceable if no parent 72-23-00-000-008) and
composite material. (Ref. AMM TASK
72-23-00-400-008).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 623
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Over 0.31 square in. Remove the unbonding area.
(200 square mm). Refer to paragraph G.Metal
leading edge missing
G. Metal leading edge Up to 0.78 in. (20 mm) 100 cycles extension
missing height and 0.39 in. (10 allowed if missing
mm) wide. material is over criteria.
Speed tape (CP2516) usage
is recommended when
missing metal on leading
edge to preserve repair
possibility, avoiding any
damage on composite
material.
H. Outer and inner Not serviceable Replace the vane doublet

platform debonding (Ref. AMM TASK
72-23-00-000-008) and
(Ref. AMM TASK
72-23-00-400-008).
J. Nick and/or dents, Any amount of damage A maximum service

on leading edge less than 0.12 in. (3 extension of 100 cycles is
(metallic leading mm) deep and metal not allowed if damage is
edge) torn : serviceable. If between 0.12 in. (3mm) and
damage less than 0.12 0.19 in. (5mm) deep.
in. (3mm) deep and metal
torn, refer to paragraph
G..
K. Nick and/or dents, No limited number if Replace the vane doublet

on trailing edge less than 0.01 in. (0.25 (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
mm) depth 008) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-008).
L. Nick and/or dent No limited number if Replace the vane doublet

on concave or less than 0.02 in. (0.51 (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
convex side mm) depth 008) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-008).
M. Nick and/or dent No limited number if Replace the vane doublet

on inner or outer less than 0.02 in. (0.51 (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 624
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
platform mm) depth 008) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-008).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-084
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-23-00-440-063
Subtask 72-23-00-410-094
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 625
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-280-001
Inspection/Check of the PS13 Line
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-000-029 Removal of the PS13 Line
72-23-00-400-029 Installation of the PS13 Line
R 72-23-00-991-320 Fig. 605

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 626
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-084
1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-107
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-23-00-991-320)
Subtask 72-23-00-210-062

_______

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 627
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

PS13 Line
R Figure 605/TASK 72-23-00-991-320- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 628
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

PS13 Line

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 629
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Inspect the hose for:

6 broken wires per
12 in. (305 mm) of hose.
- crimps Not serviceable Replace the PS13 line

(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
029) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-029).
Subtask 72-23-00-210-060
B. Visual Inspection of the PS13 Line

_______
(1) Inspect the PS13 hose connections as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwires.
(b) Disconnect the PS13 hose from the ECU and from the fan frame
boss.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 630
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) Inspect the connections as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

obtained.
- damaged threads Any amount, provided Chase the threads.

one after chasing.

deformation and metal around hole is not
wear. cracked or torn.
2. Fittings seating
surfaces for:

scribe.
- axial scratches Not serviceable Replace the hose or the

part.
- nicks, pits Not serviceable Replace the hose or the

part.
(2) Clean the weep hole with white spirit (Material No. CP2010) and a
plastic wire.
(3) Blow clean dry air into the PS13 connection to ECU to remove any dirt
or water accumulation. Blocked hose is not serviceable. If necessary,
replace the hose (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-029) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-029).
(4) Check the ECU nipple for dirt. If necessary, remove the dirt with a
plastic wire. Take care to not introduce dirt inside the ECU.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 631
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(5) Check the fan frame boss for dirt. If necessary, remove the dirt with
stoddart solvent and a plastic wire. Blow clean dry air into the fan
frame boss nipple.
(6) Lubricate the ECU and the fan frame boss nipples with engine fuel.
(7) Connect the PS13 line to the ECU and to the fan frame boss.
(8) TORQUE the ECU connection to between 180 and 200 lbf.in (2.03 and
2.26 m.daN).
(10) TORQUE the fan frame boss connection to between 135 and 150 lbf.in
(1.52 and 1.69 m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-097
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 632
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-280-002
Inspection/Check of the PS12 line
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-000-040 Removal of the PS12 Line
72-23-00-400-040 Installation of the PS12 Line
R 72-23-00-991-321 Fig. 606

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 633
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-085
1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-108
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-23-00-991-321)
Subtask 72-23-00-210-063

_______

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 634
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-23-00

Page 635
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

PS12 Line

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 636
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

PS12 Line

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 637
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

PS12 Line

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 638
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

PS12 Line

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 639
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Inspect the hose for:

6 broken wires per
12 in. (305 mm) of hose.
- crimps Not serviceable Replace the PS12 line

(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
040) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-040).
Subtask 72-23-00-210-061
B. Visual Inspection of the PS12 Line

_______
(1) Inspect the PS12 hose connections as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwires.
(b) Disconnect the PS12 hose from the ECU and from the fan frame
bosses.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 640
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) Inspect the connections as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

obtained.
- damaged threads Any amount, provided Chase the threads.

one after chasing.

deformation and metal around hole is not
wear. cracked or torn.
2. Fittings seating
surfaces for:

scribe.
- axial scratches Not serviceable Replace the hose or the

part.
- nicks, pits Not serviceable Replace the hose or the

part.
(2) Clean the weep holes with white spirit (Material No. CP2010) and
plastic wire.
(3) Blow clean dry air into the PS12 connection to ECU to remove any dirt
or water accumulation. Blocked hose is not serviceable. If necessary,
replace the hose (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-040) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-040).
(4) Check the ECU nipple for dirt. If necessary, remove the dirt with
plastic wire. Take care to not introduce dirt inside the ECU.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 641
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(5) Check the fan frame bosses for dirt. If necessary, remove the dirt
with stoddart solvent and a plastic wire. Blow clean dry air into the
fan frame bosses nipples.
(6) Lubricate the ECU and the fan frame bosses nipples with engine fuel.
(7) Connect the PS12 line to the ECU and to the fan frame bosses.
(8) TORQUE the PS12 connections to between 135 and 150 lbf.in (1.52 and
1.69 m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-098
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 642
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-280-005
Inspection of Forward Acoustical Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-23-00-000-009 Removal of the Forward Acoustical Panels of the Fan

72-23-00-300-044 Repair of Forward, Mid and Aft Acoustical Panels when
Missing Cup
72-23-00-400-009 Installation of the Forward Acoustical Panels of the
Fan
Locking
72-23-00-991-311 Fig. 607
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-090

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 643
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-23-00-991-311)
Subtask 72-23-00-350-058
A. Inspection of FWD Acoustical Panels
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. FWD acoustical panels
A. Dents, marks, No limits

indentations
caused by screw
head.
B. Pierced cups Not serviceable Install the panel

caused by screw (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-
head. 044)
C. Unbonded cups. Not serviceable Repair the panel

(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-300-
044) and re-install the
panel immediately
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-
009).
D. Missing cups. Not serviceable Replace the panel

(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
009) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-009).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 644
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-23-00

Page 645
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Acoustical Panels


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 646
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 647
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. Missing panel Not serviceable
F. Loose bolts Not serviceable Tighten bolts
G. Local collapse of No limits

panel inner
surface
H. Subsurface linear No limits Serviceable criteria

impressions or applied on new parts
wrinkles
J. Voids Five per panel, 2 in. Serviceable criteria

(50.8 mm) apart, 0.12 applied on new parts
in. (3 mm) Dia max,
0.012 in. (0.3 mm) max
depth
K. Defects in the
protective coating
(initial Tedlar
film, or paint)
such as:
(1) Missing No limits Remove the loose material

with a sharp blade.
(2) Defects No limits Remove the loose material

(dents, nicks, with a sharp blade.
tears,
flaking) that
let show the
inner skin
L. Inner skin
defects, such as:
(1) Superficial No limits with a total Remove the loose material

defects surface area less than 4 with a sharp blade.
(dents, nicks, square in. (2580 sq mm)
tears, impacts per panel
marks) not

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 648
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
through the
skin
(2) Defects Not serviceable Replace panel(s)

(tears, (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
cracks, 009) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
punctures) 00-400-009).
through the
skin
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-103
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 649
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-280-006
Inspection of Mid Acoustical Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-000-025 Removal of the Mid Acoustical Panels
Missing Cup
72-23-00-400-025 Installation of the Mid Acoustical Panels
Locking
72-23-00-991-311 Fig. 607

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 650
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-091
1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-113
B. Get Access
(4) Put temporary mark on each fan blade from 1 to 36.
(5) Remove 3 consecutive fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).

To compensate for imbalance caused by the removal of 3 blades, it is
recommended to remove 3 blades 180 degrees opposite to those removed
before.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 651
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-23-00-991-311)
Subtask 72-23-00-350-059
A. Inspection of Mid Acoustical Panels
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Leading edge Not serviceable Replace panel (Ref. TASK

delamination 72-23-00-000-025) and
(Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-
025)
2. Inner skin 20 percent of acoustical Above 20 percent, replace

delamination in area panel (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-
acoustical area 000-025) and (Ref. TASK
72-23-00-400-025)
3. Mid acoustical panel

cups
A. Dents, marks, No limits

indentations
caused by screw
head
B. Pierced cups No limits (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-

caused by screw 044)
head
C. Unbonded cups Not serviceable (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-300-

044)
D. Missing cups. Not serviceable (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-300-

044)
4. Missing panel Not serviceable
5. Loose bolts Not serviceable Tighten bolts

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 652
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Subsurface linear No limits Serviceable criteria
wrinkles
7. Voids Five per panel, 2 in. Serviceable criteria

in. (3 mm) Dia max,
0.012 in. (0.3 mm) max
depth
8. Defects in the
protective coating
(initial Tedlar film,
or paint) such as:
A. Missing No limits Remove the loose material

with a sharp blade
B. Defects (dents, No limits Remove the loose material

nicks, tears, with a sharp blade
flaking) that let
show the inner
skin
9. Inner skin defects,

such as:
A. Superficial No limits with a total Remove the loose material

defects (dents, surface area less than 4 with a sharp blade
nicks, tears, square in. (2580 sq mm)
impact marks) not per panel
through the skin
B. Defects (tears, Not serviceable Replace panel(s)

cracks, punctures) (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
through the skin 025) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-025)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 653
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-104
A. Close Access
(1) Install the fan rotor blades at the locations recorded at the removal
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-007).
items.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 654
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-280-007
Inspection of Aft Acoustical Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Missing Cup
Locking
Maintenance
Maintenance
72-23-00-991-311 Fig. 607

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 655
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-095
1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-120
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-073
Subtask 72-23-00-010-121

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 656
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-23-00-991-311)
Subtask 72-23-00-350-060
A. Inspection of Aft Acoustical Panels
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Aft acoustical panel

cups
A. Dents, marks, No limits (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-

indentations 026) for re-installation.
caused by screw
head.
B. Pierced cups Not serviceable (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-

caused by screw 044)
head.
C. Unbonded cups. Not serviceable (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-300-

044)
D. Missing cups. Not serviceable (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-300-

044)
PRE SB 72-071
E. Damaged or missing No limits unless the Replace seal if missing

bonded seal(s) whole seal is missing
END OF PRE SB
72-071
POST SB 72-071
F. Mis-installed, Not serviceable Install the seal

badly damaged or correctly, or install a
missing U-shaped new U-shaped seal
seal (removable) (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
026) or (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-026)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 657
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
END OF SB 72-071
G. Missing panel Not serviceable
H. Loose bolts Not serviceable Tighten bolts
J. Subsurface linear No limits Serviceable criteria

wrinkles
K. Voids Five per panels, 2 in. Serviceable criteria

in. (3 mm) Dia max,
0.012 in. (0.3 mm) max
depth
L. Defects in the
protective coating
(initial Tedlar
film, or paint)
such as:
(1) Missing No limits Remove the loose material

with a sharp blade
(2) Defects No limits Remove the loose material

(dents, nicks, with a sharp blade
tears,
flaking) that
let show the
inner skin
M. Inner skin
defects, such as:
(1) Superficial No limits with a total Remove the loose material

defects surface area less than 4 with a sharp blade
(dents, nicks, square in. (2580 sq mm)
tears, impact per panel
marks) not
through the
skin

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 658
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Defects Not serviceable Replace panel(s)
(tears, (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-
cracks, 026) and (Ref. TASK 72-23-
punctures) 00-400-026)
through the
skin
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-111
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-23-00-440-067
Subtask 72-23-00-410-112
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 659
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-210-007
Visual Inspection of the Junction Box
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RTV 732 (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-097
R A. Safety Precautions

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 660
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-123
B. Get Access
R (1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-23-00-210-067
A. Visual Inspection of the Junction Box
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Crack on the two lateral On crack 0.78 in. (20 Stop crack by drilling a
weldel latches. mm) max length. 0.12 in. (3 mm) hole at
each ends of the crack.
Clean the part.Apply RTV
732 (Material No. CP2242)
or equivalent on the inner
face of the affected area

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 661
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-115
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 662
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

FAN FRAME ASSEMBLY - REPAIRS
____________________________
TASK 72-23-00-300-040
Local Reconditioning of the Abradable Material- Defects less than 0.12 in. (3
mm) deep and 0.50 in.2 (3.2 cm2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific heat gun or a infra-red lamp

No specific protective mats
No specific spatula
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

abrasive cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
base RTV 147 A (Ref. 70-30-00)
catalyst (hardener) RTV 147 B (black color)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 801
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-078
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 802
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-010-089
B. Get Access
(2) Install protective mats in the lower half of the inlet cowl.
(5) Remove a sufficient number of fan blades to get access to repair area
(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-23-00-320-053
A. Prepare the Repair Area
(1) Remove the damaged area from the abradable shroud, until only an area
without damage is there.
NOTE : All oil contaminated areas must be removed.

____
(2) Make the surface of the repair area rough with an abrasive cloth
(Material No. CP2239)
(3) Blow the dust out of the shroud or vacuum cleaner.
Subtask 72-23-00-110-052
B. Degrease the Area

_______
CLOTHING.
(1) Clean the area to be repaired with acetone (Material No. CP1039) or
chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
CP1041).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 803
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-340-051
C. Prepare the Base and Hardener for the Repair
WARNING : PUT ON PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN YOU USE THE BASE AND HARDENER. IF
_______
YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS PRECAUTION, INJURY TO PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
(1) Mix, by weight, 100 parts of the base RTV 147 A (Material No. CP2297)
and 10 parts of the catalyst (hardener) RTV 147 B (black color)
(2) Stir the mixture by hand or mechanically until it becomes a

homogenous compound.
NOTE : The compound has a pot life of 2 hours after mixing, at

____
ambient temperature.
(3) Apply the compound with a spatula. Lighthy hit the compound to remove
the air bubbles (if any).
Subtask 72-23-00-350-052
D. Cure the Compound with a heat gun or a infra-red lamp as follows:
(1) 1 hour at 210 deg.F (98.9 deg.C).
(2) 1/2 hour at 200 deg.F (93.3 deg.C).
Subtask 72-23-00-320-054
E. Complete the Repair as follows:
(1) Make sure the cured compound is constant in color. Make sure it does
not contain air bubbles.
(2) Use an abrasive cloth (Material No. CP2239) to make the repaired
surface smooth with all adjacent areas of the abradable shroud.
(3) Clean the repair area and the inlet cowl with a vacuum cleaner.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 804
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-083
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-007).
(5) Remove the protective mats from the inlet cowl.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 805
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-350-002
Removal of Rust from the Fan Frame Casing
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific brush
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

durite G422 (Ref. 70-30-00)
3M-361 tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 806
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-23-00-991-313 Fig. 801
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-081
1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-097
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-23-00-040-064

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 807
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-010-098

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-23-00-991-313)
Subtask 72-23-00-140-051
A. Protect the fan duct panels with 3M-361 tape (Material No. CP2208).
CAUTION : DAMAGE CAN RESULT IF ENGINE OIL IS SPREAD ON VARIABLE STATOR

_______
VANE BUSHINGS OF THE COMPRESSOR FRONT STATOR.
(1) Remove loose rust on hub and struts using a cloth.
(2) If rust is still present, polish struts (radially) and hub using
durite G422 (Material No. CP2189).
(3) Coat the cleaned areas with engine oil (Material No. CP2442) using a
cloth or brush.
(4) Remove the masking tape from fan duct panels.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-091
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-23-00-440-062

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 808
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Frame Casing - Rust Removal

Figure 801/TASK 72-23-00-991-313

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 809
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-410-092
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 810
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-300-042
Repair of Fan Duct Panel
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

austenite stainless steel wire - 321SS
(Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-23-00-000-027 Removal of the Fan Duct Panels

72-23-00-400-027 Installation of the Fan Duct Panels
SPM 70-32-11-23000500
SPM 70-41-11-35000900
SPM 70-45-11-31000200
72-23-00-991-314 Fig. 802

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 811
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-082
1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-092
B. Remove the fan duct panel (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-027).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-23-00-991-314)
NOTE : This repair procedure provides instruction for reconditioning cracked

____
fan duct panels by weld buildup.
Subtask 72-23-00-310-052
A. Stop the crack by drilling a 0.079 in. (2 mm) dia. hole at both ends.
(1) Weld up the crack under argon atmosphere, and using weld wire
austenite stainless steel wire - 321SS (Material No. CP5006). (Ref.
SPM 70-45-11-31000200).
(2) Check the welded area (Ref. SPM 70-32-11-23000500).
(3) Flush the weld bead (Ref. SPM 70-41-11-35000900).
(4) Perform a fluorescent inspection of the weld bead (Ref. SPM 70-32-11-
23000500).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 812
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Fan Duct Panels

Figure 802/TASK 72-23-00-991-314

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 813
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-086
A. Close Access
(1) Install the fan duct panel (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-027).
items.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 814
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-300-043
Repair of the Abradable (material) Shroud with Circular Patches
CAUTION : THIS REPAIR MUST NOT BE DONE IN A HUMID ATMOSPHERE. THIS COULD AFFECT
_______
THE QUALITY OF THE BONDING COMPOUND. THE MINIMUM AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
MUST BE 60 DEG.F (15 DEG.C).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
General
Defect more than 0.12 in. (3 mm) deep and 0.50 in.2 (3.2 cm2) and with fan
case base metal exposed.
This task refers to a procedure for the in-place of the abradable shroud by
installation of circular patches 1.968 in. (50 mm) maximum diameter.
NOTE : The following patch repair is estimated to take less than 3 hours in
____
the hangar when done by skilled mechanics familiarized with the
procedure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific clean, white cloth

No specific heat gun or infrared lamp or heatings panels
No specific paint brush
No specific protective mats
No specific scalpel

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 815
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

abrasive cloth 3 M 301D grit size 80 or 120
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Primer 1200 (Ref. 70-30-00)
base RTV 147 A (Ref. 70-30-00)
catalyst (hardener) RTV 147B (black color)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
heat-resistant tape 3 M No. 5490 (Ref. 70-30-00)
RTV 630 (Ref. 70-30-00)
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 816
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-991-317 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-088
1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-110
B. Get Access
(2) Intall protective mats in the lower half of the inlet cowl.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 817
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(5) Remove a sufficient number of fan blades to get access to the repair
area (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-23-00-991-317)
Subtask 72-23-00-320-059
A. Repair of the Abradable Shroud with Circular Patches
(1) Remove the unwanted pieces of abradable liner.
(a) Punch out the abradable material to the base metal, at the
location of the defect, maximum diameter 1.968 in. (50 mm).
(b) Use a scalpel and abrasive cloth 3 M 301D grit size 80 or 120
(Material No. CP2239) to remove all pieces of the abradable
material.
(c) Blow the part clean with shop air.
Subtask 72-23-00-110-054
B. Degrease Area

_______
CLOTHING.
(1) Use the acetone (Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl alcohol (Material
No. CP1041) or stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or ardrox 552
CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) to remove the grease
from the area to be repaired.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 818
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-23-00

Page 819
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Repair of the Abradable Shroud With Circular Patches


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 820
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Repair of the Abradable Shroud With Circular Patches


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 821
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-340-053
C. Apply the Abradable Liner Patch
(1) Remove grease from the part with a clean, white cloth soaked in
acetone (Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656).
(2) Prepare the bonding compound as follows:
WARNING : PUT ON PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN YOU USE THE BASE AND
_______
HARDENER. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS PRECAUTION, INJURY TO
PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
NOTE : You must use the compound within 2 hours after it is mixed
____
(a) Mix 100 parts of base RTV 147 A (Material No. CP2297) with 10
parts of catalyst (hardener) RTV 147B (black color) (Material No.
CP2298) or use RTV 630 (Material No. CP2339), at ambient
temperature.
(b) Stir the mixture manually or mechanically until it is fully

mixed.
(3) Apply the primer as follows:
(a) Remove grease from the area to be repaired.
(b) Apply the Primer 1200 (Material No. CP2244) on the degreased area
of fan case with a clean, white cloth or a paint brush.
(c) Allow to dry at ambient temperature for 45 minutes.
NOTE : Too much primer will reduce adherence. Also do not touch
____
the primer after it is applied.
(4) Prepare the abradable liner patch as follows:
(a) From a (spare) new fan inlet case abradable cartridge (Ref. PIPC
72230065375), punch out a circular patch at the equivalent size
of the defect.
NOTE : In this repair, the maximum diameter dimension of the

____
patch is set at 1.968 inch (50 mm).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 822
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Lightly sand the underside and the edges of the patch with
abrasive cloth 3 M 301D grit size 80 or 120 (Material No.
CP2239).
(c) Punch one hole with a diameter 0.118 inch (3 mm) at the center of
the patch. Keep the 0.118 in. (3 mm) diameter piece of abradable.
It will be used as a cap after the final application of the
repair patch.
NOTE : The hole of the center of the patch will do as a vent hole
____
during the application of the patch on the fan inlet case.
(d) Degrease.
WARNING : CLEANING SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE, VOLATILE, TOXIC. THEY

_______
SHOULD BE USED WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. AVOID
PROLONGED BREATHING OF VAPORS AND REPEATED OR PROLONGED
CONTACT WITH THE SKIN, OR CLOTHING.
1
_ Remove the grease with acetone (Material No. CP1039) or
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. CP1041) or stoddard solvent
turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol
(Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584)
or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) .
2
_ Apply bonding compound on the case, on the underside and edges
of the patch.
(e) Bond the patch.
1
_ Press strongly all around the little hole to remove unwanted
compound and any air below the patch.
2
_ After the final application, plug the central hole with the
cap.
3
_ Remove the mixture from the part surface with a white cloth
before polymerization.
4
_ Hold the patch in place with heat-resistant tape 3 M No. 5490
Subtask 72-23-00-350-055
D. Do the Polymerization as follows:
(1) With an heat gun or infrared lamp or heatings panels heat the patch
for 2 hours 15 minutes at 158 deg.F (70 deg.C) or 1 hour at 212 deg.F
(100 deg.C) to cure the bonding compound.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 823
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-210-065
E. Do a Last Check of the Abradable Liner
(1) When you do the visual check, examine all joints and patch areas to
make sure there are no defects as porosity or trapped air bubbles.
(2) If you see defects, you do the repair again.
Subtask 72-23-00-320-060
F. Complete the Repair as follows:
(1) Hand finish the abradable liner.
(a) Hand finish the reconditioned area to put it back to the contour
and dimensions of the adjacent areas.
(b) Sand lightly with an abrasive cloth 3 M 301D grit size 80 or 120
(2) Remove the abradable material dust and hand sanding residues from the
repair area with a vacuum cleaner.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-100
A. Close Access
items.
(5) Remove the mats from the lower half from the inlet cowl.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 824
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-300-044
Repair of Forward, Mid and Aft Acoustical Panels when Missing Cup
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

methyl-ethyl-ketone (Ref. 70-30-00)
RTV732 (Ref. 70-30-00)
RTV102 (Ref. 70-30-00)
RTV730 (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-23-00-000-025 Removal of the Mid Acoustical Panels
Fan
72-23-00-400-025 Installation of the Mid Acoustical Panels
72-23-00-991-318 Fig. 804

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 825
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-098
1(2).
Subtask 72-23-00-010-124
B. Remove the forward or mid or aft acoustical panel (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-
000-009) or (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-025) or (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-026)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 72-23-00-991-318)
Subtask 72-23-00-350-061
A. Repair the unbounded cup
(1) Clean the repair area with methyl-ethyl-ketone (Material No. CP1040).
(2) Apply RTV732 (Material No. CP2242) or RTV102 (Material No. CP2266) or
RTV730 (Material No. CP2431) on the panel cup surface.
(3) Install the cup on the forward or mid or aft acoustical panel.
NOTE : You must install the acoustical panel in a short time after
____

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 826
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-116
A. Close Access
(1) Install the forward or mid or aft acoustical panel (Ref. TASK 72-23-
00-400-009) or (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-025) or (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-
400-026).
NOTE : You must install the acoustical panel in a short time after
____
items.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 827
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 828
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 829
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 830
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-23-00-300-045
Replacement of the Riveted Self Locking Nuts for the Attachment of the Forward
Acoustical Panels
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 70 self-locking nuts 72-23-00 25 -020

R 70 self-locking nuts 72-23-00 25 -020A
R 90 self-locking nuts 72-23-00 25 -060B
R 90 self-locking nuts 72-23-00 25 -060C
R 90 self-locking nuts 72-23-00 25 -060D

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 831
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fan
SPM 70-43-11-390003
SPM 70-43-31-390005
SPM 70-44-50-320006
72-23-00-991-319 Fig. 805
72-23-00-991-322 Fig. 806
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-23-00-941-099
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 832
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-23-00-010-125
B. Get Access
(3) Remove the spinner rear cone (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-006)
(4) Remove a sufficient number of fan blades to get access to the repair
area (Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-007).
(5) Remove the forward acoustical panel (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-000-009).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-23-00-991-319)
Subtask 72-23-00-350-062
A. Replacement of the Riveted Self-Locking Nuts

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-23-00-991-322)
NOTE : If necessary, for the repair size rivets, drill at the same time
____
the rivet holes in the new nut you install and the rivet holes on
the containment case (Ref. SPM 70-43-11-390003) or (Ref. SPM 70-
43-31-390005).
(1) Remove the rivet head with a 0.094 in. (2,4 mm) diameter drill (Ref.
SPM 70-44-50-320006).
(2) If you cannot remove the rivet head, use a 0.125 in. (3,2 mm)
diameter drill related to the repair size rivet (Ref. SPM 70-43-31-
390005) or (Ref. SPM 70-44-50-320006).
(3) Do a check of the rivet holes (Ref. SPM 70-43-31-390005).
R (4) Install the new self-locking nuts self-locking nuts (70) or self-
R locking nuts (80) or self-locking nuts (90) on the containment case
with new rivets (10) or (20) or (30) or (40) or (50) or (60) (Ref.
SPM 70-43-31-390005).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 833
May 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Replacement of the Self Locking Nuts

Figure 805/TASK 72-23-00-991-319

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 834
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

72-23-00

Page 835
May 01/06

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Dimensional Information for the Replacement of the Self Locking Nuts


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 836
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 837
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 838
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-23-00-410-117
A. Close Access
(1) Install the forward acoustical panel (Ref. TASK 72-23-00-400-009).
items.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-23-00

Page 839
May 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

HP COMPRESSOR SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The major components of the compressor are : compressor rotor and compressor
stator. The front of the compressor stator is supported by the fan frame and
the front of the compressor rotor is supported by the No.3 bearing in the
fan frame. The rear of the compressor stator is attached to the combustion
case and the rear of the compressor rotor is attached to the HPT rotor to
form the core rotor. The rear of the core rotor is supported by the No.4
bearing. A portion of the fan discharge airflow passes thru the booster to
the compressor. Compression is progressive as the primary airflow moves from
stage through the axial compressor.
Air passes through successive stages of compressor rotor blades and
compressor stator vanes, being compressed as it passes from stage to stage.
After passing through 9 stages of blades, the air has been compressed.
The inlet guide vanes and the first 3 stages of the stator are variable, and
change their angular position as a function of compressor inlet temperature
and engine speed. The purpose of this variability is to optimize efficiency
and stall margin for engine speed, compressor inlet temperature and pressure
conditions.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-30-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HP Compressor Section
Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-30-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HP COMPRESSOR SECTION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 72-30-00-920-001
Discard Life Limited HP Compressor rotating parts
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ESM 051102
ESM 723104
ESM 723105
ESM 723106
ESM 723107
ESM 723108
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-30-00-010-052
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-30-00-020-052
A. Remove and discard life limited parts of the high pressure compressor:
- (Ref. ESM 723104) for the HPC Stage 1-2 Spool
- (Ref. ESM 723105) for the HPC Stage 3 Disk
- (Ref. ESM 723106) for the HPC Stage 4-9 Spool
- (Ref. ESM 723107) for the HPC rotor Shaft
- (Ref. ESM 723108) for the HPC CDP Seal
NOTE : (Ref. ESM 051102) for time limits.

____

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-30-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-30-00-410-052

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-30-00

Page 402
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPC ROTOR ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The compressor rotor (C/R) is a 9-stage, high-speed, unitized spool-disk
structure. The rotor consists of 5 major parts : front shaft, stages 1-2
spool, stage 3 disk, stages 4-9 spool, and C/R rear (compressor discharge
pressure (CDP)) rotating air seal. Spools are assembled by inertia welding.
The front shaft, disk, and spools are joined at a single bolted joint to
form a smooth, rigid unit. Interfering rabbeted diameters are used for
proper positioning of parts and for rotor stability.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
A. Front Shaft
The front shaft is bolted between stages 1-2 spool and stage 3 disk, and
is the forward support for the rotor. The shaft is splined to and secured
to the inlet gearbox (IGB) horizontal bevel gear by a coupling nut. The
IGB contains the thrust bearing for the core engine. The front shaft is
made of titanium alloy.
B. Disk and Spools

The stages 1-2 spool and stage 3 disk are made of titanium alloy forgings
and retain the stages 1, 2, and 3 blades in axial slots. The stages 4-9
spool is made of a nickel alloy and retains stages 4 through 9 blades in
circumferential grooves. The disk and stages 4-9 spool are internally
cooled by low pressure compressor (booster) discharge air which enters
the rotor through holes in the front shaft. Abrasive coated seals between
the rotor blade stages improve compressor performance.
C. Blades
Blades in stages 1, 2 and 3 are made of a titanium alloy. Blades in
stages 4 through 9 are made of a nickel alloy. The first 3 stages of
blades are secured in the disk and spool axial slots by retaining rings ;
blades in the stages 4-9 spool are secured in the circumferential grooves
by locking lugs. All blades are replaceable without disassembling the
rotor.
D. Rear Seal
The compressor rotor rear rotating (CDP) air seal is a one-piece nickel
alloy forged part with abrasive, protective-coated sealing teeth. The
seal is mounted to the aft flange of the stages 4-9 spool by a tight
fitting rabbet diameter and is axially clamped by the bolts and nuts
securing the forward flange of the high pressure turbine rotor to the
compressor.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Compressor Rotor Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HP Compressor Rotor Section

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPC ROTOR ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 72-31-00-290-002
Inspection of the High Pressure Compressor Rotor Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Inspection of a high pressure compressor rotor (HPCR) with the stator case
installed is limited to those areas that can be seen with a rigid borescope.
There are nine borescope ports (S1 through S9) in the compressor stator
case, between the 4 and 5 oclock position, aft looking forward.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific caps on the cart hoses

No specific 0.75 in. square drive socket
No specific 2ft. long breaker bar
(0.05 to 0.40 m.daN)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
R 856A1084 1 CART-STATOR ACTUATOR
856A1321 1 FIBERSCOPE SET
856A1323 1 MONITOR, RESOLUTION BORESCOPE
856A1488 1 MOTOR, DRIVE - CORE ENGINE ROTATION

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 601
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Never Seez-Pure Nickel, Special (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-00-300-002 Repair of Broken Borescope Plug
72-31-00-300-004 Blend Repair of the High Pressure Compressor (HPC)
Rotor Blades Stages 1-9
Maintenance
Maintenance
80-11-10-000-002 Removal of the Pneumatic Starter
80-11-10-400-002 Installation of the Pneumatic Starter
NTM 720000
72-31-00-991-300 Fig. 601
72-31-00-991-301 Fig. 602
72-31-00-991-302 Fig. 603
72-31-00-991-309 Fig. 604
72-31-00-991-306 Fig. 605
72-31-00-991-307 Fig. 606
72-31-00-991-308 Fig. 607
72-31-00-991-310 Fig. 608
R 72-31-00-991-315 Fig. 609

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 602
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-00-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 72-31-00-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-31-00-040-052
Subtask 72-31-00-010-056

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________

72-31-00-991-302, 604/TASK 72-31-00-991-309, 605/TASK 72-31-00-991-306,
606/TASK 72-31-00-991-307, 607/TASK 72-31-00-991-308, 608/TASK 72-31-00-991-
310)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Core Rotation Drive Motor Installation

Figure 601/TASK 72-31-00-991-300

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

VSV System Connections at the HMU

Figure 602/TASK 72-31-00-991-301

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Borescope Ports of the High-Pressure Compressor

Figure 603/TASK 72-31-00-991-302

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of IGV Borescope Plug (S1)

Figure 604/TASK 72-31-00-991-309

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPC Rotor Indexing to Zero

Figure 605/TASK 72-31-00-991-306

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Locally Manufactured Alignment Rod

Figure 606/TASK 72-31-00-991-307

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Locally Manufactured Deep Socket Wrench

Figure 607/TASK 72-31-00-991-308

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 610
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

72-31-00

Page 611
May 01/06

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Compressor Blades Inspection


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 612
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Compressor Blades Inspection


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 613
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-31-00-410-055
A. Do a borescope installation:
(1) Use the MONITOR, RESOLUTION BORESCOPE (856A1323G01) to make sure that
the borescope or fiberscope and light source are serviceable. See the
Non-Destructive Test Manual for this procedure (Ref. NTM 720000).
(2) Install the tools to turn the core engine.
NOTE : The core engine may be turned using a breaker bar (see step
____
(a)) or with a drive motor (see step (b)).
(a) To turn the core manually with a breaker bar, do the steps that
follow:
1
_ Remove the handcranking drive cover from the core rotation pad
on the left side of the accessory gearbox (AGB), opposite the
starter. (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-000-002)
2
_ Install a 0.75 in. square drive socket with a 2ft. long
breaker bar into the handcranking drive pad. When you do the
borescope inspection, turn the core engine clockwise (CW, aft
looking forward).
NOTE : To turn the core engine CW, the handcranking drive must
____
be turned counterclockwise (CCW).
(b) To turn the core with a drive motor, do the steps that follow:
1
_ Remove the starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-000-002).
2
_ Install the MOTOR, DRIVE - CORE ENGINE ROTATION
(856A1488P0/P02) into the accessory gearbox (AGB) starter
drive pad. Align the drive shaft of the drive motor with the
starter drive pad drive shaft and engage the splines.
NOTE : The tool must be installed in the horizontal position

____
with the air hoses to the rear.
3
_ Turn the tool until the captive bolts align with the gearbox
bolt holes.
4
_ Tighten the two captive bolts by hand.
5
_ Install the clamp to secure the drive motor.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 614
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

6
_ Attach the foot or hand control air hoses to the quick
disconnects on the tool.
7
_ Connect the air supply to the drive motor. The air supply must
be capable of 100 psi (6.9 bar). The air supply must be
lubricated and filtered at 6 SCFM (170 L/minute).
(3) Actuate the VSV system to the full open position as follows:
WARNING : DO NOT LET THE FUEL TOUCH YOUR SKIN OR CLOTHES. REMOVE YOUR
_______
CLOTHES IF THE FUEL TOUCHES THEM. FLUSH YOUR SKIN FULLY
WITH WATER WHERE THE FUEL TOUCHED YOU. FUEL CAN BURN YOUR
SKIN.
CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE NIPPLE

_______
WHEN YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT FUEL LINES ON NIPPLES.
NOTE : Put a container under the HMU to catch fuel released when fuel
____
lines are disconnected.
R NOTE : If the CART-STATOR ACTUATOR (856A1084G02 or 856A1084G04) is

____
R not available, the VSV system may be actuated to the full open
R position on an exceptional basis by dry motoring the engine
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-001).
(a) Disconnect the VSV rod-end and head-end flex-hoses from the
hydromechanical unit (HMU).
R (b) Remove the caps from the CART-STATOR ACTUATOR (856A1084G02 or

R 856A1084G04).
(c) Attach the rod-end and head-end hoses from the cart to rod-end
and head-end connectors of the rod-end and head-end hoses you
disconnected from the HMU.
(d) Actuate the variable stator system
CAUTION : DO NOT LET THE PRESSURE BE MORE THAN 300PSI (20.68BAR)

_______
OR YOU WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO ENGINE PARTS.
1
_ Pump the actuator until the VSV system is at the open position
(actuator rod retracted).
R (e) Disconnect the CART-STATOR ACTUATOR (856A1084G02 or 856A1084G04).
WARNING : PRESSURE OF UP TO 300 PSI. (20.68 BAR) EXISTS IN THE

_______
SUPPLY LINES. RELIEVE PRESSURE TO PREVENT INJURY WHEN
DISCONNECTING FITTINGS.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 615
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 1
_ Follow the instructions for use of the CART-STATOR ACTUATOR
R (856A1084G02 or 856A1084G04) to relieve any static pressure
R existing in the supply hoses. Gages on the CART-STATOR
R ACTUATOR (856A1084G02 or 856A1084G04) should read zero and the
R selector valve should be in the OFF position.
2
_ Disconnect the hoses of the cart from the rod-end and head-end
hoses.
3
_ Install the caps on the cart hoses.
(f) Connect the rod-end and head-end hoses to the HMU.
CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE

_______
NIPPLE WHEN YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT FUEL LINES ON
NIPPLES.
1
_ TORQUE the head-end hose to between 450 and 550 lbf.in (5.08
and 6.21 m.daN).
2
_ TORQUE the rod-end hose to between 270 and 300 lbf.in (3.05
and 3.39 m.daN).
(4) Remove the borescope plugs from the stages to be inspected as

follows. Tag each borescope plug to identify the stage from which it
was removed:
NOTE : The borescope plugs are located along the compressor case
____
between the 4 and 5 oclock positions, aft looking forward.
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the borescope plugs to be
removed.
(b) Remove the IGV borescope plug (S1), if necessary, as follows:
1
_ Remove the two screws (20) that attach the borescope access
blanking plate (10) at 5 oclock, aft looking forward, on the
fan frame inner flange.
2
_ Remove the borescope access blanking plate (10).
3
_ Remove the IGV borescope plug (S1).
4
_ Tag the plug to ensure it will be reinstalled in the correct
port.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 616
Feb 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) Remove the stage 1 through stage 5 borescope plugs (S2 through
S6), as necessary. Tag each plug to ensure it will be reinstalled
in the correct port.
(d) Remove the stage 6, 7 and 8 borescope plugs (S7 through S9), as
necessary, as follows:
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT MORE THAN 280 lbf.in. (31.64 m.daN) OF

_______
TORQUE ON THE 6TH, 7TH AND 8TH STAGE BOROSCOPE PLUGS
WHEN YOU REMOVE THEM, OR THE INNER PLUG SHAFT COULD
BREAK.
1
_ Loosen the outer borescope plug.
2
_ Pull the outer borescope plug straight out as far as possible
to engage the internal shaft spline.
3
_ Remove the borescope plug.
4
_ Tag each plug to ensure it will be reinstalled in the correct
port.
5
_ If the borescope plug is broken or if the inner plug does not
come out with the outer plug, remove the broken inner plug
with a deep socket wrench (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-300-002).
(5) Connect the fiber light cable to the fiberscope (green or blue band)
R from the BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320P04 or P05) and to the port on the
R BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P01 through P07). Turn the light
source on.
(6) If you use the MOTOR, DRIVE - CORE ENGINE ROTATION (856A1488P01 or
P02) to turn the core engine, do an inspection of the compressor
blades as follows. If you use the breaker bar to turn the core, go to
step (7).
(a) Index the core engine to zero as follows:
1
_ Put the fiberscope into the stage 3 borescope port (S4) and
look aft to the stage 4 compressor blade platform.
2
_ While you look in the fiberscope turn the core clockwise (CW),
as seen from the front of the engine, using the MOTOR, DRIVE -
CORE ENGINE ROTATION (856A1488P01 or P02).
3
_ Turn the core until you see the first blade slot locking lug.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 617
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4
_ Continue to turn the core until you see the second locking
lug. The second locking lug is 2 blades past the first locking
lug.
5
_ Align the leading edge of the first blade past the second
locking lug with the leading edge of the nearest stage 4 vane.
This is the zero index point and blade number 1.
6
_ Set the pointer on the protractor to the zero degree mark. The
core engine is now set to the zero index point for inspection
of all stages of the compressor rotor.
(b) Do an inspection of stage 4 compressor blades while you turn the

core engine using the MOTOR, DRIVE - CORE ENGINE ROTATION
(856A1488P01 or P02).
(c) Use the limits found in step 4.B.
(d) Remove the fiberscope
(e) Insert the fiberscope in the borescope plug of the next stage to
be inspected and repeat step (b) thru (d) for the other stages to
be inspected.
(f) If the vane segments in stages 6, 7 and 8 have moved to partially

cover the borescope port, do step (8).
(7) If you use the breaker bar to turn the core engine, do an inspection
of the compressor blades as follows.
(a) Insert the fiberscope in the borescope port of the stage you want
to inspect.
(b) Do an inspection of the compressor blade you see. Use the limits
found in the inspection table.
(c) Rotate the core engine so that you can see the next blade. Use
the breaker bar to turn the core engine clockwise (CW).
NOTE : To turn the core engine CW, the handcranking drive must be
____
turned counterclockwise (CCW).
(d) Repeat steps (b) and (c) until you have inspected all of the
blades in that stage. Count the blades as you inspect them to
make sure all of the compressor blades are inspected. The number
of blades in each stage is:

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 618
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1
_ Stage 1 : 38 blades
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
(e) Repeat steps (a) thru (d) for the other stages to be inspected.
(f) If the vane segments in stages 6, 7 and 8 have moved to partially

cover the borescope holes (S7 through S9), do step (8).
(8) To inspect the stages 6, 7, 8 and 9 blades when the vane segments
have moved to partially cover the borescope holes, use the
alternatives that follow:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE FLEXIBLE BORESCOPE DOES NOT GET CAUGHT IN THE
_______
BLADES WHILE YOU TURN THE CORE.
(a) If the diameter of the borescope holes are larger than 0.24 in.
(6.01 mm) , do the borescope inspection using the FIBERSCOPE SET
(856A1321P01 through P03).
(b) If the diameter of the borescope holes are less than 0.24 in.
(6.01 mm) , do the following steps:
1
_ Put a tapered rod in the borescope hole. The rod must be made
from 0.37 in. (9.40 mm) diameter aluminum, 18 in. (0.46 mm)
long, with a 4 in. (101.60 mm) taper at one end. The tapered
end must be rounded to 0.062 in. (1.57 mm) radius, accurate
radius not necessary.
2
_ Apply a light downward force on the end of the tapered rod to
move the vane segments.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 619
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) If the stage 7 borescope hole (S8) is not fully open, inspect the
aft part of the compressor through the stage 8 borescope hole
(S9). If the stage 8 borescope hole (S9) is not fully open, try
to do the inspection through the stage 6 borescope port (S7).
Subtask 72-31-00-290-051
B. Inspect the blades to the limits that follow:

R (Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 72-31-00-991-310, 609/TASK 72-31-00-991-315)
NOTE : If you find airfoil damage, we recommend that you do a borescope

____
inspection of the stage 5 booster blades and the abradable (Refer
to CFM SB 72-03910).
____
NOTE : Unless otherwise identified, all damage limits for high pressure
____
compressor blades are the same for the different blade
configurations.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Stages 1-4 compressor

blades:
A. Cracks in Dim. A Any number of radial See limit extensions

and tip cracks within 0.30 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
(7.6 mm) of the leading 025) or repair (Ref. TASK
or trailing edge, up to 72-31-00-300-004).
0.25 in. (6.4 mm) in
length are serviceable
Any number of radial

cracks more than 0.30
in. (7.6 mm) from the
leading or trailing
edge, up to 0.10 in.
(2.5 mm) in length are
serviceable

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 620
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Stage 1-3 VSV Shroud Rubbing

R Figure 609/TASK 72-31-00-991-315

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 621
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Any number of chord-wise See limit extensions
cracks, up to 0.30 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
(7.6 mm) from the tip, 025) or repair (Ref. TASK
up to 0.2 in. (5.1 mm) 72-31-00-300-004).
in length are
serviceable
B. Missing or chipped Any amount

erosion coating
C. Tears on the Not serviceable See repair (Ref. TASK 72-

leading and 31-00-300-004).
trailing edge
found in Dim. B
D. Nicks, missing Any number if the damage See limit extensions

material and is less than 0.04 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
erosion on the (1.0 mm) 025) or repair (Ref. TASK
leading and 72-31-00-300-004).
trailing edge
found in Dim. B
E. Dents on the Any amount if the damage See limit extensions

leading or is less than 0.04 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
trailing edge (1.0 mm) in depth or up 025) or repair (Ref. TASK
found in Dim. B to 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) 72-31-00-300-004).
deflection from the
original contour
R F. Nicks, dents and Any number if less than See limit extensions
R tears on the 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) in (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
R leading and depth 025).
R trailing edge tip
R corners in Dim. A
R G. Missing material Any number for each See limit extensions

and erosion at the stage up to 0.30 x 0.30 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
leading and in.(7.6 x 7.6 mm) if 025).
trailing edge tip downstream damage is
corners in Dim. A serviceable
and tip

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 622
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R H. Curl on the end of Up to 25% of chord,
the airfoil maximum radial length of
0.30 in. (7.6 mm) when
it does not engage the
stationary parts during
operation
R J. Nicks, dents and Any amount, if less than

scratches of the 0.003 in. (0.08 mm) in
airfoil root depth. Scratches
radius (does not parallel with the
include the platform are not
trailing edge root serviceable.
radius of stage 2
and stage 3).
R K. Nicks, dents and Any amount, if less than See limit extensions
scratches of the 0.03 in. (0.8mm). (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
trailing edge root 025).
radius of stage 2
and stage 3.
R L. Tears on the Not serviceable

leading and
trailing edge
found in the lower
25% of the airfoil
(but not the root
radius)
R M. Nicks, dents and Any amount if the damage See limit extensions
missing material is less than 0.03 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
on the leading and (0.76 mm) 025).
trailing edge of
the lower 25% of
the airfoil (but
not the root
radius)
R Wear or scratches Any amount, if less than See limit extensions

R on trailing edge 0.03 in. (0.8 mm) in (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
R platform of stages depth. 025).
R 2 and 3

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 623
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
blades:
R A. Cracks in Dim. A Up to 25% of the blades See limit extensions

R and tip across stages 5 through (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
R 9 can have radial cracks 025) or repair (Ref. TASK
R that are within 0.20 in. 72-31-00-300-004).
R (5.1 mm) from the
R leading or trailing
R edge. These cracks can
be up to 0.15 in. (3.8
R mm) in length.
Radial cracks more than

0.20 in. (5.1 mm) from
the leading or trailing
edge are not serviceable
R Up to 25% of the blades See limit extensions

R across stages 5 through (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
R 9 can have chord-wise 025) or repair (Ref. TASK
R cracks that are no more 72-31-00-300-004).
R than 0.20 in. (5.1 mm)
R from the tip. These
R cracks can be up to 0.15
R in. (3.8 mm) in length
B. Missing or chipped Any amount

erosion coating
C. Nicks, tears, Any number if the damage See limit extensions

and erosion on the (1.0 mm) 025) or repair (Ref. TASK
leading and 72-31-00-300-004).
trailing edge
found in Dim. B
D. Dents on the Any number if the damage See limit extensions

leading and is less than 0.04 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
trailing edge (1.0 mm) in depth or 025) or repair (Ref. TASK
found in Dim. B 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) 72-31-00-300-004).
deflection from the
original contour

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 624
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E. Nicks, dents and Any number is See limit extensions
tears on the serviceable if the (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
leading and damage is less than 0.15 025) or repair (Ref. TASK
trailing edge in. (3.8 mm) 72-31-00-300-004).
found in Dim. A
R F. Missing material All blades, up to 0.15 x See limit extensions

R and erosion at the 0.15 in. (3.8 x 3.8 mm), (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
R leading and if downstream damage is 025).
R trailing edge tip serviceable. A maximum
R corners of 25 blades across
R stages 5 through 9 up to
R 0.2 x 0.2 in. (5 x 5
R mm).
G. Curl on the end of Up to 50% of chord See limit extensions

the airfoil maximum radial length (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
0.30 in. (7.6 mm) when 025).
it does not engage the
stationary parts during
operation
H. Nicks, dents and Any amount if less than

scratches on the 0.003 in. (0.10 mm) in
airfoil root depth. Scratches
radius parallel with the
platform are not
serviceable.
J. Tears on the Not serviceable

leading and
trailing edge
found in the lower
25% of the airfoil
(but not the root
radius)
K. Nicks, dents and Any amount if the damage See limit extensions
on the leading and (0.76 mm) 025).
trailing edge of
the lower 25% of
the airfoil (but

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 625
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
not the root
radius)

blade tips:
A. Tears, nicks, Any number or amount is

dents, missing serviceable
material, erosion,
bending and burrs
NOTE : The blade tip is the top 0.10 in. (2.5 mm) of the blade.
____
B. Nick and dents on Any number if the damage

the airfoil center is not cracked on the
panel opposite side of the
airfoil
R C. Erosion and Any amount

R scratches on the
R airfoil center
R panel
D. Material on the Any amount

blade
4. Platform of stages
4-9 locking blades.
A. Clearance between Serviceable

the blade
platforms
B. Distortion on the Any amount

blades
C. Cracks Not serviceable
D. Shingling Not serviceable
5. Blade locks for

stages 4-9 blades:

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 626
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : To examine the
____
looseness, use
a bent length
of heavy gage
wire to move
the blade
lock. Monitor
the movement
through the
borescope.
6. Stator flow path:
A. Missing rub Any amount

coating
B. Cracks which are Any amount

crazed
NOTE : The area adjacent to the borescope ports is the only rub coat you
____
can examine.
R 7. Stages 1 through 3
R compressor stator
R variable vane shrouds
R A. Wear caused by Any amount

R rubbing on vanes
Subtask 72-31-00-010-057
C. Remove the borescope equipment
(1) When inspection is complete, turn the lamp switch off. Keep the main
light source blower on until the lamp and housing cools down.
(2) Before you install the borescope plugs, put the 0.37 in. (9.40 mm)
diameter tapered rod into the borescope hole. This will make sure the
hole is open.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 627
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Install the IGV borescope plug (S1) as follows:
(a) Apply graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) or Never Seez-Pure

Nickel, Special (Material No. CP2619) to the threads and pressure
face of the borescope plug.
(b) Put the borescope plug in the correct borescope port. Tighten the
plug by hand.
(c) TORQUE the plug to between 57 and 63 lbf.in (0.64 and 0.71
m.daN).
(d) Wirelock the plugs with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia.
(Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia.
(e) Install the borescope access blanking plate (10) using the two
screws (20).
(4) Install the stage 1 through 5 borescope plugs (S2 through S6) as
follows:

face of the borescope plugs.
(b) Install the borescope plug in the borescope port. Tighten the
borescope plug by hand.
(c) TORQUE the borescope plugs to between 57 and 63 lbf.in (0.64 and
0.71 m.daN).
(d) Wirelock the borescope plugs. Use lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia.
(5) Install the stage 6, 7 and 8 borescope plugs (S7, S8 and S9) as
follows:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU FULLY SCREW THE INNER CAP IN. IF NOT FULLY
_______
SCREWED IN, THE INNER CAP OF THE BORESCOPE PLUG WILL
DEFLECT THE COMPRESSOR REAR CASE AS THE OUTER CAP IS
TIGHTENED. THIS WILL CAUSE BINDING OF THE COMPRESSOR ROTOR.
(a) Make sure the borescope port is open. Insert the 0.37 in. (9.40
mm) diameter tapered rod in the borescope port.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 628
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Apply graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) or Never Seez-Pure
(c) Put the plug in the correct borescope port and tighten the inner
plug by hand. Use the outer plug to turn the inner plug.
(d) TORQUE the inner plug to between 90 and 100 lbf.in (1.01 and 1.13
m.daN). Loosen half a turn and RETORQUE to between 15 and 20
lbf.in (0.16 and 0.22 m.daN) more than the running torque.
(e) Compress the plug spring and tighten the outer plug by hand.
NOTE : If the inner plug is correctly installed and the threads

____
are not damaged, you can install the outer plug by hand.
If the outer plug cannot be fully installed by hand, the
inner plug is not correctly installed. Remove the plug and
repeat steps (c), (d) and (e).
(f) TORQUE the outer plug to between 57 and 63 lbf.in (0.64 and 0.71
m.daN).
(g) Wirelock all 3 outer plugs together with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8
mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8002).
(6) Remove the tools used to rotate the core as follows:
NOTE : If the breaker bar is installed, see steps (a) and (b). If the
____
drive motor is installed, see steps (c) and (d).
(a) Remove the 0.75 in. square drive socket and 2ft. long breaker bar
from the handcranking drive pad.
(b) Install the handcranking drive pad cover (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-400-
002).
(c) Remove the MOTOR, DRIVE - CORE ENGINE ROTATION (856A1488P01 or

P02) from the starter pad of the AGB.
(d) Install the starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 629
Nov 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-00-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040).

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-31-00-710-054
B. If fuel or oil lines were disconnected, do a minimum idle leak check

(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-006) and check for leaks.
Subtask 72-31-00-440-052
C. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).
Subtask 72-31-00-410-058
D. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 630
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPC ROTOR ASSEMBLY - REPAIRS
____________________________
TASK 72-31-00-300-002
Repair of Broken Borescope Plug
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific deep socket wrench

No specific T-handle
No specific 0.37 in. (9.40mm) diameter tapered Rod (locally
purchased)
(0.05 to 0.40 m.daN)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Never seez-pure (Ref. 70-30-00)
Safetywire 0.032 in.(0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Safetywire 0.032 in.(0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 801
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
72-31-00-991-304 Fig. 801
72-31-00-991-305 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-00-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 72-31-00-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 802
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-31-00-040-053
Subtask 72-31-00-010-059

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-00-991-304, 802/TASK 72-31-00-991-305)
Subtask 72-31-00-300-051
A. Remove the broken borescope plug as follows:
(1) Remove the retaining ring, if necessary.
(2) Install the locally manufactured deep socket wrench on the inner
plug.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-00-991-305)
(3) Install a T-handle on the socket wrench.
(4) Remove the borescope plug.
Subtask 72-31-00-420-064
B. Install a replacement borescope plug as follows:
(1) Install the stage 1 through 5 borescope plugs (S1 through S5) as
follows:
(a) Apply graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) Never seez-pure

(Material No. CP2619) to the threads and pressure face of the
borescope plug.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 803
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Locally Manufactured Deep Socket Wrench

Figure 801/TASK 72-31-00-991-304

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 804
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Broken Borescope Plug Removal

Figure 802/TASK 72-31-00-991-305

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 805
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) TORQUE the borescope plug to between 57 and 63 lbf.in (0.64 and
0.71 m.daN).
(d) Wirelock the borescope plug. Use Safetywire 0.032 in.(0.8 mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8001) or Safetywire 0.032 in.(0.8 mm) dia.
follows:
_______
(a) Make sure the borescope port is open. Insert 0.37 in. (9.40mm)
diameter tapered Rod (locally purchased) in the borescope port.
(b) Apply graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) or Never seez-pure

(Material No. CP2619) to the threads and pressure face of the
borescope plug.
(d) Torque the inner plug to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96

____
are not damged, you can install the outer plug by hand. If
the outer plug cannot be fully installed by hand , the
m.daN).
(g) Wirelock all 3 outer plugs together with Safetywire 0.032 in.(0.8
mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or Safetywire 0.032 in.(0.8 mm)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 806
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-31-00-440-053
Subtask 72-31-00-410-059
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 807
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-31-00-300-004
Blend Repair of the High Pressure Compressor (HPC) Rotor Blades Stages 1-9
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is the blend repair of the HPC rotor blades with a borescope blend
tool.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific CCD video camera and monitor (Wolf Compatible)
No specific HPC, blade, borescope, blending tool (Wolf tool
5.08036.00)
(0.05 to 0.40 m.daN)
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 808
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
72-31-00-991-311 Fig. 803
72-31-00-991-312 Fig. 804
72-31-00-991-313 Fig. 805
72-31-00-991-314 Fig. 806
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-31-00-941-057
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 809
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-31-00-010-064
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-31-00-040-055
Subtask 72-31-00-010-065

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________

72-31-00-991-313, 806/TASK 72-31-00-991-314)
Subtask 72-31-00-220-050
A. Blending Limits
_____________________________________________________________________________
INSPECT/CHECK MAXIMUM
BLENDABLE LIMITS
_____________________________________________________________________________
(1) Tears, nicks, dents, missing material

and erosion on the leading and trailing
edge of stages 1-4 compressor blade found
in Dim. B of the airfoil.
NOTE: Blend repair of the leading and trailing edges can not extend into the
lower 25 percent of the airfoil length.
NOTE: More than one blend in the same area is permitted if the total material
removed from the initial contour is not more than the limit that can be

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 810
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

_____________________________________________________________________________
BLENDABLE LIMITS
_____________________________________________________________________________
repaired.
(a) No maximum number of blended damage Maximum depth is 0.060 in.

areas. (1.52 mm) after you blend.

in Dim. A.
NOTE: More than one blend in the same area is permitted if the total material
removed from the initial contour is not more than the limit that can be
repaired.
(a) No maximum number of blended damage Maximum blended area is 0.30

areas. 0.30 in. (7.6 x 7.6 mm) after
you blend.
(b) No maximum number of dents. Maximum depth is 0.080 in.

(2.03 mm).
initial contour is 0.080 in.
(2.03 mm).
(c) No maximum number of missing tip Maximum depth is 0.300 in.

corners. (7.62 mm).
Maximum length is 0.300 in.
(7.62 mm).

in dimension Dim. B of the airfoil.
(a) No maximum number of blended damage Maximum blended area is 0.30

areas. 0.30 in. (7.6 x 7.6 mm) after
you blend.

in area Dim. A.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 811
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPC Blade Borescope Blending Tool


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 812
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPC Blade Borescope Blending Tool


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 813
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Blend Area Example

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-00-991-312

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 814
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Borescope Blend Tool Tip Selection/Blend Tip Installation

Figure 805/TASK 72-31-00-991-313

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 815
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Compressor Blades Inspection Areas


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 816
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Compressor Blades Inspection Areas


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 817
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

_____________________________________________________________________________
BLENDABLE LIMITS
_____________________________________________________________________________
(a) Up to 20 percent of the blades in each Maximum area is 0.20 x 0.20
stage can have tears, nicks, erosion in. (5.1 x 5.1 mm) after you
and material that is not there. blend.
(b) No maximum number of dents. Maximum depth is 0.080 in.

(2.03 mm).
initial contour is 0.080 in.
(2.03 mm).
Subtask 72-31-00-320-053
B. Perform Blade Blending
NOTE : Equivalent substitutes for the HPC, blade, borescope, blending

____
tool (Wolf tool 5.08036.00) and CCD video camera and monitor (Wolf
Compatible) are not permitted unless approved by CFMI.
(1) Measure the damaged area as follows:
NOTE : Do not install or remove the tool tip from the drive shaft
____
head with the drive shaft head in the zero degree position. If
you remove the tool tip with the drive shaft head in the zero
degree position, the drive belt will disengage.
(a) Put the drive shaft head (2) in the 90 degree position. Install
the measuring grid tip (5) onto the drive shaft head (2) and
tighten the lockscrew. This will prevent damage to the rotor
blades or the blend tool.
(b) Put the measuring grid tip (5) in the zero degree position and
put the tool (4) into the borescope port.
(c) Monitor the measuring grid tip (5), and position the drive shaft
head (2) to the 90 degree position.
(d) Put the measuring grid tip (5) near the HPC blade damage area.
NOTE : Each square on the grid is 0.039 x 0.039 in. (1.00 x 1.00
____
mm).
The overall grid size is 0.197 x 0.197 in. (5.00 x 5.00
mm).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 818
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(e) Write down the damage result such as defect size and location.
(f) Compare the recorded blade damage against the permitted blend
limits.
NOTE : Make sure the blade damage is less than the permitted
____
blend limits.
(g) If the damage is less than permitted limits, find the length of
the blend necessary to keep the minimum blend radius.
(h) Calculate the minimum blend radius at eight times the depth of
the defect, or four times on both sides of the center of the
blade defect.
(i) Put the drive shaft head (2) in the zero degree position, and
remove the tool from the borescope port.
(j) Put the drive shaft head (2) in the 90 degree position. Loosen
the lockscrew, and remove the measuring grid tip (5) from the
drive shaft head.
(2) Blade blending procedure
NOTE : Do not blend into the lower 25 percent of the airfoil length
____
(L).
NOTE : When blending rotor blades, blend in a radial direction in

____
relation to the engine centerline. Avoid removing metal from
leading and trailing edges of airfoil sections in such a way
that the edges become thin or sharp; blend so as to maintain
approximately the original contour.
NOTE : The finish on the blended area must be as close to the

____
original finish as possible.
(a) Put the drive shaft head (2) in the 90 degree position, and use
the applicable grind tip to blend the HPC stage damaged.
NOTE : Use longer blend tool tips for the forward blades, and
____
shorter blend tool tips for the aft blades.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 819
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Apply the light source to the blend tool.
NOTE : Do not install or remove a tool tip from the drive shaft
____
head with the drive shaft head in the zero degree
position. If you remove the tool tip with the drive shaft
head in the zero degree position, the drive belt will
disengage.
NOTE : Make sure the blend tip is pointed away from the operator
____
in the 90 degree position. Start the drive motor and make
sure the tip rotates in the clockwise direction. If the
direction of rotation is counter clockwise, check the
drive belt for possible twisted installation.
(3) Put the blend tool tip in the zero degree position. Put the blend
tool tip into the compressor, through the borescope access port.
(4) Put the primary blade edge grinding tip (1) in the borescope port,
view the tool tip and move the tool tip from the zero degree to the
90 degree position.
(5) Put the primary blade edge grinding tip (1) near the HPC blade
defect.
(6) Align the blend tool tip with the blade defect and check for correct
movement across the total length of the area to be blended.
NOTE : Do not start the drive motor (14) at this time.

____
NOTE : Make sure the blend tool tip correctly touches across the
____
total area to be blended.
(7) Use the primary blade edge grinding tip (1) and mark the two sides of
the blade defect.
NOTE : The minimum blend radius should be eight times the depth of
____
the defect, or four times on both sides of the center of the
blade defect.
(8) Start the drive motor (14) and apply pressure to the grid tip (1) at
the defect area.
(a) After sufficient practice with the grind tip (1) on the blade
leading edge surface, turn on the motor using the on/off switch
(16) and use the motor speed control (6) to increase speed.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 820
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

NOTE : If the grind tip (1) does not turn freely, apply less
____
pressure to the blade edge surface.
(9) During blending, make sure that you put a contour on the edge of the
blade and remove the sharp edges.
(10) Stop the drive motor (14).
(11) Put the grind tip (1) in the zero degree position.
(12) Remove the grind tip (1) from the borescope access port.
(13) Put the grind tip (1) in the 90 degree position.
(14) Loosen the lockscrew and remove the grind tip (1) from the drive
shaft head (2).
NOTE : Do not install or remove a tool tip from the drive shaft head
____
with the drive shaft head in the zero degree position. If you
remove the tool tip with the drive shaft head in the zero
(15) Install the polishing ball tip (4) onto the drive shaft head (2) and
tighten the lockscrew. This will prevent damage to the rotor blades
or the blend tool.
NOTE : Do not install or remove a tool tip from the drive shaft head
____
with the drive shaft head in the zero degree position. If you
remove the tool tip with the drive shaft head in the zero
(16) Put the polishing ball tip (4) in the zero degree position and put it
into the borescope access port. Next, put the drive shaft head (2) in
the 90 degree position.
(17) Polish the blended surface and stop the drive motor (14).
(18) Put the polishing ball tip (4) in the zero degree position and remove
from the borescope port.
(19) Use the standard borescope probe 1 configuration (magnified 1 : 1 at

7 in. (177 mm)) and inspect the blended blades to make sure you
removed all the defect.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 821
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-31-00-290-052
C. Follow-Up Inspection after the Borescope Blending
(1) A one-time inspection of the blended area(s) no sooner than 25 cycles

and not later than 100 cycles is required.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-31-00-410-066
A. Close Access
(1) Install the stage 1 thru 5 borescope plugs (S1 thru S5) as follows:

(c) TORQUE the borescope plugs to between 57 and 63 lbf.in (0.64 and
0.71 m.daN).
(d) Wirelock the borescope plugs. Use lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia.
follows:
_______
(a) Make sure the borescope port is open. Insert the 0.37 in. (9.40
mm) diameter tapered rod in the borescope port.
(b) Apply graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) or Never Seez-Pure


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 822
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(d) TORQUE the inner plug to between 90 and 100 lbf.in (1.01 and 1.13
lbf.in (0.16 and 0.22 m.daN) more than the running torque.

____
are not damaged, you can install the outer plug by hand.
If the outer plug cannot be fully installed by hand, the
m.daN).
(g) Wirelock all 3 outer plugs together with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8
mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
(3) Remove the tool used to rotate the core.
(a) Remove the MOTOR, DRIVE - CORE ENGINE ROTATION (856A1488P01 or

P02) from the starter pad of the AGB if installed.
002) if removed.
(c) Install the starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002) if removed.
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-31-00-440-055

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 823
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-31-00-710-051
C. Test
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE WITHOUT A CORRECTLY INSTALLED COVER

_______
ON THE N2 HANDCRANKING DRIVE PAD. IF THE COVER IS NOT INSTALLED
CORRECTLY, THE ENGINE CAN HAVE OIL LEAKAGE. THIS CAN CAUSE
ENGINE FAILURE.
(1) Do a minimum idle check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-006) and check for
leaks.
Subtask 72-31-00-410-067
D. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-31-00

Page 824
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPC FRONT STATOR ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The compressor front stator consists of the front casing halves, the inlet
guide vanes (IGV), and the first 5 stages of stator vanes.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
A. Front Stator Casing

The front case halves are made from M152 steel forging. The stage 1-5
flowpath is a machined, integral part of the case, instead of liners. The
lower halves of the front casing have ports for the inspection of the
internal areas. The front stator forms the load carrying structure
between the fan frame and the combustion case. Bleed air is taken from
the pads on the front case for the use of the customer. The bleed air is
also used for high pressure turbine cooling and clearance control and for
low pressure turbine cooling.
B. Vanes
The IGV and the stages 1 through 3 vanes are variable ; the stages 4 and
5 vanes are fixed. All vanes are made of steel.
The fixed vanes, in stages 4 and 5, are fabricated into segments
consisting of several vanes each. All stages of vanes have honeycomb
shrouds on their inner diameter. The shrouds together with the rotor seal
teeth, form interstage seals to prevent flowpath recirculation.
C. Variable Vane Actuation

Actuation of the variable vanes is accomplished with hydraulically
actuated bellcrank assemblies mounted on the front compressor stator at
the 2 and 8 oclock positions.
Fixed linkages connect the bellcranks to actuation rings.
Lever arms attached to the variable vanes connect to the actuation rings.
Fuel from the hydromechanical unit (HMU) operates the hydraulic
actuators.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Compressor Front Stator Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HP Compressor Stator Section

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPC FRONT STATOR ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________
TASK 72-32-00-210-002
Inspection/Check of the HPC Front Stator Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-200-009 Off-Schedule Vane Replacement
72-32-00-000-004 Removal of the Actuation Ring Connecting Links
72-32-00-400-004 Installation of the Actuation Ring Connecting Links
72-32-00-960-002 Replacement of the Actuation Ring Flanged Bushing
(Stages 1 and 2)
75-32-10-000-002 Removal of the Variable Stator Vane (VSV) Actuators
75-32-10-400-002 Installation of the Variable Stator Vane (VSV)
Actuators
Maintenance
Maintenance
72-32-00-991-300 Fig. 601
72-32-00-991-304 Fig. 602

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-00-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-00-010-058
B. Get access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-00-040-055
Subtask 72-32-00-010-059

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-00-991-300, 602/TASK 72-32-00-991-304)
Subtask 72-32-00-210-052
A. Inspection/Check of the HPC Front Stator Assembly
CAUTION : LEVER ARM DISTRESS OR MISASSEMBLY RESULTING IN VANE SCHEDULING

_______
ERRORS IN EXCESS OF 4 DEGREES REQUIRES SPECIAL INSPECTION/
DISPOSITION OF COMPRESSOR ROTOR BLADES.
(1) Insepct the following areas:
(a) If vane scheduling errors occur (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-009).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Casing for :
- Cracks Not serviceable See limit extensions

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
- Nicks, pits, scores Any number, any length, See limit extensions
and scratches 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) deep (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
after removal of high 025).
metal
2. Vane actuation rings

for :
- Cracks (or broken) Not serviceable See limit extensions

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
- Distortion, bends, Not serviceable See limit extensions

twists or distress (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
- Separation Not serviceable See limit extensions

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Compressor Front Stator Assembly-Inspection

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-00-991-300

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

72-32-00

Page 605
May 01/06

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Stator Vane ID to Rotor Contact


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Stator Vane ID to Rotor Contact


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Damaged or broken Bushing body is intact
lever arm bushing and provides 360 degrees
support to lever arm pin
- Missing bushings on Not serviceable See Repair Procedures

Stages 1 and 2 (Ref. TASK 72-32-00-960-
002)
- Missing or broken Any amount

bushing legs
3. Actuation ring
connector for :
- Cracks (or broken) Not serviceable See limit extensions

one side only (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
- Cracks (or broken) Not serviceable

both sides
4. Vane lever arms,

IGVs and stage 3 for
:
- Broken or bent Not serviceable Remove engine for

replacement of HPC rotor
blades in one stage
forward of and 2 stages
aft of stage with
defective lever arms
- Cracked Not serviceable Replace lever arm

(Ref. TASK 72-32-00-000-
004) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-
00-400-004)
- Nicks, dents and Area A not serviceable

scratches Area B 0.010 in. (0.25
mm) after removal of
high metal provided
bottom of defect is not
sharp pointed.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Area C (not including
pin) 0.002 in. (0.05 mm)
deep.
5. Vane lever arms,

stage 1 and 2 for :
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK
72-32-00-991-300)
- Broken or bent Not serviceable Remove engine for

replacement of HPC rotor
blades in one stage
forward of and 2 stages
aft of stage with
defective lever arms
- Cracked Not serviceable Remove engine for

replacement of cracked
lever arm
- Nicks, dents and Area A not serviceable

scratches Area B 0.010 in. (0.25
mm) after removal of
high metal provided
bottom of defect is not
sharp pointed.
Area C (not including
pin) 0.002 in. ( 0.05
mm) deep.
6. Vane assembly, IGVs

and stage 3 for :
- Looseness Any amount of radial and See limit extensions

side movement provided (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
bushing not missing. No 025)
metal to metal contact
allowed. (Listen for
metallic sound while
shaking vane stem)
7. Vane assembly, stages

1 and 2 for :

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Looseness Any amount of radial and See limit extensions
side movement provided (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
bushing not missing. No 025)
metal to metal contact
allowed. (Listen for
metallic sound while
shaking vane stem)
8. Vane actuation system

(bellcrank assembly)
for :
R - Cracks Not serviceable Remove the engine for the

R replacement of the
R bellcrank assembly
R (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-000-
042)
R
or
Replace vane actuation
assembly (Ref. TASK 75-32-
10-000-002) and (Ref. TASK
75-32-10-400-002)
- Nicks, pits, scores Any number, any length Replace vane actuation
and scratches 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) deep system (Ref. TASK 75-32-
after removal of high 10-000-002) and (Ref. TASK
metal 75-32-10-400-002)
9. Spherical bearings
for :
R - Looseness of ball 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) Remove the engine for the
R in race diametral replacement of the
R bellcrank assembly
R (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-000-
042)
10. HPC Inner Shroud Lip

for:
- Wear from Any amount

rotor-stator
contact

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 610
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-00-440-053
Subtask 72-32-00-410-057
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 611
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPC FRONT STATOR ASSEMBLY - REPAIRS
___________________________________
TASK 72-32-00-000-003
Removal of the Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) and Stage 3 Vane Lever Arms or Bushings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 856A1012 1 LEVER,COUNTERTORQUE-CPRSR STATOR VANE ACTUATION ARM
R 856A1051 1 PULLER,ARM-COMPRESSOR STATOR ACTUATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
72-32-00-991-301 Fig. 801
72-32-00-991-302 Fig. 802
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-00-941-054

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 801
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-00-010-060
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-00-040-056
Subtask 72-32-00-010-061

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-00-991-301, 802/TASK 72-32-00-991-302)
Subtask 72-32-00-020-052
A. Remove the IGV and stage 3 lever arms and bushings.
R (1) Hold the lever arm with LEVER,COUNTERTORQUE-CPRSR STATOR VANE

R ACTUATION ARM (856A1012G01), while you loosen the vane stem nut. Do
not let the vane turn.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 802
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Replacement of Lever Arm and/or Vane Bushing

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-00-991-301

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 803
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

IGV and Stage 3 Lever Arm Engaged Correctly and Incorrectly

Figure 802/TASK 72-32-00-991-302

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 804
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(2) Remove the nut and washer from the vane.
R (3) Remove the lever arm from the vane with PULLER,ARM-COMPRESSOR STATOR
R ACTUATION (856A1051G01).
(4) Remove the bushing from the stator case.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 805
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-32-00-400-003
Installation of the Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) and Stage 3 Vane Lever Arms or
Bushings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R 856A1012 1 LEVER,COUNTERTORQUE-CPRSR STATOR VANE ACTUATION ARM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
72-32-00-991-301 Fig. 801
72-32-00-991-302 Fig. 802

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 806
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-00-860-052
engine.
Subtask 72-32-00-010-064
B. Get Access
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-00-040-058
481-041).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 807
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-32-00-420-052
A. Install the IGV and stage 3 lever arms.
CAUTION : CORRECTLY ALIGN THE WITNESS MARK ON THE VANE STEM WITH THE
_______
LEVER ARM. BLADE DAMAGE CAN OCCUR IF THE VANE STEM IS NOT
CORRECTLY ALIGNED.
(1) Install the replacement bushing in the stator case.
(2) Install the replacement lever arms on the vane while you engage the
lever arm pin into the actuation ring.
(3) Make sure the lever arm fully engages the vane stem flats.
(4) Install the washer and nut on the vane stem. Hold the lever arm with
R LEVER,COUNTERTORQUE-CPRSR STATOR VANE ACTUATION ARM (856A1012G01),
while you tighten the nut.
(5) TORQUE the nut to between 55 and 70 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.79 m.daN). Do
not let the vane turn.
Subtask 72-32-00-210-053
B. Do a visual check.
(1) The lever arm must fully engage the vane stem flats.
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-00-991-301)
(2) A minimum of 2 vane stem threads must be above the nut.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-00-991-302)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 808
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-00-440-054
Subtask 72-32-00-410-059
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 809
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-32-00-000-004
Removal of the Actuation Ring Connecting Links
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
72-32-00-991-303 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-00-941-055

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 810
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-32-00-010-062
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-32-00-040-057
Subtask 72-32-00-010-063

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-00-991-303)
Subtask 72-32-00-020-053
A. Remove the connecting link.
(1) Disconnect the tie rod from the clevis of the defective connecting
link as follows:
NOTE : Do not adjust the tie rod.

____
(a) Remove the nut.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 811
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Replacement of the Actuation Ring Connecting Links

Figure 803/TASK 72-32-00-991-303

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 812
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Remove the D-head bolt.
(2) Cut and remove lockire, remove the bolts that hold the connecting
link to the actuation ring.
NOTE : There is a locating pin at each end of the connecting link.

____
The straight pin stays in the actuation ring segment. The pin
with the head comes out with the connecting link.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 813
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-32-00-400-004
Installation of the Actuation Ring Connecting Links
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2365 USA MIL-S-22473 Grade A
Loctite 290 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 814
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
72-32-00-991-303 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-00-860-053
engine.
Subtask 72-32-00-010-065
B. Get Access
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 815
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-00-040-059
481-041).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-00-991-303)
Subtask 72-32-00-420-053
A. Install the connecting link.
(1) If the straight pin comes out with the connecting link, apply Loctite
290 (Material No. CP2365) to the end of the straight pin that goes in
the actuation ring.
(2) Install the straight pin in the actuation ring.
NOTE : On the right side, the pin goes in the top segment of the
____
actuation ring. On the left side, the pin goes in the lower
segment of the actuation ring.
(3) Install the connecting link to the actuation ring segments. Make sure
the straight pin fully engages the hole in the actuation ring and the
lever arms are correctly engaged in the connecting link bushings.
(4) Install the headed pin in the connecting link and actuation ring
segment.
(5) Apply Graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) to the threads and
friction surface of the bolts.
(6) Install the bolts. TORQUE the bolts to between 55 and 70 lbf.in (0.62
and 0.79 m.daN).
(7) Make sure that the straight pin is correctly installed in the
actuation ring. Use lockwire through the inspection hole of the
connecting link to feel for the pin.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 816
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(8) Do a visual check:
CAUTION : BLADE DAMAGE CAN OCCUR IF THE LEVER ARMS ARE NOT CORRECTLY
_______
ENGAGED.
(a) Make sure all of the lever arms are correctly engaged in the
connecting link bushings.
(9) Wirelock the bolts:
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE D-HEAD BOLT IS SEATED IN THE RECESS OF THE
_______
CONNECTING LINK.
(a) Use the Lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8001).
(10) Apply Graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) to the threads of the
D-head bolt.
(11) Install the tie rod in the connecting link with the D-head bolt and
nut. The bolt head goes aft for IVG and forward for stages 1, 2, and
3.
(12) Install the nut and TORQUE to between 105 and 115 lbf.in (1.18 and
1.29 m.daN).
NOTE : Do not adjust the tie rod.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-00-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-32-00-440-055

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 817
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-32-00-410-061
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 818
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-32-00-960-002
Replacement of the Actuation Ring Flanged Bushing (Stages 1 and 2)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace missing actuation ring bushings.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RTV 106 (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Maintenance
R Maintenance
72-32-00-991-305 Fig. 804

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 819
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-32-00-941-057
1(2).
Subtask 72-32-00-010-068
B. Get Access
R (1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-32-00-040-061
Subtask 72-32-00-010-069

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 820
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 72-32-00-991-305)
CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE LEVER ARMS TO COMPLETE THIS REPAIR.

_______
Subtask 72-32-00-420-055
A. Install the new actuation ring lever arm bushing
(1) If necessary, clean the pieces of old bushing from the ring.
NOTE : The new bushing cannot be inserted onto the lever arm with the
____
legs attached.
NOTE : The actuation ring is assembled with different types of

____
bushings. Be sure to select the correct bushing from the
Illustrated Parts Catalog.
(2) Carefully, break the 4 legs off of the new bushing.
(3) Install the new bushing from outboard side of actuation ring
(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 72-32-00-991-305)
WARNING : RTV 106 IS TOXIC AND FLAMMABLE. USE PERSONAL PROTECTION

_______
EQUIPMENT. USE IN A WELL-VENTILATED AREA.
(4) Apply approximately 0.125 in. (3.18 mm) RTV 106 (Material No. CP2267)
to the outer flange of the bushing.
(5) Permit the RTV 106 to cure for not less than 24 hours before you
operate the engine.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-32-00-410-064
A. Close access
items.
R (2) Close the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 821
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Replacement of the Stages 1 and 2 Actuation Ring Flanged Bushing

Figure 804/TASK 72-32-00-991-305

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 822
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-32-00-440-057
R B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).
Subtask 72-32-00-410-065
C. Close Access
R (1) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-32-00

Page 823
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPC REAR STATOR ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The compressor rear stator consists of the rear casing halves, 3 stages of
fixed vanes, and interstage honeycomb seals. The halves are attached
together at the 3 and 9 oclock splitline with bolts. The rear stator
assembly is found inside the front stator assembly and is cantilever mounted
to the rear stator support. The outer flange of the rear stator support is
installed between the front stator of the compressor and the combustion
case. The rear flange has rabbets for close tolerance concentricity with the
combustion case. The forward end is radially restrained by manifold supports
attached to the front case to maintain concentricity.
2. Description
___________
A. Casing
The rear casing halves are a matched set machined from an incoloy
forging.
The casings have internally machined circumferential slots that retain
stages 6, 7, and 8 stator vane segments. Stage 6, 7, 8, and 9 rub lands
are hard-coated.
The casing contains ports for borescope inspection of internal area.
B. Vanes
The vanes in stages 6,7, and 8 are made into segments consisting of
several vanes each. These segments are installed in circumferential slots
in the casing. Each stage of vanes has shrouds with removable honeycomb
seal segments attached to the inner platforms.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-33-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Compressor Rear Stator Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-33-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

COMBUSTION SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The combustion of fuel takes place in the combustor installed in the
compressor rear frame. The controlled release of energy of combustion
through the turbine nozzles drive the engine rotors. (HP rotor for self
sustaining operation and the LP rotor to develop airflow through the fan
exhaust nozzle and to provide gases to the core engine exhaust nozzle for
additional thrust).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-40-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Combustion Chamber
Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-40-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

COMBUSTION CASE ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The combustion case is a fabricated structural weldment located between the
high pressure compressor (HPC) and the low pressure turbine (LPT). It
provides the structural interface, transmits the engine axial load, and
provides gas flow path between the compressor and LPT. The case incorporates
the compressor outlet guide vanes (OGV) and a diffuser for the reduction of
combustion chamber sensitivity to the compressor air velocity profile.
2. Description
___________
A. Components
The combustion case encloses the combustion chamber and high pressure
turbine (HPT) components. The combustion chamber, compressor rear
stationary (CDP) seal, HPT nozzle assembly, and HPT shroud/stage 1 LPT
nozzle assembly are mounted in and structurally supported by the
combustion case. The case mounts and positions the 20 fuel nozzles, 2
igniters, and fuel manifold.
The fuel manifold system is composed of a fuel supply manifold (Y tube),
2 fuel manifolds halves, 3-piece drain manifold, and overboard drain
tube.
B. Ports
There are 6 borescope ports ; 4 for inspection of the combustion chamber
and HPT nozzles and 2 for inspection of the HPT blades and shrouds and
the stage 1 LPT blades. The case has 4 ports for extraction of compressor
discharge air for customer use, 4 ports for introduction of stage 5
compressor air for low pressure cooling and 3 ports for HPT shroud
cooling air (one for source air and 2 for introduction of air to the
shrouds). There is also one port for the following : start bleed dump, P3
sensor, T3 sensor, and CCCP air. There are 2 ports for the spark igniters
and 2 ports for turbine clearance control thermocouples.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Combustion Case
Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

COMBUSTION CASE ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________
TASK 72-41-00-290-001
Borescope Inspection of the Combustion Chamber Liners, Dome Areas,HPT Nozzle

R Vanes and Shrouds (as far as visible through two opposite ports)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-42-00-290-041 Borescope Inspection of the Combustion Chamber Liners

and Dome Area
Assembly
72-53-00-290-004 Borescope/Inspection of the High-Pressure Turbine
Shroud
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-41-00-869-051
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-41-00-290-051
A. Do a borescope inspection:
(1) Borescope inspect combustion chamber liners and dome areas (Ref. TASK
72-42-00-290-041).
NOTE : Combustion chamber port access is required through as many

____
ports as necessary to assure 100% combustor inspection
coverage.
(2) Borescope inspect high pressure turbine nozzle vanes (Ref. TASK 72-
51-00-290-004) .

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Borescope inspect high pressure turbine shrouds (Ref. TASK 72-53-00-
290-004).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-41-00-200-002
Inspection/Check of the Combustion Case Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Washable
72-41-00-300-002 Repairs of the Combustion Case Assembly
Maintenance
Maintenance
72-41-00-991-300 Fig. 601

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-41-00-941-052
1(2).
Subtask 72-41-00-010-054
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-41-00-040-052
Subtask 72-41-00-010-056

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-41-00-991-300)
Subtask 72-41-00-230-052
A. Do a fluorecent penetrant inspection.
(1) Do a fluorescent penetrant inspection of actual or suspected cracks

in the combustion case assembly (Ref. TASK 70-51-00-230-002).
Subtask 72-41-00-210-051
B. Do a visual inspection.
(1) Do the visual inspection that follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Combustion casing body for :
- Cracks Not serviceable
- Nicks, scores and Any number 0.03 in.

scratches (0.76 mm) deep after
- Dents Any number 0.10 in.

(2.54 mm) deep after
- Buckling or distortion Not serviceable

because of
overtemperature
- Hot spots Any number, if metal not

(discoloration) crazed. No cracks are
permitted.
2. Combustion casing forward flanges for :
- Bolt hole cracks that One crack per hole, 2

extend radially cracks per frame
outward

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Combustion Case Assembly

Figure 601/TASK 72-41-00-991-300

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Bolt hole cracks that Not serviceable See limit extensions
extend radially inward (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
3. Combustion case midflange for :
- Broken bolts One broken bolt with a See limit extensions

minimum of 5 bolts that (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
are not broken on both 025)
sides of the broken
bolt. No more than 2
broken bolts in any
group of 20.
4. Combustion casing aft flange for :
- Bolt hole cracks that One crack per hole, 2

extend radially cracks per frame
outward
- Bolt hole cracks that Not serviceable See limit extensions

extend radially inward (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
5. Fuel nozzle pads for :
- Thread damage Minimum of 4 undamaged

threads must be present
after chasing threads
- Nicks, scores, pits Any number on sealing Remove high metal and
and deposits surface 0.03 in. (0.76 deposits (Ref. TASK 72-41-
mm) deep not extending 00-300-002)
across more than 50
percent of sealing
surface after removal of
high metal
6. Igniter and borescope bosses for :
- Thread damage Minimum of 3 undamaged

threads must be present
after chasing threads

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. HPT shroud cooling and CDP bleed pads for :
- Nicks, scores, pits Any number, any length Remove high metal
and scratches 0.03 in. (0.76 mm) in (Ref. TASK 72-41-00-300-
depth provided 002).
discrepancy does not
extend over 75 percent
of sealing surface
- Cracks extending from One crack per hole no See limit extensions
bolt holes longer than 0.06 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
(1.52 mm) 025)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-41-00-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040).
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-41-00-440-052
Subtask 72-41-00-410-056
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

COMBUSTION CASE ASSEMBLY - REPAIRS
__________________________________
TASK 72-41-00-300-002
Repairs of the Combustion Case Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific abrasive stone

No specific fine file
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

durite G422 (Ref. 70-30-00)
durite G421 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 801
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Washable
Maintenance
Maintenance
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-41-00-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 72-41-00-010-055
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 802
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-41-00-040-053
Subtask 72-41-00-010-057

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-41-00-350-051
A. Blend the part
CAUTION : DO NOT PERMIT THE REMOVED MATERIAL, TOOLS, OR CONSUMABLES TO

_______
FALL INTO THE COMBUSTION CASE. ENGINE DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
(1) Blend the part with a fine file, durite G422 (Material No. CP2189) or
durite G421 (Material No. CP2191) or abrasive stone. Remove as small
an amount of the parent metal as possible.
Subtask 72-41-00-230-053
B. Do a fluorescent penetrant inspection of all the blend areas. No cracks

are permitted. (Ref. TASK 70-51-00-230-002)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-41-00-410-055
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 803
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-41-00-440-053
Subtask 72-41-00-410-057
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-41-00

Page 804
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

COMBUSTION CHAMBER ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The combustion case contains the combustion chamber, which is a short,
annular structure. The combustion chamber consists of outer and inner cowls,
20 primary swirl nozzles, dome, and outer and inner liners. The liners and
cowls are bolted to the dome.
The function of the combustion chamber is to supply a uniform combustion
pattern for low thermal stress.
The staged burning valve, controlled by FADEC, adapts the function of the
combustion chamber to the engine requirements by the use of either 10 or 20
open fuel nozzles.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
A. Dome
The dome consists of both cast and machined components. Twenty primary
swirl nozzles and 20 secondary swirl nozzles with venturies and sleeves
are used to provide mixing of air and fuel. The entire surface of the
dome is cooled by a film of cooling air.
B. Cowl
The inner and outer cowls are designed to provide uniform and stable
airflow profiles to the combustion chamber.
C. Liners
The outer and inner liners are of an integral design with panel overhangs
which contain closely spaced cooling holes that provide film cooling.
Dilution holes are employed in the liners to provide additional mixing
and cooling air which lowers the gas temperature at the turbine inlet.
The outer liner contains 2 ferrules for the spark igniters.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Combustion Chamber
Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Combustion Chamber Section

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

COMBUSTION CHAMBER ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________
TASK 72-42-00-290-041
Borescope Inspection of the Combustion Chamber Liners and Dome Area
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This TASK is applicable for NON/P, /P and /3 engines equiped with a Single
R Annular Combustor chamber.
NOTE : Inspection of the combustion chamber is limited to the areas that can
____
be seen with a rigid borescope, at the 1, 3, 6 and 10 oclock
borescope ports, and at the 2 spark igniter ports.
The borescope ports at the 1, 3, 6, and 10 oclock positions are
located immediately in front of the fuel manifold. These ports and
the 2 spark igniter ports permit the borescope inspection of the
combustion chamber and the HPT nozzle.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
856A1320 1 BORESCOPE-KIT
856A1322 1 BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 601
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire 0.8 mm dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-42-00-290-006 Borescope Inspection of the Outer Side of the
Combustion Chamber Outer Liners
73-11-40-790-002 Leak Check of the Fuel Nozzles
74-21-30-000-002 Removal of the Spark Igniter
74-21-30-400-002 Installation of the Spark Igniter
Maintenance
Maintenance
NTM 720000
72-42-00-991-301 Fig. 601
72-42-00-991-302 Fig. 602
72-42-00-991-303 Fig. 603
72-42-00-991-305 Fig. 604
72-42-00-991-306 Fig. 605

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-42-00-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 72-42-00-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-42-00-040-053
C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable for maintenance (Ref. TASK 78-30-
00-481-041)
Subtask 72-42-00-010-059

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________

72-42-00-991-303, 604/TASK 72-42-00-991-305, 605/TASK 72-42-00-991-306)
Subtask 72-42-00-010-060
A. Remove parts before borescope inspection.
(1) Remove the borescope plugs from the approximate 3 and 10 oclock
positions on the combustion case.
Subtask 72-42-00-290-054
B. Do a borescope inspection.
(1) Use the MONITOR, RESOLUTION BORESCOPE (856A1323G01) to make sure the
borescope and the lightsource are serviceable. See the
R (2) Connect the fiber light cable to the BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320P04/P05)

R and to the port on BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P03/P04/P07).
(3) Put the rigid borescope, (856A1320P04/P05), into the ports and turn
on the light source of borescope-lightsource set (856A1322P03 or
P04).
(4) Turn the rigid borescope a full 360 degrees to inspect the dome of
the combustion chamber, fuel nozzles, the inner and outer liners, and
the aft sections. Adjust the borescope equipment to obtain maximum
clarity of view.
(5) Inspect the following :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. All surfaces for :
A. Discoloration Any amount
B. Carbon Any amount

Accumulation

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 604
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-42-00

Page 605
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Combustion Chamber (Inner and Outer Liner Inspection)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 606
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Combustion Chamber (Inner and Outer Liner Inspection)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 607
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Combustion Chamber (Sectional View)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 608
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Combustion Chamber (Sectional View)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 609
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Cracks and Missing Material in Dome Area

Figure 603/TASK 72-42-00-991-303

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 610
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-42-00

Page 611
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Outer Liner (Inner)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 612
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Outer Liner (Inner)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 613
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Inner Liner (Inner)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 614
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Inner Liner (Inner)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 615
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Missing, chipped Any amount
or spalled areas
of thermal barrier
coating
2. Dome Assembly (Spectacle Plate, Deflector amd Sleeve) for :
A. Distortion of Any amount

deflector or
sleeve
B. Radial crack in Any number up to 2 in. See limit extension

spectacle plate (50.8 mm) length and not (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
connected to each other 025)
C. Circumferential Any number up to 3 in. See limit extension

crack in spectacle (76.2 mm) length (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
plate separated by 6 in. 025)
(152.4 mm)
D. Connected cracks Not more than (1) radial See limit extension
in spectacle plate crack 2 in. (50.8 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
long with (1) 025)
circumferential crack 3
in. (76.2 mm) long
separated by 6 in.
(152.4 mm).
E. Missing material Max. 0.06 in. (1.52 mm) See limit extension
from spectacle x 0.06 in. (1.52 mm) at (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
plate intersection of 025)
connected crack
F. Radial crack in Any number up to 0.5 in. See limit extension

deflector or (12.7 mm) length (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
sleeve 025)
G. Circumferential Any number up to 0.75 See limit extension

cracks in in. (19.05 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
deflector or 025)
sleeve

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 616
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H. Connected cracks Connection of any radial See limit extension
in deflector or and circumferential (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
sleeve cracks within limits of 025)
paragraphs F. and G.
above. Limit is exceeded
when third crack
connects
J. Missing material Any amount up to 0.2 in. See limit extension

from overhangs on (5.08 mm) maximum depth. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
deflector or 025)
sleeve
K. Burn through holes 3 per dome 1 in. (25.4 See limit extension
mm) x 1 in. (25.4 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
maximum 025)
L. Fuel nozzles for Not serviceable See limit extensions

dislodged wear (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
sleeves 025)
3. Inner and outer liners for :
A. Outer liner axial Any number across 1 If a crack extends across

cracks Panel or less and up to more than 3 panels,
4 cracks across more borescope the outer side
than 1 panel but not of the outer liner in the
longer than 3 panels crack locations (Ref. TASK
72-42-00-290-006).
See limit extension
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
NOTE : When applying limits, the dome band is interpreted as a panel.

____
B. Inner liner axial Any number across 1 If up to 1 crack is across

cracks panel or less and up to 4 Panels, and no material
4 cracks across more is missing more than 3
than 1 panel but not times the diameter of a
longer than 2 panels dilution hole and does not
connect to a
circumferential crack
longer than 0.5 in. (12.7

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 617
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
mm), then reinspect in 750
cycles. See limit
extensions (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-025).
C. Circumferential There is no limit to the See limit extensions

cracks number with these (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
conditions: The cracks 025)
are no longer than 2
dilution lands. There
are no more than 2
adjacent cracks in a
dilution land. The
cracks are separated by
a minimum of 3 dilution
lands that do not have
cracks.
NOTE : A dilution land is the area of the panel between the dilution
____
holes.
D. Connected cracks Connection of any axial See limit extension

and circumferential (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
cracks up to max limits 025)
of paragraphs A. B. and
C. above. Limit is
exceeded when third
crack connects
E. Burn through or Per liner, 8 areas with See limits extension

missing material these conditions : 3 or (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
more adjacent holes are 025)
not aligned axially. 6
areas are not more that
2 times the size of a
dilution hole. No more
than 2 areas are not
more than 3 times the
size of a dilution hole.
No more than 1 area is
not more than 4 times
the size of a dilution
hole. The area can be 3

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 618
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
times the size of a
dilution hole, if the
dilution hole was
contained in the damaged
area, and is considered
a hole that is 2 times
the size of a dilution
hole.
F. Missing overhangs Per liner : 14 areas See limits extensions

each 2 times the size of (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
a dilution hole 025).
providing maximum axial
alignment of distress is
3 adjacent panels.
G. Distortion Any amount within 0.5 See limit extension

in. (12.7 mm) of (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
original contour 025)
(6) When the inspection is complete, turn off the light source and remove
the borescope.
(7) If any defects are found then remove additional borescope plugs and
the spark igniters to inspect all of the combustion chamber.
If no defects are found, install parts removed for borescope
inspection.
Subtask 72-42-00-010-064
C. Remove parts before additional borescope inspection.
(1) Remove the drain tube from the fuel nozzle adjacent to the 6 oclock
borescope plug.
NOTE : If you remove the drain tube from the fuel nozzle adjacent to
____
the 6 oclock borescope plug, you will be required to perform
a leak check after this inspection. Use the 6 oclock
borescope port only if necessary.
positions.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 619
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Remove both spark igniters (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-000-002).
(4) Install protective caps on the leads and the spark igniters.
Subtask 72-42-00-290-056
D. Do a borescope inspection of the entire combustion chamber.
(1) Repeat paragraph 4.B.(1) thru 4.B.(5) for each borescope and spark
igniter location.
Subtask 72-42-00-410-059
E. Install parts removed for borescope inspection.
(1) Apply a small amount of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) or

Never Seez-Pure Nickel, Special (Material No. CP2619) to the
borescope plug threads and pressure faces.
(2) Install the borescope plugs.
CAUTION : BE SURE TO INSTALL THE CORRECT BORESCOPE PLUGS. THE

_______
COMBUSTOR BORESCOPE PLUGS DO NOT HAVE A STEM FEATURE.
INADVERTENT INSTALLATION OF BORESCOPE PLUGS WITH STEMS FROM
OTHER LOCATIONS WILL RESULT IN THE STEM FEATURE BEING
BURNED AWAY BY COMBUSTION GASES.
(a) Install the borescope plugs and TORQUE to between 57 and 63

(3) Safety the plugs with lockwire 0.8 mm dia. (Material No. CP8001)
(4) If necessary, install the fuel drain tube to the fuel nozzle adjacent
to the six oclock borescope plug. TORQUE the coupling nuts on the
fuel drain tube to between 120 and 135 lbf.in (1.35 and 1.52 m.daN)
and safety with lockwire 0.8 mm dia. (Material No. CP8001)
(5) If necessary, remove the protective caps and install the spark
igniters (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-400-002)
Subtask 72-42-00-290-062
F. If necessary, do the borescope inspection of the outer side of the outer

liner to confirm the extent of outer liner axial cracks (Ref. TASK 72-42-
00-290-006).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 620
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-42-00-790-051
G. Do a fuel nozzle leak check.
(1) If you removed the drain tube from the fuel nozzle adjacent to the 6
oclock borescope plug, do a fuel nozzle leak check (Ref. TASK 73-11-
40-790-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-42-00-410-057
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-42-00-440-055
B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable after maintenance (Ref. TASK 78-30-
00-081-041)
Subtask 72-42-00-410-058
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 621
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-42-00-290-006
Borescope Inspection of the Outer Side of the Combustion Chamber Outer Liners
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To confirm the extent of the outer liner axial cracks, as necessary.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-40-000-002 Removal of the Fuel Nozzle
73-11-40-400-002 Installation of the Fuel Nozzle
Maintenance
Maintenance
NTM 720000
72-42-00-991-304 Fig. 606

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 622
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-42-00-941-057
1(2).
Subtask 72-42-00-010-072
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform
Subtask 72-42-00-040-057
00-481-041)
Subtask 72-42-00-010-075

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 623
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-42-00-991-304)
Subtask 72-42-00-010-073
(1) Select fuel nozzles to remove that will allow access to the outer
liner area to be inspected.
(2) Remove the fuel nozzles (Ref. TASK 73-11-40-000-002)
Subtask 72-42-00-290-061
(1) Use the MONITOR, RESOLUTION BORESCOPE (856A1323G01) to make sure

borescope and the ligth source are serviceable. See the Non
Destructive Test Manual for this procedure (Ref. NTM 720000).
(2) Connect the fiber ligth cable to the FIBERSCOPE SET (856A1321P01 or
856A1321P03 or 856A1321P06) and to the port on the BORESCOPE-LIGHT
SOURCE SET (856A1322P03, P04, or P07).
(3) Put the fiberscope of the FIBERSCOPE SET (856A1321P01 or 856A1321P03

or 856A1321P06) into the fuel nozzle ports and turn on the light
source of BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P03, or P04).
(4) Adjust the borescope equipment to obtain maximum clarity of view.
(5) Inspect the following:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Outer side of outer liners for:
A. Outer liner axial Any number if cracks do Reinspect the combustor in

crack locations not extend through more 750 cycles. See limit
than one of ribs 4, 5, extensions (Ref. TASK 72-
and 6 if rib 1 is not 00-00-200-025).
cracked through.
NOTE : When applying limits, the dome band is interpreted as a panel.

____

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 624
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Outer Liner (Outer)

Figure 606/TASK 72-42-00-991-304

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 625
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

the fiberscope.
Subtask 72-42-00-410-069
C. Install the fuel nozzles (Ref. TASK 73-11-40-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-42-00-410-070
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-42-00-440-053
00-081-041).
Subtask 72-42-00-410-072
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 626
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-42-00-290-005
Inspection of the Combustion Chamber and HPT Nozzle Following a Birdstrike/FOD
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
856A1320 1 BORESCOPE-KIT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire 0.8 mm dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 627
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Assembly
Assembly
Maintenance
Maintenance
NTM 720000
72-42-00-991-301 Fig. 601
72-42-00-991-307 Fig. 607
72-42-00-991-308 Fig. 608
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-42-00-941-054
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 628
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-42-00-010-061
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-42-00-040-054
C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041)
Subtask 72-42-00-010-062

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-42-00-991-301)
Subtask 72-42-00-010-063
borescope plug.
____
(2) Remove the borescope plugs from the approximate 1, 3, 6 and 10

oclock positions.
(3) Remove both spark igniters (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-000-002).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 629
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-42-00-290-055
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-42-00-991-307, 608/TASK 72-42-00-991-308)
NOTE : Use the MONITOR, RESOLUTION BORESCOPE (856A1323G01) to make sure

____
borescope and the lightsource are serviceable. See the
(1) Connect the fiber light cable to the BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320 P04 ot
P05) and to the port on BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322 P03 or
P04 or P07).
(2) Put the rigid borescope, (856A1320 P04 or P05), into the left side
ignitor position and turn on the light source of
borescope-lightsource set.
(3) Turn the borescope until you can see the deflector plate, sleeve,
primary swirler, and the fuel nozzle tip that is located clockwise
from the ignitor.
(4) Inspect the position of the fuel nozzle tip to the bore of the
primary swirler for the conditions as follows:
(a) the tip of the fuel nozzle must be within the bore of the primary
swirler.
(b) if the fuel nozzle is out of position with the dome, refer to
paragraph B.(10).
(5) Do the fuel nozzle tip inspection for the fuel nozzle that is
counterclockwise from the igniter.
(6) Turn the borescope until you can see the second deflector and the
second sleeve that is clockwise from the igniter.
(7) Inspect the gap between the deflector and the spectacle plate on the
inner liner side. The nominal dimension of the gap is 0.08 in. (2.03
mm).
Inspect for the following:
(a) the gap must be 0.3 in. (7.6 mm) max at the edge of the deflector
(b) if the gap is over the max, refer to pargraph B.(10).
(8) Do the deflector gap inspection for the second deflector

counterclockwise from the igniter.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 630
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Combustion Chamber Inspection

Figure 607/TASK 72-42-00-991-307

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 631
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Combustion Chamber Inspection

Figure 608/TASK 72-42-00-991-308

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 632
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(9) Do the inspection B.(1) thru B.(8) to the right side igniter and the
borescope ports.
(10) If any of the results of the inspections are out of limits, remove
the fuel nozzle adjacent to the area. Insert the borescope and rotate
to view the affected fuel nozzle and primary swirler.
(11) Inspect the position of the fuel nozzle tip to the bore of the
primary swirler. If the fuel nozzle is out of position with the
primary swirler, remove the engine. There are no allowable service
extensions that apply.
(12) Do a one time borescope inspection between 200-400 hours after the
birdstrike occurred (Ref. TASK 72-51-00-290-004) for NON/P hardware
and (Ref. TASK 72-51-00-290-004) for /P hardware , but only look for
leading edge missing material/burn through.
(a) If no leading edge distress is seen, go back to the usual

borescope inspection interval.
(b) If missing material/burn through is seen on the HPT nozzle

leading edge wall, contact CFMI.
the borescope.
Subtask 72-42-00-410-060
C. Install parts removed for borescope inspection.

(2) Install the borescope plugs.
CAUTION : BE SURE TO INSTALL THE CORRECT BORESCOPE PLUGS. THE

_______
COMBUSTOR BORESCOPE PLUGS DO NOT HAVE A STEM FEATURE.
INADVERTENT INSTALLATION OF BORESCOPE PLUGS WITH STEMS FROM
OTHER LOCATIONS WILL RESULT IN THE STEM FEATURE BEING
BURNED AWAY BY COMBUSTION GASES.
(a) Install the borescope plugs and TORQUE to between 57 and 63

(3) Safety the plug with lockwire 0.8 mm dia. (Material No. CP8001).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 633
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

to the six oclock borescope plug. TORQUE the coupling nuts on the
fuel drain tube to between 120 and 135 lbf.in (1.35 and 1.52 m.daN)
and safety with lockwire 0.8 mm dia. (Material No. CP8001)
(5) Install the spark igniters (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-400-002).
Subtask 72-42-00-790-052
D. Do a fuel nozzle leak check.
(1) If you removed the drain tube from the fuel nozzle adjacent to the 6
40-790-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-42-00-410-061
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-42-00-440-054
B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable. (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)
Subtask 72-42-00-410-062
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 634
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-42-00-290-007
Borescope Inspection of the Inner Cowl Bolts of the Combustion Chamber
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-11-40-000-002 Removal of the Fuel Nozzle
73-11-40-400-002 Installation of the Fuel Nozzle
Maintenance
Maintenance
NTM 720000

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 635
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-42-00-941-059
1(2).
Subtask 72-42-00-010-080
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Put the access platform
Subtask 72-42-00-040-059
00-481-041)
Subtask 72-42-00-010-081

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 636
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-42-00-010-082
(1) Select fuel nozzles to remove that will allow access to the outer
liner area to be inspected.
(2) Remove the fuel nozzles (Ref. TASK 73-11-40-000-002)
Subtask 72-42-00-290-066
(1) Use the MONITOR, RESOLUTION BORESCOPE (856A1323G01) to make sure

borescope and the light source are serviceable. See the Non
Destructive Test Manual for this procedure (Ref. NTM 720000).
(2) Connect the fiber light cable to the FIBERSCOPE SET (856A1321P01 or
856A1321P03 or 856A1321P06) and to the port on the BORESCOPE-LIGHT
SOURCE SET (856A1322P03, P04, or P07).
(3) Put the fiberscope of the FIBERSCOPE SET (856A1321P01 or 856A1321P03

or 856A1321P06) into the fuel nozzle ports and turn on the light
source of BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P03, or P04).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Inner side of inner cowl for:
A. Missing bolts Not serviceable See limit extensions
B. Loose bolts Not serviceable See limit extensions
C. Cracked bolt tack Not serviceable See limit extensions

welds
the fiberscope.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 637
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-42-00-410-078
C. Install the fuel nozzles (Ref. TASK 73-11-40-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-42-00-410-076
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-42-00-440-059
00-081-041).
Subtask 72-42-00-410-077
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-42-00

Page 638
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TURBINE SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________
1. _______
General
The modules of the turbine are the high pressure turbine and the low
pressure turbine.
A. High pressure turbine module

(Ref. Fig. 001)
The HPT module consists of 1-stage nozzle and rotor. The nozzles are
supported by the HPT case, the rotor is attached to the high pressure
compressor rotor.
B. Low pressure turbine module

(Ref. Fig. 002)
The LPT module consists of 4-stage turbine, rotor, nozzles, stator case
and rear frame. The rotor is connected to the fan. Surrounding the stator
case is a clearance control manifold system.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-50-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

High Pressure Turbine Section

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-50-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Low Pressure Turbine Rotor/Stator Assembly

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-50-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TURBINE SECTION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________
TASK 72-50-00-920-001
Discard Life Limited Parts of HPT and LPT
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MPD TASK: 725000-C2
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ESM 05-11-03
ESM 05-11-04
ESM 72-00-52
ESM 72-00-54
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-50-00-010-051
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-50-00-020-051
A. Remove and discard life limited parts of the high pressure turbine (Ref.
ESM 72-00-52) and the low pressure turbine and (Ref. ESM 72-00-54).
NOTE : (Ref. ESM 05-11-03) and (Ref. ESM 05-11-04) for time limits.
____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-50-00-410-051

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-50-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The high pressure turbine (HPT) nozzle is a single-stage air cooled assembly
that mounts in the combustion case and directs the gas flow from the
combustion chamber onto the blades of the HPT rotor at the optimum angle.
The major parts of the nozzle are 21 nozzle segments and inner support. The
aft support and seal assembly, while not integral components of the HPT
nozzle module are included since they attach to the HPT stator parts.
2. Description
___________
A. Nozzle Segments
The HPT nozzle segments are assemblies of 2 vane/platform castings that
are brazed together. Each vane is a cast shell divided into forward and
aft compartments by an inner rib. The vanes and platforms are cooled by
compressor discharge air entering the vane compartments through inserts
in the inner and outer ends of vanes and exiting through the vane leading
and trailing edges. The vanes and platforms are made of high strength
nickel base alloy with protective coating on vane airfoils and on
platform flowpath surfaces.
B. Inner Support
The nozzle inner support is a one-piece nickel base alloy ring. The major
portion of the nozzle axial load is carried by the inner support through
the bolted flanges of the support and nozzle inner platforms. The nozzle
inner platform and the inner support form a seal ring which controls the
amount of cooling air leakage that passes between the seal and the HPT
blades.
C. Aft Outer Support and Seal

The aft outer support is a one-piece nickel base alloy ring that provides
support for the 4-step honeycomb seal that mates with the HPT rotor
inducer seal to help maintain the proper amount of cooling air flow and
rotor thrust.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

High Pressure Turbine Nozzle

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Stage 1 HPT Nozzle Cooling Airflow

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________
TASK 72-51-00-290-004
Borescope Inspection of High-Pressure Turbine Nozzle Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This TASK is applicable for NON/P engines.
NOTE : Inspection of the high pressure turbine (HPT) nozzle assembly is

____
limited to the areas that can be seen with a rigid borescope at the
1, 3, 6, and 10 oclock borescope ports, and at the 2 spark igniter
ports. The borescope ports at the 1, 3, 6, and 10 oclock position
are located immediately in front of the fuel manifold. Special
inspection of the HPT nozzle convex side can be accomplished, if
required using with a flexible borescope.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
856A1310 1 KIT, BORESCOPE GUIDE - HP TURBINE
856A1320 1 BORESCOPE KIT
856A1322 1 BORESCOPE - LIGHT SOURCE SET
856A1351 1 GUIDE TUBE ,BORESCOPE - HPT SHROUD

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
NDTM 720000
72-51-00-991-300 Fig. 601
72-51-00-991-301 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-51-00-941-051

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-51-00-010-053
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-51-00-040-051
Subtask 72-51-00-010-054

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-51-00-991-300, 602/TASK 72-51-00-991-301)
Subtask 72-51-00-010-056

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Inspection of the High-Pressure Turbine-Nozzle Assembly

Figure 601/TASK 72-51-00-991-300

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT Nozzle Assembly Inspection, Convex Side

Figure 602/TASK 72-51-00-991-301

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-51-00-290-052
B. Do a Borescope Inspection
(1) Connect the fiber light cable to the BORESCOPE KIT (856A1320 P04 or
P05), and to the porton BORESCOPE - LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322 P02 or
P03 or P04 or P07 or P08).
NOTE : Use the MONITOR, RESOLUTION BORESCOPE (856A1323G01) to make

____
sure the borescope or the fiberscope and the light source are
serviceable. See the Non-Destructive Test Manual for this
procedure (Ref. NDTM 720000).
(2) Put the rigid borescope, of the BORESCOPE KIT (856A1320/P04 or P05),
into the ports and turn on the light source BORESCOPE - LIGHT SOURCE
SET (856A1322/PO3 or PO4).
(3) Rotate and adjust the borescope to view the HPT nozzle area.
(4) If inspection of the nozzle convex side is necessary, use a

FIBERSCOPE SET (856A1321 P01 or P03) and KIT, BORESCOPE GUIDE - HP
TURBINE (856A1310G01), or GUIDE TUBE ,BORESCOPE - HPT SHROUD
(856A1351P01).
NOTE : If KIT, BORESCOPE GUIDE - HP TURBINE (856A1310G01) is used to

____
view the convex side, an 8 ft. (2.43 m) fiberscope must be
used.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Leading edge of vane

airfoil for:
A. Cracks that Any number, 0.3 in. See limit extension

interconnect nose (7.62 mm) long; no (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
holes. missing material. 025).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Burns or spalling. Any amount, burns See limit extensions
through airfoil limited (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
to 0.3 in. (7.62 mm) X 025).
0.5 in. (12.7 mm) per
vane, maximum of 4 vanes
per 90-degree arc.
C. Baffle.
NOTE : The airfoils baffle is visible inside the airfoil when missing
____
material occurs. It is sheet metal with cooling holes.
(1) Cracks. Any number.
(2) Missing Any area equivalent to a See limit extension

material. rectangle defined by 4 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
adjacent holes. 025).
2. Concave surface of
vane airfoil for:
A. Radial cracks Any number; no missing See limit extension

extending out of material. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
gill holes. 025).
B. Other cracks (not Any number; no missing See limit extension

in gill hole material. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
rows). 025).
C. Burns and cracks. Any number; no missing See limit extension

material or burn (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
through. 025).
3. Convex surface of
vane airfoil for:
A. Radial cracks. Any number.
B. Axial cracks. Any number.
C. Burns and bulges. Any number. See limit extension

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Missing panel Not serviceable. See limit extension
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
E. Missing Thermal Any amount.

Barrier Coating
(TBC)
4. Trailing edge of vane

airfoil for:
A. Axial cracks Any number.

starting from
slots adjacent to
trailing edge
B. Burns and cracks. Any number.
C. Buckling or bowing Any amount.
D. Missing material Total area removed from See limit extension

(loss of metal). trailing edge not to be (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
more than 0.5 in. (12.7 025).
mm) in axial direction.
5. All areas of airfoil

for:
A. Craze cracking. Any amount.
NOTE : Craze cracking looks like many surface cracks that have no visual
____
width or depth.
B. Nicks, scores, Any number.

scratches and
dents.
C. Metal splatter. Any amount.
D. Missing codep Any amount.

coating.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Inner and outer
platform for:
A. Cracks in parent Any number.

metal.
B. Missing metal or No through holes, but See limit extensions

burning of parent any amount of missing (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
metal. material from cracking 025).
or burning is permitted.
C. Nicks, scores, Any amount.

scratches and
dents or platform
surface.
D. Bulging and Any amount.

bowing.
E. Cracks in platform Any amount, no

braze joint. separation of braze
joint allowed unless
caused by burning.
the borescope and the guide tube.
the spark igniters to inspect all of the HPT nozzle assembly.
Subtask 72-51-00-010-055
C. Remove parts before borescope inspection.
borescope plug.
____

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

positions.
(3) Remove both spark igniters (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-000-002)
Subtask 72-51-00-290-053
D. Do a borescope inspection.
(1) Repeat paragraph 4.B.(1) thru (6) for each borescope and spark
igniter location.
Subtask 72-51-00-410-054
CAUTION : BE SURE TO INSTALL THE CORRECT BORESCOPE PLUGS. THE COMBUSTOR

_______
BORESCOPE PLUGS DO NOT HAVE A STEM FEATURE. INADVERTENT
INSTALLATION OF BORESCOPE PLUGS WITH STEMS FROM OTHER LOCATIONS
WILL RESULT IN THE STEM FEATURE BEING BURNED AWAY BY COMBUSTION
GASES.

(2) Install the borescope plugs and TORQUE to between 57 and 63 lbf.in
(0.64 and 0.71 m.daN).
(3) Wirelock the plugs with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia (Material No.
CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia (Material No. CP8002).
to the 6 oclock borescope plug. TORQUE the coupling nuts on the fuel
drain tube to between 120 and 135 lbf.in (1.35 and 1.52 m.daN) and
safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia (Material No. CP8001) or
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia (Material No. CP8002)
Subtask 72-51-00-790-050
F. Do a fuel nozzle leak check.
(1) If you removed the drain tube from the fuel nozzle adjacent to the
40-790-002)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 610
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-51-00-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-51-00-440-051
Subtask 72-51-00-410-053
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 611
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-51-00-290-004- 01
Borescope Inspection of High-Pressure Turbine Nozzle Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Inspection of the high pressure turbine (HPT) nozzle assembly is

____
limited to the areas that can be seen with a rigid borescope at the
1, 3, 6, and 10 oclock borescope ports, and at the 2 spark igniter
ports. The borescope ports at the 1, 3, 6, and 10 oclock position
are located immediately in front of the fuel manifold. Special
inspection of the HPT nozzle convex side can be accomplished, if
required, with a flexible borescope.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 612
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
NDTM 720000
72-51-00-991-301 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-51-00-941-052

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 613
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-51-00-010-057
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-51-00-040-052
Subtask 72-51-00-010-058

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-51-00-991-301)
Subtask 72-51-00-010-059

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 614
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-51-00-290-054
B. Do a Borescope Inspection
(1) Connect the fiber light cable to the BORESCOPE KIT (856A1320 P04 or
P05), and to the port on BORESCOPE - LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322 P02
or P03 or P04 or P07 or P08).

____
sure the borescope or the fiberscope and the light source are
serviceable. See the Non-Destructive Test Manual for this
procedure (Ref. NDTM 720000).
(2) Put the rigid borescope, of the BORESCOPE KIT (856A1320/P04 or P05),
into the ports and turn on the light source BORESCOPE - LIGHT SOURCE
SET (856A1322/PO3 or PO4).
(3) Rotate and adjust the borescope to view the HPT nozzle area.
(4) If inspection of the nozzle convex side is necessary, use a

FIBERSCOPE SET (856A1321 P01 or P03) and KIT, BORESCOPE GUIDE - HP
TURBINE (856A1310G01), or GUIDE TUBE ,BORESCOPE - HPT SHROUD
(856A1351P01).
NOTE : If KIT, BORESCOPE GUIDE - HP TURBINE (856A1310G01) is used to

____
view the convex side, an 8 ft. (2.43 m) fiberscope must be
used.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Leading edge of vane

airfoil for:
A. Cracks. Any number, 0.3 in. See limit extension

(7.62 mm) long; no (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
missing material. 025).
B. Other cracks (not Any number, 0.5 in. See limit extension
interconnecting (12.7 mm) long; no (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
nose holes). missing material. 025).
C. Baffle.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 615
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The airfoils baffle is visible inside the airfoil when missing
____
material occurs. It is sheet metal with cooling holes.
(1) Cracks. Any number.
(2) Missing Any area equivalent to a See limit extension

material. rectangle defined by 4 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
adjacent holes. 025).
D. Burns or missing Any amount, burns See limit extensions

material. through airfoil limited (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
to 0.3 in. (7.62 mm) X 025).
0.5 in. (12.7 mm) per
vane, maximum of 4 vanes
per 90 degree arc.
E. Missing thermal Any amount.

barrier coating
(TBC).
2. Concave surface of
vane airfoil for:
A. Cracks. Any number. See limit extension

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
B. Burns or missing Any number; no missing See limit extension

material. material or burn (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
through. 025).
C. Missing thermal Any amount.

barrier coating
(TBC).
3. Convex surface of
vane airfoil for:
A. Radial cracks. Any number; no missing See limit extension

material (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 616
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Axial cracks. Any number; no missing See limit extension
025).
C. Burns and bulges. Any number; no missing See limit extension

025).
D. Missing Thermal Any amount.

Barrier Coating
(TBC)
4. Trailing edge of vane

airfoil for:
A. Axial cracks Any number.

starting from
slots adjacent to
trailing edge
B. Burns and cracks. Any number.
C. Buckling or bowing Any amount.
D. Missing material Total area removed from See limit extension

(loss of metal). trailing edge not to be (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
more than 0.5 in. (12.7 025).
mm) in axial direction.
5. All areas of airfoil

for:
A. Craze cracking. Any amount.
NOTE : Craze cracking looks like many surface cracks that have no visual
____
width or depth.
B. Nicks, scores, Any number.

scratches and
dents.
C. Metal splatter. Any amount.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 617
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Inner and outer
platform for:
A. Cracks in parent Any number.

metal.
B. Missing metal or No through holes, but See limit extensions

burning of parent any amount of missing (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
metal. material from cracking 025).
or burning is permitted.
C. Nicks, scores, Any amount.

scratches and
dents on platform
surface.
D. Bulging and Any amount.

bowing.
E. Cracks in platform Any amount, no

braze joint. separation of braze
joint allowed unless
caused by burning.
the borescope and the guide tube.
the spark igniters to inspect all of the HPT nozzle assembly.
Subtask 72-51-00-010-060
C. Remove parts before borescope inspection.
borescope plug.
____

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 618
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

positions.
(3) Remove both spark igniters (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-000-002)
Subtask 72-51-00-290-055
D. Do a borescope inspection.
(1) Repeat paragraph 4.B.(1) thru (6) for each borescope and spark
igniter location.
Subtask 72-51-00-410-055
CAUTION : BE SURE TO INSTALL THE CORRECT BORESCOPE PLUGS. THE COMBUSTOR

_______
BORESCOPE PLUGS DO NOT HAVE A STEM FEATURE. INADVERTENT
INSTALLATION OF BORESCOPE PLUGS WITH STEMS FROM OTHER LOCATIONS
WILL RESULT IN THE STEM FEATURE BEING BURNED AWAY BY COMBUSTION
GASES.

(0.64 and 0.71 m.daN).
(3) Wirelock the plugs with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia (Material No.
CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia (Material No. CP8002).
to the 6 oclock borescope plug. TORQUE the coupling nuts on the fuel
drain tube to between 120 and 135 lbf.in (1.35 and 1.52 m.daN) and
safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia (Material No. CP8001) or
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) dia (Material No. CP8002)
Subtask 72-51-00-790-051
F. Do a fuel nozzle leak check.
(1) If you removed the drain tube from the fuel nozzle adjacent to the
40-790-002)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 619
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-51-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-51-00-440-052
Subtask 72-51-00-410-057
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-51-00

Page 620
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT ROTOR ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The high pressure turbine (HPT) rotor is a single-stage, air-cooled,
high-efficiency turbine. Structurally the rotor consists of the front shaft,
the forward air seal, the disk, and the rear shaft.
2. Description
___________
A. Front Shaft
The front shaft forms the structural connection between the compressor
rotor and the HPT rotor, and supports the aft end of the compressor
rotor.
B. Disk
The HPT disk is a forged and machined part that retains the turbine
blades in axial dovetail slots. The inner part of the disk is cooled by
booster discharge air. The outer part of the disk is cooled by compressor
discharge air.
C. Rear Shaft
The rear shaft is bolted to the aft side of the disk at a rabbeted flange
and forms the aft support for the HPT rotor. The shaft is supported by
the No. 4 roller bearing which rides on the low pressure shaft.
Repairable abrasive-coated seals are machined as an integral part of the
rear shaft.
D. Front Outer Seal

The front outer seal is bolted between the disk and the front shaft of
the rotor. It forms a cavity between itself and the disk to direct
compressor discharge air against the disk web and out through the turbine
blades. The seal is a labyrinth inclined tooth form that reduces leakage
past the seals. The seal teeth are abrasive coated and repairable.
E. Blades
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The 80 HPT blades are made of a high temperature nickel alloy that has a
high strength to weight ratio and are made in a single-crystal. Each
blade has its own shank and dovetail. Compressor discharge air flows
through the blades to decrease the temperature of the metal. The air
flows through the root entrance holes, through eight internal cavities
and out the holes in the leading edge, airfoil, tip, and trailing edges.
The blades have a Thermal Barrier Coating (TBC) on the airfoil and
platform to decrease the temperature of the metal. The TBC is a white
ceramic that has a thickness of 0.006 in. (0.15 mm).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

High Pressure Turbine Rotor

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HP Turbine Blade Cooling Airflow

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT ROTOR ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________
TASK 72-52-00-290-001
Borescope Inspection of the High-Pressure Turbine Blades (from the rear)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is applicable for NON /P engines.
Inspection of the high pressure turbine (HPT) blades from the rear is
limited to the areas that can be seen with a rigid borescope, at the 5:30
and 8:30 oclock borescope ports (S16 and S17). The borescope ports at the
5:30 and 8:30 oclock positions are located immediately in front of the
combustion case aft flange. Inspection of the HPT blades from the front can
be accomplished, if required, with a flexible borescope through the spark
igniter ports (S10 and S11) of the combustion case.
NOTE : There are 80 HPT blades installed in the rotor.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 601
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.032in.(0.8mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-42-00-290-007 Borescope Inspection of the Inner Cowl Bolts of the
Combustion Chamber
and Dome Area

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
NTM 72-00-00
72-52-00-991-304 Fig. 601
72-52-00-991-300 Fig. 602
72-52-00-991-301 Fig. 603
72-52-00-991-302 Fig. 604
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-52-00-941-053
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-52-00-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform.
Subtask 72-52-00-040-053
Subtask 72-52-00-010-057

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________

72-52-00-991-301, 604/TASK 72-52-00-991-302)
Subtask 72-52-00-869-051
A. Prepare for inspection:
Non-Destructive Test Manual for this procedure (Ref. NTM 72-00-00).
____

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Core Rotation Drive Motor Installation

Figure 601/TASK 72-52-00-991-304

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Inspection of the HPT Blade

Figure 602/TASK 72-52-00-991-300

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Rub Wear Notches on the Blade Tip and Cracks (Only Applicable NON /P Engines)
Figure 603/TASK 72-52-00-991-301

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

High-Pressure Turbine Blade Inspection Areas (Only Applicable NON /P Engines)

Figure 604/TASK 72-52-00-991-302

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

follow:
1
starter (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-000-002).
2
looking forward).
____
1
2
_ Install the MOTOR, DRIVE - CORE ENGINE ROTATION (856A1488 P01
or P02) into the accessory gearbox (AGB) starter drive pad.
Align the drive shaft of the drive motor with the starter
drive pad shaft and engage the splines.

____
3
bolt holes.
4
5
6
7
(3) Remove one of the borescope plugs (S16 or S17) found immediately in
front of the aft flange of the combustion case at the 5:30 and 8:30
oclock positions.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (4) Connect the fiber light cable to the BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320 P04 or
R P05), and to the port on the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322
P03, P04 or P07).
R (5) Put the rigid borescope of the BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320 P04 or P05)
R into the borescope port and turn on the light source of BORESCOPE-
R LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322 P03 or P04).
Subtask 72-52-00-290-053
B. Do a borescope inspection :
(1) Look at the trailing edge, tip concave and convex side of the HPT
blades as follows:

____
(a) Adjust the borescope equipment to obtain maximum clarity of view.
(b) Turn the HPT rotor CW (aft looking forward). Stop the rotor at
each blade to make sure all of the defects can be seen.
NOTE : To turn the HPT rotor CW, the rotation pad drive must be
____
(c) Inspect the HPT blades (from the rear) and use the limits that
follow:
NOTE : It is not easy to visually tell when cooling holes are

____
plugged. Cooling holes which are apparently plugged are
permitted if any cracking, erosion or burning is within
serviceable limits.
NOTE : Crack indications which are not completely identified may

____
be sprayed with stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or
acetone (Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. CP1041) or ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559)
or turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol
(Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No.
CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) or an
equivalent substitute to remove light engine deposits.
NOTE : If a HPT blade has impact damage, you must do a 360 degree
____
combustor borescope inspection to look for combustor
distress (Ref. TASK 72-42-00-290-041).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 610
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

NOTE : For the purposes of estimating the size of any distress,
____
the radial spacing of the trailing edge slots is
approximately 0.1 in. (2.54 mm).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Trailing edge for:
NOTE : Casting core

____
lines are
permitted.
A. Cracks in area C If cracks are less than

and root fillet. 0.10 in. (2.54 mm) long,
Make sure that reinspect in 400 cycles.
discoloration, If the cracks are more
scratches or marks than 0.10 in. (2.54 mm)
are not seen as but less than 0.20 in.
cracks. (5.08 mm), reinspect in
200 cycles. Cracks
longer than 0.20 in.
(5.08 mm) are not
allowed.
B. Cracks in area B. Not serviceable. See limit extensions

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
C. Cracks in area A. One permitted, 0.10in. See limit extensions

(2,54 mm) long. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
D. Missing material. Any amount down to the See limit extensions

Burning, or holes first slot below the tip (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
in tip and area A. shelf. 025).
E. Plugged air Not serviceable.

passages in area
C.
F. Plugged air One permitted.

passages in area
B.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 611
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G. Plugged air One permitted.
passages in area
A.
H. Nicks and dents, Any amount, if there are

area A. no cracks or torn metal.
J. Nicks and dents, 3 permitted, 0.057 in.

areas B, C, and (1.45 mm) long. Nicks
root fillet. and dents must be
separated by 0.125 in.
(3.17 mm) minimum.
K. Bent material at Any amount.

the tip, areas B
or C.
L. Missing thermal Any amount.

barrier coating.
2. Blade tip for:
NOTE : There can be 2 or 4 notched blades in the HPT rotor that are used to
____
show blade tip wear. The blade tip wears as it rubs against the
shroud. The number of notches that can be seen is an indication of
tip wear. It is possible that all tip notches can be gone because of
wear. Missing notches have no effect on the serviceable condition of
the blade.
A. Radial cracks on Any number permitted See limits extension

convex side. 0.15 in. (3.81 mm) long. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
B. Radial cracks on Any number up to 0.7 in. See limit extensions

concave side. (17.78 mm) long. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
C. Bent, curled or Any amount within 0.15

missing material. in. (3.81 mm) of tip.
D. Missing thermal Any amount.

barrier coating.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 612
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Convex and concave
surfaces for:
A. Nicks or dents, Any number, 0.25 in.

area A. (6.35 mm) long.
B. Nicks or dents, Any number, 0.1 in.

area B. (2.54 mm) long.
C. Nicks or dents, 3 permitted, 0.05 in.

area C. (1.27 mm) long. Nicks
and dents must be
(3.17 mm) minimum.
D. Cracks in other Not serviceable. See limit extensions

areas. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).

barrier coating.
4. Blade airfoil for:
A. Distortions or Not serviceable. See limit extensions

evidence of (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
burning or 025).
melting.
B. Missing codep Any amount.

coating.
C. Evidence of None allowed. Inspect combustion chamber

foreign object inner cowl bolts
impact damage. (Ref. TASK 72-42-00-290-
007).
R (2) When the inspection is complete, turn off the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE
R SET (856A1322 P03, P04 or P07) and remove the BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320
P04 or P05).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 613
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Install the borescope plug.
CAUTION : BE SURE TO INSTALL THE CORRECT BORESCOPE PLUGS. THE TWO LPT
_______
STAGE 1 NOZZLE BORESCOPE PLUGS HAVE A STEM FEATURE.
INADVERTENT INSTALLATION OF THESE PLUGS IN THE COMBUSTION
CASE WILL RESULT IN THE STEM BEING BURNED AWAY BY
COMBUSTION GASSES.
(a) Install the borescope plug(s) and TORQUE to between 57 and 63

(5) Safety the plugs with lockwire 0.032in.(0.8mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8001).
(6) If no defects were found remove the tools used to rotate the core as
follows:
NOTE : If the breaker bar is installed see steps (a) and (b). If the
____
drive motor is installed see steps (c) and (d).
(a) Remove the 0.75 in. (19.05 mm) square drive socket and 2 ft.
(0.60 m) breaker bar from the core rotation drive pad.
002).
(c) Remove the drive motor from the starter pad of the AGB.
(7) If defects were found do a borescope inspection of the HPT blades

from the front (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-004).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 614
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-52-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser doors without making thrust reverser
serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040).
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-52-00-440-053
Subtask 72-52-00-410-057
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 615
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-52-00-290-001- 01
Borescope Inspection of the High-Pressure Turbine Blades (from the rear)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Inspection of the high pressure turbine (HPT) blades from the rear is
limited to the areas that can be seen with a rigid borescope, at the 5:30
and 8:30 oclock borescope ports (S16 and S17). The borescope ports at the
5:30 and 8:30 oclock positions are located immediately in front of the
combustion case aft flange. Inspection of the HPT blades from the front can
be accomplished, if required, with a flexible borescope through the spark
igniter ports (S10 and S11) of the combustion case.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 616
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
lockwire 0.032in.(0.8mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-42-00-290-007 Borescope Inspection of the Inner Cowl Bolts of the
Combustion Chamber
and Dome Area

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 617
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
NTM 72-00-00
72-52-00-991-304 Fig. 601
72-52-00-991-300 Fig. 602
72-52-00-991-305 Fig. 605
72-52-00-991-306 Fig. 606
72-52-00-991-308 Fig. 607
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-52-00-941-055
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 618
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-52-00-010-060
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Put the access platform.
Subtask 72-52-00-040-055
Subtask 72-52-00-010-061

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________

72-52-00-991-305, 606/TASK 72-52-00-991-306, 607/TASK 72-52-00-991-308)
Subtask 72-52-00-869-052
____

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 619
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R HP Blade Cracks (Applicable /P and /3 Engines)

Figure 605/TASK 72-52-00-991-305

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 620
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R High-Pressure Turbine Blade Inspection Areas (Only Applicable /P and /3

R Engines)
Figure 606/TASK 72-52-00-991-306

EFF :

101-199, 901-999,

72-52-00 Page 621
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R HPT Blade Inspection (Only Applicable /P and /3 Engines)

Figure 607/TASK 72-52-00-991-308

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 622
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

follow:
1
starter (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-000-002).
2
looking forward).
____
1
2
drive pad shaft and engage the splines.

____
3
bolt holes.
4
5
6
7
(3) Remove one of the borescope plugs (S16 or S17) found immediately in
front of the aft flange of the combustion case at the 5:30 and 8:30
oclock positions.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 623
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (4) Connect the fiber light cable to the BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320 P04 or
R P05), and to the port on the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322
P03, P04 or P07).
R (5) Put the rigid borescope of the BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320 P04 or P05)
R into the borescope port and turn on the light source of BORESCOPE-
R LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322 P03 or P04).
Subtask 72-52-00-290-055
B. Do a borescope inspection:
(1) Look at the trailing edge, tip concave and convex side of the HPT
blades as follows:
(a) Adjust the borescope equipment to obtain maximum clarity of view.
(b) Turn the HPT rotor CW (aft looking forward). Stop the rotor at
each blade to make sure all of the defects can be seen.
____
(c) Inspect the HPT blades (from the rear) and use the limits that
follow:

____
serviceable limits.
NOTE : Crack indications which are not completely identified may

____
be sprayed with stoddard solvent (Material No. CP2011) or
acetone (Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. CP1041) or ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559)
or turco ind 79 (Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol
(Material No. CP2566) or degreasol 99 R (Material No.
CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) or an
equivalent substitute to remove light engine deposits.
NOTE : If a HPT blade has impact damage, you must do a 360-degree

____
combustor borescope inspection to look for combustor
distress (Ref. TASK 72-42-00-290-041) and inner cowl bolts
(Ref. TASK 72-42-00-290-007).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 624
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

NOTE : For the purposes of estimating the size of any distress,
____
the radial spacing of the trailing edge slots is
approximately 0.1 in. (2.54 mm).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Trailing edge for:
NOTE : Casting core

____
lines are
permitted.
A. Cracks in area B For a crack up to 0.12 See limit extensions

and C including in. (3.0 mm) in length, (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
root filet. Make the maximum reinspection 025).
sure that interval is 400 cycles.
discoloration, For a crack more than
scratches or marks 0.12 in. (3.0 mm) and up
are not seen as to 0.20 in. (5.1 mm) in
cracks. length, the maximum
reinspection interval is
200 cycles.
B. Cracks in area A. One permitted, 0.10in. See limit extensions

(2.54 mm) long. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
C. Missing material. No limit, as long as the See limit extensions

Burning, or holes missing material is not (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
in tip and area A. more than 0.50 in. x 025).
0.50 in. (12.7 mm x 12.7
mm).
D. Missing thermal Any amount.

barrier coating.
E. Plugged air Not serviceable.

passages in area
C.
F. Plugged air One permitted.

passages in area
B.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 625
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G. Plugged air One permitted.
passages in area
A.
H. Nicks and dents, Any amount, if there are

area A. no cracks or torn metal.
J. Nicks and dents, No limit, as long as the

areas B, C, and nicks and dents are not
root fillet. more than 0.05 in. (2.5
mm) long.
K. Bent material at Any amount.

the tip, areas B
or C.
2. Blade tip for:
NOTE : There can be 2 or 4 notched blades in the HPT rotor that are used to
____
show blade tip wear. The blade tip wears as it rubs against the
shroud. The number of notches that can be seen is an indication of
tip wear. It is possible that all tip notches can be gone because of
wear. Missing notches have no effect on the serviceable condition of
the blade.
A. Radial cracks on Any number up to 0.15 See limits extension

convex side not in. (3.81 mm) long. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
within 0.5 in. 025).
(12.7 mm) of
trailing edge.

concave side not (17.78 mm) long. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
within 0.5 in. 025).
(12.7 mm) of
trailing edge.
C. Bent, curled or Any amount above tip See limit extensions

missing material. shelf. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
D. Radial cracks Any amount.

(convex or

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 626
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
concave) within
0.50 in. (12.7 mm)
of trailing edge.

barrier coating.
3. Convex and concave

surfaces for:
A. Nicks or dents, Any number, 0.25 in. See limit extensions

area A. (6.35 mm) long. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
B. Nicks or dents, Any number, 0.1 in. See limit extensions

area B. (2.54 mm) long. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
C. Nicks or dents, 3 permitted, 0.05 in. See limit extensions

area C. (1.27 mm) long. Nicks (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
and dents must be 025).
(3.17 mm) minimum.
D. Cracks in other Not serviceable.

areas.

barrier coating.
A. Distortions or Not serviceable. See limit extensions

evidence of (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
burning or 025).
melting.
R (2) When the inspection is complete, turn off the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE
R SET (856A1322 P03, P04 or P07) and remove the BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320
P04 or P05).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 627
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Install the borescope plug.
CAUTION : BE SURE TO INSTALL THE CORRECT BORESCOPE PLUGS. THE TWO LPT
_______
STAGE 1 NOZZLE BORESCOPE PLUGS HAVE A STEM FEATURE.
INADVERTENT INSTALLATION OF THESE PLUGS IN THE COMBUSTION
CASE WILL RESULT IN THE STEM BEING BURNED AWAY BY
COMBUSTION GASSES.
(a) Install the borescope plug(s) and TORQUE to between 57 and 63

(5) Safety the plugs with lockwire 0.032in.(0.8mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8001).
(6) If no defects were found remove the tools used to rotate the core as
follows:
____
(a) Remove the 0.75 in. (19.05 mm) square drive socket and 2 ft.
(0.60 m) breaker bar from the core rotation drive pad.
002).
(7) If defects were found do a borescope inspection of the HPT blades

from the front (Ref. TASK 72-52-00-290-004).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 628
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-52-00-410-060
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser doors without making thrust reverser
serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040).
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-52-00-440-055
Subtask 72-52-00-410-061
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 629
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-52-00-290-004
Borescope Inspection of the High Pressure Turbine Rotor Blade (from the front)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Inspection of the high pressure turbine (HPT) blades from the front is
limited to the areas that can be seen with a flexible borescope installed at
the spark igniter ports (S10 and S11).

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 630
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
NTM 72-00-00
72-52-00-991-304 Fig. 601
72-52-00-991-300 Fig. 602
72-52-00-991-301 Fig. 603
72-52-00-991-302 Fig. 604
72-52-00-991-303 Fig. 608
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-52-00-941-052
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 631
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-52-00-010-054
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-52-00-040-052
Subtask 72-52-00-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________

72-52-00-991-301, 604/TASK 72-52-00-991-302, 608/TASK 72-52-00-991-303)
Subtask 72-52-00-290-052
borescope and the light source are serviceable. See the
____

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 632
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

High-Pressure Turbine Blade (Only Applicable NON /P Engines)

Figure 608/TASK 72-52-00-991-303

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 633
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

follow:
1
starter (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-000-002).
2
looking forward).
____
1
2
drive pad drive shaft and engage the splines.

____
3
bolt holes.
4
5
6
7
(3) Remove either one of the spark igniters (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-000-002).
(4) Install the protective caps on the lead and the spark igniter.
(5) Put the KIT, BORESCOPE GUIDE - HP TURBINE (856A1310G01) over the
straightening rod.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 634
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(6) Push the plastic guide tube and straightening rod into the combustion
chamber through the spark igniter port (S10 or S11) as far as it will
go.
(7) Turn the pointed tab on the plastic guide tube to the rear of the
engine and remove the straightening rod from the plastic guide tube.
(8) Installation of the borescope:
CAUTION : FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY FOR INSERTING OR REMOVING

_______
THE FLEXIBLE BORESCOPE. DOING THE PROCEDURE INCORRECTLY
WILL DAMAGE THE TIP CONTROL FUNCTION.
(a) Connect the fiber light cable to the FIBERSCOPE SET (856A1321 P01
R or P03) to the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322 P03, P04 or
P07).
(b) Align the borescope lens with one of the plastic tabs on the
guide tube and install it into the tube. Make sure that the
borescope tip is not moved up or down when putting it into the
plastic guide tube.
(c) Push the borescope through the plastic guide tube until the tip
comes out of the end of the tube.
(d) Push the tip of the borescope between the nozzle vanes by using
the tip deflection control.
R (e) Turn on the light source of the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET

(856A1322 P03 or P04).
(f) Adjust the borescope equipment to get maximum clarity of view.
(9) Turn the HPT rotor CW (aft looking forward). Stop the rotor at each
blade to make sure all of the defects can be seen.
____
turned CCW.
(10) Inspect the HPT blades (from the front) and use the limits that
follow:

____
serviceable limits.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 635
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

NOTE : Crack indications which are not completely identified may be
____
sprayed with solvent (CP2011) or an equivalent substitute to
remove light engine deposits.
NOTE : When a HPT blade has impact damage, you must do a 360 degree
____
combustor borescope inspection to look for combustor distress
(Ref. TASK 72-42-00-290-005).
NOTE : For purposes of estimating the size of any distress, the

____
radial spacing of the trailing edge slots is approximately 0.1
in. (2.55 mm).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Leading edge for:
A. Axial and radial Any number 0.05 in. See limit extensions
cracks in area A. (1.27 mm) long if they (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
do not connect more than 025).
2 holes.
B. Axial and radial Not serviceable.

cracks in areas B
and C, including
root radius not
intersecting nose
or gill holes.
C. Nicks and dents in Any amount.

area A.
D. Nicks and dents in Any amount.

area B.
E. Nicks and dents in 3 permitted, 0.05 in.

area C, including (1.27 mm) long. Nicks
root radius. and dents must be
(3.17 mm) minimum.
F. Axial nose or gill Not serviceable. See limit extensions

hole cracks, areas (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
B and C. 025).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 636
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G. Radial nose or None allowed in area C, See limit extensions
gill hole cracks, one permitted, 0.03 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
areas B and C. (0.76 mm) long in area 025).
B.
H. Dirt or Any amount.

environmental
build-up.
J. Missing material Any amount provided See limit extensions

in areas A and B. cavity 2 not exposed (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
(max 2 blades per 025).
engine). Repeat the
inspection within 100
hours.
K. Missing material Not serviceable.

in area C.

barrier coating.
2. Blade tip for:
NOTE : There are 4 notched blades (90 degrees apart) in the HPT rotor to
____
show the amount of blade tip rubbing. If the notches can or cannot be
seen, the condition is serviceable.
A. Radial cracks on Any number permitted 0.7 See limit extensions

concave side. in. (17.78 mm) max (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
radial length. 025).
B. Bent, curled or Any amount within 0.2

missing material. in. (5.08 mm) of tip.

barrier coating.
3. Concave and convex

surfaces for:
A. Nicks or dents, Any number 0.25 in.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 637
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

and dents must be
(3.17 mm) minimum.
D. Cracks, other Not serviceable.

areas.

barrier coating.
A. Distortions or Not serviceable.

evidence of
burning or
melting.
B. Missing codep Any amount.

coating.

barrier coating.
R (11) When the inspection is completed, turn off the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE
R SET (856A1322 P03, P04 or P07) and remove the FIBERSCOPE SET
(856A1321 P01 or P03) and guide tube.
(12) Install the spark igniter (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-400-002).
(13) Tools used to rotate the core as follows:
____
(a) Remove the 0.75 in. (19.05 mm) square drive socket and 2 ft. (0.6
mm) breaker bar from the core rotation drive pad.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 638
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-52-00-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-52-00-440-052
Subtask 72-52-00-410-055
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 639
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-52-00-290-004- 01
Borescope Inspection of the High Pressure Turbine Rotor Blade (from the front)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Inspection of the high pressure turbine (HPT) blades from the front is
limited to the areas that can be seen with a flexible borescope installed at
the spark igniter ports (S10 and S11).

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 640
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
NTM 72-00-00
72-52-00-991-304 Fig. 601
72-52-00-991-300 Fig. 602
72-52-00-991-305 Fig. 605
72-52-00-991-306 Fig. 606
72-52-00-991-307 Fig. 609
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-52-00-941-054
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 641
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-52-00-010-058
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 72-52-00-040-054
Subtask 72-52-00-010-059

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
_________

72-52-00-991-305, 606/TASK 72-52-00-991-306, 609/TASK 72-52-00-991-307)
Subtask 72-52-00-290-054
borescope and the light source are serviceable. See the
____

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 642
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R High-Pressure Turbine Blade (Only Applicable /P and /3 Engines)

Figure 609/TASK 72-52-00-991-307

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 643
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

follow:
1
starter (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-000-002).
2
looking forward).
____
1
2
drive pad drive shaft and engage the splines.

____
3
bolt holes.
4
5
6
7
(3) Remove either one of the spark igniters (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-000-002).
(4) Install the protective caps on the lead and the spark igniter.
(5) Put the KIT, BORESCOPE GUIDE - HP TURBINE (856A1310G01) over the
straightening rod.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 644
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

chamber through the spark igniter port (S10 or S11) as far as it will
go.
(8) Installation of the borescope:
CAUTION : FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY FOR INSERTING OR REMOVING

_______
THE FLEXIBLE BORESCOPE. DOING THE PROCEDURE INCORRECTLY
WILL DAMAGE THE TIP CONTROL FUNCTION.
(a) Connect the fiber light cable to the FIBERSCOPE SET (856A1321 P01
R or P03) to the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322 P03, P04 or
P07).
(b) Align the borescope lens with one of the plastic tabs on the
guide tube and install it into the tube. Make sure that the
borescope tip is not moved up or down when putting it into the
plastic guide tube.
(c) Push the borescope through the plastic guide tube until the tip
comes out of the end of the tube.
(d) Push the tip of the borescope between the nozzle vanes by using
the tip deflection control.
R (e) Turn on the light source of the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET

(856A1322 P03 or P04).
(f) Adjust the borescope equipment to get maximum clarity of view.
(9) Turn the HPT rotor CW (aft looking forward). Stop the rotor at each
blade to make sure all of the defects can be seen.
____
turned CCW.
(10) Inspect the HPT blades (from the front) and use the limits that
follow:

____
serviceable limits.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 645
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

NOTE : Crack indications which are not completely identified may be
____
sprayed with solvent (CP2011) or an equivalent substitute to
remove light engine deposits.
NOTE : When a HPT blade has impact damage, you must do a 360 degree
____
combustor borescope inspection to look for combustor distress
(Ref. TASK 72-42-00-290-005).
NOTE : For purposes of estimating the size of any distress, the

____
radial spacing of the trailing edge slots is approximately 0.1
in. (2.55 mm) .
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Leading edge for:
A. Axial and radial Any number 0.05 in. See limit extensions
cracks in area A. (1.27 mm) long if they (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
do not connect more than 025).
2 holes.
B. Axial and radial Not serviceable.

cracks in areas B
and C, including
root radius not
intersecting nose
or gill holes.
C. Nicks and dents in Any amount.

area A.
D. Nicks and dents in Any amount.

area B.
E. Nicks and dents in 3 permitted, 0.05 in.

area C, including (1.27 mm) long. Nicks
root radius. and dents must be
(3.17 mm) minimum.
F. Axial nose or gill Not serviceable. See limit extensions

hole cracks, areas (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
B and C. 025).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 646
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G. Radial nose or None allowed in area C, See limit extensions
gill hole cracks, one permitted, 0.03 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
areas B and C. (0.76 mm) long in area 025).
B.
H. Dirt or Any amount.

environmental
build-up.
J. Missing material Any amount provided See limit extensions

in areas A and B. cavity 2 not exposed (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
(max 2 blades per 025).
engine). Repeat the
inspection within 100
hours.
K. Missing material Not serviceable.

in area C.

barrier coating.
2. Blade tip for:
NOTE : There are 2 notched blades in the HPT rotor to show the amount of
____
blade tip rubbing. If the notches can or cannot be seen, the
condition is serviceable.
A. Radial cracks on Any number up to 0.15 See limit extensions

convex side not in. (3.8 mm) max radial (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
within 0.50 in. length. 025).
(12.7 mm) of
trailing edge.

concave side not (17.8 mm) max length. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
within 0.50 in. 025).
(12.7 mm) of
trailing edge.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 647
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Radial cracks Any amount.
(convex or
concave) within
0.50 in. (12.7 mm)
of trailing edge.
D. Bent, curled or Any amount above tip See limit extensions

missing material. shelf. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).

barrier coating.
3. Concave and convex

surfaces for:
A. Nicks or dents, Any number 0.25 in.



and dents must be
(3.17 mm) minimum.
D. Cracks,other Not serviceable.

areas.

barrier coating.
A. Distortions or Not serviceable.

evidence of
burning or
melting.
B. Missing thermal Any amount.

barrier coating.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 648
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (11) When the inspection is completed, turn off the BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE
R SET (856A1322 P03, P04 or P07) and remove the FIBERSCOPE SET
(856A1321 P01 or P03) and guide tube.
(12) Install the spark igniter (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-400-002).
(13) Tools used to rotate the core as follows:
____
(a) Remove the 0.75 in. (19.05 mm) square drive socket and 2 ft. (0.6
mm) breaker bar from the core rotation drive pad.
002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-52-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-52-00-440-054

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 649
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-52-00-410-059
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-52-00

Page 650
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT SHROUD AND STAGE 1 LPT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. HPT shroud and stage 1 LPT nozzle assembly
(1) The high pressure turbine (HPT) shroud and stage 1 low pressure
turbine (LPT) nozzle assembly is located inside the aft end of the
combustion case. It forms the interface between the core section and
the LPT module of the engine. The forward flange of the assembly is
rabbeted and bolted to the inner surfaces of the combustion case. The
aft flange is bolted between the combustion case aft flange and the
LPT stator forward flange.
(2) The shroud/nozzle support has a thermal response matched to the rotor
to provide good tip clearance control and structural stability. An
air cavity between the shroud/nozzle support and the combustion case
directs mixed 5th and 9th stage compressor bleed air onto the support
and the outer, or backside, of the shrouds. This cooling air
maintains closer clearances between the shrouds and the rotor blades.
(3) The stage 1 LPT nozzles direct the core engine exhaust gas onto the
stage one LPT blades. An air cavity between the stage one nozzle
support and the combustion case directs 5th stage compressor bleed
air through the nozzle vanes for cooling. After passing through the
vanes, the air pressurizes and cools the cavity between the aft side
of the HPT rotor and the forward side of the LPT rotor.
2. Description
___________
A. HPT shroud and stage 1 LPT nozzle assembly

The HPT shroud and stage 1 LPT nozzle assembly consists of the
shroud/nozzle support and HPT shrouds, and the stage 1 nozzles, inner air
seal, and stationary air seal.
(1) The shroud/nozzle support forms the outer shell of the assembly and
provides an air space or manifold area between the outer shell and
the combustion case. High pressure compressor (HPC) bleed air is
introduced into the manifold area to provide cooling for the HPT
shrouds and the LPT nozzles.
(2) The HPT shrouds have a smooth abrasive rub surface that is tolerant
to localized blade tip rubs and has good resistance to erosion from
hot exhaust gases. The shrouds are held in place on the support by
retainers and are individually replaceable.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT Shroud and Stage 1 LPT Nozzle Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) The assembly has 28 LPT nozzle segments, each having 3 vanes. The
nozzle segments are installed in the shroud/nozzle support and are
held in place on the nozzle inner air seal by the stationary air seal
which is bolted on the aft face of the inner air seal. The assembly
is bolted between the LPT case forward flange and the combustion case
aft flange. Borescope ports at 5.30 and 8.30 oclock positions (ALF)
are provided in the support to allow inspection of the nozzle area.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT SHROUD AND STAGE 1 LPT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________________
TASK 72-53-00-290-003
Borescope/Inspection of the Stage 1 Low-Pressure Turbine Nozzle Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Inspection of the low pressure turbine (LPT) nozzle is limited to the areas
that can be seen with a rigid borescope. Insert the borescope through the
borescope ports located on stage 1 LPT nozzle support. If no defects are
found then the borescope inspection is complete. If defects are found then
look at the high-pressure turbine (HPT) shrouds.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-53-00-290-004 Borescope/Inspection of the High-Pressure Turbine
Shroud
Maintenance
Maintenance
NDTM 72-00-00
72-53-00-991-300 Fig. 601
72-53-00-991-301 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-53-00-941-052
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-53-00-010-055
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-53-00-040-052
Subtask 72-53-00-010-058

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-53-00-991-300, 602/TASK 72-53-00-991-301)
Subtask 72-53-00-020-051
A. Remove the borescope plugs found immediately in front of the aft flange
of the combustion case.
Subtask 72-53-00-290-052
(1) Connect the fiber light cable to the BORESCOPE KIT (856A1320P04/P05)
and to the port on the BORESCOPE - LIGHT SOURCE SET
(856A1322P02/P03/P04/P07/P08).

____
sure the borescope and the light source are serviceable. See
the Non-Destructive Test Manual for this procedure. (Ref. NDTM
72-00-00).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Stage 1 LPT Nozzle and HPT Shroud Inspection

Figure 601/TASK 72-53-00-991-300

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Stage 1 LPT Nozzle Segment

Figure 602/TASK 72-53-00-991-301

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(2) Put the rigid borescope of the BORESCOPE KIT (856A1320P04/P05), and
to the port into turn on the light source of BORESCOPE - LIGHT SOURCE
SET (856A1322P02/P03/P04/P07/P08).
(3) Inspect the stage 1 LPT nozzle and use the limits that follow :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Stage 1 LPT nozzle

for:
A. Cracks in leading Any number, that are not See limit extensions
edge. more than 0.6 in. (15.24 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
mm) long. 025).
B. Cracks in trailing Any number, that are not See limit extensions
edge. more than 0.8 in. (20.32 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
mm) long. 025).
C. Cracks on Any number, that are not See limit extensions

concave/convex more than 1 in. (25.4 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
side of airfoil mm) long. If there is a 025).
between inner and separation of 0.25 in.
outer platform. between adjacent crack.
D. Crack in radius in One on each airfoil, not See limit extensions

between airfoil more than 1.2 in. (30 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
L.E./T.E. and mm) long with a minimum 025).
outer platform. of 0.4 in. (10 mm) from
any adjacent crack.
E. Burns, erosion and Any amount, if there is See limit extensions

corrosion no missing material (no (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
perforation of the 025).
airfoil cavity).
F. Nicks, scores, Any amount, not through, See limit extensions

scratches, dents provided there are no (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
or deposits on cracks out of distressed 025).
concave/convex area.
surface or
trailing edge

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G. Nicks, dents, Any amount, if cracks See limit extensions
tears in leading criteria are in the (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
edge. limits. 025).
H. Cracks in outer Two on each nozzle

platform forward segment 0.59 in. (15 mm)
lip. apart minimum, if they
run axially and do not
grow longer
circumferentially.
J. Cracks in inner or For NON /P engines. See limit extensions

outer platform. Any number no longer (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
than 0.59 in. (15 mm). 025).
For /P engines.
Three cracks per segment
not to exceed 0.59 in.
(15 mm) long and Metal
does not go into the
gaspath.
K. Craze cracking Any amount
NOTE : Craze cracking is defined as numerous superficial surface

____
cracks which have no visual width or depth.
(4) If defects are found, look at the HPT shrouds (Ref. TASK 72-53-00-
290-004).
Subtask 72-53-00-080-052
C. When the inspection is complete, turn off the light source BORESCOPE -
LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P02/ P03/P04/P07/P08), and remove the rigid
borescope, BORESCOPE KIT (856A1320P04/P05).
Subtask 72-53-00-420-051
D. Install parts removed for borescope inspection.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(0.64 and 0.71 m.daN).
(3) Wirelock the plugs with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material
CP8002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-53-00-410-055
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-53-00-440-052
Subtask 72-53-00-410-058
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-53-00-290-004
Borescope/Inspection of the High-Pressure Turbine Shroud
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Inspection of the high pressure turbine (HPT) shrouds is limited to the

areas that can be seen with a flexible borescope, at the spark igniter
ports.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
NDTM 720000
72-53-00-991-300 Fig. 601
72-53-00-991-302 Fig. 603

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-53-00-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 72-53-00-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-53-00-040-053
Subtask 72-53-00-010-059

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 610
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-53-00-991-300)
Subtask 72-53-00-010-057
A. Remove the spark igniters (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-000-002).
(1) Install the protective caps on the leads and the spark igniters.
Subtask 72-53-00-290-053
B. Do a borescope inspection:
CAUTION : FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY FOR INSERTING OR REMOVING THE

_______
FLEXIBLE BORESCOPE. DOING THE PROCEDURE INCORRECTLY WILL DAMAGE
THE TIP CONTROL FUNCTION.
(1) Put the GUIDE TUBE ,BORESCOPE - HPT SHROUD (856A1310G01), over the
straightening rod.
chamber as far as it will go.
(4) Connect the FIBERSCOPE SET (856A1321P01/P03/P06), and to the port on

the BORESCOPE - LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P02/P03/P04/P07/P08).

____
sure borescope and the light source are serviceable. See the
Non Destructive Test Manual for this procedure (Ref. NDTM
720000).
(5) Align the borescope lens with one of the plastic tabs on the guide
tube and install it into the tube. Make sure that the borescope tip
is not moved up or down when putting it into the plastic guide tube.
(6) Push the borescope through the plastic guide tube until the tip comes
out of the end of the tube.
(7) Push the tip of the borescope between the nozzle vanes by using the
tip deflection control.
(8) Turn on the light source of BORESCOPE - LIGHT SOURCE SET

(856A1322P02/P03/P04/P07/P08).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 611
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(10) Inspect the HPT Shrouds:

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-53-00-991-302)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. HPT shrouds for:
A. Cracks Surface cracks permitted See limit extensions

any number and any (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
lenght axially across 025).
width in Surface A and B
Any number of See limit extensions

circumferential cracks (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
that are not connected 025).
and are no more than 1
in. (25.3999 mm) long in
Surface B
Circumferential cracks See limit extensions

that are connected to (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
axial cracks cannot be 025).
over 0.25 in. (6.3499
mm) long and not less
than 0.25 in. (6.3499
mm) from the shroud edge
Surface A
B. Burning/erosion Any amount of material

which is not there.
(This include holes
through the backstrip).
Remaining material is
not permitted to be in
the flowpath.
C. Split-Line Aft Any amount of

Corners circumferential missing
or distorted surface
material less than 0.200
in. (5.08 mm) and axial
missing or distorted

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 612
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
surface material less
than 0.400 in. (10.16
mm) measured from the
edge of the shroud.
D. Rubs/wear Any amount
E. Distortion Any amount, if shroud is

not in the flowpath.
F. Burn through on Not serviceable See limit extensions

rub land (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
Subtask 72-53-00-080-053
C. When the inspection is completed, turn off the light source, BORESCOPE -
LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322 P02/P03/P04/P07/P08) and remove the FIBERSCOPE
SET (856A1321P01/P03/P06) and GUIDE TUBE ,BORESCOPE - HPT SHROUD
(856A1351G01).
Subtask 72-53-00-410-056
D. Install the spark igniters (Ref. TASK 74-21-30-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-53-00-410-057
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-53-00-440-053

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 613
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT Shroud Thermal Densified Coating Limits


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 614
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

HPT Shroud Thermal Densified Coating Limits


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 615
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-53-00-410-059
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-53-00

Page 616
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

LPT ROTOR/STATOR ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. The low pressure turbine (LPT) module is a 4-stage axial-flow turbine.

It is mounted between the core engine and the turbine frame. The module
consists of the following major assemblies :
(1) Stages 2-4 LPT nozzle assemblies (LPT stator assembly).
(2) LPT rotor assembly.
2. Description
___________
A. LPT Stator Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The LPT assembly consists of the LPT case assembly, stages 2-4 LPT nozzle
assemblies and the air cooling tubes and manifolds assembly. The nozzle
assemblies consist of cast vane segments, and are installed inside the
LPT case.
(1) The LPT case is made of nickel alloy. The case front flange is bolted
to the stage 1 nozzle support ; the rear flange of the LPT case is
bolted to the outer front flange of the turbine frame. The LPT shroud
support is mounted radially in line with the front flange of LPT case
and the stage 1 outer stationary air seal. Six thermal insulation
blankets are attached to the inner surface of LPT case. Each blanket
is divided into segments and is designed to accommodate either the
nozzle segment vane outer platforms or the outer air seal segments.
The outer air seal segments are radially in line with stages 2, 3 and
4 of the LPT rotor. At its periphery, and in the vertical plane of
the stage 2 nozzle assembly, the LPT case has instrumentation ports
at nine specific locations. Nine EGT (T495) thermocouples are
installed in these instrumentation ports. Each of the thermocouple
probes is engaged through one specific nozzle segment of the stage 2
nozzle assembly. The LPT case has three other ports located
lengthwise, at the 5 oclock position, aft looking forward. The three
ports provide for the borescope inspection of the LPT internal ports.
(2) The stage 2 LPT nozzle assembly consists of 18 nickel alloy segments
with aluminization. Each nozzle segment has 7 vane airfoils. The
segment inner platforms are retained by the inner stationary air
seals, which are the fixed part of the inner interstage rotating air
seals. One of the nozzle segments has a port for borescope inspection
at the 5 oclock position (aft looking forward) and a hole to house
one probe of exhaust gas temperature (EGT) harness. Eight other

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

nozzle segments also have one hole to accommodate one probe of the
EGT harness.
of 6 vane airfoils each and is similar in design to the stage 2
nozzle assembly. One of the vane segments has a port for borescope
inspection at the 5 oclock position (aft looking FWD).
of 6 vanes each and is similar in design to the stage 2 nozzle
assembly.
One of the nozzle segments has a port for borescope inspection at the
5 oclock position (aft looking FWD).
(5) The LPT cooling system consists of 2 air cooling manifolds made of
steel alloy and 2 tube halves made of steel alloy. Each manifold and
tube half assembly is made up of 6 tubes provided with orifices which
direct the air toward the LPT case.
B. LPT Rotor Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 003)
(1) LPT disks are made of nickel alloy. The disk front flanges
accommodate the blade retainer which provides axial retention of each
blade stage assembly. They also retain the rotating air seals which
control air passage between LPT nozzle assembly and rotor. The outer
rim of disks has machined recesses accommodating the blade dovetails.
(2) The stage 1 blade assembly consists of 162 tip-shrouded, nickel alloy
blades with aluminization, equipped with antiwear shields. The front
of the blade dovetails has a retaining lug which houses a blade
retainer.
Blade retainer is held axially by the rotating air seal.
(3) The rotating air seals are made of nickel alloy. They are
sandwich-mounted between stages 1, 2, 3 and 4 disks. They control air
passage between the stator and the rotor.
(4) Stages 2-4 of the LPT rotor are similar except for the following
differences. Stages 2-3 LPT disks have 150 blades, equipped with
antiwear shields, stage 4 LPT disk has 134 blades. The turbine rotor
support is sandwich-mounted between the stage 3 rotating air seal and
the stage 3 disk.
(5) The turbine rotor support, made of nickel alloy, provides connection
between the assembly of disks and the LPT shaft. It divides the LPT
rotor inner enclosure into 2 separate cavities.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Low Pressure Turbine Rotor Assembly

Figure 003

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

LPT ROTOR/STATOR ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________
TASK 72-54-00-290-005
Inspection of the Stage 1-3 Blades
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 601
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
72-54-00-991-300 Fig. 601
72-54-00-991-301 Fig. 602
72-54-00-991-302 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-056
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-010-066
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-54-00-040-056
Subtask 72-54-00-010-075

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________

72-54-00-991-302)
Subtask 72-54-00-010-067
A. Removal of Borescope Plugs
(1) Let the temperature of parts decrease to ambient temperature.
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
(2) Cut and remove the lockwires. Then, remove the borescope plugs S16,
S17, S18, S19 and S20.
NOTE : The borescope plugs S16 and S17 are in the same plane and
____
located, respectively, at 5:30 and 8:30 (ALF) immediately in
front of the combustion case aft flange. The borescope plugs
S18, S19 and S20 are located approximately at 5:00 oclock
(ALF) on the LPT case and, from front to rear, relate to the
2nd, 3rd and 4th stages of the LPT, respectively.
END OF PRE SB CFMI 72-0376

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Location of the Borescope Ports and Possible Borescope Access Via One
Instrumentation Boss

R EFF :

101-199, 901-999,

72-54-00 Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


R EFF :

101-199, 901-999,

72-54-00 Page 605
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


R EFF :

101-199, 901-999,

72-54-00 Page 606
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


R EFF :

101-199, 901-999,

72-54-00 Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Low Pressure Turbine Borescope Inspection


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 609
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 610
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

72-54-00

Page 611
May 01/06

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Low Pressure Turbine Blades and Nozzle Damage Description


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 612
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 613
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 614
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

POST SB CFMI 72-0376
S17.
____
located, respectively, at 5:30 and 8:30 (ALF) immediately in
front of the combustion case aft flange.
(4) Remove the self locking borescope cap assemblies S18, S19 and S20.
NOTE : The borescope cap assemblies S18, S19 and S20 are located
____
approximately at 5:00 oclock (ALF) on the LPT case and, from
front to rear, relate to the 2nd, 3rd and 4th stages of the
LPT, respectively.
END OF SB CFMI 72-0376
Subtask 72-54-00-480-054
R B. Install the BORESCOPE-KIT (856A1320P04/P05) as follows:
(1) Connect the power supply.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE POWER SUPPLY TO THE POWER SOURCE BE
_______
SURE THE ON-OFF SWITCH IS IN THE OFF POSITION AND LIGHT
INTENSITY CONTROL IS SET TO MINIMUM. MAKE SURE THAT
PROJECTOR AND POWER SUPPLY ARE CORRECTLY GROUNDED.
(a) Connect the power supply to a grounded, power source.
(2) Connect light source cable to rigid borescope and to port on

R BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P02/P03/P04/P07/P08) .
(3) Turn light source on; insert borescope and position it as desired for
inspection.
Subtask 72-54-00-290-054
C. The stage 1-3 LPT rotor blades are long span blades. To fully examine the
airfoil surface, it is recommended to do as follows:
(1) Turn the fan rotor slowly and smoothly to examine the blades.
(2) Change the probe engagement depth so as to see the blade airfoils as
they move in front of the probe.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 615
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) While you adjust the probe engagement depth, turn the probe about its
axis (azimuth) to get a maximum view, for a given turn speed of the
rotor.
NOTE : The blade span increases from the 2nd to the 3rd LPT stage. As
____
the full engagement of the probe is necessary, you may have to
make more than one turn of the LPT rotor to see all the blade
airfoils.
(4) When you look at the leading edges of the blades, turn the rotor so
that their concave side (pressure face) comes toward the borescope.
(5) To look at the trailing edges, turn the rotor in the opposite
direction so that the convex side (suction face) of the blades comes
toward the borescope.
(6) Do the inspection of the stage 1-3 blades for the damage which
follow:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Cracks Not serviceable See limit extensions

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
2. Nicks on concave or Not more than 0.01 in. See limit extensions
convex sides. Does (0.25 mm) deep for stage (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
not include areas E. 1 and 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) 025)
deep for stage 2-3.
3. Dents on concave or Not more than 0.01 in. See limit extensions
convex sides. Does (0.25 mm) deep (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
not include areas E. 025)
4. Nicks and/or dents on Not more than 0.02 in. See limit extensions
leading or trailing (0.5 mm) deep (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
edges. Does not 025)
include areas E.
5. Nicks and/or dents in Not more than 0.01 in. See limit extensions
areas E. (0.25 mm) deep (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 616
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Rubbing on leading Not more than 0.01 in. See limit extensions
edge platform , (0.25 mm) deep (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
leading edge root 025)
radius in area E.
7. Distortion of leading Not serviceable See limit extensions

edges caused by (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
overtemperature. 025)
8. Pretwist clearances 0.1 in. (2.54 mm) max of See limit extensions
such that adjacent total gap for stage 1. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
interlocks do not Not serviceable for 025)
touch each other. stage 2-3.
9. Tip shroud For CFM56-5B non/P

out-of-flush engines: not more than
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
For CFM56-5B/P engines: See limit extensions

not more than 0.015 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
(0.38 mm) for stages 1, 025)
and not more than 0.031
in. (0.80 mm) for stages
3.
10. Deposit material, Any amount provided

peeling off on there is no evidence of
airfoil. bowing and/or melting.
11. Rubbing/scratches on Any amount

forward face of root
platform
12. Blades seal teeth 1/2 of tooth height worn

wear. if only one stage is
affected.
1/3 of tooth height worn
if 2 stages are
affected.
1/4 of tooth height worn
if 3 stages are
affected.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 617
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13. Corrosion / Pitting For CFM56-5B/P engines:
Any amount
Subtask 72-54-00-080-054
D. Removal of Borescope
(1) When inspection is complete, turn lamp switch off, leave main light
source blower on for a while to cool lamp and housing.
(2) Remove the borescope.
Subtask 72-54-00-410-066
E. Install the Borescope Plugs
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
(1) Apply graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) or Never Seez-Pure

Nickel, Special (Material No. CP2619) to the threads of the borescope
plugs S16, S17, S18, S19, S20 and install on the combustion case
(S16, S17) and on the LPT case (S18, S19, S20).

Nickel, Special (Material No. CP2619) to the threads of the borescope
plugs S16, S17 and on the combustion case (S16, S17).
(3) Apply graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) to the threads of the
self locking borescope cap assemblies S18, S19, S20 and install on
the LPT case (S18, S19, S20).
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 618
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) TORQUE plugs to between 55 and 60 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.67 m.daN) and
safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or
(6) TORQUE self locking borescope caps assembly to between 50 and 55

NOTE : To achieve the correct installation of the self locking

____
borescope cap assembly, the slot of its ring must be
positioned on the borescope boss lug at the final tightening.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-067
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-54-00-440-056

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 619
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-410-076
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 620
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-54-00-290-006
Inspection of the Stage 4 Blades
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 621
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-54-00-210-004 Optional Visual Inspection of the Stage 4 Blades from
the Rear of the Engine
Maintenance
Maintenance
72-54-00-991-300 Fig. 601
72-54-00-991-301 Fig. 602
72-54-00-991-302 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-057
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 622
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-010-068
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-54-00-040-057
Subtask 72-54-00-010-076

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________

72-54-00-991-302)
Subtask 72-54-00-010-069
A. Remove the Plugs which Follow
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
(2) Cut and remove the lockwire from the borescope plug S20. Remove the
plug.
NOTE : The plug S20 is the aftmost borescope plug located at 5:00
____
oclock on the LPT case (ALF).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 623
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Remove the self locking borescope cap assembly S20.
NOTE : The plug S20 is the aftmost borescope cap assembly located at
____
5:00 oclock on the LPT case (ALF).
(4) Locate the instrumentation boss located at the 8:30 oclock position
(ALF) on the turbine frame.
(a) Remove the 2 bolts and nuts which attach a blanking plug to this
turbine frame boss.
(b) Remove the blanking plug and its gasket.
NOTE : This gives you a borescope access to look at the trailing

____
edge and tip shroud of the stage 4 LPT blades.
Subtask 72-54-00-480-055
_______
(a) Connect the power supply to a grounded 110 VAC 60Hz power source.

R BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P02/P03/P04/P07/P08).
inspection.
Subtask 72-54-00-290-055
C. The stage 4 LPT rotor blades are long span blades. To fully examine their
airfoil surface, it is recommended to do these steps.
(1) Turn the fan rotor slowly and smoothly to examine the blades.
(2) Change the probe engagement depth to see the airfoils as the blades
move in front of the probe.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 624
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) While you change the probe engagement depth, turn the probe
(azimuth). This will let you have a maximum view for given turn speed
of the rotor.
NOTE : The stage 4 blades have the longest span of the blade stages.
____
So, as the full engagement of the probe is necessary, you may
have to make 2, 3 or more turns of the LPT rotor to see all
the blade areas.
(4) When you look at the leading edges of the blades, turn the rotor so
that the concave side (or pressure face) of the blades comes toward
the borescope.
(5) When you look at the trailing edges, turn the rotor in the opposite
direction so that the convex side (suction face) comes toward the
borescope.
(6) Do the inspection of the stage 4 blades for the damage which follow:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Cracks Not serviceable See limit extensions

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)
2. Nicks on concave or Not more than 0.02 in. See limit extension
convex sides. Does (0.5 mm) deep. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
not include area E. 025)
3. Dents on concave or Not more than 0.01 in. See limit extensions
convex sides. Does (0.25 mm) deep (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
not include area E. 025)
4. Nicks and/or dents on Not more than 0.02 in. See limit extensions
leading or trailing (0.5 mm) deep (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
edges. Does not 025)
include area E.
5. Nicks and/or dents in Not more than 0.01 in. See limit extensions
area E. (0.25 mm) deep (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 625
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Tip shroud out of Not more than 0.015 in. See limit extensions
flush (0.38 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
7. Shingled or unlatched Not serviceable If you find the blade tip

tip shrouds. shrouds shingled or
unlatched on different
borescope inspections, it
may be the sign of a wear
of the hard-facing on the
blade tip interlock
surfaces.
The 4th stage blades may
be unshingled or relatched
by hand (Ref. TASK 72-54-
00-210-004).
See limit extensions
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
See NOTE below.
8. Hard-facing wear. Any quantity that do not See limit extensions

cause a mismatch of the (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
blade tip shroud aft 025).
face of more than 0.12 See NOTE below.
in. (3.05 mm).
9. Blade airfoil Not serviceable. See limit extensions

pretwist that cause (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
gaps such as 025).
interlocks do not See NOTE below.
touch each other.
NOTE : If the aircraft maintenance schedule permits, it is recommended to do

____
a visual inspection when you find these defects. Blades that are
shingled or unlatched may be put back in their correct interlock
positions, in following the special procedure (Ref. TASK 72-54-00-
210-004).
10. Distortion of Not serviceable

leading edge caused
by overtemperature.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 626
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. Deposit material Any amount, provided
peeling off airfoil. there is no evidence of
bowing and/or melting.
Subtask 72-54-00-080-055
(1) When inspection is completed, turn lamp switch off, leave main light
Subtask 72-54-00-410-068
E. Install the Borescope Plug S20 on the LPT Case
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376

Nickel, Special (Material No. CP2619), to the threads of the plug.
self locking borescope cap assembly.
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
(3) Install the plug on the LPT case. TORQUE to between 55 and 60 lbf.in
(0.62 and 0.67 m.daN).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 627
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Install the self locking borescope cap assemby on the LPT case.
TORQUE to between 50 and 55 lbf.in (0.56 and 0.62 m.daN).

____
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
(5) Safety the plug with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002).
Subtask 72-54-00-410-089
F. Install the blanking plug on the turbine frame instrumention boss at 8:30
oclock (ALF) as follows:
(1) Lubricate the threads of the 2 plug attachment bolts with graphite
grease (Material No. CP2101).
(2) Install the gasket on the blanking plug and engage the plug in the
turbine frame boss.
(3) Install the 2 bolts and the 2 nuts (self-locking) to attach the plug
to the boss.
(4) TORQUE the 2 nuts to between 95 and 110 lbf.in (1.07 and 1.24 m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-069
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 628
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-440-057
Subtask 72-54-00-410-077
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 629
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-54-00-290-007
Inspection of the Stage 2-4 Nozzle Segments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This Task is only available for CFM56-5BX not/P engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 630
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
72-54-00-991-300 Fig. 601
72-54-00-991-301 Fig. 602
72-54-00-991-302 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-058
1(2).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 631
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-010-070
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-54-00-040-058
Subtask 72-54-00-010-077

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________

72-54-00-991-302)
Subtask 72-54-00-010-071
A. Remove Borescope Plugs
(1) Let the temperature of the parts decrease to ambient temperature.
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
(2) Cut and remove the lockwires and remove the LPT borescope plugs S18,
S19, S20.
NOTE : The borescope plugs S18, S19, S20 are located approximately at
____
5:00 oclock (ALF) on the LPT case, and from front to rear,
relate to the 2nd, 3rd and 4th stages of the LPT respectively.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 632
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Remove the self locking borescope cap assemblies S18, S19, S20.
NOTE : The borescope cap assemblies S18, S19, S20 are located
____
approximately at 5:00 oclock (ALF) on the LPT case, and from
LPT respectively.
Subtask 72-54-00-480-056
_______
(a) Connect the power supply.

R BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322/P02/P03/P04/P07/P08).
inspection.
Subtask 72-54-00-290-056
C. Inspect the stage 2-4 nozzle segment for the following:
NOTE : The following limits are given for nozzle segments you can see
____
near the borescope holes.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Cracks in trailing Any quantity not more See limit extension

edge. than 0.6 in. (15 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
long. 025)
2. Cracks in leading Any quantity not more See limit extension

edge. than 0.4 in. (10 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
long. 025).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 633
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Nicks and/or dents on Any quantity, provided See limit extensions
leading and/or cracks criteria are met. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
trailing edges. 025).

concave and/or convex cracks criteria are met. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
sides. 025).
5. Burned areas, hot Any quantity, if there See limit extensions

spots. is no missing material (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
and you see no bowing 025).
and/or melting.
6. Material particles Any quantity, if you see

peeling off on no bowing and/or
airfoil. melting.
Subtask 72-54-00-080-056
Subtask 72-54-00-410-070
E. Install Borescope Plugs
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
borescope plugs S18, S19, S20 and install on the LPT case.
borescope cap assemblies S18, S19, S20 and install on the LPT case.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 634
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
(4) TORQUE self locking borescope cap assemblies to between 50 and 55


____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-071
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-54-00-440-058
Subtask 72-54-00-410-078
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 635
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 636
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-54-00-290-007- 01
Inspection of the Stage 2-4 Nozzle Segments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This Task is only available for CFM56-5BX /P engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 637
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
72-54-00-991-300 Fig. 601
R 72-54-00-991-305 Fig. 604
R 72-54-00-991-306 Fig. 605
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-067
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 638
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-010-093
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-54-00-040-066
Subtask 72-54-00-010-094

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-54-00-991-300, 604/TASK 72-54-00-991-305, 605/TASK

72-54-00-991-306)
Subtask 72-54-00-010-095
A. Remove Borescope Plugs
(1) Let the temperature of the parts decrease to ambient temperature.
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
(2) Cut and remove the lockwires and remove the LPT borescope plugs S18,
S19, S20.
NOTE : The borescope plugs S18, S19, S20 are located approximately at
____
5:00 oclock (ALF) on the LPT case, and from front to rear,
relate to the 2nd, 3rd and 4th stages of the LPT respectively.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 639
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Illustration of the Low Pressure Turbine


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 640
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 641
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 642
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-54-00

Page 643
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Illustration of the Low Pressure Turbine Blades and Nozzle Damage


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 644
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 645
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 646
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Remove the self locking borescope cap assemblies S18, S19, S20.
NOTE : The borescope cap assemblies S18, S19, S20 are located
____
approximately at 5:00 oclock (ALF) on the LPT case, and from
LPT respectively.
Subtask 72-54-00-480-058
_______
(a) Connect the power supply.

R BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322/P02/P03/P04/P07/P08).
inspection.
Subtask 72-54-00-290-058
C. Inspect the stage 2-4 nozzle segment for the following:
NOTE : The following limits are given for nozzle segments you can see
____
near the borescope holes.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Cracks in trailing One crack maximum not See limit extensions

edge. more than 1 in. (25.4mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
with no crack on the 025)
opposite side of the
same airfoil.
If there are three
additional airfoils with

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 647
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cracks, any number not
more than 0.5 in.
(12.7mm) on the same
segment with no crack on
the opposite side or if
there is a crack on the
opposite side,
cumulative length must
be less than 0.5 in.
(12.7mm).
2. Cracks in leading One crack maximum not See limit extensions

edge. more than 1 in. (25.4mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
with no crack on the 025).
opposite side of the
same airfoil.
If there are three
additional airfoils with
cracks, any number not
more than 0.5 in.
(12.7mm) on the same
segment with no crack on
the opposite side or if
there is a crack on the
opposite side,
cumulative length must
be less than 0.5 in.
(12.7mm).

leading and/or cracks criteria are met. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
trailing edges. 025).

concave and/or convex cracks criteria are met. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
sides. 025).
5. Burned areas, hot Any quantity, if there See limit extensions

spots. is no missing material (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
and you see no bowing 025).
and/or melting.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 648
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. Material particles Any quantity, if you see
peeling off on no bowing and/or
airfoil. melting.
Subtask 72-54-00-080-058
Subtask 72-54-00-410-095
E. Install Borescope Plugs
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
borescope plugs S18, S19, S20 and install on the LPT case.
borescope cap assemblies S18, S19, S20 and install on the LPT case.
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 649
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) TORQUE self locking borescope cap assemblies to between 50 and 55

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-096
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-54-00-440-066
Subtask 72-54-00-410-097
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 650
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-54-00-290-008
Inspection of the Stage 1-4 Stationary Air Seals
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 651
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
72-54-00-991-300 Fig. 601
72-54-00-991-301 Fig. 602
72-54-00-991-302 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-059
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 652
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-010-072
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
(2) Allow parts, to return to ambient temperature.
Subtask 72-54-00-040-059
Subtask 72-54-00-010-078

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________

72-54-00-991-302)
Subtask 72-54-00-010-084
A. Removal of the Borescope Plugs
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
S17, S18, S19 and S20.
____
located respectively, at 5:30 and 8:30 (ALF) immediately in
front of combustion case aft flange. The borescope plugs S18,
S19 and S20 are located at 5:00 oclock (ALF) on the LPT case.
From front to rear they relate approximately to the 2nd, 3rd
and 4th LPT stages.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 653
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

S17.
____
located respectively, at 5:30 and 8:30 (ALF) immediately in
front of the combustion case aft flange.
(4) Remove the self locking borescope cap assemblies S18, S19 and S20.
NOTE : The borescope cap assemblies S18, S19 and S20 are located at
____
5:00 oclock (ALF) on the LPT case. From front to rear they
relate approximately to the 2nd, 3rd and 4th LPT stages.
Subtask 72-54-00-480-057
_______
(a) Connect power supply to a grounded 110 VAC 60 Hz power source.

R BORESCOPE-LIGHT SOURCE SET (856A1322P02/P03/P04/P07/P08).
inspection.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 654
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-290-057
C. Inspect the Stage 1-4 Outer Stationary Air Seals for the Following
NOTE : The limits given below are for the stationary air seal areas you
____
can see near the borescope holes.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Stage 1-3 stationary

air seals.
A. Rub marks or Not deeper than 0.08 in.

chicken marks from (2.03 mm)
seal teeth.
2. Stage 4 stationary
air seals.
NOTE : This inspection is only to be done when stage 4 blades are shingled
____
or unlatched.
A. Worn, jagged or Not more than 0.08 in. See limit extensions
crushed honeycomb (2.03 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
material. 025).
3. Stage 1/4 stationary

air seals.
A. Distortion Any quantity if shroud

does not come out.
Subtask 72-54-00-080-057
source blower on for a while to cool and housing.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 655
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-410-072
E. Install the Borescope Plugs
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376

Nickel, Special (Material No. CP2619), to the threads of the
borescope plugs S16, S17, S18, S19, S20 and install on the combustion
case (S16, S17) and on the LPT case (S18, S19, S20).

Nickel, Special (Material No. CP2619), to the threads of the
borescope plugs S16, S17 and install on the combustion case (S16,
S17).
self locking borescope cap assemblies S18, S19, S20 and install on
the LPT case (S18, S19, S20).
PRE SB CFMI 72-0376
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002)
(6) TORQUE the self locking borescope cap assemblies to between 50 and 55

____

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 656
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-073
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-54-00-440-059
Subtask 72-54-00-410-079
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 657
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-54-00-210-004
Optional Visual Inspection of the Stage 4 Blades from the Rear of the Engine
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a direct, hands-on, visual inspection of the stage 4 LPT blades.

During the borescope inspection of this blade stage (Ref. TASK
72-54-00-290-00600), on some rare occasions, you may see blades with their
tip shroud shingled or unlatched, or with radial mismatches/out-of-flush
defects or with gaps at their interlocks.
This inspection is not mandatory since the Limit Extensions (Ref. TASK
72-00-00-200-02500) referred to in the borescope inspection of the stage 4
blades give the specific time/cycles of operation with these defects.
However, it makes sense to prevent a further deterioration of the turbine
stage, before the expiration of the permitted limit extensions. Therefore, a
visual inspection is recommended as soon as possible after the finding of
these defects, if the aircraft maintenance schedule permits.
The benefits of this visual inspection are that you can:
- put back some blades that are shingled/unlatched in the correct interlock
positions
- make a more accurate measurement of the mismatch (at the blade tip
shrouds) than the estimate you can make from the borescope inspection
- better see gaps, or areas of the blade interlocks that do not touch each
other (the gaps are the result of the deterioration of the blade pretwist
(angle) characteristic)
- make an evaluation of the correct blade pretwist characteristic through a
simple manual method.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 658
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-11-11-000-041 Removal of the Core Nozzle Assembly
78-11-11-400-041 Installation of the Core Nozzle Assembly
78-11-12-000-041 Removal of the Centerbody
78-11-12-400-041 Installation of the Centerbody
Maintenance
Maintenance
R 72-54-00-991-303 Fig. 606
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-063
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 659
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-010-085

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-54-00-040-063
Subtask 72-54-00-010-086
D. Get Access
(1) Open the thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-54-00-991-303)
Subtask 72-54-00-010-087
A. Removal for Access to the Inspection Area
(1) Remove the core nozzle assembly (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-000-041).
(2) Remove the centerbody (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-041).
NOTE : The removal of these nacelle hot exhaust components is

____
necessary in order to get an unrestricted access to the
turbine last stage, through the rear of the engine. Besides,
this inspection necessitates some checks and corrective
actions you can do only by hand.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 660
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-54-00

Page 661
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Visual Inspection of the Stage 4 Blades


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 662
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 663
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B



EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 664
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-210-055
B. Inspection of Defects Found during the Borescope Inspection
(1) Shingling/Unlatching
CAUTION : DO NOT HIT THE BLADES WITH A DRIFT AND A HAMMER TO PUT THEM
_______
BACK IN THEIR CORRECT INTERBLOCKS. FURTHER DAMAGE TO THE
BLADES COULD RESULT.
IF NECESSARY, USE ONLY SHAPED TOOLS MADE OF HARDWOOD OR
HARD PLASTICS MATERIAL AS PRYING OR PUSHING TOOLS.
(a) Past experience has shown that it is possible to put back

shingled/unlatched blades in their correct interlocking position.
To do this, apply hand force as show in sheet 2.
R (Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-54-00-991-303)
(b) If you can not remove the shingling/unlatching of two blades (or
more) do no try further. Let expire the applicable limit
extensions. Beyond these, it is up to the airline management to
take the necessary hardware actions.
(2) Hard-facing wear on the blade interlock surfaces.
NOTE : A worn hard-facing may be at the origin of the shingling and

____
unlatching defects. This condition results in radial and axial
mismatches at the blade tip shrouds which are no longer in the
same alignment (radial out-of-flush, for example).
(a) You can measure the interlock wear by the quantity of the aft
mismatch of the blade tip shroud.
(b) Use the honeycomb cells in the outer stationary air seal as a
scale to measure the quantity of mismatch.
One honeycomb cell is 0.06 in. (1.52 mm) in the largest
dimension. If you are not sure, use modeling clay to get an
imprint. Then, measure and record the value of the mismatch.
The mismatch at the aft edge of the blade tip shroud must not be
more than 0.12 in. (3.05 mm).
(3) Blade pretwist check.
CAUTION : DO NOT USE PLIERS IN ORDER TO CLOSE THE GAPS AND GET BACK
_______
THEIR PRETWIST ANGLE. IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO CORRECT THIS
CONDITION.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 665
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(a) An incorrect pretwist is shown by gaps and some mismatch at the
blade tip shrouds (sheet 3).
R (Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-54-00-991-303)
Result: the adjacent interlock surfaces do not touch each other
as they should. This condition is not serviceable.
- if you see that kind of defects, let expire the applicable
limit extensions. Beyond these, let the airline management take
the necessary hardware actions
- if not, you may want to take the opportunity of full access to
the stage 4 blades and do the manual check shown in sheet 1.
R (Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-54-00-991-303)
Do the check on at least 2 blades in each quadrant to make a
good evaluation of the pretwist characteristic.
Subtask 72-54-00-410-086
C. Install the Exhaust Components Removed for Access to the Inspection Area
(1) Install the centerbody (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-400-041).
(2) Install the core nozzle assembly (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-400-041).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-087
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-54-00-440-063

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 666
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-410-088
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 667
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-54-00-210-005
Inspection of the Turbine Case
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-54-00-300-004 Replacement of the Broken Studs of EGT (T49.5) Sensor
Bracket Assy
Maintenance
Maintenance
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-060

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 668
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-54-00-010-073
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-54-00-040-060
Subtask 72-54-00-010-079

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 669
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-54-00-210-052
A. Inspect the Turbine Case for the Following
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Aft flange.
A. Cracks that Not serviceable

connect bolt
holes.
B. Cracks that extend 5 cracks with a minimum

from bolt holes to 5 hole separation
outer edge of between cracks.
flange.
C. Cracks that extend Not serviceable.

from bolt holes
toward casing
skin.
D. Cracks in other 5 cracks per flange 0.25 See limit extensions

areas of flange. in. (6.35 mm) long with (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
a minimum 5 in. (127 mm) 025).
separation between any
other cracks.
E. Nicks, scores and Any number 1 in. (25.4

scratches. mm) long 0.01 in. (0.25
mm) deep after removal
of high metal with 1 in.
(25.4 mm) minimum
separation.
F. Cracks in Not serviceable.

flange/case skin
radius.
2. Casing skin for:

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 670
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Cracks in parent Any number 0.04 in. (1 See limit extensions
metal mm) long and 2 in. (50.8 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
mm) minimum apart. 025).
B. Nicks and Any number 0.01 in.

scratches. (0.25 mm) deep after
C. Dents Any number, smooth

contour, 0.02 in. (0.5
mm) deep.
3. All threaded ports

and bosses for:
A. Damaged threads. One full thread

cumulative or continuous
may be removed after
chasing threads.
B. Cracks in weld of One per port in boss See limit extensions

ports and bosses. 0.04 in. (1 mm) long. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
4. Ring sector support

for:
A. Cracks Any number if attachment

parts are secured.
5. Angle brackets for:
A. Broken bracket. Not serviceable.
B. Cracks in all Any amount providing

other areas. cooling air tubes and
attaching fasteners are
secured.
6. Cooling air tube

supports for:

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 671
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Cracks at Any amount providing
mountaing flanges. support is secured.

other areas: cooling air tubes and
secured.
7. The EGT (T49.5) One full thread See the over serviceable
sensors probe cumulative or continuous limit extensions related
brackets for: can be removed after to the LPT case (Ref. TASK
A. Damaged Threads chasing threads. 72-00-00-200-025).
B. Broken Stud Not permitted. Replace the stud by a bolt

(Ref. TASK 72-54-00-300-
004) if access of bracket
permit this. If not,
replace the engine.See the
over serviceable limit
extensions related to the
LPT case (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-200-025).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-074
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-54-00-440-060

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 672
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-410-080
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 673
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-54-00-210-005- 01
Inspection of the Turbine Case
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-54-00-300-004 Replacement of the Broken Studs of EGT (T49.5) Sensor
Bracket Assy
Maintenance
Maintenance
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-064

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 674
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-54-00-010-088
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-54-00-040-064
Subtask 72-54-00-010-089

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 675
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-54-00-210-056
A. Inspect the Turbine Case for the Following
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Aft flange.
A. Cracks that Not serviceable

connect bolt
holes.
B. Cracks that extend 5 cracks with a minimum

from bolt holes to 5 hole separation
outer edge of between cracks.
flange.
C. Cracks that extend Not serviceable.

from bolt holes
toward casing
skin.
D. Cracks in other 5 cracks per flange 0.25 See limit extensions

areas of flange. in. (6.35 mm) long with (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
a minimum 5 in. (127 mm) 025).
separation between any
other cracks.
E. Nicks, scores and Any number 1 in. (25.4

scratches. mm) long 0.01 in. (0.25
(25.4 mm) minimum
separation.
F. Cracks in Not serviceable.

flange/case skin
radius.
2. Casing skin for:

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 676
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Cracks in parent Any number 0.04 in. (1 See limit extensions
metal mm) long and 2 in. (50.8 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
mm) minimum apart. 025).
B. Nicks and Any number 0.01 in.

scratches. (0.25 mm) deep after
C. Dents Any number, smooth

contour, 0.02 in. (0.5
mm) deep.
3. All threaded ports

and bosses for:
A. Damaged threads. One full thread

cumulative or continuous
may be removed after
chasing threads.
B. Cracks in weld of One per port in boss See limit extensions

ports and bosses. 0.04 in. (1 mm) long. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
025).
4. Ring sector support

for:
A. Cracks Any number if attachment

parts are secured.
5. Angle brackets for:
A. Broken bracket. Not serviceable.

other areas. cooling air tubes and
secured.
6. Cooling air tube

supports for:

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 677
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Cracks at Any amount providing
mountaing flanges. support is secured.

other areas: cooling air tubes and
secured.
C. Breakage of the One per half

forward mounting distribution manifold.
lug
7. Cooling air tubes
A. Dents All dents are permitted

if they have a smooth
contour and are not more
than 30 percent of the
tube outer diameter.
8. The EGT (T49.5) One full thread See the over serviceable
sensors probe cumulative or continuous limit extensions related
brackets for: can be removed after to the LPT case (Ref. TASK
A. Damaged threads chasing threads. 72-00-00-200-025).
B. Broken stud Not permitted. Replace the stud by a bolt

(Ref. TASK 72-54-00-300-
004) if access of bracket
permit this. If not,
replace the engine. See
the over serviceable limit
extensions related to the
LPT case (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-200-025).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 678
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-091
A. Close Access
items.
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-54-00-440-064
Subtask 72-54-00-410-092
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 679
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-54-00-210-003
General Visual Inspection of Piping of LPT Case Air Cooling
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is applicable for non /P engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-061

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 680
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-54-00-010-074
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-54-00-040-061
Subtask 72-54-00-010-080

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-54-00-210-053
A. Inspect cooling air tubes and manifolds as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Cooling air manifold

for:
A. Cracks in mounting One crack on each lug,

lug. if not longer than 0.2
in. (5 mm)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 681
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Cracks in sheet Any number, if not Refer to limit extensions
metal longer than 0.5 in. (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
(12.7 mm) , 1 in. (25.4 025).
mm) apart, and 3 in.
(76.2 mm) cumulative
lenght.
C. Dents Any number if smooth

contour and not deeper
than 0.03 in. (0.76 mm).

for:
A. Cracks in tubes Any numbers if not

longer than 2 in. (50.8
mm) and separated by at
least one support
member.
B. Dents Any number, if no more

than 30 percent of tube
outer diameter.
C. Cracks in tube Any number if tubes are

clamps correctly attached.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-075
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust-reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 682
May 01/08
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-440-061
Subtask 72-54-00-410-081
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 683
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-54-00-210-003- 01
General Visual Inspection of Piping of LPT Case Air Cooling
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is applicable for /P engines.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Washable
Maintenance
Maintenance
SPM 70-41-11
R 72-54-00-991-304 Fig. 607
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-065

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 684
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-54-00-010-090
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-54-00-040-065
Subtask 72-54-00-010-091

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 685
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-54-00-210-057
A. Inspect cooling air tubes and manifolds as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Cooling air manifold

for:
R (Ref. Fig. 607/TASK
72-54-00-991-304)
A. Cracks in the One crack on each side

forward mounting is permitted
lug
B. Broken forward One breakage on one side

mounting lug of a lug is permitted
One breakage on each A continue in-service

side of a forward lug is limit of 10 hours or 10
permitted according the cycles is permitted if one
two adjacent support adjacent support tube is
tube : broken.
are not broken or crack If one or two adjacent
is not longer than 0.59 tubes have a crack that is
in. (15 mm) on the more than 0.59 in. (15
mounting lugs. mm), check the part for
crack evolution after 10
hours or 10 cycles
-If no crack evolution:
Check after 50 hours or 50
cycles following the first
check, then check every
100 hours or 100 cycles
-If crack evolution :
A continue in-service
limit of 30 hours or 30
cycles is permitted
C. Dents Any number if smooth

contour and not deeper
than 0.03 in. (0.76 mm).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 686
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Nick, scratch and Maximum finish depth Make the defect smooth by
chafing (wear) on after you make the hand blending per (Ref.
tube external defect smooth is 0.008 SPM 70-41-11) if necessary
surface. in. (0.20 mm). to remove sharp edges.
Do a local fluorescent
penetrant inspection
(Ref. TASK 70-51-00-230-
002).
No crack is permitted.

for:
A. Cracks in tubes Any numbers if not

longer than 2 in. (50.8
mm) and separated by at
least one support
member.
B. Dents Any number, if no more

than 30 percent of tube
outer diameter.
C. Cracks in tube Any number if tubes are

clamps correctly attached.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-093
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the thrust-reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 687
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Visual Inspection of the Mounting Lugs (Only Applicable /P Engines)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 688
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Visual Inspection of the Mounting Lugs (Only Applicable /P Engines)


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 689
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-440-065
Subtask 72-54-00-410-094
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 690
May 01/08

IAC

C F M

56-5B

LPT ROTOR/STATOR ASSEMBLY - REPAIRS
___________________________________
TASK 72-54-00-300-004
Replacement of the Broken Studs of EGT (T49.5) Sensor Bracket Assy
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The replacement of broken studs depends on accessibility.

____
NOTE : Make sure that free access is available for drilling and tapping
____
process.
NOTE : You must discard the repaired bracket assy at the first LPT
____
rotor/stator disassembly.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

77-21-10-000-008 Removal of the Upper Extension Lead
77-21-10-000-009 Removal of the Lower Extension Lead
77-21-10-000-026 Removal of the Upper Right Thermocouple Lead Assembly
77-21-10-000-027 Removal of the Lower Left Thermocouple Lead Assembly
77-21-10-000-028 Removal of the Upper Left Thermocouple Lead Assembly
77-21-10-000-029 Removal of the Lower Right Thermocouple Lead Assembly
77-21-10-400-008 Installation of the Upper Extension Lead
77-21-10-400-009 Installation of the Lower Extension Lead
77-21-10-400-026 Installation of the Upper Right Thermocouple Lead
Assembly
77-21-10-400-027 Installation of the Lower Left Thermocouple Lead
Assembly

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 801
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
77-21-10-400-028 Installation of the Upper Left Thermocouple Lead

Assembly
77-21-10-400-029 Installation of the Lower Right Thermocouple Lead
Assembly
R Maintenance
R Maintenance
SPM 70-44-50
SPM 70-44-50-320-006
SPM 70-44-60-320-007
72-54-00-991-310 Fig. 801
72-54-00-991-311 Fig. 802
72-54-00-991-312 Fig. 803
72-54-00-991-313 Fig. 804
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-54-00-941-069
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 802
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-010-099

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-54-00-040-068
Subtask 72-54-00-010-100
R D. Open the thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-54-00-010-101
E. Get Access
(1) Remove the T49.5 Thermocouple and Extension Lead Assembly (Ref. TASK
77-21-10-000-008), (Ref. TASK 77-21-10-000-009), (Ref. TASK 77-21-10-
000-026), (Ref. TASK 77-21-10-000-027), (Ref. TASK 77-21-10-000-028),
(Ref. TASK 77-21-10-000-029), to get access to the studs of the
bracket.
4. Procedure
_________

72-54-00-991-312, 804/TASK 72-54-00-991-313)
Subtask 72-54-00-320-052
A. Preparation for broken stud drilling
WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE THE PARTICLES FROM GRINDING OR LET THE PARTICLES
_______
TOUCH YOU. THE PARTICLES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE, INJURY OR IRRITATION
TO YOU. USE PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT. USE LOCAL MECHANICAL
EXHAUST VENTILATION OR AN APPROVED RESPIRATOR.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 803
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Replacement of the Defective Studs on LPT Case

Figure 801/TASK 72-54-00-991-310

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 804
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Dimensional Measurements for Working on Studs and Black Plate

Figure 802/TASK 72-54-00-991-311

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 805
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Locally Manufactured Tool for Replacement of the Defective Studs on LPT Case
Figure 803/TASK 72-54-00-991-312

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 806
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Lockwire of Bolt after Replacement of the Defective Studs on LPT Case

Figure 804/TASK 72-54-00-991-313

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 807
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

WARNING : USE EYE PROTECTION WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR TO CLEAN, COOL
_______
OR DRY PARTS OR TOOLS. PARTICLES CAN CAUSE AN INJURY TO YOUR
EYES. DO NOT USE MORE THAN 30 PSIG (200 KPA). DO NOT POINT
COMPRESSED AIR AT YOURSELF OR OTHER PERSONS.
NOTE : It is easier to use a square access to remove the nuts, with

____
bulkheads removed.
(1) Calculate the length of the remaining broken tack welded stud (shank)
with the remaining serviceable tack welded stud.
(2) Install a locally manufactured tool on the remaining serviceable tack

welded stud as follows:
(a) Engage correctly the center pin of tooling in the bore which is
the EGT (T49.5) sensor probe location.
(b) Tighten the tooling to the LPT case with the original nut on the
remaining serviceable tack welded stud.
(c) Make sure the tooling is correctly installed against the LPT
case.
(3) Install the correct drill guide sleeve (sleeve is identified as

clearance guide) for a 0.25 in. (6.3499 mm) drill.
(4) Install and attach it with the use of a retaining screw between the
drill guide sleeve and the locally manufactured tool.
(5) Do a check from the top of the drill guide sleeve to the EGT sensor
probe location of the LPT case.
Subtask 72-54-00-917-054
B. Drilling of the broken stud shank
(1) Calculate the necessary drill depth (with the dimensions given before
and the dimensions shown in the figure) to remove the broken stud
shank.
(2) Make a selection to get the correct drilling stop ring for a 0.25 in.
(6.3499 mm) drill.
(3) Attach the stop ring to the 0.25 in. (6.3499 mm) diameter drill and
set it to the depth as calculated in the paragraph above.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 808
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Put the drill into the tooling sleeve.
(5) Drill to a depth permitted by the stop ring to remove the remaining
broken stud shank (Ref. SPM 70-44-50-320-006).
Subtask 72-54-00-917-055
C. Preparation for tack welded stud head drilling
(1) Remove the drill guide sleeve (clearance guide).
(2) Replace it with the other drill guide sleeve (identified as tapping
drill guide) for a 0.2110 in. (5.3593 mm) drill.
(3) Calculate the drill depth (with the dimensions given before and the
dimensions shown in the figure) to drill through the tack welded stud
head and the back plate.
Subtask 72-54-00-917-056
D. Drilling of the tack welded stud head
(1) Install a correct stop ring (stop ring is identified with a drill
size of 0.211 in. (5.3593 mm) 0.2110 inch (5,36 mm)) to drill a 0.211
in. (5.3593 mm) diameter and set it to the depth specified as
calculated in the Drilling of the broken stud shank paragraph B.
(2) Put the drill into the tooling sleeve.
CAUTION : OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS BELOW TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO ADJACENT

_______
PARTS AND TO REMOVE AND DISASSEMBLE THE ENGINE.
(3) Drill through the stud head and the back plate but do not drill the
insulation blanket and the other parts below (Ref. SPM 70-44-50).
(4) Remove the drill guide sleeve (identified as tapping drill guide).
(5) Replace it with the other drill guide sleeve (identified as clearance
guide).
(6) Remove with a vacuum device all unwanted material.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 809
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-917-057
E. Tapping of the tack welded stud head of the back plate.
(1) Calculate the specified tap depth (with the dimensions given before
and the dimensions shown in the figure) to tap through the tack
welded stud head and the back plate only.
(2) Set the 0.25 in. (6.3499 mm) stop ring to the specified depth with
the tap given in tooling.
(3) Put the tap into the tooling sleeve.
CAUTION : OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS BELOW TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO ADJACENT

_______
PARTS AND TO REMOVE AND DISASSEMBLE THE ENGINE.
(4) Tap the head of the tack welded stud and the back plate (Ref. SPM 70-
44-60-320-007) but do not push the parts below.
(5) Remove with a vacuum all unwanted material and clean the adjacent
areas.
(6) Loosen the nut and remove the tooling.
Subtask 72-54-00-320-053
F. Installation of the EGT (T49.5) sensor probe and check (1) Install the
T49.5 Thermocouple and Extension Lead Assembly (Ref. TASK 77-21-10-400-
008), (Ref. TASK 77-21-10-400-009), (Ref. TASK 77-21-10-400-026),
(Ref. TASK 77-21-10-400-027), (Ref. TASK 77-21-10-400-028), (Ref. TASK
77-21-10-400-029).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-54-00-410-100
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040)

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 810
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-54-00-440-068
R B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).
Subtask 72-54-00-410-101
C. Close Access
R (1) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-54-00

Page 811
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

LPT SHAFT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A. Low pressure turbine shaft
(1) The low pressure turbine (LPT) shaft module connects the fan shaft
with the LPT rotor. It is composed of the LPT shaft, center vent tube
and center vent tube rear extension duct. The aft end of the LPT
shaft is supported by the No. 5 bearing ; its forward end is coupled
with the fan shaft. The LPT shaft has 2 functions : coupling the
fan/booster rotor with the LPT rotor and providing for high pressure
turbine rear support through the No. 4 bearing. In addition, the LPT
shaft houses the center vent tube of the forward and aft engine
sumps.
(2) The LPT shaft module consists of the following major parts :
(a) LPT shaft.
(b) No. 4 roller bearing.
(c) No. 5 roller bearing.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
A. Low pressure Turbine Shaft
(1) The LPT shaft is made of steel alloy. It is located concentrically in

the high pressure rotor system. Its forward end is provided with
outer splines for coupling with the fan shaft. It is axially retained
by a shoulder and a coupling nut. At the aft end of the shaft, the
No. 4 and 5 bearings are located axially on both sides of an integral
hub.
On the rear face, the hub supports 2 rotating air/oil seals which
control the air circulation through the LPT rotor and the sump
pressurizing air. On the front face, the hub supports the turbine
rotor support.
(2) The center vent tube is made of composite material. It is installed

inside the LPT shaft. Its forward end is inserted in the LPT shaft
plug and its aft end is supported by the LPT shaft hub. It is
maintained coaxial in the LPT shaft through 2 inner locating
diameters: one at the front end of the LPT shaft; the other at the
rear end of the shaft.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Low Pressure Turbine Shaft Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Low Pressure Turbine Shaft Assembly

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

No. 4 and No. 5 Bearing Lubrication

Figure 003

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) The center vent tube rear extension duct is installed at the aft end
of the center vent tube. Its relative angular position is maintained
by locating pins, and axial retention is provided by an inner nut
threaded into the center vent tube. A centrifugal air/oil separator
is retained by a nut against a central shoulder on the duct. Its
relative angular position is maintained by slots at its front end.
B. No. 4 Bearing
The no. 4 bearing, which takes the high pressure turbine (HPT) rotor
radial loads, is a roller bearing installed between the HPT rear shaft
and the LPT shaft. The bearing outer race is housed in the HPT rear shaft
bore, and its inner race is bolted to the front face of the LPT shaft
integral hub. The inner race has a shoulder which would act as an
emergency bearing in case of roller failure. The inner race front end is
provided with a sump air seal.
C. No. 5 Bearing
The No. 5 Bearing supports the LPT rotor aft end inside the turbine frame
and takes the radial loads. The bearing outer race is mounted in the
turbine frame and its inner race is mounted at the rear of the LPT shaft
integral hub. Axial retention is provided by a retainer nut.
Retainer nut relative position is maintained by rivet.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

LPT SHAFT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________
TASK 72-55-00-960-002
Replacement of LPT Shaft Plug O-rings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific scriber
856A2632 1 PULLER
R 856A2668 1 KIT-PULLER ADAPTERS
R 856A2946 1 RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK
R 856A3793 1 FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 201
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R C. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20 retaining ring 72-55-00 01A-050

R 20 retaining ring 72-55-00 01B-050
R 40 O-ring 72-55-00 01A-030
R 40 O-ring 72-55-00 01A-030A
R 40 O-ring 72-55-00 01B-030
R 40 O-ring 72-55-00 01B-030A
R 50 O-ring 72-55-00 01A-020
R 50 O-ring 72-55-00 01A-020A
R 50 O-ring 72-55-00 01B-020
R 50 O-ring 72-55-00 01B-020A
R 70 retaining ring 72-55-00 01A-050
R 70 retaining ring 72-55-00 01B-050
R 80 damper seals 72-55-00 01B-060
R 90 O-ring 72-55-00 01A-030
R 90 O-ring 72-55-00 01A-030A
R 90 O-ring 72-55-00 01B-030
R 90 O-ring 72-55-00 01B-030A
R 100 O-ring 72-55-00 01A-020
R 100 O-ring 72-55-00 01A-020A
R 100 O-ring 72-55-00 01B-020
R 100 O-ring 72-55-00 01B-020A
R D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-55-00-991-301 Fig. 201
72-55-00-991-302 Fig. 202

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 202
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-55-00-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 72-55-00-010-051
B. Preparation for the replacement of LPT shaft plug O-rings
(1) Remove the spinner front cone.(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-005)
(2) Remove the spinner rear cone.(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-000-006)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-55-00-960-051
A. Replacement of LPT shaft plug O-rings
PRE CFM SB72-0436
(1) Replacement of LPT shaft plug O-rings
NOTE : You must do this procedure for engine without center vent tube
____
forward removable (CFM SB72-0436)
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-55-00-991-301)
R (a) Remove the retaining ring from forward end of LPT shaft, using a
R scriber.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 203
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Low Pressure Turbine Shaft Assembly (PRE CFM SB72-0436)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 204
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Low Pressure Turbine Shaft Assembly (PRE CFM SB72-0436)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 205
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (b) Remove LPT shaft plug (10) using the KIT-PULLER ADAPTERS
(856A2668G02) or PULLER (856A2632G01).
R (c) Remove and discard O-rings located in forward/aft grooves.
R (d) Remove the KIT-PULLER ADAPTERS (856A2668G02) or the PULLER

(856A2632G01) from the LPT shaft plug (10). Install the LPT shaft
plug (10) in the storage box.
CAUTION : ACETONE IS EXPLOSIVE, AN IRRITANT, AN ALLERGEN, AND HAS

_______
POISONOUS DETERIORATION. USE PERSONAL PROTECTION
EQUIPMENT. USE VAPOR/FUME CONTROL OR A RESPIRATOR.
(e) Clean the oil stains on the plug grooves with acetone (Material
No. CP1039).
(f) Clean the oil stains on the inner diameter of LPT forward shaft
with bent brush soaked with acetone (Material No. CP1039).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU CORRECTLY INSTALL A NEW O-RING IN

_______
THE SEAL GROOVE AT THE FORWARD END OF THE LPT SHAFT
PLUG.
IF THE O-RING IS NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED, DAMAGE TO THE
ENGINE CAN OCCUR.
R (g) Lightly coat new O-ring (40) and new O-ring (50) with engine oil
R (Material No. CP2442) and install into the seal grooves of LPT
R shaft.
(h) Install LPT shaft plug assembly into forward end of LPT shaft and
onto center vent tube.
NOTE : Insert lug of LPT shaft in aligned slots of LPT coupling

____
nut and LPT shaft.
R (i) Install retaining ring (20) onto LPT shaft.
1
_ Do a visual inspection to make sure of the correct
installation of retaining ring (20)
END OF PRE CFM SB72-0436
POST CFM SB72-0436

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 206
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(2) Replacement of the O-rings and Damper Seals on the center vent tube
forward removable
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 72-55-00-991-302)
WARNING : USE HEAT INSULATED GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH CHILLED OR HOTS
_______
PARTS TO PREVENT INJURY
WARNING : ENGINE OIL IS TOXIC. USE PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT. USE

_______
IN A WELL-VENTILATED AREA.
R (a) Install the RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK (856A2946G01) as follows:
R 1
_ Install the lower sector of the RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK
(856A2946G01) in position in the fan disk hole.
R 2
_ Attach the lower sector of the RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK
(856A2946G01) with the knurled screws.
R 3
_ Install the upper sector of the RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK
(856A2946G01) in position in the fan disk hole.
R 4
_ Attach the upper sector of the RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK
(856A2946G01) with the knurled screws.
R (b) Remove the retaining ring from the front of the LPT shaft.
R (c) Screw the tube of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT

(856A3793G02) in the center vent tube (60).
R (d) Install the support of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT

(856A3793G02) on the fan disk flange with four screws.
R (e) Engage the plate of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT

(856A3793G02) in the slot of the screw and attach it with the
knurled nut.
R (f) Manually turn clockwise the screw of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER

R PULLER-CVT (856A3793G02) to disengage the center vent tube (60)
from the LPT Shaft.
NOTE : You can use a wrench if the counter torque is important.

____
R (g) Remove the support of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT

(856A3793G02) from the fan disk flange.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 207
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Center Vent Tube Forward Removable (POST CFM SB72-0436)


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 208
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 209
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 210
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(h) Remove the center vent tube (60) equipped with the tube of
R fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT (856A3793G02) from the LPT
Shaft.
R (i) Remove the tube of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT

(856A3793G02) from the center vent tube.
R (j) Remove and discard O-rings located in forward/aft grooves ofthe

R center vent tube.
R (k) Remove and discard the damper seals located in the other grooves
R of the center vent tube.
(l) Clean the oil stains with acetone (Material No. CP1039) on the
center vent tube (60), in the O-rings (90) and (100) and damper
seals (80) grooves and in the inner diameter of the fan disk with
a lint-free cloth.
(m) Clean the oil stains on the inner diameter of LPT forward shaft
with bent brush soaked with acetone acetone (Material No.
CP1039).
(n) Install the center vent tube (60) in the storage box.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU CORRECTLY INSTALL THREE NEW DAMPER
_______
SEALS IN THE THREE SEAL GROOVES OF THE CENTER VENT
TUBE. YOU MUST HAVE THE PLATE FACE OF THE DAMPER SEALS
POINTED TO OUTER OF THE CENTER VENT TUBE. IF THE DAMPER
SEALS ARE NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED, DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE
CAN OCCUR.
R (o) Lightly coat three new damper seals (80) with engine oil
R (Material No. CP2442) and install them into their seal grooves of
R the center vent tube (60).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU CORRECTLY INSTALL TWO NEW O-RINGS IN
_______
THE SEAL GROOVE AT THE FORWARD END OF THE CENTER VENT
TUBE. IF THE O-RINGS ARE NOT CORRECTLY INSTALLED,
DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN OCCUR.
R (p) Lightly coat new O-ring (90) and new O-ring (100) with engine oil
R (Material No. CP2442) and install into the seal grooves of the
center vent tube (60).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 211
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(q) Prepare the center vent tube (60) for installation as follows:
R 1
_ Screw the tube of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT
(856A3793G02) in the center vent tube (60).
CAUTION : TAKE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE THE LPT SHAFT INTERNAL

_______
SUPPORTS AND PAINT DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE
CENTER VENT TUBE.
2
_ Align and install the center vent tube (60) into the LPT
Shaft.
3
_ Align the lug of the center vent tube (60) with the aligned
slots of the LPT Shaft and the LPT coupling.
R (r) Install the FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT (856A3793G02) as follows:
R 1
_ Install the support of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT
(856A3793G02) on the fan disk flange with four screws.
R 2
_ Engage the plate of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT
(856A3793G02) in the slot of the screw and attach it with the
knurled nut.
(s) Complete the installation of the center vent tube (60) as

follows:
CAUTION : TAKE CARE TO STOP TURN COUNTER-CLOCKWISE THE SCREW OF

_______
FIXTURE OF PUSHER/PULLER BEFORE THE LUG OF THE CENTER
VENT TUBE TOUCHES THE SLOT OF THE LPT SHAFT.
1
_ Manually turn counter-clockwise the screw of fixture of
R FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT (856A3793G02) to engage the center
vent tube (60) into the slot of the LPT Shaft.
NOTE : You can use a wrench if the counter torque is

____
important.
R 2
_ Remove the support of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT
(856A3793G02) from the fan disk flange.
R 3
_ Remove the tube of fixture of FIXTURE,PUSHER PULLER-CVT
(856A3793G02) from the center vent tube (60).
R (t) Install the retaining ring (70) onto the LPT shaft.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 212
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (u) Remove the RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK (856A2946G01) as follows:
R 1
_ Unscrew the knurled screws of the RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK
(856A2946G01) which attach the upper sector.
R 2
_ Remove the upper sector of the RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK
(856A2946G01) from the fan disk hole.
R 3
_ Unscrew the knurled screws of the RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK
(856A2946G01) which attach the lower sector.
R 4
_ Remove the lower sector of the RING-PROTECTIVE FAN DISK
(856A2946G01) from the fan disk hole.
(v) Do a visual inspection to make sure of the correct installation

of retaining ring (70).
END OF POST CFM SB72-0436
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-55-00-410-051
A. Install the Spinner Rear and Front Cone.
(1) Install the spinner rear cone.(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-006)
(2) Install the spinner front cone.(Ref. TASK 72-21-00-400-005)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-55-00

Page 213
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The turbine frame module is the major structure assembly at the rear of the
engine. It supports the low pressure turbine (LPT) rotor rear section and
provides for engine rear mounting on the airframe.
The turbine frame consists of the following major parts :
- Turbine frame.
- No. 5 bearing support.
2. Description
___________
Post SB CFMI 72-0368
NOTE : This descripton is for Turbine Frame with Tangential Symetrical

____
Section Struts only.
A. Turbine Frame with Tangential Symetrical Section Struts

(Ref. Fig. 002)
The turbine frame assembly is made of nickel alloy and consists of a hub
and a polygonal outer casing connected with tangential struts of a
symetrical section.
(Ref. Fig. 001)
(1) There are 16 struts, airfoil-shaped and tangential to the hub. The
struts provide internal passage for the following items :
(Ref. Fig. 003)
(a) Aft sump oil scavenge tube (No. 7 strut)
(b) Oil supply tube for the No. 4 and No. 5 bearings (No. 10 strut).
(2) The aft sump overboard seal drain tube is routed between struts No. 7
and No. 8.
(3) The front flange of the outer casing is bolted to the LPT case. The
outer casing rear flange supports the primary exhaust nozzle. At its
periphery, there are 3 clevis mounts for engine/airframe adaptation,
and 2 brackets for handling and installation on engine storage stand.
(Ref. Fig. 003)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Exploded View of Turbine Frame Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Turbine Frame Struts Section and Numbering

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Turbine Frame Section

Figure 003

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) On its front side, the hub of turbine frame has 2 attachment flanges
that are, from the center and outward:
- the hub inner front flange. This flange supports the No.5 bearing
support.
- the hub outer front flange. This flange supports the oil collector
(aft oil sump assembly).
(5) On its rear side, the turbine frame has the following attachment
items that are, from the center and outwards:
- a flange located on the hub of turbine frame. This flange provides
the support and attachment for the sheet metal flange assembly on
its mid circle. This sheet metal flange assembly itself supports
and centers the flame arrestor and also provides a rear support and
centering for the oil inlet cover on its inner circle, and also
supports and centers the flow path fairing on its outer circle.
- a circle of studs (quantity: 16). There is a stud projecting
rearward at the root section of each tangential strut. The studs
provide support and attachment for the engine exhaust plug
(centerbody) with nuts.
(6) The inner wall of the turbine frame gaspath is covered with the flow
path fairing. The flow path fairing is a one part bolted to the plate
lock, and to the flange assembly. This plate lock is mounted between
the TRF, and the exhaust plug on the aft side.
B. No. 5 Bearing Support for Turbine Frame with Tangential Symetrical

Section Struts
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The No. 5 bearing support is made of steel alloy. Its outer flange is
attached, with the oil collector (aft oil sump assembly), to the turbine
frame with bolts. The inner front bore of the No. 5 bearing support
accomodates the No. bearing outer race and an adjusting sleeve.
The rear face of the support carries the oil inlet cover which supports
the oil supply tube for the No. 4 and 5 bearings, and provides for
pressurization of the dual air/oil seal installed at the rear end of the
center vent tube rear extension duct.
The oil inlet cover supports the rear extension duct. The No. 5 bearing
support has machined passages for :
- Pressurizing air to the oil inlet cover.
- Sump bleed air to the center vent tube.
- Oil to the scavenge tube.
- Oil to the No.5 bearing squeeze film vibration damping system.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Oil Pressurizing Seals-Location

Figure 004

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 72-56-00-000-001
Removal of the Flame Arrestor and Flange Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To allow the inspection/check and the cleaning of the rear sump oil supply
tube in the LPT frame.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-56-00-991-300-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-56-00-941-052

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-56-00-010-055
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the core nozzle (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-000-041).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-56-00-991-300-A)
Subtask 72-56-00-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Flame Arrestor
(1) Remove the six bolts (20) which attach the flame arrestor (30) to the
oil inlet cover through the flange assembly (160).
Subtask 72-56-00-020-051-A
B. Removal of the Flange Assembly
NOTE : This procedure is for Turbine Frame with Tangential Symetrical

____
(1) Remove the sixteen bolts (150) which attach the flow path fairing to
the outer circle of the flange assembly (160) through the plate lock
(170).
(2) Remove the twenty four bolts (70) which attach the mid circle of the
flange assembly (160) to the LPT frame hub rear flange.
(3) Remove the flange assembly (160) from the LPT frame.
(4) Remove and discard the gasket seal (80).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 402
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Flame Arrestor and Flange Assembly

Figure 401/TASK 72-56-00-991-300-A

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 403
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-56-00-400-001
Installation of the Flame Arrestor and Flange Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 gasket seal 72-56-00 02A-010

80 gasket seal 72-56-00 02B-010

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 404
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-56-00-991-300-A Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-56-00-860-050
engine.
(3) Make sure that the core nozzle is removed (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-000-
041).
(4) Make sure that the centerbody is removed (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-
041).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-56-00-991-300-A)
Subtask 72-56-00-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Flange Assembly
NOTE : This procedure is for Turbine Frame with Tangential Symmetrical

____
Section Structs only.
(1) Install a new gasket seal (80) on the rear flange of the oil inlet
cover.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 405
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(2) Install the flange assembly (160) in position on the LPT frame with
flow path fairing and plate lock (170) installed.
(3) Lubricate the threads of bolts (70) with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE GASKET SEAL IS IN THE CORRECT POSITION
_______
ON THE REAR FLANGE OF THE OIL INLET COVER.
NOTE : Make sure that the flange assembly is correctly positioned

____
with the aft sump overboard seal drain tube in its position.
(4) Attach the flange assembly (160) with twenty four bolts (70) to the
hub inner rear flange of LPT frame.
m.daN).
No. CP2101).
(7) Attach the flange assembly (160) with sixteen bolts (150) to the flow
path fairing installed on LPT frame through the plate lock (170).
m.daN).
Subtask 72-56-00-420-051-A
B. Installation of the Flame Arrestor
No. CP2101).
(2) Install the flame arrestor (30) in position on the flange assembly
(160).
(3) Attach the flame arrestor with six bolts (20).
m.daN).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 406
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-56-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the core nozzle (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-400-041).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 407
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-56-00-000-002
Removal of the Oil Inlet Cover Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

856A3419 1 ADAPTER, PULLER - OIL INLET COVER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-56-00-000-001 Removal of the Flame Arrestor and Flange Assembly

72-56-00-991-301-A Fig. 402
72-56-00-991-302-A Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-56-00-941-053

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 408
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-56-00-010-056
B. Remove the flame arrestor and the flange assembly (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-
000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-56-00-991-301-A, 403/TASK 72-56-00-991-302-A)
Subtask 72-56-00-020-052-A
A. Removal of the Rear Sump Oil Supply Tubes

____
(1) Cut and remove all the lockwires which safety the tube coupling nuts.

_______
(2) Loosen the coupling nuts of the oil supply tube (170) from the nipple
(180), on the oil inlet cover (160) and from the oil supply tube
(220), in the LPT frame strut.
(3) Loosen both coupling nuts of the damping oil tube (200) from the
nipple (210) on the No. 5 bearing support and from the oil supply
tube (170).
(4) Remove the damping oil tube (200) and the oil supply tube (170).
Subtask 72-56-00-020-053-A
B. Removal of the Oil Inlet Cover
NOTE : For Turbine Frame with Tangential Symetrical Section Structs only.
____
(1) Remove the bolts (30) which attach the oil inlet cover (160) to the
No. 5 bearing support.
(2) Install the ADAPTER, PULLER - OIL INLET COVER (856A3419G02), on the
rear flange of the oil inlet cover (160).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 409
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Oil Inlet Cover

Figure 402/TASK 72-56-00-991-301-A

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 410
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Aft Sump Oil Supply Tubes

Figure 403/TASK 72-56-00-991-302-A

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 411
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Remove the oil inlet cover (160).
(4) Remove and discard the O-ring (20).
(5) Remove and discard the gasket seal (230).
(6) Remove the ADAPTER, PULLER - OIL INLET COVER (856A3419G02), from the
oil inlet cover (160).
(7) Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the nipple (180) to the
oil inlet cover (160).
(8) Remove the nipple (180) from the oil inlet cover (160).
Subtask 72-56-00-210-055
C. Inspection of the oil inlet cover
(1) Check for rubs marks from seal teeth in the abradable coating of the
oil inlet cover.
(a) If marks are found with an average less than 0.010 in. (0.2539
mm) (0.2539 mm) deep over entire circumference, the oil inlet
cover is serviceable.
(b) If marks are found with an average more than 0.010 in. (0.2539
mm) deep over entire circumference, the oil inlet cover must be
sent to shop for repair.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 412
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-56-00-400-002
Installation of the Oil Inlet Cover Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
856A2794 1 TOOL SET SEAL FITTING AGB-TGB
856A3419 1 ADAPTER, PULLER - OIL INLET COVER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP8001 USA AMS 5687

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 413
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 O-ring 72-56-00 02A-130

20 O-ring 72-56-00 02A-130A
20 O-ring 72-56-00 02B-130
20 O-ring 72-56-00 02B-130A
190 O-ring 72-56-00 02A-080
190 O-ring 72-56-00 02A-080A
190 O-ring 72-56-00 02A-080B
190 O-ring 72-56-00 02B-080
190 O-ring 72-56-00 02B-080A
190 O-ring 72-56-00 02B-080B
230 Gasket seal 72-56-00 02A-140
230 Gasket seal 72-56-00 02B-140
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-56-00-400-001 Installation of the Flame Arrestor and Flange
Assembly
72-56-00-991-301-A Fig. 402
72-56-00-991-302-A Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-56-00-860-051
engine.
(3) Make sure that the flame arrestor and the flange assembly are removed
(Ref. TASK 72-56-00-000-001).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 414
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-56-00-991-301-A, 403/TASK 72-56-00-991-302-A)
Subtask 72-56-00-420-052-A
A. Installation of the Oil Inlet Cover (80)
NOTE : For Turbine Frame with Tangential Symetrical Section Struts only.
____
(1) Lubricate a new O-ring (190) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442).
(2) Install the O-ring (190) on the nipple (180), with the TOOL SET SEAL
FITTING AGB-TGB (856A2794G01).
(3) Install the nipple (180) on the oil inlet cover (160) at 7:00 oclock
position, aft looking forward. Tighten by hand to seat.
(4) TORQUE the nipple (180) to between 180 and 195 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.20
m.daN).
(5) Safety the nipple (180) to the oil inlet cover (160) with lockwire
0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in.
(0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002).
(7) Install the O-ring (20) in the front groove on the oil inlet cover
(160).
(8) Position a new Gasket seal (230) on the oil inlet cover (160).
(9) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (30) with graphite grease
(10) Install the oil inlet cover (160) with the ADAPTER, PULLER - OIL
INLET COVER (856A3419G02), in the LPT frame. Match the position of
the oil inlet cover flange with the oil scavenge tube which comes out
at the bottom of the No. 5 bearing support.
(11) Attach the oil inlet cover (160) to the No. 5 bearing support with
bolts (30).
m.daN).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 415
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(13) Safety bolts with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No.
CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002).
Subtask 72-56-00-420-053-A
B. Installation of the Oil Supply Tubes

____
NOTE : Make sure that Oil Supply Tube in the LPT frame is correctly
____
positioned.
(1) Put the oil supply tube (170) and the damping oil tube (200) in
position.
(2) Connect the damping oil tube (200) to the nipple (210) of the No. 5
bearing support and to the oil supply tube (170). Tighten the
coupling nuts by hand.
(3) Connect the oil supply tube (170) to the nipple (180) and to the oil
supply tube (220). Tighten the coupling nuts by hand.
(4) Make sure the oil tubes are installed without strain.

_______
(5) TORQUE both coupling nuts of the damping oil tube (200) to between 90
(6) Safety the coupling nuts with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia
(Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material
No. CP8002).
(7) TORQUE both coupling nuts of the oil tube (170) to between 270 and
300 lbf.in (3.05 and 3.39 m.daN).
(8) Safety the coupling nuts with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia
(Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material
No. CP8002).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 416
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-56-00-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the flange assembly and the flame arrestor (Ref. TASK 72-56-
00-400-001).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 417
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________
TASK 72-56-00-210-002
Inspection/Check of the Turbine Frame Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-56-00-300-003 Replacement of Defective Studs
R 72-56-00-300-006 Replacement of the Oil Supply Tube Assembly
Assembly
Maintenance
Maintenance
72-56-00-991-305 Fig. 601

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 601
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-56-00-941-051
1(2).
Subtask 72-56-00-010-053
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-56-00-040-051
Subtask 72-56-00-010-054

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-56-00-991-305)
Subtask 72-56-00-210-051
A. Visual inspection of the Turbine Frame Assembly:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Forward and aft outer

flanges for :
- Cracks connecting Not serviceable

bolt holes
- Cracks extending One crack 0.20 in. (5.1

from bolt holes to mm) max. per hole with a
outer edge of minimum 5-hole
flange. separation between
cracks.
- Cracks extending Five cracks 0.20 in.

from bolt holes (5.1 mm) max. per flange
toward casing skin. with a minimum 10-hole
separation between
cracks. Axial cracks
only.
- Cracks in other Five cracks per flange

areas of flange. 0.20 in. (5.1 mm) long
with a minimum 5 in.
(127 mm) separation
between any other
cracks.
- Nicks, scores and Five per flange 1 in.

scratches. (25.4 mm) long, 0.01 in.
(0.25 mm) dup, after
with 1 in. (25.4 mm)
minimum separation.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Turbine Frame Struts


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 605
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 606
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 607
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 608
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Engine mounting lug
areas, airframe
attach points only
for :
- Cracks out of bolt Not serviceable

holes
- Cracks in welds or Not serviceable

in other areas of
engine mounting lug
area.
- Nicks, scores and Any number 1 in. (25.4

scratches. mm) long, 0.02 in. (0.5
(25.4 mm) minimum
separation.
3. All other areas of

outer casing skin for
:
- Cracks Not serviceable.
- Nicks, scores and Any number 1 in.

scratches. (25.4mm) long, 0.03 in.
(0.76 mm) deep after
and 1 in. (25.4 mm)
minimum apart.
4. Oil supply and

scavenge tubes for :
R - Cracks Not serviceable. Replace the oil supply

R tube (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-
R 300-006).
R - Nicks, scratches Any number 0.01 in. Replace the oil supply
R (0.25 mm) deep after tube (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-
R removal of high metal. 300-006).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 609
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Dents Two per tube, smooth Replace the oil supply
R contour 0.05 in. (1.27 tube (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-
R mm) deep. 300-006).
- Oil marks Any amount
5. Struts for:
- Cracks Not serviceable.
- Nicks, scores and Any number, any length

scratches. 0.02 in. (0.51 mm) deep
after removal of high
metal.
- Dents Any number, smooth

contour 0.02 in. (0.51
mm) deep.
- Broken stud or Three (3) maximum: Replace stud (Ref. TASK

damaged threads - If not adjacent to 72-56-00-300-003) within
each other: 500 hours/500 cycles.
500hrs/500cyc
- If two (2)
non-serviceable studs
are adjacent, but the
third one is separated
from them by two (2)
serviceable studs:
500hrs/500cyc
6. No. 7 and No. 10

struts (oil supply
and scavenge tubes)
bulkheads for:
- Cracks in the Two cracks, any lenght

bulkhead wall on each bulkhead
- Cracks from the Not serviceable

bulkhead, extending
in the hub skin

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 610
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Sump flooding boss
area for:
- Cracks in the hub Two cracks, no longer

than 1 in. (25.4 mm) and
1 in. (25.4 mm) apart,
minimum
Flame arrestor for:
- cracks in all areas Any number

including the
retaining metal
strip
- Missing retaining Serviceable, if one

strips strip remains
- Honeycomb grid plug Any area up to 50

for obturation percent of obturation
- Honeycomb missing Not serviceable Replace the flame arrestor

within the next 10 cycles
(Ref. TASK 72-56-00-000-
001) (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-
400-001)
8. Thermal insulation Not serviceable Install a new blanket. See

blankets overserviceable limit
- missing or extension (Ref. TASK 72-
protuding blanket 00-00-200-025)
in the flowpath
9. Guide bushing for the

oil supply tube for:
- worn area No more than 0.06 in.

(1.52 mm)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 611
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- flush with the LPT Not serviceable 600 cycles or 750 hours
bore max serviceable extension
is allowed with less than
0.06 in. (1.52 mm). 25
cycles or 50 hours max
serviceable extension is
allowed with more than
0.06 in. (1.52 mm).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-56-00-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-56-00-440-051
Subtask 72-56-00-410-054
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 612
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY - CLEANING/PAINTING
__________________________________________
TASK 72-56-00-100-001
Cleaning of the Oil Inlet Cover
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use this procedure to clean the oil inlet cover.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-56-00-000-002 Removal of the Oil Inlet Cover Assembly

72-56-00-400-002 Installation of the Oil Inlet Cover Assembly
SPM 70-21-11
SPM 70-21-12
SPM 70-21-31
72-56-00-991-303 Fig. 701
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-56-00-941-054

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 701
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-56-00-010-057
B. Remove the oil inlet cover (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-56-00-991-303)
Subtask 72-56-00-110-050
A. Degreasing of the Oil Inlet Cover
(1) Solvent degreasing (alternative procedure available)

- refer to CFMI SPM (Ref. SPM 70-21-11), Solvent Degreasing of all
materials, except Titanium Alloys.
(2) Vapor degreasing (alternative procedure)

- refer to CFMI SPM (Ref. SPM 70-21-12), Vapor Degreasing.
NOTE : Use one of these procedures to remove oil and grease from the
____
oil inlet cover.
Subtask 72-56-00-130-050
B. Cleaning of the Oil Inlet Cover

- refer to CFMI SPM (Ref. SPM 70-21-31), Descalling ferrous alloys.
Subtask 72-56-00-210-052
C. Inspection of the Oil Nozzle
(1) Make sure that the oil nozzle is clean and clear of unwanted
material.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 702
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Cleaning of the Oil Inlet Cover

Figure 701/TASK 72-56-00-991-303

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 703
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-56-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the oil inlet cover (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-400-002).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 704
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-56-00-100-002
Cleaning of the Aft Sump Oil Supply Tube
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Use this procedure to clean the aft sump oil supply tube where it goes
through the No. 10 turbine frame strut, when you suspect signs of cocking in
this oil supply tube, after an air flow check of the aft sump oil supply
circuit.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-56-00-000-002 Removal of the Oil Inlet Cover Assembly

72-56-00-400-002 Installation of the Oil Inlet Cover Assembly
SPM 70-21-17
72-56-00-991-304-A Fig. 702
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-56-00-941-055

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 705
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-56-00-010-058
B. Remove the oil inlet cover (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-56-00-991-304-A)
Subtask 72-56-00-110-051
A. Degreasing and Cleaning of the Aft Sump Oil Supply Tube
(1) Connect steel tubing and an approved pump to the oil supply tube
ends.
(2) Do the cleaning of internal lube oil tube (Ref. SPM 70-21-17).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-56-00-410-059
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the oil inlet cover (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-400-002).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 706
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Cleaning of the Aft Sump Oil Supply Tube

Figure 702/TASK 72-56-00-991-304-A

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 707
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R TASK 72-56-00-100-005
R Cleaning of the Aft Sump Oil Scavenge Tube
R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Use this procedure to clean the aft sump oil scavenge tube where it goes
R through the No. 7 turbine frame strut, when you suspect signs of coking in
R this oil scavenge tube, after an air flow check of the aft sump oil scavenge
R circuit.
R 2. ______________________
R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific warning notice

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 1.00 to 10.00 m.daN
R (8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 2.00 to 20.00 m.daN
R (15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
R 856A3492 1 TBD
R B. Consumable Materials
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R alcohol-isopropyl (Ref. 70-30-00)
R kerosene (Ref. 70-30-00)
R lubricant-molybdenum disulfide, solid-molykote G
R (Ref. 70-30-00)
R engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
R lubricant oil WD-40 (Ref. 70-30-00)
R safetywire (Ref. 70-30-00)
R safety cable (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 708
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R C. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 72-56-00-000-002 Removal of the Oil Inlet Cover Assembly

R 72-56-00-400-002 Installation of the Oil Inlet Cover Assembly
R SPM 702117
R 72-56-00-991-306 Fig. 703
R 72-56-00-991-307 Fig. 704
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 72-56-00-941-063
R A. Safety Precautions
R (1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
R (a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.
R (2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
R minutes before you do this procedure.
R (3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
R (a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
R pushbutton switch is off.
R (b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
R 1(2).
R Subtask 72-56-00-010-069
R B. Remove the oil inlet cover (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-000-002).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 709
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-56-00-991-306, 704/TASK 72-56-00-991-307)
R Subtask 72-56-00-020-065
R A. Disconnect the oil scavenge tube
R CAUTION : USE TWO WRENCHES TO LOOSEN THE TUBE COUPLING NUTS. USE ONE
_______
R WRENCH TO HOLD THE NIPPLE FITTING. USE THE OTHER WRENCH TO
R LOOSEN THE COUPLING NUT. IF THE NIPPLE FITTING TURNS, DAMAGE
R CAN OCCUR.
R (1) Disconnect the aft sump oil scavenge tube from the oil scavenge tube,
R at the No. 7 TRF strut.
R CAUTION : USE THE COUNTER WRENCH TO LOOSEN THE TUBE COUPLING NUTS.
_______
R OTHER WRENCHES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE HARDWARE.
R (2) Disconnect the oil scavenge tube from the nipple of the No. 5 bearing
R support.
R (Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-56-00-991-306)
R (a) Cut and remove the safetywire between the nipple, at the 6
R oclock position of the No. 5 bearing support nipple, and the
R coupling nut of the oil scavenge tube.
R (b) Install the TBD (856A3492) (G03) or (G04) on the TRF flange:
R 1
_ Loosen the four counter wrench bolts.
R 2
_ Install the counter wrench on the No. 5 bearing support
R nipple.
R 3
_ Tighten the two support bolts on the turbine rear frame.
R 4
_ Do a clockwise rotation on the counter wrench to take up and
R tighten the four counter wrench bolts.
R (c) Disconnect the oil scavenge tube from the nipple of the No. 5
R bearing support with the oil scavenge tube nut wrench.
R (d) Remove the counter wrench from the TRF flange.
R (e) Disengage the guide bushing of the oil scavenge tube from the 5
R oclock boss of the TRF outer case to get access to the oil
R scavenge tube upper end.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 710
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Subtask 72-56-00-290-050
R B. Do a visual inspection of the oil scavenge tube with a flexible borescope

R tool of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.) dia. and a light source.
R (1) Make sure that it is free of any particles/contamination. If you find

R any signs of oil coking, remove the oil scavenge tube to do a
R chemical cleaning.
R Subtask 72-56-00-110-054
R C. If the borescope check of the oil scavenge tube shows coking

R contamination, degrease and clean the tube as follows:
R (1) Attach the steel tubing and the pump to the removed oil scavenge
R tube.
R NOTE : You must use steel tubing and an acceptable pump to do this
____
R procedure.
R (2) Clean the internal oil tubes (Ref. SPM 702117).
R (3) Do a visual inspection of the cleaned oil scavenge tube with a

R flexible borescope tool of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.)
R dia. and a light source after cleaning to make sure that it is free
R of any particles/contamination before re-installation.
R (a) No oil coked particles/contamination is permitted.
R (b) Repeat the cleaning task until the tube is free of

R particles/contamination.
R (4) Disconnect the cleaned tube from the steel tubing and the pump.
R Subtask 72-56-00-110-055
R D. Degrease and mechanically clean the oil scavenge tube (not removable) as
R follows:
R NOTE : This is a mechanical cleaning because the tube is non-removable.

____
R (1) Put protection on the No. 5 bearing to prevent any contamination by

R the material.
R NOTE : Be careful to put protection equipment on the No. 5 bearing

____
R before you start a mechanical cleaning of the oil scavenge
R line.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 711
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Oil Scavenge Tube Nut


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 712
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Oil Scavenge Tube Nut


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 713
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Oil Scavenge Line Cleaning


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 714
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Oil Scavenge Line Cleaning


EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 715
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (2) Put protection on all the cavities and tube ends to prevent any
R contamination by the material.
R (3) Put a cap for the oil scavenge tube on the outer case side.
R (4) Put a sufficient quantity of lubricant oil WD-40 (Material No.

R CP2554) to fill the tube and keep it for a sufficient time to affect
R the coking in the concerned area.
R (5) Put a container under the tube to collect the penetrant corrosion
R inhibitor.
R (6) Remove the cap from the tube and collect the penetrant corrosion
R inhibitor.
R (7) Turn the tube in its position to get access to the ends of the tube.
R (8) Introduce a cylinder-brush tool through the tube ends and move the
R tool to the coked area.
_______
R CLOTHES IF THE FUEL TOUCHES THEM. FLUSH YOUR SKIN FULLY
R WITH WATER WHERE THE FUEL TOUCHED YOU. FUEL CAN BURN YOUR
R SKIN.
R (9) Put a small quantity of kerosene (Material No. CP1065) with a filler
R tool in the tube.
R (10) Do an alternative movement of rotation on the tool to break the

R coking contamination.
R (11) Extract the tool and use lint-free cloths to collect the coked
R particle.
_______
R CLOTHES IF THE FUEL TOUCHES THEM. FLUSH YOUR SKIN FULLY
R WITH WATER WHERE THE FUEL TOUCHED YOU. FUEL CAN BURN YOUR
R SKIN.
R (12) Clean the cylinder-brush tool with kerosene (Material No. CP1065).
R CAUTION : DO NOT INTRODUCE ANY PARTICULES/CONTAMINATION TO THE

_______
R INTERNAL SIDE OF BEARING SUPPORT TO PREVENT BEARING
R CONTAMINATION. IF NOT, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO ENGINE.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 716
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (a) Repeat the cleaning until tube is free of
R WARNING : DO NOT LET THE FUEL TOUCH YOUR SKIN OR CLOTHES. REMOVE
_______
R YOUR CLOTHES IF THE FUEL TOUCHES THEM. FLUSH YOUR SKIN
R FULLY WITH WATER WHERE THE FUEL TOUCHED YOU. FUEL CAN
R BURN YOUR SKIN.
R WARNING : CLEANING SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE, VOLATILE, TOXIC. THEY

_______
R SHOULD BE USED WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION. AVOID
R PROLONGED BREATHING OF VAPORS AND REPEATED OR PROLONGED
R CONTACT WITH THE SKIN, OR CLOTHING.
R NOTE : No oil coked particles/contamination is permitted.

____
R (13) Do a flushing of the tube with kerosene (Material No. CP1065) or

R alcohol-isopropyl (Material No. CP1041).
R (14) Dry the tube with a clean compressed air source or nitrogen source.
R (15) Do a visual inspection of the cleaned tube with a flexible borescope

R tool of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.) dia. and a light
R source after cleaning to make sure that it is free of any
R particles/contamination before you use it again.
R (16) Do a mechanical cleaning of the nipple of the No. 5 bearing support

R at the 6 oclock position to remove any signs of oil coking.
R (17) Dry and clean the nipple with a compressed air source or nitrogen
R source.
R (18) Do a visual inspection of the cleaned tube with a flexible borescope

R tool of 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.) to 4 mm (0.1574 in.) dia. and a light
R source after cleaning to make sure that it is free of any
R particles/contamination before the installation of the oil scavenge
R tube.
R (a) Repeat the cleaning until the nipple is free of

R NOTE : No oil coked particles/contamination is permitted.

____

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 717
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Subtask 72-56-00-420-063
R E. Reconnection of the oil scavenge line
R (1) Reconnect the oil scavenge line as follows:
R (a) Remove the protection from the No. 5 bearing cavity and oil
R scavenge tube ends.
R (b) Apply a thin layer of lubricant-molybdenum disulfide, solid-

R molykote G (Material No. CP2104) with a spray gun on the guide
R bushing of the oil scavenge tube.
R (c) Engage the guide bushing of the oil scavenge tube into the boss
R of the TRF at the 5 oclock position.
R (d) Connect the coupling nut of oil scavenge tube to the 6 oclock
R nipple on the No. 5 bearing support. Tighten the coupling nut by
R hand.
R CAUTION : ALWAYS INSTALL THE COUNTER WRENCH ON THE NIPPLE OF THE

_______
R NUMBER-5 BEARING SUPPORT. THEN LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE
R COUPLING NUT OF THE OIL SCAVENGE TUBE. THIS WILL HELP
R TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE NIPPLE.
R (2) Install the TBD (856A3492) (G03) or (G04) on the TRF flange.
R (a) Loosen the four counter wrench bolts.
R (b) Install the counter wrench on the No. 5 bearing support nipple.
R (c) Tighten the two support bolts on the turbine rear frame.
R (d) Do a clockwise rotation on the counter wrench to take up and

R tighten the four counter wrench bolts.
R (3) Tighten the coupling nut of the oil scavenge tube to between 5 and 6
R m.daN (36.87 and 44.24 lbf.ft) with the oil scavenge tube nut wrench.
R (a) Attach with safetywire (Material No. CP8001) or safety cable

R (Material No. CP8006).
R (4) Remove the counter wrench from the TRF flange.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 718
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (5) Reconnect the rear sump oil scavenge tube to the oil scavenge tube.
R (Ref. Fig. 704/TASK 72-56-00-991-307)
R WARNING : DO NOT LET THE ENGINE OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG
_______
R TIME. FLUSH OIL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS
R POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.
R (a) Apply a layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) on the threads
R of the rear sump oil scavenge tube.
R CAUTION : USE TWO WRENCHES TO TIGHTEN THE TUBE COUPLING NUTS. USE
_______
R ONE WRENCH TO HOLD THE NIPPLE FITTING. USE THE OTHER
R WRENCH TO TIGHTEN THE COUPLING NUT. IF THE NIPPLE
R FITTING TURNS, DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
R (b) Tighten the coupling nuts to between 10.2 and 12.4 m.daN (75.22
R and 91.44 lbf.ft).
R (c) Safety the coupling nut to the nipple with safetywire (Material
R No. CP8001) or safety cable (Material No. CP8006).
R 5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 72-56-00-410-071
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (2) Install the oil inlet cover (Ref. TASK 72-56-00-400-002).
R (3) Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 719
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY - REPAIRS
________________________________
TASK 72-56-00-300-003
Replacement of Defective Studs
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-56-00-991-310 Fig. 801

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 801
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-56-00-010-065
A. Get Access
(2) Remove the center body (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-041).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-56-00-991-310)
Subtask 72-56-00-869-054
A. Preparation for Replacement
(1) Clear away the stud to repair by removing the attachment bolts on the
rear flange of the two adjacent thermal insulation blankets and
lifting them.
After SB 72-247
(2) Clear away the stud to repair by removing the attachment bolts and
washers on the rear flange of the two adjacent thermal insulation
blankets and lifting them.
END of SB 72-247
Subtask 72-56-00-350-052
B. Replace defective studs
(1) Remove the tack weld which safeties the defective stud to the frame.
To do this, use a small, narrow grinding wheel.
NOTE : Be careful not to cut into the metal of the frame when you do
____
the grinding.
(2) Loosen and remove the stud. Discard it.
(3) Complete the removal of the remaining tack weld material. To do this,
use a small, manual grind tool.
(4) Blow the areas adjacent to the hole for the stud with shop air.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 802
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Replacement of the Defective Studs on the Turbine Frame

Figure 801/TASK 72-56-00-991-310

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 803
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(5) Apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) on the
stud threads which go in the hole of the frame.
(6) Tighten the new stud by hand on the turbine frame. Then use a torque
wrench to complete the installation. TORQUE the stud to between 243.8
and 269.5 lbf.in (2.75 and 3.04 m.daN).
(7) Loose the stud and TORQUE it a second time to between 243.8 and 269.5
NOTE : You must do the tack welding of the new stud in shop, at the
____
next maintenance opportunity.
(8) Apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) on the
bolts which secure the thermal insulation blankets.
PRE CFM SB 72-247
(9) Re-install the two adjacent thermal insulation blankets with

attachment bolts on the rear flange.
END of PRE CFM SB 72-247
POST CFM SB 72-247
(10) Re-install the two adjacent thermal insulation blankets with washers
and attachment bolts on the rear flange.
END of CFM SB 72-247
(11) TORQUE the bolts to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24 m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-56-00-410-065
A. Close Access
(1) Install the center body (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-400-041).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 804
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-56-00-300-004
Replacement of Defective or Missing Thermal Insulation Blankets (On Radial

Struts TRF Only)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-56-00-991-320 Fig. 802

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 805
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-56-00-010-066
A. Get Access
(2) Remove the center body (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-041).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-56-00-991-320)
Subtask 72-56-00-350-053
A. Replacement of defective or missing thermal insulation blankets
(1) Replacement of items (30), (40) (and (50) for POST CFM SB 72-554)
PRE CFM SB 72-247
(a) Remove the attachments bolts (10) from the rear flange of the
thermal insulation blanket.
POST CFM SB 72-247
(b) Remove the attachment bolts (10) and washers (20) from the rear
flange of the thermal insulation blanket.
(c) Remove the blanket by lifting the rear flange, then pull and
twist it.
NOTE : Be careful to not damage the seal cover when you disengage
____
the thermal insulation blanket.
(d) Install the new thermal insulation blanket items (30),(40) (and
50 for POST CFM SB 72-554).
NOTE : Be careful to not damage the seal cover when you engage
____
the front edge of the thermal insulation blanket.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 806
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-56-00

Page 807
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Replacement of the Thermal Insulation Blankets


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 808
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Replacement of the Thermal Insulation Blankets


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 809
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(e) Apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) on
the bolts.
PRE CFM SB 72-247
(f) Install the two bolts (10) securing the blanket.
POST CFM SB 72-247
(g) Install the two washers (20) and two bolts (10) securing the
blanket.
(h) TORQUE the bolts to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24
m.daN).
(2) Removal of item (50) (for PRE CFM SB 72-554)
PRE CFM SB 72-247
(a) Remove the attachments bolts (10) from the rear flange of the
thermal insulation blanket.
POST CFM SB 72-247
(b) Remove the attachment bolts (10) and washers (20) from the rear
flange of the thermal insulation blanket.
(c) Stretch the old thermal insulation blankets
CAUTION : THE REMOVAL OF THE OLD THERMAL INSULATION BLANKETS

_______
BETWEEN STRUTS 2-3, 7-8, 10-11 AND 15-16 MUST BE
PERFORMED CAREFULLY DUE TO THEIR SPECIFIC SHAPE. TAKE
CARE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO ADJACENT PARTS WHEN YOU PUT
THE BLANKETS OUT OF SHAPE TO PERMIT THEIR REMOVAL.
1
_ Stretch the old thermal insulation blankets out of shape as
necessary to permit their disengagement from the heat shield
and their removal from the LPT frame.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 810
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(d) Install the new thermal insulation blanket item (50).
NOTE : Be careful to not damage the seal cover when you engage
____
the front edge of the thermal insulation blanket.
(e) Apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) on

the bolts.
PRE CFM SB 72-247
(f) Install the two bolts (10) securing the blanket.
POST CFM SB 72-247
(g) Install the two washers (20) and two bolts (10) securing the
blanket.
(h) TORQUE the bolts to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24
m.daN).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-56-00-410-066
A. Close Access
(1) Install the center body (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-400-041).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 811
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-56-00-300-006
Replacement of the Oil Supply Tube Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R This procedure is done to replace the oil supply tube assembly.

R This procedure is applicable only for engines Post SB CFM 72-0403 or Post SB
R CFM 72-0499.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
856A2677 1 FIXTURE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

molykote G rapid plus (solid lubricant)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Safetywire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) DIA (Ref.70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Safetywire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) DIA (Ref.70-30-00)
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 812
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 oil supply tube 72-56-00 02A-190

70 oil supply tube 72-56-00 02B-190
80 coupling nut 72-56-00 02A-180
80 coupling nut 72-56-00 02B-180
90 retaining ring 72-56-00 02A-170
90 retaining ring 72-56-00 02B-170
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assembly
72-56-00-991-311 Fig. 803
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-56-00-941-062
(2) Make sure that the engine 1 (2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1 (2)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 813
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1
(2).
Subtask 72-56-00-010-068
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the core nozzle assembly (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-000-041).
(3) Remove the flame arrestor and the flange assembly (Ref. TASK 72-56-
00-000-001).
NOTE : Discard the gasket seal installed between the flame arrestor
____
and the flange assembly.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-56-00-300-051
A. Replacement of the Oil Supply Tube Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-56-00-991-311)
(1) Disconnect the oil supply tube assembly (10) from the rear sump oil
supply tube (60) as follows:

_______
(a) Put a container under the engine, before you disconnect the
coupling nut (20) of the oil supply tube assembly (10), to
collect the drained oil.
CAUTION : USE TWO WRENCHES TO LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE TUBE COUPLING

_______
NUTS. ONE WRENCH TO HOLD THE UNION AND ONE TO LOOSEN OR
TIGHTEN THE COUPLING NUT. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE
HARDWARE.
(b) Loosen the coupling nut (20), which attaches the rear sump
oil-supply tube (60) to the oil supply tube assembly (10).
(c) Loosen the bolt and nut that attach the rear sump oil-supply tube
(60) through the shield and clamp from the turbine rear-frame
outer case.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 814
Aug 01/07
R
IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Removal/Installation of the Oil Supply Tube Assembly

R Figure 803/TASK 72-56-00-991-311

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 815
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(d) Disconnect the coupling nut (20) of the oil supply tube assembly
(10) from the rear sump oil tube (60) at the turbine rear-frame
outer case.
(2) Remove the oil supply tube assembly as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the safetywires from the coupling nuts.

_______
HARDWARE.
(b) Loosen the coupling nut between the damping oil tube (110) and
the oil tube (50).
(c) Loosen the coupling nut (80) between the oil supply tube assembly
(10) and the oil tube (50).
(d) Loosen the coupling nut between the oil tube (50) and the nipple
(120) on the oil inlet cover (100).
(e) Disconnect and remove the oil tube (50).
(f) Pull and remove the retaining ring (90), which attaches the
R coupling nut (80) on the oil supply tube (70). Use the tool set
R FIXTURE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL to remove the retaining ring.
(g) Remove the coupling nut (80) from the oil supply tube assembly
(10).
(h) Pull the oil supply tube (70) down through the No. 10 strut at 7
oclock position to fully disengage its guide bushing from the
boss.
(i) Remove the oil supply tube (70) from the turbine rear-frame outer
case.
(3) Clean the turbine rear-frame inner hub area; use a lint-free cotton
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
NOTE : Make sure that you clean the turbine rear-frame inner hub area
____
before installation of the oil supply tube.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 816
Aug 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Installation of the oil supply tube assembly (10) as follows:
(a) Apply a thin layer of molykote G rapid plus (solid lubricant)

(Material No. CP2104) with a spray gun on the guide bushing of
the oil supply tube (70).
(b) Insert the oil supply tube (70) into the No. 10 strut of the
turbine rear frame at the 7 oclock position.
(c) Engage the guide bushing of the oil supply tube (70) into the
boss.
(d) Put the coupling nut (80) in position on the oil supply tube
(70). Make sure you align the groove on the tube and the coupling
nut.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL TO HOLD THE COUPLING NUT IN PLACE WITH A

_______
LOCK WRENCH WHEN YOU ENGAGE THE RETAINING RING WITH
COMBINATION PLIERS.
(e) Insert the retaining ring (90) in the coupling nut (80).
NOTE : Use the tool set FIXTURE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL to

____
install the retaining ring.
NOTE : Make sure that the retaining ring is fully inserted into
____
the coupling nut when its outer diameter base is in
contact with the nut.
NOTE : Make sure that the coupling nut rotates freely after the
____
installation of the retaining ring.
(5) Install the oil tube (50) on the damping oil tube (110) as follows:

_______

_______
HARDWARE.
(a) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00) (Material No.
CP2442) on the nipple (120) of the oil inlet cover (100) and on
the threads of the oil tube (50).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 817
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(b) Put the oil tube (50) with its ends positioned on the nipple
(120) of the oil inlet cover (100) and oil supply tube assembly
(10).
(c) Connect the oil tube (50) to the nipple (120) and to the oil
supply tube assembly (10). Tighten the coupling nuts by hand.
WARNING : ENGINE OIL IS TOXIC. USE PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT.

_______
USE IN A WELL-VENTILATED AREA.
(d) Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00) (Material No.
CP2442) on the threads of the oil tube (50).
(e) Put a damping oil tube (110) in position.
(f) Connect the damping oil tube (110) to the oil tube (50). Tighten
the coupling nut by hand.
NOTE : Make sure that the oil tubes are installed without strain.
____
(g) TORQUE the coupling nut of the damping oil tube (110) to between
1.05 and 1.15 m.daN (92.92 and 101.76 lbf.in).
(h) Safety the coupling nut with Safetywire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) DIA
(Ref.70-30-00) (Material No. CP8001) or Safetywire 0.032 in.
(0.8mm) DIA (Ref.70-30-00) (Material No. CP8002).
(i) TORQUE the coupling nuts of the oil tube (50) to between 3.05 and
3.35 m.daN (22.49 and 24.70 lbf.ft).
(j) Safety the coupling nut with Safetywire 0.032 in. (0.8mm) DIA
(Ref.70-30-00) (Material No. CP8001) or Safetywire 0.032 in.
(0.8mm) DIA (Ref.70-30-00) (Material No. CP8002).
(6) Connect the oil supply tube assembly (10) to the rear sump oil-supply
tube (60) as follows:
(a) Install the rear sump oil-supply tube (60) to the oil supply tube
assembly (10) with the coupling nut (20). Tighten the coupling
nut by hand.
NOTE : Make sure that the rear sump oil supply tube (60) is
____
unstrained.
(b) TORQUE the coupling nut (20) to between 3.05 and 3.35 m.daN
(22.49 and 24.70 lbf.ft).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 818
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) TORQUE the nut with the bolt that attaches the rear sump
oil-supply tube (60) to the turbine rear-frame outer case through
the shield and clamp to between 0.50 and 0.55 m.daN (44.24 and
48.67 lbf.in).
NOTE : The nut is installed on the turbine frame side.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-56-00-410-069
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the flange assembly and the flame arrestor (Ref. TASK 72-56-
00-400-001).
(4) Install the core nozzle assembly (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-400-041).
(5) Do a check of the oil level (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
Subtask 72-56-00-410-070

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-56-00

Page 819
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

ACCESSORY DRIVE SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
Power for both engine and aircraft accessories is extracted thru a system of
gearboxes and shafts. The inlet gearbox, which is located in the fan frame
hub, takes power from the HP compressor front shaft and transmits this power
to the transfer gearbox, installed under the fan frame through the radial
drive shaft. A horizontal drive shaft then transmits the power to accessory
gearbox. The accessory gearbox drives the following equipment :
- The Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) (electrical power generation) at
0.5947 N2.
- Hydraulic pump (hydraulic power generation) at 0.256 N2.
- The Hydromechanical Unit (HMU) and the fuel pump at 0.423 N2.
- The lubrication unit at 0.423 N2.
- The ECU control alternator

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-60-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Accessory Drive System


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-60-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Accessory Drive System


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-60-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INLET GEARBOX ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The inlet gearbox (IGB) assembly is located in the fan frame sump and is
bolted to the forward side of the fan frame aft flange. The gearbox contains
a horizontal bevel gear, a radial bevel gear, a core engine thrust (No. 3
ball) bearing, and a core engine roller bearing. The gearbox assembly serves
as the mechanical coupling between the HPC rotor and the TGB.
2. Description
___________
A. Horizontal Bevel Gear

The horizontal bevel gear, which has 47 teeth, is splined to the
compressor rotor front shaft and secured to it by the No. 3 ball bearing
locking nut. The horizontal bevel gear mates to the radial bevel gear to
provide rotational torque to the transfer gearbox (TGB) assembly.
B. Radial Bevel Gear

The radial bevel gear, which has 35 teeth, is mounted on 2 roller
bearings and one ball bearing (there are no duplex bearings). The gear is
internally splined to accept the radial drive shaft which is removable
from the exterior of the engine to allow individual replacement of the
IGB and TGB.
C. Thrust Bearing (No. 3 Ball)

The No. 3 ball bearing is installed during IGB assembly between the
gearbox housing and the horizontal bevel gear. It provides axial
positioning of the forward end of the high pressure compressor (HPC)
rotor.
D. Roller Bearing (No. 3 Roller)

The No. 3 roller bearing is installed during IGB assembly between the
gearbox housing and the horizontal bevel gear. It positions the core
engine rotor radially.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-61-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Inlet Gearbox Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-61-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TRANSFER GEARBOX ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The transfer gearbox (TGB) provides power transmission between the inlet
gearbox (IGB) and the accessory gearbox (AGB).
It consists of the following major assemblies:
- Radial drive shaft assembly.
- TGB assembly.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
A. Radial Drive Shaft Assembly

The radial drive shaft (RDS) assembly is installed inside the fan frame
No. 7 strut at the 6 oclock position. It consists of the radial drive
shaft and the shaft midlength bearing.
(1) The radial drive shaft is made of steel alloy. It is hollow and
measures approximately 29.52 in. (0.75 m). Both ends are externally
splined and connect the IGB bevel gear and the TGB input bevel gear.
A foolproof slot is machined on the shaft to avoid inversion of RDS
during installation.
(2) The shaft midlength bearing provides proper centering of radial drive
shaft in its housing. Its inner race is mounted half-way up on the
RDS and the outer race is part of the radial drive shaft housing.
B. TGB Assembly
The TGB assembly is installed under the fan frame at the 6 oclock
position. It consists of the housing and a set of 2 bevel gears.
(1) The TGB housing is made of two aluminum alloy castings bolted
together. It is secured to the fan frame through a single clevis/link
rod mounting arrangement located at the upper part of the TGB housing
front end. The upper part of the TGB housing contains an adapter
which corresponds to an adapter mounted on the fan frame. The TGB
housing accommodates 3 oil nozzles for lubrication of the bevel gears
and the bearings. The casting of the TGB housing is double-walled, to
provide better oil scavenge.
(2) The upper part of the TGB houses the input bevel gear, its bearing
housing, ball bearing, and roller bearing. The bore of the bevel gear
is splined at its upper end and connects with the radial drive shaft.
An oil distributor installed inside the bevel gear and secured by a
Spirolock system, ensures oil distribution and axial retention of the
radial drive shaft.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Transfer Gearbox Assembly

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B


Figure 003

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) The horizontal part of the TGB houses the horizontal bevel gear, its
bearing housing, ball bearing and roller bearing.
The bore of this bevel gear is splined at its forward end and
connects with the horizontal drive shaft. An oil distributor
installed inside the bevel gear and secured by a Spirolock system,
ensures oil distribution to the bearing. The horizontal drive shaft
housing is made of aluminum alloy, and the bearing housing is a cast
part. It protects the horizontal drive shaft and the bevel gear
assembly, and ensures connection with the AGB. It is bolted to both
TGB and AGB housings. The suspension clevis is a cast part and is
integral with the horizontal drive shaft housing.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 5
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TRANSFER GEARBOX ASSEMBLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 72-62-00-000-002
Removal of the Transfer Gearbox Module
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plug

No specific blanking plugs and covers
No specific hydraulic hoist platform
No specific slide hammer assy CG240
856A2537 1 PROTECTOR - MOUNTING PIN
856A2719 1 FIXTURE, SUPPORT - TGB R/I
856A2727 1 PULLER RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT
856A2805 1 TURNBUCKLE - TGB R/I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-63-00-860-001 Disengagement/Engagement of the Horizontal Drive
Shaft
Maintenance
72-62-00-991-300 Fig. 401
72-62-00-991-301 Fig. 402
72-62-00-991-302 Fig. 403

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-62-00-991-303 Fig. 404

72-62-00-991-304 Fig. 405
72-62-00-991-305 Fig. 406
72-62-00-991-306 Fig. 407
72-62-00-991-307 Fig. 408
72-62-00-991-308 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-62-00-941-053
1(2).
Subtask 72-62-00-010-056
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-62-00-040-054

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 402
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-62-00-010-058

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
4. Procedure
_________

72-62-00-991-302, 404/TASK 72-62-00-991-303, 405/TASK 72-62-00-991-304,
406/TASK 72-62-00-991-305, 407/TASK 72-62-00-991-306, 408/TASK 72-62-00-991-
307, 409/TASK 72-62-00-991-308)
Subtask 72-62-00-020-053
A. Remove TGB external parts as follows:
(1) Install a suitable container under the TGB to catch residual fluid
draining from tubes and control.
(2) Drain the TGB as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the drain plug (20) to
the TGB.
(b) Remove the drain plug (20) and let the oil drain.
(c) Install the drain plug (20). Tighten by hand.
(3) Loosen and remove the 4 bolts (110) securing the TGB scavenge tube
(170) to the TGB housing (120) LH side.
(4) Remove and retain gasket (90) located between TGB housing (120) and
TGB scavenge tube flange.
(5) Loosen and remove the 4 bolts (230) which secure the oil tank vent
tube (220) assy to the TGB housing (120).
(6) Remove and retain gasket (240) located between the oil tank vent tube
(220) flange and the TGB housing (120).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 403
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Drain Plug Removal

Figure 401/TASK 72-62-00-991-300

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 404
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Disconnection of Tubes on LH Side of TGB

Figure 402/TASK 72-62-00-991-301

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 405
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Disconnection of Brackets on RH and Lower Side of TGB


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 406
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Disconnection of Brackets on RH and Lower Side of TGB


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 407
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Installation of the TGB Turnbuckle

Figure 404/TASK 72-62-00-991-303

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 408
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of the TGB

Figure 405/TASK 72-62-00-991-304

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 409
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of the Mounting Pin

Figure 406/TASK 72-62-00-991-305

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 410
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Extraction of Mounting Pin

Figure 407/TASK 72-62-00-991-306

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 411
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Extraction of Radial Drive Shaft

Figure 408/TASK 72-62-00-991-307

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 412
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Installation of Blanking Items on TGB Housing Ports

Figure 409/TASK 72-62-00-991-308

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 413
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(7) Loosen union nut.

_______
(a) Loosen union nut (100) which attaches the securing TGB oil supply
tube (180) to TGB housing (120).
(8) Remove the two bolts (290) securing RH rear bracket (270) and the
bleed bias bracket (280) to the right side of the TGB housing (120).
(9) Remove the two bolts (360) securing bracket (60) on the rear face of
the TGB housing (120).
(10) Remove the two bolts (40 and 50) securing upper LH bracket (30) to
the LH and rear side of TGB housing .
(11) Remove the bolt (70) securing lower LH bracket (80) on the left side
of the TGB housing (120).
(12) Remove the bolt (300) securing forward bracket (260) on the right
side of the TGB housing (120).
Subtask 72-62-00-480-052
B. Installation of support equipment.
(1) Install TURNBUCKLE - TGB R/I (856A2805G01) as follows:
NOTE : To prevent AGB rotation during the TGB removal it is necessary

____
to install the TGB turnbuckle.
(a) Remove the pneumatic starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-000-002).
(b) Remove bolts and nuts from holes No. 46 and 47 on flange F to
free brackets at this place.
(c) Install the TGB turnbuckle yoke on the flange F of the fan inlet
case. Attach the yoke at holes No. 47 and 48, with the 2 lockpins
supplied.
(d) Adjust the height of tool, using the coupling screw to obtain the
exact position of the baseplate on the AGB rear flange.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 414
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(e) Attach the TGB turnbuckle to the AGB housing with screws and
washers supplied.
(f) Handtighten the coupling screw in order to lock the AGB relative
to the fan frame.
(2) Install FIXTURE, SUPPORT - TGB R/I (856A2719G02) as follows:
(a) Install TGB removal/installation support on an hydraulic hoist

platform.
(b) Position hydraulic hoist platform under TGB module.
(c) Remove the 2 bolts (350), nuts (330) and washers (340) securing
TGB housing to the horizontal drive shaft housing at the 4:30 and
7:30 oclock positions.
(d) Actuate hydraulic hoist platform and adjust rear yoke of TGB
support with TGB rear mount until the lockpin can be inserted.
(e) Adjust the 2 front plates of tool and engage the 2 lockpins in
the 4:30 and 7:30 oclock position holes of the TGB forward
flange.
(f) Remove the bolts.
CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE 3 BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS INSTALLED

_______
IN THE HOLES FITTED WITH FLANGED BUSHINGS.
1
_ Remove the 7 bolts (190) nuts (210) and 4 washers (200)
securing TGB housing and the LH support bracket to the
horizontal drive shaft housing.
Subtask 72-62-00-020-052
C. Removal of the TGB from the Fan Frame.
(1) Install PROTECTOR - MOUNTING PIN (856A2537G01) on the external

threads of the mounting pin (400).
(2) Install impact puller into the tapped head of mounting pin (400).
(3) Remove mounting pin (400). Remove the impact puller from the mounting
pin.
(4) Separate TGB from fan frame by slowly lowering TGB and fixture assy
using a hydraulic hoist platform.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 415
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(5) Keep gasket (410) located between AGB and TGB.
(6) Remove and discard the O-ring (420) on the horizontal drive shaft.
(7) Remove the O-ring (430) on the oil distributor in the bevel gear.
NOTE : Make sure that O-ring (430) is serviceable and O-ring outer
____
diameter is correct. If it is not serviceable, remove and
discard it with soft nose pliers.
(8) Remove and discard the seal ring (295).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-62-00-991-302)
(9) Two different cases may appear after lowering the TGB:
(a) If the radial drive shaft (440) comes with the TGB, remove the
shaft from TGB and perform step (12).
(b) If the radial drive shaft (440) remains into the fan frame
proceed as follows:
1
_ Install PULLER RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT (856A2727G01) to the radial
drive shaft.
2
_ Attach slide hammer assy CG240 to the puller.
3
_ Extract radial drive shaft from fan frame.
(10) Remove and discard the O-ring (450) located in groove at lower side
of shaft.
(11) Store the radial drive shaft into its storage tube assy.
Subtask 72-62-00-420-056
D. Installation of blanking plugs and covers and handcranking assy.
(1) Installation of blanking plugs and covers on the TGB.
(a) Install cover (510) onto forward face of TGB housing.
(b) Install cover (470) onto upper face of TGB housing.
(c) Install plug (500) onto port of TGB vent tube of TGB housing.
(d) Install plug (490) onto scavenge tube port of TGB housing.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 416
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(e) Install cap (480) onto TGB oil supply tube nipple.
(f) Install cover onto AGB horizontal drive shaft housing aft end.
(g) Install blanking plug on open ports of all tubes.
(2) Installation of the Handcranking assy:
NOTE : You can ignore this step if the TGB is immediately replaced.
____
(a) Engage the horizontal drive shaft (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-860-001).
(b) Install the handcranking drive cover (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-400-

002).
NOTE : Do not replace the O-rings of the handcranking drive

____
cover. New O-rings will be installed after reinstallation
of the TGB.
Subtask 72-62-00-080-052
E. Removal of the TGB from the Tool.
(1) Hold the TGB and remove the rear lockpin of the FIXTURE, SUPPORT -
TGB R/I (856A2719G02).
(2) Disengage the TGB from the support and place in a storage container.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 417
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-62-00-400-002
Installation of the Transfer Gearbox Module
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
856A2537 1 PROTECTOR - MOUNTING PIN
856A2719 1 FIXTURE, SUPPORT - TGB R/I
856A2805 1 TURNBUCKLE - TGB R/I
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 418
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -040

10 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -040A
370 cotter pin 72-00-00 07 -070
420 O-ring 72-63-00 04 -010
420 O-ring 72-63-00 04 -010A
430 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -030
430 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -030A
450 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
71-00-00-710-025 Accel Check
Shaft
Maintenance
Maintenance
72-62-00-991-300 Fig. 401
72-62-00-991-301 Fig. 402
72-62-00-991-302 Fig. 403
72-62-00-991-303 Fig. 404
72-62-00-991-304 Fig. 405
72-62-00-991-305 Fig. 406
72-62-00-991-306 Fig. 407

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 419
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-62-00-991-307 Fig. 408

72-62-00-991-308 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-62-00-860-051
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-62-00-010-059
B. Get Access
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-62-00-040-055
481-041).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 420
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________

72-62-00-991-302, 404/TASK 72-62-00-991-303, 405/TASK 72-62-00-991-304,
406/TASK 72-62-00-991-305, 407/TASK 72-62-00-991-306, 408/TASK 72-62-00-991-
307, 409/TASK 72-62-00-991-308)
NOTE : In the procedure which follows, the AGB is supposed to be installed

____
on the engine and held in position by the TURNBUCKLE-TGB
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (856A2805G01).
Subtask 72-62-00-480-053
A. Preparation for Installation:
(1) Install the TGB on the FIXTURE, SUPPORT - TGB R/I (856A2719G02) as
follows:
(a) Adjust the 2 front plates of the tool to engage the 2 lockpins in
the forward flange holes at 4:30 and 7:30 oclock positions.
Tighten the 2 knurled knobs.
(b) Attach the support, with the lockpin, to the rear mount flange of
the TGB.
(2) Install the radial drive shaft (440) in the fan frame and IGB as
follows:
(a) Remove the radial drive shaft (440) from storage tube assy (460).
(b) Installation of new O-ring.
CAUTION : NEVER INSTALL O-RINGS ALREADY USED.

_______
1
_ Lightly coat a new O-ring (450) with engine oil (Material No.
CP2442) and install it in the groove of the shaft (440).
(c) Lightly coat the shaft splines (both ends) with engine oil
(d) Install PULLER RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT (856A2727G01) in the lower end
of the shaft.
(e) Slide shaft in the fan frame into strut and IGB, engaging splines
of shaft in splines of IGB.
(f) Ensure shaft remains in place. Remove puller.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 421
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Inspect gaskets (90), (240) and (410) before installation to make
sure that they are serviceable. If necessary, replace gaskets.
Subtask 72-62-00-420-055
B. Installation of the TGB on fan frame:
(1) If necessary, remove the handcranking cover (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-000-

002) and disengage the horizontal drive shaft (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-
860-001).
(2) Remove covers, plugs and cap from the TGB housing.
(3) Remove cover from AGB horizontal drive shaft housing.
(4) Lightly coat the horizontal drive shaft splines and the gasket (410)
to be installed between AGB and TGB, with engine oil (Material No.
CP2442).
(5) Lubricate a new seal ring (295) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
and install into the seal groove on the TGB adapter.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-62-00-991-302)
Install the O-ring (420) on the horizontal drive shaft.
(7) Install the O-ring (430) in the groove on the oil distributor in the
bevel gear:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-62-00-991-305)
NOTE : If necessary, lubricate the new O-ring (430) with engine oil
____
(a) Engage the O-ring (430) by the hole of the oil distributor in the
bevel gear with soft nose pliers.
(b) Put the O-ring (430) in the groove of the oil distributor in the
NOTE : Make sure that O-ring (430) is correctly installed in the

____
groove of the oil distributor in the bevel gear.
(8) Raise and position TGB at desired level under fan frame using
hydraulic hoist platform and taking care not to interfere with
adjacent accessories or tubes. Adjust jack details of fixture to
complete positioning.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 422
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(9) Insert the gasket (410) and hold it in place between TGB and AGB
mating flanges.
(10) Lightly coat threads of 3 bolts (160) with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101) and install at 2:30, 6:30, and 10:30 oclock positions
(flanged bushings positions) with washers (140) and nuts (130) to
secure AGB and TGB handtight.
(11) Install TGB mounting pin (400) as follows:
(a) Lightly coat threads of pin with graphite grease (Material No.
CP2101) and install PROTECTOR - MOUNTING PIN (856A2537G01) on to
threaded end of pin.
(b) Position TGB mount link, located on fan frame, in TGB clevis
mount, align holes and engage pin (400).
(c) Remove protector, install washer (390) and nut (380).
(d) TORQUE to between 710 and 800 lbf.in (8.02 and 9.04 m.daN).
(e) Safety nut with a new cotter pin (370).
(12) Loosen the 2 lock pins of FIXTURE, SUPPORT - TGB R/I (856A2719G02)
from the 4:30 and 7:30 oclock position holes in the TGB forward
flange. Loosen handknobs to lower the 2 front plates of the tool.
(13) Lightly coat threads of 2 bolts (350) with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101) and install at 4:30 and 7:30 oclock positions with
washers (340) and nuts (330) handtight.
(14) Install TGB brackets as follows:
(a) Loosen bolts (160), nuts (130) and washers (140) from 2:30 and
6:30 locations.
(b) Lightly coat threads of a bolt (190) with graphite grease

(Material No. CP2101). Secure lower bracket (150) at the bottom
and to the front face of TGB/AGB interface with bolts (160) and
(190), washers (140) and (200) and nuts (130) and (210). Tighten
by hand.
(c) Lightly coat threads of 2 bolts (190) with graphite grease

(Material No. CP2101). Secure the support bracket at the left
side and onto the rear face of TGB/AGB interface with bolts
(190), washers (200) and nuts (210).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 423
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(d) Lightly coat threads of bolt (300) with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101). Secure forward bracket (260) on the TGB RH upper
corner. TORQUE to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24
m.daN)
(e) Lightly coat threads of 2 bolts (190) with graphite grease

(Material No. CP2101). Attach brackets (250) and (260) on the RH
side of the TGB/AGB interface with bolts (190) and (160), washers
(200) and nuts (130) and (210).
(15) Install the 3 remaining bolts (190), washers (200) and nuts (210).
(16) TORQUE all bolts of TGB/AGB interface to between 250 and 280 lbf.in
(2.82 and 3.16 m.daN)
Subtask 72-62-00-080-053
C. Removal of support equipment.
(1) Removal of the FIXTURE, SUPPORT - TGB R/I (856A2719G02)
(a) Remove the pin which attaches the fixture to the TGB rear mount.
(b) Lower the fixture with the hydraulic hoist platform, and remove
it.
(2) Removal of the TURNBUCKLE - TGB R/I (856A2805G01)
(a) Loosen the coupling screw.
(b) Remove the screws and washers which attach the baseplate of the
tool to the rear face of the AGB.
(c) Remove the pins which attach the turnbuckle yoke to the flange F
of the fan case and remove the turnbuckle.
(d) Reinstall bolts and nuts removed from the flange F, bolt heads
forward. TORQUE nuts to between 98 and 110 lbf.in (1.10 and 1.24
m.daN).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 424
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-62-00-420-057
D. Installation of the transfer gearbox module.
(1) Installation of the handcranking drive assembly:
(a) Push the handcranking drive shaft and install the handcranking
drive (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-860-001).
(b) Install the handcranking drive cover (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-400-

002).
(2) Installation of TGB external parts
(a) Installation of brackets
1
_ Lightly coat the 2 bolts (360) with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101) and secure bracket (60) on the rear face of TGB
housing (120). TORQUE the bolts to between 100 and 110 lbf.in
(1.13 and 1.24 m.daN).
2
_ Lightly coat 2 bolts (290) with graphite grease (Material No.
CP2101). Position the bleed bias bracket (280) on the RH rear
bracket (270). Attach the brackets to the TGB housing (120)
with bolts (290). TORQUE the bolts to between 100 and 110
3
_ Lightly coat a bolt (70) with graphite grease (Material No.
CP2101) and secure lower bracket (80) handtight on the LH side
of TGB housing.
4
_ Lightly coat 2 bolts (40) and (50) with graphite grease
(Material No. CP2101). Secure upper bracket (30) on the rear
face of TGB housing. Secure brackets together on the LH side
of TGB housing.
5
_ TORQUE the 3 bolts (40), (50) and (70) to between 100 and 110
(b) Installation of tubes on TGB housing (120).
R CAUTION : USE 2 WRENCHES TO REMOVE OR INSTALL THE TUBE COUPLING

_______
R NUTS:

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 425
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1
_ Connect TGB oil supply tube (180) as follows:
a
_ Lightly coat threads of nipple with engine oil (Material
No. CP2442).
b
_ Connect oil supply tube to nipple with union nut (100).
Make sure tube is unstrained. TORQUE nut to between 270 and
300 lbf.in (3.05 and 3.39 m.daN).
2
_ Connect oil tank vent tube (220) assy as follows:
a
_ Lightly coat gasket (240) with engine oil (Material No.
CP2442).
b
_ Lightly coat threads of the 4 bolts (230) with graphite
c
_ Install gasket (240) and attach the oil vent tube (220)
flange on TGB housing using the 4 bolts (230). TORQUE to
3
_ Connect the TGB scavenge tube (170) as follows:
a
_ Lightly coat gasket (90) with engine oil (Material No.
CP2442).
b
_ Lightly coat threads of the 4 bolts (110) with graphite
c
_ Install gasket (90) and secure the scavenge tube (170)
flange on TGB housing (120) using the 4 bolts (110) TORQUE
4
_ Check for oil scavenge plug lockwire. Proceed as follows if
lockwire is not present.
a
_ Loosen scavenge plug from TGB housing.
b
_ Remove O-ring (10) and discard.
c
_ Lightly coat new O-ring (10) and threads of scavenge plug
(20) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442). Install new O-
ring (10) on scavenge plug (20).
d
_ Tighten scavenge plug (20) on TGB housing. TORQUE to
between 180 and 200 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.26 m.daN). Safety

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 426
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

with a lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No.
CP8001) and lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No.
CP8002).
(3) Installation of the Pneumatic Starter:
(a) Reinstall the pneumatic starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002).
Subtask 72-62-00-410-057
E. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-62-00-440-053
F. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).
Subtask 72-62-00-710-051
G. Engine Checks.
(1) Do an idle check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-006) and do a check of the

TGB and tubes for leaks (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-210-003).
(2) Do a check of the oil level (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or

(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
(3) Do an acceleration/deceleration check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-025).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 427
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-62-00-410-058
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 428
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TRANSFER GEARBOX ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________
TASK 72-62-00-210-002
Inspection/check of the Transfer Gearbox Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the transfer gearbox (TGB) is serviceable.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maintenance
Maintenance
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-62-00-941-052

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-62-00-010-055

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-62-00-040-053
Subtask 72-62-00-010-057

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-62-00-210-052
A. Inspect the TGB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Housing for :
A. Cracks Not serviceable
B. Nicks, dents and Any number, 0.035 in.

C. Leaks (Ref. TASK No leakage allowed Tighten fitting to the

79-00-00-210-003) appropriate torque value
and/or replace packing
2. TGB mounts for :
B. Bushing loose Not serviceable
C. Broken or missing Not serviceable Replace lockwire

lockwire
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-62-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-62-00-440-052
Subtask 72-62-00-410-059
C. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-62-00

Page 604
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The accessory gearbox (AGB) assembly is mounted under the fan case at 6
oclock. It consists of a gear train that reduces and increases the
rotational speed to meet the specific drive requirements of each accessory.
Some of the accessories are installed on the AGB through quick attach/detach
(QAD) rings.
The AGB consists of the following major assemblies :
- Horizontal drive shaft.
- AGB housing.
- Gear train.
2. ___________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004, 005, 006)
A. Horizontal Drive Shaft Assembly

The horizontal drive shaft assembly provides power transmission between
TGB and AGB. It includes the AGB-TGB coupling tube housing and the
horizontal drive shaft.
(1) The horizontal drive shaft is made of steel alloy. It is splined at

both ends and drives the AGB gears through the handcranking driving
gear.
(2) The horizontal drive shaft is retained in the AGB handcranking

driving gear by a castellated nut in the gearshaft.
B. AGB Housing
(1) The AGB housing is an aluminum alloy casting. It is mounted under the
fan case by 2 clevis mounts with shouldered bushings.
(2) The AGB housing front face has mounting pads for the following
accessories and equipment.
(a) Lubrication unit.

(Ref. Fig. 002)
(b) Hydraulic pump.

(Ref. Fig. 002)
(c) Handcranking drive.

(Ref. Fig. 004)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 1
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Accessory Gearbox Module

Figure 001

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 2
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Accessory Gearbox Module-Section

Figure 002

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 3
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Accessory Gearbox Module-Section at N2 Speed Sensor Location

Figure 003

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 4
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Accessory Gearbox Module-Section at Control Alternator and Handcranking Drive

Locations
Figure 004

R EFF :

101-199, 901-999,

72-63-00 Page 5
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

AGB Module - Detail of the Optional Seal Configurations

Figure 005

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 6
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

AGB Module - Detail of Starter Drive Pad Magnetic Seal Configuration

Figure 006

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 7
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(d) Integrated drive generator (IDG).
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(e) Control alternator (FADEC power supply).

(Ref. Fig. 004)
(3) The AGB housing rear face connects with the horizontal drive shaft
housing and has mounting pads for the following equipment :
(a) Fuel pump/HMU package.

(Ref. Fig. 002)
(b) Starter.
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(c) N2 speed sensor

(Ref. Fig. 003)
The N2 speed sensor is installed on AGB ; the air gap adjustment
is obtained by laminated shims bolted on the AGB housing.
Electrical are used by ECU and N2 cockpit indicator.
C. Gear Train
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) The gear train is contained within the AGB housing and drives the
accessories.
(2) Each gearshaft and its bearings and bearing support is a plug-in type
assembly.
(3) Sealing past four of the AGB drive pads (IDG, hydraulic pump, starter
and fuel pump) is provided by two (optional) configurations of
carbon-contact seals. There are:
- Magnetic-type carbon seal,or
- Sealol-type carbon seal.
(a) Magnetic-type seal.

(Ref. Fig. 005)
This seal consists of:
a non-magnetic seal housing which houses a magnetized mating ring
with a polished face and a retaining ring.
a rotating seal, which has a carbon seal held in a rotating ring.
This seal configuration
(Ref. Fig. 005)
(detail K) can be used only for sealing past the drive pads which
follow:
- Hydraulic pump

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 8
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

- Fuel pump
On the starter and IDG drive pads only, a different
configuration of magnetic-type seal is used
(Ref. Fig. 006)
(detail B). This seal differs in that a thrust ring, which also
acts as a thermal exchanger, is added between the mating ring
and the retaining ring.
(b) Sealol-type seal.

(Ref. Fig. 005)
(detail L)
The Sealol seal is made of a carbon packing and a rotating mating
ring with a polished face. The rotating mating ring has 4 lugs
that engage in 4 corresponding slots in the gearshaft on bearing.
A housing containing a spring-loaded carbon seal ensures constant
contact between the polished face of the rotating mating ring and
the carbon seal element.
This seal configuration can be used for sealing past the drive
pads wich follow:
IDG
Hydraulic pump
Starter
Fuel pump

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 9
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
__________________________________________________
TASK 72-63-00-860-001
Disengagement/Engagement of the Horizontal Drive Shaft
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
856A2632 1 PULLER
856A2718 1 TOOL SET, R/I - DRIVE SHAFTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40 O-ring 72-63-00 04 -060

40 O-ring 72-63-00 04 -060A

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 201
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-63-00-991-301 Fig. 201
72-63-00-991-302 Fig. 202
72-63-00-991-303 Fig. 203
72-63-00-991-304 Fig. 204
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-63-00-941-059
1(2).
Subtask 72-63-00-010-066
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.
(2) Remove the handcranking drive cover (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-000-002).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 202
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________

72-63-00-991-303, 204/TASK 72-63-00-991-304)
Subtask 72-63-00-010-067
A. Removal of the Handcranking Drive Nut
(1) Install the wrench, part of the TOOL SET, R/I - DRIVE SHAFTS
(a) Set the wrench guide on the AGB housing and attach it with the 2
bolts supplied.
(b) Turn the wrench axle to engage the forward square end of the axle
into the handcranking drive (10).
(2) Loosen the nut (20). Use the axle as a countertorque device.
(3) Remove the tool and the nut (20) from the AGB housing.
Subtask 72-63-00-010-068
B. Removal of the Handcranking Drive
(1) Install and tighten the PULLER (856A2632G01) into the tapped hole of
the handcranking drive (10).
(2) Install and tighten a slide hammer into the puller.
(3) Operate the slide hammer and remove the handcranking drive (10).
(4) Remove the slide hammer from the puller.
(5) Remove the PULLER (856A2632G01) from the handcranking drive (10).
(6) Remove O-ring (40) from the handcranking drive (10). Discard the
O-ring (40).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 203
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of the Nut and of the Handcranking Drive

Figure 201/TASK 72-63-00-991-301

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 204
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of the Handcranking Drive Nut

Figure 202/TASK 72-63-00-991-302

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 205
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of the Handcranking Drive

Figure 203/TASK 72-63-00-991-303

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 206
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Rearward Movement of the Horizontal Drive Shaft

Figure 204/TASK 72-63-00-991-304

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 207
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-869-054
C. Disengagement of the Horizontal Drive Shaft
(1) Use the puller part of the TOOL SET, R/I - DRIVE SHAFTS (856A2718G02)
as follows:
(a) Put the guide pins of the puller into the internal splines of the
gearshaft.
(b) Tighten the tool screw by hand into the shaft.
(2) Install and tighten a slide hammer into the puller.
(3) Pull the horizontal drive shaft until the splines disengage from the
horizontal bevel gear.
(4) Remove the slide hammer and the puller from the shaft.
Subtask 72-63-00-869-055
D. Engagement of the Horizontal Drive Shaft
(1) Put the horizontal drive shaft back to its initial position as
follows:
(a) Install and tighten the puller part of the TOOL SET, R/I - DRIVE
SHAFTS (856A2718G02) into the horizontal drive shaft.
(b) Push the puller and turn it to engage the guide pins into the
internal gearshaft splines.
(c) Push the horizontal drive shaft fully rearward, until the splines
engage the horizontal bevel gear (when the TGB is installed).
(d) Remove the puller from the horizontal drive shaft.
Subtask 72-63-00-410-062
E. Installation of the Handcranking Drive
(1) Lubricate a new O-ring (40) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442) and
install into the groove of the handcranking drive (10).
(2) Lubricate the handcranking drive splines with engine oil (Material
No. CP2442) and check for cleanliness of mating faces.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 208
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(3) Install the PULLER (856A2632G01) into the handcranking drive.
(4) Push the puller to install the handcranking drive in the drive AGB.
Turn the puller to engage the handcranking drive into the internal
gearshaft splines. Push again until the handcranking drive shaft
touches the horizontal drive shaft.
(5) Remove the puller from the handcranking drive.
Subtask 72-63-00-410-063
F. Installation of the Handcranking Drive Nut
(1) Make sure that the retaining ring (30) is installed into the groove
of the nut (20).
(2) Lubricate external threads of the nut (20) with engine oil (Material
No. CP2442).
(3) Engage the nut (20) on the wrench part of the TOOL SET, R/I - DRIVE
SHAFTS (856A2718G02).
(4) Safety the wrench guide on the AGB housing with the 2 bolts supplied.
(5) Turn the wrench axle to engage its forward square end into the
handcranking drive (10).
(6) Use the wrench axle as countertorque to install the nut. TORQUE the
nut (20) to between 882 and 1148 lbf.in (9.96 and 12.97 m.daN).
(7) Remove the tool from the AGB.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-63-00-410-064
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the handcranking drive cover (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-400-002).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 209
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 210
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 72-63-00-000-002
Removal of the Handcranking Drive Cover
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific soft-jawed pliers
856A2632 1 PULLER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-63-00-991-300 Fig. 401
72-63-00-991-320 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-63-00-941-056

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 401
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

1(2).
Subtask 72-63-00-010-063

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-63-00-991-300, 402/TASK 72-63-00-991-320)
Subtask 72-63-00-020-057
R A. Removal of the Handcranking Drive Cover
R NOTE : The new handcranking cover (SB CFM 72-156) must stay attached to
____
R the AGB during operation.
R (1) Disconnect the electrical cable connectors, Channel B (70) of HJ10

R harness and Channel A (50) of HJ9 harness, from the control
R alternator (60). Use soft-jawed pliers, if necessary.
R (2) Install protective caps on the electrical cables, Channel B (70) and
R Channel A (50), and on the control alternator electrical connectors.
R (3) Cut and remove the lockwire. Remove the two bolts (10) and washers
R (20) which attach the cover (40) to the AGB forward face.
R (4) Install the PULLER (856A2632G01) in the tapped hole of the cover
R (40). Tighten with your hand.
PRE SB CFM 72-156
R (5) Remove the cover (40). Use a slide hammer, if neccessary.
END PRE SB CFM 72-156
POST SB CFM 72-156

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 402
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (6) Remove the cover (40) and let it hang by the lanyard cable. Use a
slide hammer, if necessary.
END OF SB CFM 72-156
R (7) Remove the PULLER from the cover. Remove and discard the two O-rings
R (30).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 403
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Handcranking Drive Cover


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 404
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 405
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 406
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 407
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-63-00-400-002
Installation of the Handcranking Drive Cover
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 30 O-rings 72-63-00 01B-050

R 30 O-rings 72-63-00 01B-050A
R 30 O-rings 72-63-00 01C-050
R 30 O-rings 72-63-00 01C-050A

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 408
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 70-22-00-911-002 Locking Procedures

R 73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with
R Engine Motoring)
R 79-00-00-210-003 Visual Inspection of the Oil System
72-63-00-991-300 Fig. 401
72-63-00-991-320 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-63-00-860-054
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-63-00-010-073
B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 409
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-63-00-991-300, 402/TASK 72-63-00-991-320)
Subtask 72-63-00-420-058
R A. Installation of the Handcranking Drive Cover
CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL THE COVER ON THE AGB WITHOUT THE NEW O-RINGS. IF
_______
THE COVER IS INSTALLED WITHOUT THE NEW O-RINGS, THE ENGINE CAN
LEAK OIL. THIS CAN CAUSE ENGINE FAILURE.
R (1) Lubricate two new O-rings (30) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
R and install them in the grooves of the cover (40).
(2) Lubricate threads of bolts (10) with graphite grease (Material No.
CP2101).
PRE SB CFM 72-156
R (3) Install the cover (40) and attach it with the two bolts (10) and
R washers (20).
END PRE SB CFM 72-156
POST SB CFM 72-156
(4) Install the cover (40) which is attached by the lanyard cable to the
R accessory gearbox and attach it with the two bolts (10) and washers
R (20).
R (5) TORQUE the bolts (10) to between 97 and 106 lbf.in (1.09 and 1.19
R m.daN). Safety with a lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No.
R CP8001) and lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002)
R (Ref. TASK 70-22-00-911-002).
R (6) Remove protective caps from the electrical cables, Channel B (70) and
R Channel A (50), and from the control alternator electrical
R connectors.
R (7) Connect the electrical cable connectors, Channel A (50) of HJ9

R harness and Channel B (70) of HJ10 harness, on the control alternator
R (60). Tighten the connectors with your hand plus one-eighth of a
R turn. Use soft-jawed pliers if necessary.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 410
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-710-057
B. Test
CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE WITHOUT A CORRECTLY INSTALLED COVER

_______
ON THE N2 HANDCRANKING DRIVE PAD. IF THE COVER IS NOT INSTALLED
CORRECTLY, THE ENGINE CAN HAVE OIL LEAKAGE. THIS CAN CAUSE
ENGINE FAILURE.
R (1) Do an operational test of FADEC on the ground with engine motoring

R (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-710-040).
R (2) Do a minimum idle check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-006) and do a check

R for leaks during the visual inspection of the oil system (Ref. TASK
R 79-00-00-210-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-63-00-410-059
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 411
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-63-00-000-003
Removal of the Accessory Gearbox Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plugs and caps

No specific pipette
R 856A2537 1 PROTECTOR-MOUNTING PIN
R 856A2719 1 FIXTURE,SUPPORT-TGB R/I
R 856A2754 1 FIXTURE,SUPPORT-AGB
R 856A3519 1 SLING-AGB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

corrosion protective additive (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 412
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-21-51-000-040 Removal of the Integrated Drive Generator -IDG
R 1(2),(4000XU)
26-12-15-000-042 Removal of the Fan Fire Detectors (4000WD1,4000WD2)
29-11-51-000-041 Removal of the Green Engine Pump (1030GK)
71-71-43-000-041 Removal of the Drain Manifold Module
71-73-49-000-003 Removal of the Starter Pad Oil Drain Tube
71-73-49-000-004 Removal of the IDG Oil Drain Tube
71-73-49-000-007 Removal of the Fan Case Drain Tubes
71-73-49-000-008 Removal of the Fuel Pump Drain Tubes
71-73-49-000-026 Removal of the Heat Exchanger Drain Tube
71-73-49-000-027 Removal of the Hydro Mechanical Unit (HMU) Drain Tube
71-73-49-000-028 Removal of the Hydraulic Pump Drain Tube
71-73-49-000-029 Removal of the Forward Oil Sump Drain Tube
71-73-49-000-049 Removal of the Reservoir to Manifold Hydraulic Oil
Drain Tube
Shaft
73-21-30-000-001 Removal of the Control Alternator
77-11-20-000-002 Removal of the N2 Speed Sensor (4001EV).
Maintenance
79-21-10-000-004 Removal of the Lubrication Unit
72-63-00-991-309 Fig. 403
72-63-00-991-310 Fig. 404
72-63-00-991-311 Fig. 405
72-63-00-991-312 Fig. 406
72-63-00-991-313 Fig. 407
72-63-00-991-314 Fig. 408

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 413
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-63-00-941-061
1(2).
Subtask 72-63-00-010-071
B. Get Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-63-00-040-053
Subtask 72-63-00-010-074

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 414
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

4. Procedure
_________

72-63-00-991-311, 406/TASK 72-63-00-991-312, 407/TASK 72-63-00-991-313,
408/TASK 72-63-00-991-314)
Subtask 72-63-00-941-062
A. Put a container under the Accessory Gearbox to collect the remaining

fluid from the tubes and control.
Subtask 72-63-00-010-070
B. Preparation for the Removal of the AGB

_______
(1) Remove the fan fire detector (Ref. TASK 26-12-15-000-042).
(2) Remove the drain manifold module (Ref. TASK 71-71-43-000-041).
(3) Remove the drain tubes under the AGB/TGB as follows:
(a) FRV drain tubes (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-000-007).
(b) Oil reservoir drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-000-049).
(c) HMU drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-000-027).
(d) Heat exchanger drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-000-026).
(e) Fuel pump drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-000-008).
(f) Hydraulic pump drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-000-028).
(g) IDG pad drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-000-004).
(h) Starter pad drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-000-003).
(i) Forward sump drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-000-029).
(4) Remove the hydraulic pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-000-041).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 415
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Accessory Gearbox Assembly

Figure 403/TASK 72-63-00-991-309

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 416
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

72-63-00

Page 417
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R Accessory Drive External Parts


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 418
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 419
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 420
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 421
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 422
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 423
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 424
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B



R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 425
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Accessory Drive Support Fixture


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 426
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Accessory Drive Support Fixture


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 427
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Accessory Drive
Figure 406/TASK 72-63-00-991-312

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 428
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TGB Blanking Kit

Figure 407/TASK 72-63-00-991-313

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 429
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

AGB Blanking Kit


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 430
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

AGB Blanking Kit


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 431
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (5) Remove the integrated drive generator (IDG) (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-000-
R 040).
(6) Remove the N2 speed sensor (Ref. TASK 77-11-20-000-002).
(7) Remove the pneumatic starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-000-002).
(8) Remove the lubrication unit (Ref. TASK 79-21-10-000-004).
(9) Remove the fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-11-10-000-003).
(10) Remove the ECU alternator (Ref. TASK 73-21-30-000-001).
(11) Drain the accessory drive section (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-003).
(12) Install the blanking plugs and caps on the free ends of tubes and on
the connectors to prevent contamination.
Subtask 72-63-00-020-069
C. Removal of the Fan Case Water Drain Tubes
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE TUBE NUTS ARE NOT MISSING DURING THE REMOVAL
_______
OF FAN CASE WATER DRAIN TUBES.
NOTE : The AGB scavenge tube has been removed to ease the removal of the
____
ECU alternator.
(1) Remove the parts which attach the fan case water drain tubes (220)
and (530) as follows:
(a) Remove the nut (400) and the bolt (465) from the bracket (475) on
the AGB left-hand side.
(b) Remove the outer spring clip (425), the inner spring clip (440)
and the plastic bushing (435) from the CLP fuel tube (430).
(c) Remove the outer spring clip (405), the inner spring clip (420)
and the plastic bushing (410) from the oil heater tube (415).
(d) Remove the outer spring clip (460), the inner spring clip (450)
and the plastic bushing (470) from the IDG exchanger fuel outlet
tube (455).
(e) Remove the bolt (445) and the bracket (475) from the AGB
left-hand side.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 432
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (f) Remove the nut (165) and the bolt (125) from the bracket (130).
R (g) Remove the outer spring clip (135), the inner spring clip (145)
R and the plastic bushing (140) from the TGB oil scavenge tube
R (110).
R (h) Remove the outer spring clip (160), the inner spring clip (150)
R and the plastic bushing (155) from the rear sump oil return tube
R (105).
R (i) Remove the bolts (120), (170) and (175) which attach the forward
R sump oil return tube (100), the TGB oil scavenge tube (110) and
R the rear sump oil return tube (105) from the AGB front face.
R (j) Remove and keep the gaskets (115), (180) and (185).
R (k) Remove the nut (70) and the bolt (65) from the bracket (90) on
R the AGB front face.
R (l) Remove the outer spring clip (75), the inner spring clip (85) and
R the plastic bushing (80) from the rear sump oil supply tube (60).
R (m) Remove the nut (15) and the bolt (40) from the bracket (45) on
R (n) Remove the outer spring clip (35), the inner spring clip (20) and
R the plastic bushing (25) from the AGB/TGB oil supply tube (30).
R (o) Remove the nut (95) and the bolt (55) from the bracket (90) on
R (p) Remove the outer spring clip (50), the inner spring clip (5) and
R the plastic bushing (10) from the AGB/TGB oil supply tube (30).
R (q) Remove the nut (215) and the bolt (190).
R (r) Remove the outer spring clip (210), the inner spring clip (200),
R the plastic bushing (205) and the bracket (195) from the forward
R fan case water drain tube (220).
R (s) Remove the forward fan case water drain tube (220) from the
R engine.
R (t) Remove the nut (560) and the bolt (540).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 433
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (u) Remove the outer spring clip (555), the inner spring clip (545),
R the plastic bushing (550) and the bracket (535) from the aft fan
R case water drain tube (530).
R (v) Remove the aft fan case water drain tube (530) from the engine.
R
(2) Disconnect the water drain tubes (220) and (530) from the fan case
nipples and remove them from the engine.
Subtask 72-63-00-020-065
D. Removal of the AGB External Parts
(1) Disengage the IDG electrical cables from the clamp on the AGB.
(2) Remove the parts which attach the AGB external parts as follows:
R (a) Remove the bolts (360) and (365) to remove the FWD sump oil
R scavenge hose (355) from the AGB rear face.
R (b) Remove and keep the gaskets (350) and (370).
R (c) Remove the bolts (390) which attach the TGB oil scavenge hose
R (385) to the AGB rear face.
R (d) Remove and keep the gasket (395).
R (e) Remove the bolt (685) and the washer (690) to disconnect the
R bonding strip (695) from the AGB.
R
(3) Disconnect and remove the tubes (30) and (60) from the AGB.
(4) Disconnect the TGB oil supply tube (230) from the AGB.
(5) Removal of the Rear Sump Oil Tubes
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire.
(b) Disconnect the rear sump oil scavenge tube (270) and the rear
sump oil supply tube (305) from the tube bundle.
(c) Remove the parts which attach the rear sump oil tubes as follows:
R 1
_ Remove the nut (335) and the bolt (225) from the bracket (345)
R on the AGB rear face.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 434
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 2
_ Remove the outer spring clip (320), the inner spring clip
R (330) and the plastic bushing (325) from the rear sump oil
R supply tube (305).
R 3
R on the left-hand side of the TGB/horizontal drive shaft
R housing junction.
R 4
R supply tube (305).
R 5
_ Remove the rear sump oil supply tube (305).
R 6
R on the left-hand side of the TGB/horizontal drive shaft
R housing junction.
R 7
R (250) and the plastic bushing (245) from the TGB oil supply
R tube (230).
R 8
R scavenge tube (270).
R 9
_ Remove the bolts (280) which attach the rear sump oil scavenge
R tube (270) to the AGB rear face.
R 10
__ Remove the rear sump oil scavenge tube (270) from the AGB rear
R face.
R 11
__ Remove and keep the gasket (340).
R
(6) Removal of the TGB External Parts
(a) Disconnect the TGB oil supply tubes (230) from the TGB left-hand
side and remove the tubes (230).
(b) Remove the parts which attach the TGB external parts as follows:
R 1
_ Remove the bolt (610) which attaches the clamp (565) to the
R bracket (345) on the horizontal drive shaft housing, left-hand
R side.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 435
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 2
_ Remove the clamp (565) which attaches the HJ8 harness to the
R bracket (345).
R 3
R bracket (535) on the AGB/TGB interface, left hand side.
R 4
R bracket (535).
R 5
R side.
R 6
R bracket (345).
R 7
R bracket (260) on the AGB/TGB interface, left-hand side.
R 8
R bracket (260).
R 9
_ Remove the bolts (665) which attach the bracket (660) and
R (670) to the TGB right-hand side with electrical harness.
R Remove the brackets (660) and (670).
R 10
__ Remove the bolts (655) and the washers (650) which attach the
R bracket (645) to the TGB right hand side.
R 11
__ Remove the nuts (635) and the bolts (640) which attach the
R bracket (645) to the bracket (505) on the TGB right-hand side.
R The bracket (645) is attached to the electrical harnesses.
R 12
__ Remove the bolts (625) which attach the bracket (630) to the
R TGB left-hand side.
R 13
__ Remove the bolts (380) and the TGB oil scavenge hose (385)
R from the TGB left-hand side.
R 14
__ Remove and keep the gasket (375).
R 15
__ Remove the nuts (575), the bolts (570) and the brackets (260),
R (535) from the bracket (520) on the AGB/TGB interface,
R left-hand side.
R

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 436
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(7) Removal of the Accessory Drive
R (a) Install the FIXTURE,SUPPORT-AGB (856A2754G01) and the

R FIXTURE,SUPPORT-TGB R/I (856A2719G02) as follows:
1
_ Remove the two nuts (510), washers (515) and bolts (480) which
attach the TGB housing to the horizontal drive shaft housing
at the 4:30 and 7:30 oclock positions.
R 2
_ Install the FIXTURE, FIXTURE,SUPPORT-TGB R/I (856A2719G02) on
R the FIXTURE,SUPPORT-AGB (856A2754G01).
3
_ Install the tool assembly on a hydraulic hoist platform and
position under the accessory gearbox assembly.
4
_ Use lockpins to secure the fork and the tenon. Use adjusting
screws to adjust the height to the lateral supports.
5
_ Engage the locating pin into the rear mount of the AGB. Use
the knurled nut to attach the clamp. Adjust the height of the
support with the adjusting screw.
R 6
_ Adjust the height of the FIXTURE,SUPPORT-TGB R/I (856A2719G02)
with the adjusting screws.
7
_ Engage the lockpins of the front plates into the TGB holes.
Use the knurled knobs to adjust the front plates, if
necessary.
8
_ Attach the rear yoke to the TGB rear mount with the lockpin.
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (700), (725) and (740).
(c) Remove the nuts (705), (720) and (745) and the washers (710),
(730) and (750).
R (d) Install the PROTECTOR-MOUNTING PIN (856A2537G01) on the mounting

pins (680), (715) and (735).
(e) Remove the three mounting pins (680), (715) and (735) with an
impact puller.
(f) Slowly and carefully lower the hydraulic hoist platform and
separate the accessory drive assembly from the engine.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 437
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(g) Two different cases can appear when you remove the accessory
drive assembly from the engine:
1
_ If the radial drive shaft (675) comes with the TGB, remove the
radial drive shaft (675) from the TGB.
2
_ If the radial drive shaft (675) remains in the fan frame:
3
_ Install a PULLER RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT (856A2727G01) in the
radial drive shaft.
4
_ Remove the radial drive shaft (675) from the fan frame with a
slide hammer.
5
_ Remove the tools from the radial drive shaft.
(h) Remove the O-ring (755) from the radial drive shaft. Discard the
O-ring (755).
(i) Store the radial drive shaft in its storage tube (765).
(8) Removal of the TGB from the AGB
(a) Disengage the horizontal drive shaft (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-860-

001).
(b) Remove the nuts (510), the washers (515) and the bolts (480) from
the TGB/AGB interface.
(c) Remove the brackets (485), (505), (520) and (525).
R (d) Remove the TGB from the AGB and from the FIXTURE,SUPPORT-TGB R/I
(856A2719G02). Keep the gasket (500).
(e) Remove the O-ring (495) from the oil distributor in the bevel
gear.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-63-00-991-310)
NOTE : Make sure that O-ring (495) is serviceable and O-ring

____
outer diameter is correct. If it is not serviceable,
remove and discard it with soft nose pliers.
(f) Install the TGB blanking kit (760) as follows:
1
_ Install a cap on the upper face of the TGB housing.
2
_ Install a cap on the TGB oil supply nipple.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 438
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3
_ Install a plug in the TGB scavenge port.
4
_ Install a plug in the TGB vent port.
5
_ Install a cover on the forward face of the TGB housing.
(g) Place the TGB in a storage container.
(9) Removal of the AGB from the Tools
(a) Engage the horizontal drive shaft (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-860-001).
(b) Remove the O-ring (490) from the horizontal drive shaft. Discard
the O-ring (490).
(10) When you remove all equipment from the AGB, apply storage oil on all
bearings as follows:
Mix 5 percent of corrosion protective additive (Material No. CP2859)
with engine oil (Material No. CP2442) and lightly coat all bearings
with a pipette.
(a) Install the AGB blanking kit (775) as follows:
1
_ Install a cap on the lubrication unit pad.
2
_ Install a cap on the hydraulic pump pad.
3
_ Install a cap on the alternator pad.
4
_ Install a cap on the IDG pad.
5
_ Install a cap on the fuel pump pad.
6
_ Install a cap on the starter pad.
7
_ Install a cover on the radial drive shaft housing.
8
_ Put blanking plugs and caps on all nipples and orifices.
R (b) Install the SLING-AGB (856A3519G01/G02) as follows:
1
_ Attach the two sectors at each end of the AGB with the two
lockpins supplied.
R 2
_ Attach the SLING-AGB (856A3519GO1/G02) to a hoist.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 439
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(c) Remove the lockpins and loosen the clamp which attach the
R FIXTURE,SUPPORT-AGB (856A2754G01) to the AGB.
R (d) Remove the AGB from the FIXTURE,SUPPORT-AGB (856A2754G01). Place

the AGB in a storage container.
R (e) Remove the SLING-AGB (856A3519G01/G02) from the AGB.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 440
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-63-00-400-003
Installation of the Accessory Gearbox Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
(1.00 to 10.00 m.daN)
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
R 856A2537 1 PROTECTOR-MOUNTING PIN
R 856A2719 1 FIXTURE,SUPPORT-TGB R/I
R 856A2754 1 FIXTURE,SUPPORT-AGB
R 856A3519 1 SLING-AGB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

trichloroethylene (Ref. 70-30-00)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 441
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

brisal-ox (Ref. 70-30-00)
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
490 O-ring 72-63-00 04 -010

490 O-ring 72-63-00 04 -010A
495 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -030
495 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -030A
700 cotter pin 72-00-00 07 -150
725 cotter pin 72-00-00 07 -110
740 cotter pin 72-00-00 07 -070
755 O-ring 72-62-00 05 -020

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 442
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 24-21-51-400-040 Installation of the Integrated Drive Generator -IDG
R 1(2),(4000XU)
26-12-15-400-042 Installation of the Fan Fire Detectors
(4000WD1,4000WD2)
29-11-51-400-041 Installation of the Green Engine Pump (1030GK)
70-22-00-911-002 Locking Procedures
71-00-00-710-025 Accel Check
71-71-43-400-041 Installation of the Drain Manifold Module
71-73-49-400-003 Installation of the Starter Pad Oil Drain Tube
71-73-49-400-004 Installation of the IDG Oil Drain Tube
71-73-49-400-007 Installation of the Fan Case Drain Tubes
71-73-49-400-008 Installation of the Fuel Pump Drain Tubes
71-73-49-400-026 Installation of the Heat Exchanger Drain Tube
71-73-49-400-027 Installation of the Hydro Mechanical Unit (HMU) Drain
Tube
71-73-49-400-028 Installation of the Hydraulic Pump Drain Tube
71-73-49-400-029 Installation of the Forward Oil Sump Drain Tube
71-73-49-400-049 Installation of the Reservoir to Manifold Hydraulic
Oil Drain Tube
Shaft
73-11-10-400-003 Installation of the Fuel Pump and Filter Assembly
73-21-30-400-001 Installation of the Control Alternator
Maintenance
Maintenance
79-21-10-400-004 Installation of the Lubrication Unit
72-63-00-991-309 Fig. 403
72-63-00-991-310 Fig. 404

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 443
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
72-63-00-991-311 Fig. 405

72-63-00-991-312 Fig. 406
72-63-00-991-313 Fig. 407
72-63-00-991-314 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-63-00-860-055
engine.
the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 72-63-00-010-075
B. Get Access
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 444
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-040-052
481-041).
4. Procedure
_________

72-63-00-991-311, 406/TASK 72-63-00-991-312, 407/TASK 72-63-00-991-313,
408/TASK 72-63-00-991-314)
Subtask 72-63-00-210-053
A. Check all gaskets retained during removal for condition and

serviceability
(1) If gaskets are not reusable, replace them.
Subtask 72-63-00-410-066
B. Preparation for the Installation of the Accessory Gearbox

_______
(1) Before their installation, make sure that the gaskets are
serviceable, lubricate the gaskets and nipples with engine oil
(Material No. CP2442) and lubricate the threads of bolts with
graphite grease (Material No. CP2101), unless specified.
(2) Remove blanking plugs and caps from the free ends of items before
installation.
R (3) Install the FIXTURE,SUPPORT-TGB R/I (856A2719G02) or the

R FIXTURE,SUPPORT-AGB (856A2754G01).
(4) Install the tool assembly on a hydraulic hoist platform.
R (5) Install the SLING-AGB (856A3519G01/G02) on the AGB as follows:
(a) Position the two sectors at each end of the AGB and safety with
the two lockpins supplied.
(b) Attach the sling to a hoist.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 445
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(6) Remove the AGB from its container and install it on the
R FIXTURE,SUPPORT-AGB (856A2754G01) as follows:
(a) Use lockpins to safety the fork and tenon to the AGB.
(b) Engage the locating pin into the rear mount of the AGB. Use the
knurled knob to attach the clamp.
R (7) Remove the SLING-AGB (856A3519G01/G02) from the AGB.
(8) Remove the AGB blanking kit (760) as follows:
(a) Remove the cap from the lubrication unit pad.
(b) Remove the cap from the hydraulic pump pad.
(c) Remove the cap from the alternator pad.
(d) Remove the cap from the IDG pad.
(e) Remove the cap from the fuel pump pad.
(f) Remove the cover from the radial drive shaft housing.
(g) Remove the cap from the starter pad.
(h) Remove the blanking plugs from the nipples and orifices.
(9) Lubricate a new O-ring (490) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
and install it in the groove of the horizontal drive shaft.
(10) Lubricate the splines of the horizontal drive shaft with engine oil
(11) Disengage the horizontal drive shaft (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-860-001).
(12) Remove the TGB from its container.
(13) Remove the TGB blanking kit (745) as follows:
(a) Remove the cap from the TGB oil supply nipple.
(b) Remove the plug from the TGB scavenge port.
(c) Remove the plug from the TGB vent port.
(d) Remove the cover from the FWD face of the TGB housing.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 446
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(14) Install the O-ring (495) in the groove of the oil distributor in the
bevel gear:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-63-00-991-310)
NOTE : If necessary, lubricate the new O-ring (495) with engine oil
____
(a) Engage the O-ring (495) througt the hole of the oil distributor
in the bevel gear with soft nose pliers.
(b) Put the O-ring (495) in the groove of the oil distributor in the
NOTE : Make sure that O-ring (495) is correctly installed in the

____
groove of the oil distributor in the bevel gear.
R (15) Install the TGB on the FIXTURE,SUPPORT-TGB R/I (856A2719G02) as

follows:
(a) Engage the lockpins of the front plates in the TGB holes, at the
7:30 and 4:30 locations.
(b) Secure the rear yoke to the TGB rear mount with the lockpin.
(c) Set the position of the TGB in relation to the AGB.
(16) Install the gasket (500) between the AGB and the TGB.
(17) Move the TGB forward in contact with the AGB.
(18) Attach the TGB to the AGB as follows:
(a) Install three bolts (480), washers (515) and nuts (510) at the
flanged bushing locations (2:30, 6:30 and 10:30 oclock
positions).
(b) TORQUE the nuts (510) to between 240 and 290 lbf.in (2.71 and
3.27 m.daN).
(c) Install two bolts (480), washers (515) and nuts (510) in the
holes at the 11:30 and 0:30 oclock positions.
(d) TORQUE the nuts (510) to between 240 and 290 lbf.in (2.71 and
3.27 m.daN).
(e) Remove the nut (510), washer (515) and bolt (480) at the 6:30
oclock position.

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 447
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(f) Install the bracket (525) on the front face of the AGB/TGB
R interface, at holes at the 5:30 and 6:30 oclock positions, with
R two bolts (480), washers (515) and nuts (510).
(g) TORQUE the nuts to between 240 and 290 lbf.in (2.71 and 3.27
m.daN).
(h) Remove the nuts (510), washer (515) and bolt (480) at the 2:30
oclock position.
(i) Install the bracket (485) on the front face of the AGB/TGB
R two bolts (480).
(j) Install the bracket (505) on the rear face of the AGB/TGB
R a bolt (480).
R (k) Secure the three bolts (480) at the 1:30, 2:30 and 3:30 oclock
R positions with three washers (515) and nuts (510).
(l) TORQUE the nuts to between 240 and 290 lbf.in (2.71 and 3.27
m.daN).
R (m) Install the bracket (520) on the rear face of the AGB/TGB
R two bolts (480), washers (515) and nuts (510).
(n) TORQUE the nuts to between 240 and 290 lbf.in (2.71 and 3.27
m.daN).
(o) Disengage the lockpins of the front plates from the holes at the
4:30 and 7:30 oclock positions.
R (p) Install the two bolts (480), washers (515) and nuts (510) which
R remain.
(q) TORQUE the nuts to between 240 and 290 lbf.in (2.71 and 3.27
m.daN).
(r) Engage the horizontal drive shaft (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-860-001).
(19) Remove the radial drive shaft from the radial drive shaft storage
tube (750).
(20) Lubricate a new O-ring (755) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442)
and install it in the radial drive shaft groove.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 448
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(21) Lubricate the splines at each end of the radial drive shaft with
engine oil (Material No. CP2442).
(22) Install the radial drive shaft in the fan frame strut at the six
oclock position with the PULLER RADIAL DRIVE SHAFT (856A2727G01).
Subtask 72-63-00-420-064
C. Installation of the Accessory Gearbox Assembly

_______
installation.
R (3) Install the PROTECTOR-MOUNTING PIN (856A2537G01) on the mounting pins

(665), (700), (720).
NOTE : Do not lubricate the mounting pins.

____
(4) Put the accessory gearbox assembly in position under the engine.
(5) Install the accessory gearbox assembly on the engine as follows:
CAUTION : TAKE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE THE HARNESSES AND TUBES LEFT IN
_______
PLACE ON THE ENGINE.
(a) Lift the hoist platform while you engage the radial drive shaft
in the TGB.
(b) Secure the accessory gearbox on the engine with the mounting pins
(665), (700), (720).
R (c) Remove the PROTECTOR-MOUNTING PIN (856A2537G01) from the mounting

pins (665), (700), (720).
(d) Install the washers (695), (715), (735) and nuts (690), (705),
(730).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 449
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(e) TORQUE the nuts (690), (705) to between 840 and 930 lbf.in (9.49
and 10.50 m.daN).
(f) TORQUE the nut (730) to between 420 and 470 lbf.in (4.74 and 5.31
m.daN).
(g) Safety with new cotter pin (700), cotter pin (725) and cotter pin
(740).
R (6) Remove the FIXTURE,SUPPORT-AGB (856A2754G01) and FIXTURE,SUPPORT-TGB

R R/I (856A2719G02) assembly as follows:
(a) Remove the lockpins which attach the fork and tenon to the AGB.
(b) Remove the lockpin which attaches the rear yoke to the TGB rear
mount.
(c) Remove the clamp from the AGB rear mount.
(d) Lower the hoist platform, and remove from the engine.
(7) Installation of the TGB External Parts
(a) Install the parts which attach the TGB external parts as follows:
1
_ Install the brackets (260), (535) to the bracket (520) on the
AGB/TGB interface, left-hand side, with the bolts (570) and
the nuts (575).
2
_ Install the gasket (375) between the mating faces correctly.
3
_ Install the TGB oil scavenge hose (385) on the TGB, at the
right-hand side, with the bolts (380).
4
_ Install the bracket (630) on the TGB left-hand side with the
bolts (625).
5
_ Install the bracket (645) on the bracket (505) on the TGB
right-hand side with the bolts (640) and the nuts (635).
6
_ Install the bracket (645) on the TGB right-hand side with the
bolts (655) and the washers (650).
The bracket (645) is attached to the electrical harnesses.
7
_ Install the brackets (660) and (670) on the TGB right-hand
side with the bolts (665).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 450
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 8
_ Install the clamp (580) on the HJ7 harness and attach to the
R bracket (260) on the AGB/TGB interface, left-hand side, with
R the bolt (585).
R 9
_ Install the clamp (595) on the HJ7 harness and attach to the
R side, with the bolt (590).
R 10
__ Install the clamp (600) on the HJ8 harness and attach to the
R bracket (535) on the AGB/TGB interface, left-hand side, with
R the bolt (605).
R 11
__ Install the clamp (565) on the HJ8 harness and attach to the
R side, with the bolt (610).
R
(b) TORQUE the nuts (635) and bolts (380), (585), (590), (605), (610)
(c) TORQUE the nuts (575) and bolts (625), (655), (665) to between 98
(d) Connect the TGB oil supply tubes (230) to the TGB left-hand side
R and to the AGB rear face. Tighten the connecting nuts with your
R hand.
(8) Installation of the Rear Sump Oil Tubes
R (a) Connect the rear sump oil scavenge tube (270) to the tube bundle
R with your hand.
(b) Connect the rear sump oil supply tube (305) to the AGB and to the
R tube bundle with your hand.
(c) Install the parts which attach the rear sump oil tubes as
follows:
R 1
_ Correctly install the gasket (340) between the mating faces.
R 2
_ Install the bolts (280) to attach the rear sump oil scavenge
R tube (270) on the AGB rear face.
R 3
_ Install the TGB oil supply tube (230) and the rear sump oil
R scavenge tube (270) on the left-hand side of the TGB
R horizontal drive shaft housing junction.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 451
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 4
_ Install the plastic bushing (245), the inner spring clip (250)
R and the outer spring clip (240) on the TGB oil supply tube
R (230).
R 5
R and the outer spring clip (275) on the rear sump oil scavenge
R tube (270).
R 6
_ Attach the spring clips (240), (250) and (265), (275) to the
R bracket (260) with the bolt (285) and the nut (235) on the
R left-hand side of TGB/horizontal drive shaft housing junction.
R 7
_ Install the rear sump oil supply tube (305) on the AGB rear
R face.
R 8
R and the outer spring clip (310) on the rear sump oil supply
R tube (305).
R 9
_ Attach the spring clips (295) and (310) to the bracket (260)
R with the bolt (315) and the nut (290) on the TGB/horizontal
R drive shaft housing junction.
R 10
__ Install the plastic bushing (325), the inner spring clip (330)
R tube (305) on the AGB rear face.
R 11
__ Attach the spring clips (330) and (320) to the bracket (345)
R with the bolt (225) and the nut (335) on the AGB rear face.
R
(d) Torque the nut (235) to between 98 and 110 lbf.in (1.10 and 1.24
m.daN).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (290), (335) and bolts (280) to between 47 and 53
(f) TORQUE the rear sump oil supply tube (305) connecting nuts to
(g) TORQUE the rear sump oil scavenge tube (270) connecting nut to
between 900 and 1100 lbf.in (10.17 and 12.43 m.daN). Safety with
R lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire
R 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002) (Ref. TASK 70-22-00-
R 911-002).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 452
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (h) TORQUE the TGB oil supply tube (230) connecting nuts to between
(9) Installation of the AGB External Parts

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (a) Carefully clean the mating faces of the AGB, bolt (685), washer
R (690) and bonding strip (695) with trichloroethylene (Material
No. CP1008) or acetone (Material No. CP1039) or stoddard solvent
skysol (Material No. CP2656) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
CP1041).
(b) Apply a thin layer of brisal-ox (Material No. CP2338) to the

mating faces of the AGB, bolt (685), washer (690), and bonding
strip (695).
(c) Install the parts which attach the AGB external parts as follows:
R 1
_ Attach the bonding strip (695) to the AGB on the starter pad
R with the bolt (685) and the washer (690).
R 2
_ Correctly install the gasket (395) between the mating faces.
R 3
_ Install the TGB oil scavenge hose (385) on the AGB rear face
R with the bolts (390).
R 4
_ Correctly install the gaskets (350) and (370) between the
R mating faces.
R 5
_ Install the FWD sump oil scavenge hose (355) on the AGB rear
R face with the bolts (360) and on the TGB right-hand side with
R the bolts (365).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 453
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 6
R and the outer spring clip (50) on the AGB/TGB oil supply tube
R (30).
R 7
_ Attach the spring clips (5) and (50) to the bracket (90) with
R the bolt (55) and the nut (95) on the AGB front face.
R 8
R and the outer spring clip (35) on the AGB/TGB oil supply tube
R (30).
R 9
_ Attach the spring clips (20) and (35) to the bracket (45) with
R 10
R tube (60).
R 11
__ Attach the spring clips (75) and (85) to the bracket (90) with
R 12
__ Correctly install the gaskets (115), (180) and (185) between
R the mating faces.
R 13
__ Install the FWD sump oil return tube (100), the rear sump oil
R return tube (105) and the TGB oil scavenge tube (110) on the
R AGB front face with the bolts (120), (175) and (170).
R 14
R and the outer spring clip (135) on the TGB oil scavenge tube
R (110).
R 15
R and the outer spring clip (160) on the rear sump oil return
R tube (105).
R 16
__ Attach the spring clips (145), (135) and (150), (160) to the
R bracket (130) with the bolt (125) and the nut (165) on the AGB
R front face.
R 17
__ Attach the bracket (475) to the AGB left-hand side with the
R bolts (445).
R 18
R and the outer spring clip (460) on the IDG exchanger fuel
R outlet tube (455).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 454
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 19
R and the outer spring clip (405) on the oil heater tube (415).
R 20
R and the outer spring clip (425) on the CLP fuel tube (430).
R 21
__ Attach the spring clips (450), (460) and (425), (440) and
R (405), (420) to the bracket (475) with the bolt (465) and the
R nut (400) on the AGB left-hand side.
R
(d) TORQUE the nut (70) and bolts (390), (360), (365), (120), (170),
(175) to between 47 and 53 lbf.in (0.53 and 0.59 m.daN).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (15), (95), (165), (400) and bolts (445), (685)
(f) TORQUE the rear sump oil supply tube (60) connecting nut to
(g) TORQUE the AGB/TGB oil supply tube (30) connecting nut to between
(h) Engage the IDG electrical cables in the clamp on the AGB.
(10) Installation of the Fan Case Water Drain Tubes
(a) Install the parts which attach the water drain tubes as follows:
R 1
R and the outer spring clip (555) on the AFT fan case water
R drain tube (530).
R 2
R with the bolt (540) and the nut (560).
R 3
R and the outer spring clip (210) on the FWD fan case water
R drain tube (220).
R 4
R with the bolt (190) and the nut (215).
R NOTE : The bracket (195) will be attached to the AGB scavenge

____
R tube after the installation of the ECU alternator.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 455
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R 5
_ Install the forward fan case water drain tube (220) on the
R engine.
R
(b) Connect the water drain tubes to the nipples on the fan frame.
(c) TORQUE the aft fan case water drain tube (530) connecting nut to
(d) TORQUE the nut (560) to between 47 and 53 lbf.in (0.53 and 0.59
m.daN).
Subtask 72-63-00-410-067
D. Final Steps of the AGB Installation

_______
installation.
(3) Install the ECU alternator (Ref. TASK 73-21-30-400-001).
(4) Connect the forward fan case water drain tube (220) to the nipple on
the fan frame.
(5) TORQUE the forward fan case water drain tube (220) connecting nut to
(6) TORQUE the nut (215) to between 47 and 53 lbf.in (0.53 and 0.59
m.daN).
(7) Install the fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-11-10-400-003).
(8) Install the lubrication unit (Ref. TASK 79-21-10-400-004).
(9) Install the pneumatic starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 456
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

R (10) Install the integrated drive generator (IDG) (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-400-
R 040).
(11) Install the hydraulic pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-400-041).
(12) Install the drain tubes which follow under the AGB:
- FRV drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-400-007)
- oil reservoir drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-400-049)
- HMU drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-400-027)
- heat exchanger drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-400-026)
- fuel pump drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-400-008)
- hydraulic pump drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-400-028)
- IDG pad drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-400-004)
- starter pad drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-400-003)
- forward sump drain tube (Ref. TASK 71-73-49-400-029).
(13) Install the drain manifold module (Ref. TASK 71-71-43-400-041).
(14) Install the fan fire detector (Ref. TASK 26-12-15-400-042).
Subtask 72-63-00-410-068
E. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR
Subtask 72-63-00-440-051
F. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 457
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-710-056
G. Test after the Installation
R (1) Do the test given in the installation of the handcranking drive cover
R (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-400-002).
R (2) Do a minimum idle check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-006) and do a check

R for leaks during the visual inspection of the oil system (Ref. TASK
79-00-00-210-003).
R (3) Do a check of the oil level (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002) or

(Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-002).
R (4) Do an accel check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-025).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-63-00-410-069
A. Close Access

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 458
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________
TASK 72-63-00-210-002
Inspection/Check of the Accessory Gearbox Assembly
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-63-00-300-002 Replacement of a Sealol Seal (Typical)
72-63-00-300-003 Replacement of a Magnetic Seal (Typical)

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 601
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-63-00-941-057
1(2).
Subtask 72-63-00-010-064

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 72-63-00-210-052
A. Inspection of the AGB external areas.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Housing for :
B. Nicks, dents and Any number, 0.035 in.


R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 602
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Starter pad fuel pump No leakage permitted Replace the carbon seal
pad, hydraulic pump (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-300-
pad and IDG pad for 002) or (Ref. TASK 72-63-
leaks. 00-300-003)
3. Tube fittings for No leakage permitted Tighten the fittings

leaks and/or replace the tube
seals
4. AGB mounts for :
B. Loose bushing Not serviceable
5. Broken or missing Not serviceable Replace the lockwire

lockwire lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8
mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8001) or lockwire 0.032
in. (0.8 mm) dia.
6. Key-lock studs for:
A. Missing Not serviceable
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-63-00-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 603
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY - REPAIRS
____________________________________
TASK 72-63-00-300-002
Replacement of a Sealol Seal (Typical)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace a leaky sealol seal assembly by an other sealol seal assembly at:
- the IDG drive pad
- the hydraulic pump drive pad
- the fuel pump drive pad
- the starter drive pad
NOTE : You can find two types of carbon seal installed on these Accessory
____
Gearbox (AGB) drive pads: a sealol seal assembly or a magnetic seal
assembly. You can replace a sealol seal assembly either, by a new
sealol seal assembly or, as an alternate, by a new magnetic seal
assembly.
If you replace a sealol seal by a magnetic seal, remove the sealol seal as
specified in this procedure.
If, as a replacement, you install a magnetic seal on the hydraulic pump
and/or the fuel pump drive pad, make sure you install the correct type of
magnetic seal (the one without the thrust ring added). Then, refer to the
related installation paragraph.
If, as a replacement, you install a magnetic seal on the Integrated Drive
Generator (IDG) and/or starter drive pad, make sure you install the correct
type of magnetic seal (the one equipped with a thrust ring). Then, refer to
the related installation paragraph.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific storage box
(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)
R 856A3576 2 SEALOL AND MAGNETIC SEALS-R/I

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 801
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-L-5544
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 O-ring 72-63-00 02 -040

10 O-ring 72-63-00 02A-040
10 O-ring 72-63-00 03 -030
10 O-ring 72-63-00 03A-030
10 O-ring 72-63-00 03A-030A
10 O-ring 72-63-00 05 -140
10 O-ring 72-63-00 05 -140A
10 O-ring 72-63-00 05A-140
10 O-ring 72-63-00 06 -080
10 O-ring 72-63-00 06 -080A
10 O-ring 72-63-00 06A-080
15 O-ring 72-63-00 03 -030
15 O-ring 72-63-00 03A-030
15 O-ring 72-63-00 03A-030A

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 802
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 O-ring 72-63-00 06 -080

15 O-ring 72-63-00 06 -080A
15 O-ring 72-63-00 06A-080
30 O-ring 72-63-00 02 -050
30 O-ring 72-63-00 02 -050A
30 O-ring 72-63-00 02A-050
30 O-ring 72-63-00 03 -040
30 O-ring 72-63-00 03A-040
30 O-ring 72-63-00 05A-150
30 O-ring 72-63-00 05A-150A
30 O-ring 72-63-00 06 -090
30 O-ring 72-63-00 06A-090
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1(2),(4000XU)
R 1(2),(4000XU)
71-00-00-790-002 Fuel or Hydraulic or Oil Leakage Limits
71-00-00-790-006 Leak Check after the Replacement of a Sealol Seal or
a Magnetic Seal on the AGB Drive Pads of the IDG,
Hydraulic Pump, Starter and Fuel Pump
72-63-00-991-305 Fig. 801
72-63-00-991-306 Fig. 802

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 803
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-63-00-941-058
1(2).
Subtask 72-63-00-010-065

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-63-00-991-305, 802/TASK 72-63-00-991-306)
Subtask 72-63-00-020-058
A. Preparation for the Removal of the Sealol Seal Assembly
(1) Depending on the drive pad on which you have to replace the sealol
seal assembly, remove one of these units:
- fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-11-10-000-003)
- hydraulic pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-000-041)
R - IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-000-040)
- starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-000-002)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 804
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Sealol Seal Assembly (Typical)

Figure 801/TASK 72-63-00-991-305

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 805
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal/Istallation of a Sealol Seal Rotating Mating Ring (Typical)

Figure 802/TASK 72-63-00-991-306

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 806
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-020-059
B. Removal of the Sealol Seal Housing Assembly
(1) Remove the 3 nuts (60) and washers (50) which attach the sealol seal
housing assembly (40) to the drive pad.
R (2) Remove the sealol seal housing assembly (40) with the jackscrews P12
R from the TOOL SET - JACK SCREW (856A1130G09). Remove and discard
O-ring (30).
(3) Put the removed parts (60), (50) and (40) in the storage box.
Subtask 72-63-00-020-060
C. Removal of the Rotating Mating Ring Assembly
(1) Depending on the drive pad from which you remove the rotating mating
ring assembly, get the applicable tool diameter configuration from
R the tool set, SEALOL AND MAGNETIC SEALS-R/I (856A3576G01).
- for the fuel pump and hydraulic pump drive pads, use the smaller
diameter tool with the items P09, P10 and P11
- for the starter and IDG drive pads, use the larger diameter tool
with the items P02, P03 and P06.
(2) Loosen the tool items:

- P06 and P05 (larger diameter tool) or
- P11 and P05 (smaller diameter tool).
(3) Engage the tool on the gearshaft until the nylon/viton-end of item:
- P02 (larger diameter tool) or
- P09 (smaller diameter tool)
Comes against the polished face of the rotating mating ring.
(4) Tighten the item P05 by hand until you feel the jaws of the collet
are tightly engaged under the mating ring.
Manually give the tool one or two pulls to make sure it is correctly
installed. If so, it must not come out.
(5) Install the slide hammer on top of the tool. Operate the slide hammer
and remove the rotating mating ring assembly from the gearshaft.
PRE SB CFM 72-105

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 807
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(6) Remove the O-ring (10) from the inner diameter groove of the rotating
mating ring (20). Discard the O-ring (10).
POST SB CFM 72-105
(7) Remove the bal seal (15) from the inner diameter groove of the
rotating mating ring (20) for the IDG pad and starter pad. Discard
the bal seal (150). Remove the O-ring (10) from the inner diameter
groove of the rotating mating ring (20) for the fuel pump pad and
hydraulic pump pad. Discard the O-ring (10).
(8) Loosen the items:

- P06 and P05 (larger diameter tool) or
- P11 and P05 (smaller diameter tool)
And remove the rotating mating ring (20) from tool (856A3576G01).
Put the mating ring (20) in the storage box.
Subtask 72-63-00-020-061
D. Disposal of the Removed Sealol Seal Components
(1) Tag the removed parts (40) and (20) to indicate they come from the
same matched assembly.
(2) Put the removed parts in a storage box and send them to the repair
shop.
Subtask 72-63-00-420-059
E. Preparation for the Installation of the Sealol Seal Assembly
(1) Get a new sealol seal assembly corresponding to the diameter of the
drive pad on which you do the replacement.
(2) Clean the gearshaft area
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THIS SOLVENT NEAR FLAMES OR HEAT, BECAUSE THIS
_______
SOLVENT IS FLAMMABLE. DO NOT BREATHE THE GASES RELEASED
FROM SOLVENT, DO NOT LET IT TOUCH YOUR SKIN OR CLOTHING AND
MAKE SURE YOU HAVE A GOOD FLOW OF AIR, BECAUSE THIS SOLVENT
IS DANGEROUS TO YOUR SKIN, EYES AND LUNGS.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 808
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(a) Clean the gearshaft area to come in contact with the new rotating
mating ring (20) with acetone (Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl
alcohol (Material No. CP1041) or stoddard solvent (Material No.
CP2011) or ardrox 552 (Material No. CP2559) or turco ind 79
(Material No. CP2560) or mag-chem teksol (Material No. CP2566) or
degreasol 99 R (Material No. CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material
No. CP2656).
(3) Lubricate the same gearshaft area with engine oil (Material No.
CP2442).
Subtask 72-63-00-420-060
F. Installation of the Rotating Mating Ring Assembly
CAUTION : USE CLEAN COTTON GLOVES WHEN YOU HANDLE THE COMPONENTS OF A
_______
SEALOL SEAL ASSEMBLY TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION.
AT INSTALLATION, MAKE SURE THAT THE FACE OF THE ROTATING MATING
RING WHICH TOUCHES THE CARBON RING IS THE POLISHED SURFACE.
CAUTION : THERE ARE TWO CONFIGURATIONS OF SEALOL SEAL (SB CFM 72-105).
_______
THE O-RING OR BAL SEAL ARE MATCHED TO THEIR ROTATING RING. THEY
ARE NOT INTERCHANGEABLE.
PRE SB CFM 72-105
(1) Remove the new rotating mating ring (20) from its packaging. Apply a
thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the following new
O-rings:
- O-ring (10) for the fuel pump pad,
- O-ring (10) for the starter pad,
- O-ring (10) for the IDG pad,
- O-ring (10) for the hydraulic pump pad.
Install the O-ring (10) in the inner diameter groove of rotating
ring (20).
POST SB CFM 72-105
(2) Installation of the new O-ring and new bal seal.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE BAL SEAL (15) IN THE GROOVE
_______
OF SEALOL SEAL ROTATING RING (20) BECAUSE THE BAL SEAL IS
EASILY DAMAGED.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE OPENING OF THE BAL SEAL (15) IS TOWARDS
_______
THE TABS OF SEALOL SEAL ROTATING RING (20). OTHERWISE
IMPORTANT OIL LEAKAGE CAN OCCUR.

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 809
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(a) Remove the new rotating mating ring (20) from its packaging.
Apply a thin layer of engine oil (Material No. CP2442) to the
following new O-rings and new bal seal:
- O-ring (10) for the fuel pump pad,
- O-ring (15) for the starter pad,
- O-ring (15) for the IDG pad,
- O-ring (10) for the hydraulic pump pad.
Install the O-ring (10) in the inner diameter groove of
rotating ring (20) for the fuel pump pad and hydraulic pump
pad.
Install the bal seal (15) in the inner diameter groove of
rotating ring (20) the IDG pad and starter pad.
(3) Depending on the diameter of the new rotating mating ring assembly
you install, get the applicable tool diameter configuration from the
R SEALOL AND MAGNETIC SEALS-R/I (856A3576G01).
(4) Put the new mating ring (20) on the applicable tool, (856A3576G01),
as follows:
- loosen the items P06 and P05 (larger diameter tool) or P11 and P05
(smaller diameter tool)
- put the new mating ring (20) on the tool, its polished face in
contact with the nylon/viton end of item P02 (larger diameter tool)
or P09 (smaller diameter tool)
- tighten the item P05 by hand until the rotating mating ring (20) is
held tightly in the collet of item P02 or P09.
(5) Engage the tool and mating ring assembly on the gearshaft. Turn the
tool with the handle until you feel the slots of the rotating mating
ring (20) engage the lugs of the gearshaft bearing.
(6) Turn the tool clockwise then counterclockwise to make sure that the
lugs of the rotating mating ring are correctly engaged in the slots
of the bearing (inner race).
(7) Loosen the items P06 and P05 (or P11 and P05) and remove the tool.
(8) Lubricate the polished face of the rotating mating ring (20) with
engine oil (Material No. CP2442).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 810
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-420-061
G. Installation of the Sealol Seal Housing Assembly
CAUTION : AT INSTALLATION, MAKE SURE THAT PARTICLES, EVEN OF EXTREMELY

_______
SMALL SIZE, ARE NOT LEFT BETWEEN THE POLISHED FACE OF THE
ROTATING MATING RING AND THE CARBON RING FACE OF THE SEALOL
SEAL HOUSING ASSEMBLY. OTHERWISE, LEAKS WILL OCCUR.
CAUTION : USE CLEAN COTTON GLOVES TO HANDLE THE SEALOL SEAL HOUSING
_______
ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION : THE INSTALLATION OF THE SEALOL SEAL HOUSING (40) MUST BE DONE
_______
BY HAND AND WITHOUT SHOCKS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CARBON
RING.
(1) Lubricate a new O-ring (30) for the IDG drive pad or O-ring (30) for
the hydraulic pump drive pad or O-ring (30) for the fuel pump drive
pad or O-ring (30) for the starter drive pad with engine oil
(Material No. CP2442) and install in the outer diameter groove of
sealol seal housing assembly (40).
(2) Manually engage the housing assembly (40) in the bore of the pad
until the O-ring (30) is fully against the entrance of the bore.
(3) Apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) to the 3
studs of the pad.
(4) Install the 3 washers (50) on the 3 studs. Engage the 3 nuts (60) on
the studs and tighten continuously the nuts, each in small
increments, until the flange of the housing assembly comes in contact
with its mating face on the pad.
(5) TORQUE the nuts (60) to between 55 and 60 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.67
m.daN).
(6) Depending on the drive pad on which you have replaced the sealol seal
assembly, install one of these units:
R - IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-400-040)
- starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 811
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-410-061
H. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-63-00-710-054
J. Do a leak check of the replacement seal (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-790-006). If

there are leaks (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-790-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-63-00-942-050
A. Remove the warning notice(s).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 812
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-63-00-300-003
Replacement of a Magnetic Seal (Typical)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace a leaky magnetic seal by another magnetic seal at:

- the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) drive pad
- the hydraulic pump drive pad
- the fuel pump drive pad
- the starter drive pad.
NOTE : You can find two types of carbon seal installed on

____ these Accessory
Gearbox (AGB) drive pads: a magnetic seal assembly or a sealol seal
assembly. You can replace a magnetic seal assembly either, by a new
magnetic seal assembly (the one without the thrust ring added) or, as
an alternative, by a new sealol seal assembly.
If you replace a magnetic seal by a sealol seal, remove the magnetic seal as
specified in this procedure.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 813
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 O-ring 72-63-00 02 -060

70 O-ring 72-63-00 03 -060
70 O-ring 72-63-00 05 -170
70 O-ring 72-63-00 05A-170
70 O-ring 72-63-00 06A-110
90 O-ring 72-63-00 02 -070
90 O-ring 72-63-00 03 -070
90 O-ring 72-63-00 05 -160
90 O-ring 72-63-00 05A-160
90 O-ring 72-63-00 06A-120

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 814
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1(2),(4000XU)
R 1(2),(4000XU)
72-63-00-991-307 Fig. 803
72-63-00-991-308 Fig. 804
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-63-00-941-060
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 815
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-010-069

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-63-00-991-307, 804/TASK 72-63-00-991-308)
Subtask 72-63-00-020-062
A. Preparation for the Removal of a Magnetic Seal
(1) Depending on the drive pad on which you have to replace the magnetic
- Hydraulic pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-000-041)
- Fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-11-10-000-003)
R - IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-000-040)
- Starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-000-002)
Subtask 72-63-00-020-063
B. Removal of the Magnetic Seal Housing Assembly
(1) Remove the 3 nuts (110) and washers (100) which attach the magnetic
seal housing assembly (120) to the pad.
(2) Remove the magnetic seal housing assembly with jackscrews P2 from the
TOOL SET - JACK SCREW (856A1130G06).
(3) Remove and discard O-ring (90).
Subtask 72-63-00-020-064
C. Removal of the Carbon Ring Assembly
R (1) Prepare the tool set SEALOL AND MAGNETIC SEALS-R/I (856A3576G01) with
handle P12, sleeve P13, and collet P15.
(2) Engage tool assembly in the AGB drive pad, until the jaws of the
collet are behind the carbon ring assembly (80).
(3) Tighten the sleeve by hand until the collet is tight against the
carbon ring assembly (80).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 816
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Magnetic Seal Assembly (Typical)

Figure 803/TASK 72-63-00-991-307

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 817
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of a Magnetic Seal Carbon Ring Assembly (Typical)

Figure 804/TASK 72-63-00-991-308

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 818
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Attach the slide hammer to the handle and remove the carbon ring
assembly (80) from the gearshaft.
(5) Loosen the sleeve and remove the carbon ring assembly (80), from the
tool.
shop.
Subtask 72-63-00-420-062
D. Installation of the Magnetic Seal Assembly (type without the thrust ring)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THIS SOLVENT NEAR

_______ FLAMES OR HEAT, BECAUSE THIS
SOLVENT IS FLAMMABLE. DO NOT BREATHE THE GASES RELEASED FROM
SOLVENT, DO NOT LET IT TOUCH YOUR SKIN OR CLOTHING AND MAKE
SURE YOU HAVE A GOOD FLOW OF AIR, BECAUSE THIS SOLVENT IS
DANGEROUS TO YOUR SKIN, EYES AND LUNGS.
(1) With acetone (Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) remove the coked oil
which possibly remains on the gearshaft area related to the rotary
part of the magnetic seal, to prevent possible damage to the O-ring
(70) at installation.
(2) Get a new magnetic seal assembly.
CAUTION : USE GLOVES WHEN YOU HANDLE THE MAGNETIC SEAL COMPONENTS TO
_______
PREVENT CONTAMINATION. MAKE SURE THAT THE FACE OF THE
MAGNETIC SEAL WHICH TOUCHES THE CARBON RING IS THE POLISHED
SURFACE.
(a) Remove the magnetic seal assembly from its packaging.
the hydraulic fuel pump drive pad or O-ring (70) for the fuel pump
drive pad or O-ring (70) for the starter drive pad with engine oil
(Material No. CP2442). Install the O-ring (70) in the inner groove of
the carbon ring assembly (80).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 819
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

the hydraulic pump drive pad or O-ring (90) for the fuel pump drive
pad or O-ring (90) for the starter drive pad with engine oil
(Material No. CP2442). Install the O-ring (90) in the outer groove of
the magnetic seal housing assembly (120).
(5) Lubricate the carbon ring mating face and the gearshaft with engine
oil (Material No. CP2442).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT PARTICLES; EVEN OF EXTREMELY SMALL SIZE, ARE
_______
NOT LEFT BETWEEN THE POLISHED FACE OF THE MAGNETIC RING AND
THE CARBON FACE OF THE ROTATING RING ASSEMBLY DURING
INSTALLATION. OTHERWISE LEAK CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : DO NOT HIT THE CARBON MATING FACE OR SLIDE IT ON THE

_______
MAGNETIC MATING RING WHEN YOU INSTALL THE CARBON RING
ASSEMBLY.
(a) Very carefully, install the carbon ring assembly (80) against the
polished face of the magnetic ring.
CAUTION : DO NOT HIT THE MAGNETIC SEAL HOUSING DURING THE

_______
INSTALLATION TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE MAGNETIC SEAL
COMPONENTS.
1
_ Align the carbon ring assembly with the housing bore.
(b) Engage the magnetic seal assembly on the gearshaft until the
O-ring (90) of the housing is fully against the AGB pad.
(6) Lubricate the threads of the 3 studs with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101).
(7) Install washers (100) and nuts (110) and continuously install the
magnetic seal assembly until the housing flange is fully against the
AGB pad.
m.daN).
(9) Depending on the drive pad on which you have replaced the magnetic
seal assembly, install one of these units:
R - IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-400-040)
- Starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 820
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-410-065
E. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-63-00-710-055
F. Do a leak check of the replacement seal (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-790-006). If

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-63-00-942-051

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 821
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

TASK 72-63-00-300-004
Replacement of a Magnetic Seal (IDG and Starter Drive Pads).
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To replace a leaky magnetic seal by another magnetic seal at:

- the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) drive pad,
- the starter drive pad.
NOTE : You can find two types of carbon seal installed on these Accessory
____
Gearbox (AGB) drive pads: a magnetic seal assembly or a sealol seal
assembly. You can replace a magnetic seal assembly either, by a new
magnetic seal assembly (the one equipped with a thrust ring) or, as
an alternate, by a new sealol seal assembly.
If you replace a magnetic seal by a sealol seal, remove the magnetic seal as
specified in this procedure and go to (Ref. TASK 72-63-00-300-00200) for the
installation of the sealol seal.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.40 to 2.60 m.daN)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 822
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
130 O-ring 72-63-00 03 -060

130 O-ring 72-63-00 06A-110
150 O-ring 72-63-00 03 -010
150 O-ring 72-63-00 03 -010A
150 O-ring 72-63-00 03A-010
150 O-ring 72-63-00 03A-010A
150 O-ring 72-63-00 06 -060
150 O-ring 72-63-00 06 -060A
150 O-ring 72-63-00 06A-060
150 O-ring 72-63-00 06A-060A

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 823
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1(2),(4000XU)
R 1(2),(4000XU)
72-63-00-991-315 Fig. 805
72-63-00-991-316 Fig. 806
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 72-63-00-941-063
1(2).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 824
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-010-072

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-63-00-991-315, 806/TASK 72-63-00-991-316)
Subtask 72-63-00-020-066
A. Preparation for the Removal of a Magnetic Seal
(1) Depending on the drive pad on which you have to replace the magnetic
R - IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-000-040)
- starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-000-002)
Subtask 72-63-00-020-067
B. Removal of the Magnetic Seal Housing Assembly
(1) Remove the 3 nuts (170) and washers (160) which attach the magnetic
seal housing assembly (180) to the pad.
(2) Remove the magnetic seal housing assembly (180) with jackscrews P2
from the TOOL SET - JACK SCREW (856A1130G06).
(3) Remove and discard O-ring (150).
Subtask 72-63-00-020-068
C. Removal of the Carbon Ring Assembly
R (1) Prepare the tool set SEALOL AND MAGNETIC SEALS-R/I (856A3576G01),
with handle P12, sleeve P13, and collet P14.
(2) Engage the tool assembly (856A3576G01), in the AGB drive pad, until
the jaws of the collet are behind the carbon ring assembly (140).
(3) Tighten the sleeve by hand until the collet is tight against the
carbon ring assembly (140).

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 825
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Magnetic Seal Assembly (Typical for the IDG and Starter Drive Pads)
Figure 805/TASK 72-63-00-991-315

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 826
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Removal of the Carbon Ring Assembly (Typical, at IDG Drive Pad)

Figure 806/TASK 72-63-00-991-316

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 827
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) Attach the slide hammer to the handle and remove the carbon ring
assembly (140) from the gearshaft.
(5) Loosen the sleeve and remove the carbon ring assembly (140) from the
tool.
shop.
Subtask 72-63-00-420-063
D. Installation of the Magnetic Seal Assembly (type equipped with the thrust
ring)
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THIS SOLVENT NEAR

_______ FLAMES OR HEAT, BECAUSE THIS
SOLVENT IS FLAMMABLE. DO NOT BREATHE THE GASES RELEASED FROM
SOLVENT, DO NOT LET IT TOUCH YOUR SKIN OR CLOTHING AND MAKE
SURE YOU HAVE A GOOD FLOW OF AIR, BECAUSE THIS SOLVENT IS
DANGEROUS TO YOUR SKIN, EYES AND LUNGS.
(1) With acetone (Material No. CP1039) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
CP2584) or mag-chem skysol (Material No. CP2656) remove the coked oil
which possibly remains on the gearshaft area related to the rotary
part of the magnetic seal, to prevent possible damage to the O-ring
(130) at installation.
(2) Get a new magnetic seal assembly.
CAUTION : USE GLOVES WHEN YOU HANDLE THE MAGNETIC SEAL COMPONENTS TO
_______
PREVENT CONTAMINATION. MAKE SURE THAT THE FACE OF THE
MAGNETIC SEAL WHICH TOUCHES THE CARBON RING IS THE POLISHED
SURFACE.
(a) Remove the magnetic seal assembly from its packaging.
(3) For the starter drive pad:

- lubricate a new O-ring (130) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442).
Install the O-ring (130) in the inner groove of the carbon ring
assembly (140).
Install the O-ring (150) in the outer groove of the magnetic seal
housing assembly (180).

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 828
Feb 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

(4) For the IDG drive pad:
Install the O-ring (130) in the inner groove of the carbon ring
assembly (140)
Install the O-ring (150) in the outer groove of the magnetic seal
housing assembly (180).
(5) Lubricate the carbon ring mating face and the gearshaft with engine
oil (Material No. CP2442).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT PARTICLES; EVEN OF EXTREMELY SMALL SIZE, ARE
_______
NOT LEFT BETWEEN THE POLISHED FACE OF THE MAGNETIC RING AND
THE CARBON FACE OF THE ROTATING RING ASSEMBLY DURING
INSTALLATION. OTHERWISE LEAK CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : DO NOT HIT THE CARBON MATING FACE OR SLIDE IT ON THE

_______
MAGNETIC MATING RING WHEN YOU INSTALL THE CARBON RING
ASSEMBLY.
(a) Very carefully, install the carbon ring assembly (140) against
the polished face of the magnetic ring.
CAUTION : DO NOT HIT THE MAGNETIC SEAL HOUSING DURING THE

_______
INSTALLATION TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE MAGNETIC SEAL
COMPONENTS.
1
_ Align the carbon ring assembly with the housing bore.
(6) Engage the magnetic seal assembly on the gearshaft until the O-ring
(150) of the housing is fully against the AGB pad.
(7) Lubricate the threads of the 3 studs with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101).
(8) Install washers (160) and nuts (170) and continuously install the
magnetic seal assembly until the housing flange is fully against the
AGB pad.
m.daN).
(10) Depending on the drive pad on which you have replaced the magnetic
seal assembly, install one of these units:
R - IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-400-040)
- starter (Ref. TASK 80-11-10-400-002)

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 829
Nov 01/07

IAC

C F M

56-5B

Subtask 72-63-00-410-070
E. Close Access
items.

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 72-63-00-710-058
F. Do a leak check of the replacement seal (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-790-006). If

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 72-63-00-942-052

R

EFF :

101-199, 901-999, 72-63-00

Page 830
Feb 01/07

IAC

Nammiaca 000051

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Nammiaca 000051

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

REVISION NO. 57 May 01/08

L.E.P. 1- 9 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

72-21-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 101-199, 901-999,

72-42-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

72-52-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 101-199, 901-999,

72-54-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 72-00-00 208 Feb01/07 72-00-00 318 Aug01/07

72-00-00 630 Feb01/07 72-00-00 681 May01/07 72-00-00 720 Feb01/07

72-21-00 417 Aug01/07 72-21-00 612 Feb01/07 72-21-00 804 Feb01/07

72-23-00 407 Feb01/07 72-23-00 458 Feb01/07 72-23-00 630 May01/07

72-23-00 819 May01/07 72-31-00 622 Nov01/07 72-32-00 804 Feb01/07

72-42-00 R 606 May01/08 72-51-00 610 Feb01/07 72-52-00 637 Feb01/07

72-54-00 612 Feb01/07 72-54-00 R 663 May01/08 72-55-00 207 Nov01/07

72-56-00 709 Nov01/07 72-62-00 409 Feb01/07 72-63-00 408 Feb01/07

72-63-00 601 Feb01/07

FAN AND BOOSTER ASSEMBLY 72-21-00

FAN AND BOOSTER ASSEMBLY 72-21-00

FAN AND BOOSTER ASSEMBLY 72-21-00

FAN AND BOOSTER ASSEMBLY 72-21-00

NO.1 AND NO.2 BEARING SUPPORT ASSEMBLY 72-22-00

FAN FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-23-00

FAN FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-23-00

FAN FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-23-00

FAN FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-23-00

HPC ROTOR ASSEMBLY 72-31-00

HPC ROTOR ASSEMBLY 72-31-00

HPC ROTOR ASSEMBLY 72-31-00

HPC FRONT STATOR ASSEMBLY 72-32-00

HPC FRONT STATOR ASSEMBLY 72-32-00

HPC FRONT STATOR ASSEMBLY 72-32-00

HPC REAR STATOR ASSEMBLY 72-33-00

COMBUSTION CASE ASSEMBLY 72-41-00

COMBUSTION CASE ASSEMBLY 72-41-00

COMBUSTION CASE ASSEMBLY 72-41-00

COMBUSTION CHAMBER ASSEMBLY 72-42-00

COMBUSTION CHAMBER ASSEMBLY 72-42-00

HPT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY 72-51-00

HPT NOZZLE ASSEMBLY 72-51-00

HPT ROTOR ASSEMBLY 72-52-00

HPT SHROUD AND STAGE 1 LPT NOZZLE 72-53-00

HPT SHROUD AND STAGE 1 LPT NOZZLE 72-53-00

LPT ROTOR/STATOR ASSEMBLY 72-54-00

LPT ROTOR/STATOR ASSEMBLY 72-54-00

LPT SHAFT 72-55-00

LPT SHAFT 72-55-00

TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-56-00

TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-56-00

TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-56-00

TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-56-00

TURBINE FRAME ASSEMBLY 72-56-00

INLET GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-61-00

TRANSFER GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-62-00

TRANSFER GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-62-00

TRANSFER GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-62-00

ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-63-00

ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-63-00

ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-63-00

ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-63-00

ACCESSORY GEARBOX ASSEMBLY 72-63-00

Major External Dimensions

G. High Pressure Turbine